Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 29, 2006
Registration No.  333-             
 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form  S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
Altra Holdings, Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
         
Delaware   3568   61-1478870
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
14 Hayward Street
Quincy, Massachusetts 02171
(617) 328-3300
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)
 
Michael L. Hurt
Chief Executive Officer
Altra Holdings, Inc.
14 Hayward Street
Quincy, Massachusetts 02171
(617) 328-3300
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
Including Area Code, of Agent For Service)
 
Copies to:
     
Craig W. Adas, Esq.
Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP
201 Redwood Shores Parkway
Redwood Shores, California 94065
(650) 802-3000
  Valerie Ford Jacob, Esq.
Stuart Gelfond, Esq.
Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP
One New York Plaza
New York, New York 10004-1980
(212) 859-8000
 
          Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
          If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.      o
          If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.      o
          If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.      o
          If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.      o
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
             
             
             
      Proposed Maximum      
Title of Each Class of     Aggregate     Amount of
Securities to be Registered     Offering Price(a)     Registration Fee
             
Common stock, par value $0.001 per share
    $172,500,000     $18,458
             
             
(a)  Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933.
          The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 
 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion
Preliminary Prospectus dated September 29, 2006
PROSPECTUS
                                    Shares
ALTRA LOGO
Altra Holdings, Inc.
Common Stock
 
          This is Altra Holdings, Inc.’s initial public offering of shares of its common stock. Altra Holdings, Inc. is selling                     shares of common stock and Altra Holdings, Inc. stockholders are selling                      shares of common stock.
          We expect the public offering price to be between $          and $           per share. Currently, no public market exists for our common stock. After pricing of the offering, we expect that the shares will trade on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “AIMC.”
          Investing in the common stock involves risks that are described in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 10 of this prospectus.
 
                 
    Per Share   Total
         
Public offering price
  $       $    
Underwriting discount
  $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to Altra Holdings, Inc. 
  $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders
  $       $    
          The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional                     shares of common stock from Altra Holdings, Inc., and up to an additional                     shares of common stock from the selling stockholders, at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments, if any.
          Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
          The shares will be ready for delivery on or about                    , 2006.
 
Merrill Lynch & Co. Wachovia Securities
Jefferies & Company
 
The date of this prospectus is                    , 2006.


Table of Contents

(Artwork)


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
     
    1  
    10  
    22  
    23  
    23  
    24  
    25  
    26  
    30  
    33  
    51  
    62  
    68  
    70  
    72  
    75  
    78  
    79  
    83  
    86  
    86  
    86  
    F-1  
  EX-2.4 ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
  EX-4.1 AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
  EX-4.12 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
  EX-4.13 FORM OF CAISSE DE DEPOT ET PLACEMENT DU QUEBEC NOTE
  EX-10.8 LABOR AGREEMENT, DATED MAY 17, 2006
  EX-10.9 LABOR AGREEMENT, DATED JUNE 6, 2005
  EX-10.14 AMENDEMENT TO REGISTRANT'S 2004 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
  EX-10.16 SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
  EX-21.1 SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT
  EX-23.1 CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP
  EX-23.2 CONSENT OF BDO STOY HAYWARD LLP
 
          You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.
TRADEMARKS
          Warner Electric, Boston Gear, Kilian Manufacturing, Nuttall Gear, Ameridrives, Wichita Clutch, Formsprag Clutch, Bibby Transmissions, Stieber, Matrix International, Inertia Dynamics, Twiflex Limited, Industrial Clutch, Huco Dynatork, Marland Clutch, Delroyd Worm Gear, Bear Linear and Safetek are some of our proprietary brand names and trademarks that appear in this prospectus. All other trademarks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA
          Market and industry data included in this prospectus, including all market share and market size data about the energy, general industrial, material handling, mining, transportation and turf and garden markets, mechanical power transmission and motion control industry, and other markets for mechanical power transmission and motion control products, as well as our position and the position of our competitors within these markets, including our products relative to our competitors, are based on estimates of our management. These estimates have been derived from our management’s knowledge and experience in the markets in which we operate, as well as information obtained from surveys, reports by market research firms, our customers, distributors, suppliers, trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate. Although we believe these estimates were reasonably derived, you should not place undue reliance on them as estimates are inherently uncertain. Market share data is subject to change and cannot always be verified with certainty due to limits on the availability and reliability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations and uncertainties inherent in any statistical survey of market shares. In addition, customer preferences can and do change. As a result, you should be aware that market share, ranking and other similar data set forth herein, and estimates and beliefs based on such data, may not be reliable. References herein to our being a leader in a market or product category refers to our belief that we have a leading market share position in each specified market, unless the context otherwise requires, and do not take into account competitive products outside our industry. Statements in this prospectus relating to our market share do not include data for products that are produced internally by other vertically integrated manufacturers.

ii


Table of Contents

SUMMARY
          The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information and consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and may not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should read the entire prospectus, including the “Risk Factors” section and our consolidated financial statements and notes to those statements, before making an investment decision. In this prospectus, unless indicated otherwise, references to (i) the terms “the company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Altra Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries, (ii) the terms “pro forma” or “on a pro forma basis,” when used to describe our operations, unless the context otherwise requires, refer to our operations after giving effect to the Other Transactions and the Hay Hall Acquisition after conversion into U.S. dollars at the assumed exchange rates described herein (each as defined under “Our Formation, Recent Acquisitions and The Kilian Transactions”), as if they had occurred as of the applicable date for balance sheet purposes and the first day of the applicable period for results of operations purposes, (iii) any “fiscal” year refers to the twelve months ended on December 31 of such year, and (iv) “PTH,” “Colfax PT” or “Predecessor” refers to the power transmission business of Colfax Corporation, or Colfax, which is our accounting predecessor. For the definitions of “EBITDA” and “Adjusted EBITDA,” a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to a generally accepted accounting principle, or GAAP, measure, and information about the limitation of the use of these financial measures, see Note 2 in the Summary Consolidated Financial Data and Note 1 in the Selected Historical Financial and Other Data.
Our Company
          We are a leading global designer, producer and marketer of a wide range of mechanical power transmission, or MPT, and motion control products serving customers in a diverse group of industries, including energy, general industrial, material handling, mining, transportation and turf and garden. Our product portfolio includes industrial clutches and brakes, enclosed gear drives, open gearing, couplings, engineered bearing assemblies, linear components and other related products. Our products are used in a wide variety of high-volume manufacturing processes, where the reliability and accuracy of our products are critical in both avoiding costly down time and enhancing the overall efficiency of manufacturing operations. Our products are also used in non-manufacturing applications where product quality and reliability are especially critical, such as clutches and brakes for elevators, and residential and commercial lawnmowers. For the six months ended June 30, 2006, we had pro forma net sales of $241.5 million, pro forma net income of $7.9 million and pro forma Adjusted EBITDA of $37.3 million.
          We market our products under well recognized and established brand names, including Warner Electric, Boston Gear, Kilian Manufacturing, Nuttall Gear, Ameridrives, Wichita Clutch, Formsprag Clutch, Bibby Transmissions, Stieber, Matrix International, Inertia Dynamics, or IDI, Twiflex Limited, Industrial Clutch, Huco Dynatork, Marland Clutch, Delroyd Worm Gear, Bear Linear and Safetek. Most of these brands have been in existence for over 50 years. Many of these brands achieved the number one or number two position in terms of brand awareness in their respective product categories, according to the most recently published Motion Systems Design magazine survey. Over 50% of our revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2006 were generated from products where we believe we have the number one or number two market share position in the markets we serve.
          Our products are either incorporated into products sold by original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, sold to end users directly or sold through industrial distributors. We sell our products in over 70 countries to over 700 direct OEM customers and over 3,000 distributor outlets through our global sales and marketing network. Substantially all of our products are moving, wearing components which are consumed in use. Due to the complexity of many of our customers’ manufacturing operations and the high cost of process failure, our customers have demonstrated a strong preference to replace their worn Altra brand products with new Altra products. This replacement dynamic drives recurring replacement sales, resulting in aftermarket revenue that we estimate accounted for approximately 41% of our revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2006.

1


Table of Contents

          We are led by a highly experienced management team that has established a proven track record of execution, successfully completing and integrating major strategic acquisitions and delivering significant growth in both revenue and profits. We employ a comprehensive business process called the Altra Business System, or ABS, which focuses on eliminating inefficiencies from every business process to improve quality, delivery and cost.
Our Industry
          Based on industry data supplied by Penton Information Services, we estimate that industrial power transmission products generated worldwide revenues of approximately $75.6 billion in 2005, of which approximately $30.3 billion was attributable to sales in the United States. These products are used to generate, transmit, control and transform mechanical energy. The industrial power transmission industry can be divided into three areas: MPT products; motors and generators; and adjustable speed drives. We compete primarily in the MPT area which, based on industry data, we estimate was a $15.7 billion North American market and a $39.3 billion global market in 2005.
          The global MPT market is highly fragmented, with over 1,000 small manufacturers. While smaller companies tend to focus on regional niche markets with narrow product lines, larger companies that generate annual sales of over $100 million generally offer a much broader range of products and have global capabilities. The industry’s customer base is broadly diversified across many sectors of the economy and typically places a premium on factors such as quality, reliability, availability and design and application engineering support. We believe the most successful industry participants are those that leverage their distribution network, their products’ reputations for quality and reliability and their service and technical support capabilities to maintain attractive margins on products and gain market share.
Our Strengths
          Leading Market Shares and Brand Names. We believe we hold the number one or number two market position in key products across several of our core platforms. For example, according a report published by the Global Industry Analysts, Inc., we are the leading manufacturer of industrial clutches and brakes in the world. We believe that over 50% of our sales are derived from products where we hold the number one or number two share in the markets we serve. Our brands, most of which have been in existence for more than 50 years, are widely known in the MPT product markets. Over 50% of our sales are generated from products where, according to the most recently published Motion Systems Design magazine survey, we have the number one or number two brand recognition in the markets we serve.
          Large Installed Base Supporting Aftermarket Sales. With a history dating back to 1877 with the formation of Boston Gear, we believe we benefit from one of the largest installed customer bases in the industry. Given the moving, wearing nature of our products, which require regular replacement, our large installed base of products with a diversified group of end user customers generates significant aftermarket replacement demand which creates a recurring revenue stream. Many of our products serve critical functions, where the cost of product failure would substantially exceed any potential cost reduction benefits from using cheaper, less proven parts. This end user preference and consistently recurring replacement demand in turn help to stabilize our revenue base from the cyclical nature of the broader economy. For the six months ended June 30, 2006, we estimate that approximately 41% of our revenues were derived from aftermarket sales.
          Diversified End-Markets. Our revenue base has balanced exposure across a diverse mix of end user industries, including energy, general industrial, material handling, mining, transportation and turf and garden, which helps mitigate the impact of business and economic cycles. In the first six months of 2006, no single industry represented more than 11% of our total sales. In addition, for the six months ended June 30, 2006, approximately 28% of our sales were from outside North America. Our geographic diversification is further enhanced because some of our products sold into the North American market are ultimately exported into international markets as part of the final product sold by the customer.

2


Table of Contents

          Strong Relationship with Distributors and OEMs. We have over 700 direct OEM customers and enjoy established, long-term relationships with the leading MPT industrial distributors, critical factors that contribute to our high base of recurring aftermarket revenues. We sell our products through more than 3,000 distributor outlets worldwide. We believe our scale, end user preference and expansive product line make our product portfolio attractive to both large and multi-branch distributors, as well as regional and independent distributors in our industry.
          Experienced, High-Caliber Management Team. We are led by a highly experienced management team with over 425 years of cumulative industrial business experience and an average of 14 years with our companies. Our CEO, Michael Hurt, has over 39 years of experience in the MPT industry, while COO Carl Christenson has over 25 years of experience. Our management team has established a proven track record of execution, successfully completing and integrating major strategic acquisitions and delivering significant growth and profitability.
          The Altra Business System. We benefit from an established culture of lean management emphasizing quality, delivery and cost through the ABS. ABS is at the core of our performance-driven culture and drives both our strategic development and operational improvements. We estimate that in the period from January 1, 2005 through June 30, 2006, ABS has enabled us to achieve savings of over $5 million through various initiatives, including: (a)  set-up time reduction and productivity improvement, (b) finished goods inventory reduction, (c) improved quality and reduction of internal scrap, (d) on-time delivery improvement, (e) utilizing value stream mapping to minimize work in process inventory and increase productivity and (f) headcount reductions. We believe these initiatives will continue to provide us with recurring annual savings. We intend to continue to aggressively implement operational excellence initiatives by utilizing the ABS tools throughout our company.
          Proven Product Development Capabilities. Our extensive application engineering know-how drives both new and repeat sales. Our broad portfolio of products, knowledge and expertise across various MPT applications allows us to provide our customers customized solutions to meet their specific needs. We are highly focused on developing new products in response to customer requirements. Recent new product development examples include the Foot/ Deck Mount Kopper Kool Brake which was designed for very high heat dissipation in extremely rugged tensioning applications such as drawworks for oil and gas wells and anchoring systems for on-shore and off-shore drilling platforms.
Our Business Strategy
          We intend to continue to increase our sales through organic growth, expand our geographic reach and product offering through strategic acquisitions and improve our profitability through cost reduction initiatives. We seek to achieve these objectives through the following strategies:
  Leverage Our Sales and Distribution Network. We intend to continue to leverage our relationships with our distributors to gain shelf space, further integrate our recently acquired brands with our core brands and sell new products. In addition, we intend to continue to actively pursue new OEM opportunities with innovative and cost-effective product designs and applications to help maintain and grow our aftermarket revenues. For example, in 2002 we launched a new product in the wrap spring category. Despite established competition within this particular category, we were able to quickly penetrate the market and we expect to exceed 15% in global market share in 2006 due to the strength of our Warner Electric brand. We seek to capitalize on customer brand preference for our products to generate pull-through aftermarket demand from our distribution channel. We believe this strategy also allows our distributors to achieve high profit margins, further enhancing our preferred position with them.
 
  Focus our Strategic Marketing on New Growth Opportunities. We intend to expand our emphasis on strategic marketing to focus on new growth opportunities in key end user markets. Through a systematic process that leverages our core brands and products, we seek to identify attractive markets and product niches, collect customer and market data, identify

3


Table of Contents

  market drivers, tailor product and service solutions to specific market and customer requirements and deploy resources to gain market share and drive future sales growth.
 
  Accelerate New Product and Technology Development. We are highly focused on developing new products across our business in response to customer needs in various markets. Through our strategic marketing efforts, we continually gain market and customer intelligence, which feeds new product and technology development initiatives that are designed to address particular needs or problems customers identify. This focus has allowed us to respond quickly to new market opportunities. In total, we expect new products developed by us during the past three years to generate approximately $40 million in revenues in 2006.
 
  Capitalize on Growth and Sourcing Opportunities in the Asia-Pacific Market. We intend to leverage our established sales offices in China, Taiwan and Singapore, as well as add representation in Japan and South Korea. We also intend to expand our manufacturing presence in Asia beyond our current plant in Shenzhen, China, to increase sales in the high-growth Asia-Pacific region. This region also offers opportunities for low-cost country sourcing of raw materials. During 2005, we sourced approximately 12% of our purchases from low-cost countries, resulting in average cost reductions of approximately 40% for these products. Within the next five years, we intend to utilize our sourcing office in Shanghai to significantly increase our current level of low-cost country sourced purchases. We may also consider opportunities to outsource some of our production from North American and Western European locations to Asia.
 
  Continue to Improve Operational and Manufacturing Efficiencies through ABS. We believe we can continue to improve profitability through cost control, overhead rationalization, global process optimization, continued implementation of lean manufacturing techniques and strategic pricing initiatives. Our operating plan, based on manufacturing centers of excellence, provides additional opportunities to reduce costs by sharing best practices across geographies and business lines and by consolidating purchasing processes. We have implemented these principles with our recent acquisitions of Hay Hall Holdings Limited, or Hay Hall, and Bear Linear LLC, or Bear Linear, and intend to apply such principles to future acquisitions.
 
  Pursue Strategic Acquisitions that Complement our Strong Platform. With our extensive MPT and motion control products, our strong customer and distributor relationships and our know-how in implementing lean enterprise initiatives through ABS, we have an ideal platform for acquiring and successfully integrating related businesses, as evidenced through our acquisition and integration of Hay Hall and Bear Linear. Management believes that there may be a number of attractive potential acquisition candidates in the future, in part due to the fragmented nature of the industry. We plan to continue our disciplined pursuit of strategic acquisitions to accelerate our growth, enhance our industry leadership and create value.
Risk Factors
          Investing in our common stock involves significant risks. Our ability to attain our objectives depends upon our success in addressing risks relating to our business and the industries we serve. You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this prospectus, including the specific factors set forth under “Risk Factors,” before deciding whether to invest in our common stock.
Our Formation, Recent Acquisitions and Other Transactions
          The PTH Acquisition. On November 30, 2004, we acquired our original core business through the acquisition of Power Transmission Holding LLC, or PTH, from Warner Electric Holding, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Colfax Corporation, for $180.0 million in cash. PTH was organized in June

4


Table of Contents

2004 to be the holding company for a group of companies comprising the power transmission business of Colfax Corporation. We refer to our acquisition of PTH as the “PTH Acquisition.”
          The Kilian Transactions. On October 22, 2004, The Kilian Company, or Kilian, a company formed at the direction of Genstar Capital LLC, or Genstar Capital, our principal equity sponsor, acquired Kilian Manufacturing Corporation from Timken U.S. Corporation for $8.8 million in cash and the assumption of $12.2 million of debt. At the completion of the PTH Acquisition, (i) all of the outstanding shares of Kilian capital stock were exchanged for approximately $8.8 million of shares of our capital stock and Kilian and its subsidiaries were transferred to our wholly owned subsidiary, Altra Industrial Motion, Inc., or Altra Industrial, and (ii) all outstanding debt of Kilian was retired with a portion of the proceeds of the sale of Altra Industrial’s 9.0% senior secured notes due 2011. See “Description of Indebtedness.”
          The Hay Hall Acquisition. On February 10, 2006, we acquired all of the outstanding share capital of Hay Hall for $50.3 million in cash. Hay Hall and its subsidiaries became our indirect wholly owned subsidiaries.
          In connection with our acquisition of Hay Hall in February 2006, Altra Industrial issued £33.0 million of 11 1 / 4 % senior notes due 2013. See “Description of Indebtedness.”
          The Bear Linear Acquisition. On May 18, 2006, Altra Industrial acquired substantially all of the assets of Bear Linear for $5.0 million in cash. Approximately $3.5 million was paid at closing and the remaining $1.5 million is payable over the next two and a half years. Bear Linear manufactures high value-added linear actuators for mobile off-highway and industrial applications.
Our Corporate Information
          We are a holding company and conduct our operations through Altra Industrial and its subsidiaries. We were incorporated in Delaware in 2004. Our principal executive offices are located at 14 Hayward Street, Quincy, Massachusetts 02171. Our telephone number is (617) 328-3300. Our website is located at www.altramotion.com. The information appearing on our website is not part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.
Our Principal Equity Sponsor
          Genstar Capital, LLC, formed in 1988 and based in San Francisco, is a private equity firm that makes investments in high-quality, middle-market companies. Genstar Capital works in partnership with management as an advisor to us to create long-term value for our stockholders. Genstar Capital has over $900 million of committed capital under management and significant experience investing with a focus on life sciences, business services and industrial technology. Current portfolio companies include American Pacific Enterprises LLC, Andros Incorporated, AXIA Health Management LLC, Fort Dearborn Company, Harlan Sprague Dawley, Inc., INSTALLS inc, LLC, North American Construction Group, OnCURE Medical Corp., Panolam Industries International, Inc., PRA International, Inc. (NASDAQ: PRAI), Propex Inc. and Woods Equipment Company. Genstar Capital’s strategy is to make control-oriented investments and acquire companies with $50 million to $500 million in annual revenues in a variety of growth, buyout, recapitalization and consolidation transactions.
          Genstar Capital will beneficially own           % of our common stock after the offering, or           % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full.

5


Table of Contents

The Offering
Common Stock offered by Altra Holdings, Inc                     shares
 
Common Stock to be offered by the selling stockholders                     shares
 
Shares outstanding after the offering                     shares
 
Use of proceeds We estimate our net proceeds from this offering without exercise of the over-allotment option will be approximately $           million. We may use these proceeds to repay a portion of our outstanding indebtedness, for general working capital or to make strategic acquisitions. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.
 
Risk factors See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.
 
Dividend policy We do not currently intend to pay cash dividends on shares of our common stock.
 
NASDAQ symbol “AIMC”
          The number of shares of our common stock outstanding after the offering excludes shares available for issuance under future option grants under our option plan. Unless we indicate otherwise, all information in this prospectus assumes the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase up to                     shares of our common stock to cover over-allotment.
          Unless we indicate otherwise, all information in this prospectus assumes an initial public offering price of $           per share, the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. All reference to our common stock and per share amounts give effect to the                    for                    reverse stock split effected on the effective date of this offering and assumes conversion of all of our outstanding preferred stock. Our preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock on the effective date of this offering.

6


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data
                                                   
    Pro Forma       Altra Holdings, Inc.     Predecessor
        Combined          
    Six   Twelve   Twelve   Period from     Eleven   Twelve
    Months   Months   Months   December 1, 2004     Months   Months
    Ended   Ended   Ended   Through     Ended   Ended
    June 30,   December 31,   December 31,   December 31,     November 30,   December 31,
    2006   2005   2004(1)   2004     2004   2003
                           
    (in thousands)          
Statement of Operations Data:
                                                 
Net sales
  $ 241,504     $ 426,446     $ 303,662     $ 28,625       $ 275,037     $ 266,863  
Cost of sales
    173,243       307,106       233,100       23,847         209,253       207,941  
                                       
Gross profit
    68,261       119,340       70,562       4,778         65,784       58,922  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    42,032       89,477       54,294       8,973         45,321       52,968  
Research and development expenses
                4,325       378         3,947          
(Gain) on sale of assets
                (1,300 )             (1,300 )      
Restructuring charge, asset impairment and transition expenses
                947               947       11,085  
                                       
Income (loss) from operations
    26,229       29,863       12,296       (4,573 )       16,869       (5,131 )
Net income (loss)
  $ 7,856     $ 1,042     $ 1,002     $ (5,893 )     $ 6,895     $ (9,306 )
                                       
Other Financial Data:
                                                 
EBITDA(2)
  $ 33,499     $ 44,470     $ 19,141     $ (3,654 )     $ 22,795     $ 3,057  
Adjusted EBITDA(2)
    37,282       47,169       24,970       2,528         22,442       14,142  
Depreciation and amortization
    7,183       14,395       6,993       919         6,074       8,653  
Capital expenditures
    4,121       7,437       3,778       289         3,489       5,294  
                         
    Altra Holdings, Inc.
     
        December 31,
    June 30,    
    2006   2005   2004
             
    (in thousands)
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 5,573     $ 10,060     $ 4,729  
Working capital(3)
    78,250       52,863       57,571  
Total assets
    372,277       297,691       299,387  
Total debt
    228,256       173,760       173,851  
Preferred stock and other long-term liabilities
    75,828       71,622       76,665  
 
(1)  The combined results were prepared by adding the results of Altra from December 1 to December 31, 2004 to those from our Predecessor for the 11 month period ending November 31, 2004. This presentation is not in accordance with GAAP. The primary differences between our Predecessor and the successor entity are the inclusion of Kilian in the successor and the successor’s book basis has been stepped up to fair value such that the successor has additional depreciation, amortization and financing costs. The results of Kilian are included in Altra for the period from December 1, 2004 through December 31, 2004. Management believes that this combined basis presentation provides useful information for our investors in the comparison to Predecessor trends and operating results. The combined results are not necessarily indicative of what our results of operations may have been if the

7


Table of Contents

PTH Acquisition and Kilian Transactions had been consummated earlier, nor should they be construed as being a representation of our future results of operations.
 
(2)  EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA, as adjusted, to exclude gain on sale of assets, restructuring charges, including asset impairment and transition expenses, inventory step-up costs and transaction expenses associated with acquisitions. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are used by us as performance measures. Management believes that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide relevant information for our investors because they are useful for trending, analyzing and benchmarking the performance and value of our business. Management also believes that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are useful in assessing current performance compared with the historical performance of our Predecessor because significant line items within our income statements such as depreciation, amortization and interest expense were significantly impacted by the PTH Acquisition. Internally, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are used as a financial measure to assess the operating performance and are an important measure in our incentive compensation plans. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have important limitations, and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. For example, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect:
  cash expenditures, or future requirements, for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;
 
  changes in, or cash requirements for, working capital needs;
 
  the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on debts;
 
  tax distributions that would represent a reduction in cash available to us; and
 
  any cash requirements for assets being depreciated and amortized that may have to be replaced in the future.

8


Table of Contents

          The following table is a reconciliation of our net income to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands):
                                                     
    Pro Forma       Altra Holdings, Inc.     Predecessor
        Combined          
    Six   Twelve   Twelve   Period from     Eleven   Twelve
    Months   Months   Months   December 1,     Months   Months
    Ended   Ended   Ended   2004 through     Ended   Ended
    June 30,   December 31,   December 31,   December 31,     November 30,   December 31,
    2006   2005   2004   2004     2004   2003
                           
Net income (loss)
  $ 7,856     $ 1,042     $ 1,002     $ (5,893 )     $ 6,895     $ (9,306 )
 
Adjustments:
                                                 
 
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    4,824       2,497       5,240       (292 )       5,532       (1,658 )
 
Interest expense
    13,636       26,536       5,906       1,612         4,294       5,368  
 
Depreciation and amortization
    7,183       14,395       6,993       919         6,074       8,653  
                                       
 
EBITDA
    33,499       44,470       19,141       (3,654 )       22,795       3,057  
 
Adjustments:
                                                 
 
(Gain) on sale of assets
                (1,300 )             (1,300 )      
 
Restructuring charge, asset impairment and transition expenses
                947               947       11,085  
 
Inventory step-up
    2,278       1,699       1,699       1,699                
 
Management fee
    500       1,000       83       83                
 
Transaction expenses associated with acquisitions
    1,005             4,400       4,400                
                                       
 
Adjusted EBITDA
    37,282       47,169       24,970       2,528         22,442       14,142  
          EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not recognized measurements under GAAP, and when analyzing our operating performance, you should use EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in addition to, and not as an alternative for, income (loss) from operations and net income (loss) (each as determined in accordance with GAAP). Because not all companies use identical calculations, our presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. The amounts shown for EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA also differ from the amounts calculated under similarly titled definitions in our debt instruments, which are further adjusted to reflect certain other cash and non-cash charges and are used to determine compliance with financial covenants and our ability to engage in certain activities, such as incurring additional debt and making certain restricted payments.
          To compensate for the limitations of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, we utilize several GAAP measures to review our performance. These GAAP measures include, but are not limited to, net income (loss), income (loss) from operations, cash provided by (used in) operations, cash provided by (used in) investing activities and cash provided by (used in) financing activities. These important GAAP measures allow management to, among other things, review and understand our use of cash from period to period, compare our operations with competitors on a consistent basis and understand the revenues and expenses matched to each other for the applicable reporting period. We believe that the use of these GAAP measures, supplemented by the use of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, allows us to have a greater understanding of our performance and allows us to adapt to changing trends and business opportunities.
(3)  Working capital consists of total current assets less total current liabilities.

9


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS
          Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors and all other information contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes, before investing in our common stock. If any of the following risks materialize, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially harmed. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline significantly and you could lose some or all of your investment.
Risks Related to Our Business
We operate in the highly competitive mechanical power transmission industry and if we are not able to compete successfully our business may be significantly harmed.
          We operate in highly fragmented and very competitive markets in the MPT industry. Some of our competitors have achieved substantially more market penetration in certain of the markets in which we operate, such as helical gear drives and couplings, and some of our competitors are larger than us and have greater financial and other resources. With respect to certain of our products, we compete with divisions of our OEM customers. Competition in our business lines is based on a number of considerations, including quality, reliability, pricing, availability and design and application engineering support. Our customers increasingly demand a broad product range, and we must continue to develop our expertise in order to manufacture and market these products successfully. To remain competitive, we will need to invest regularly in manufacturing, customer service and support, marketing, sales, research and development and intellectual property protection. In the future we may not have sufficient resources to continue to make such investments and may not be able to maintain our competitive position within each of the markets we serve. We may have to adjust the prices of some of our products to stay competitive.
          Additionally, some of our larger, more sophisticated customers are attempting to reduce the number of vendors from which they purchase in order to increase their efficiency. If we are not selected to become one of these preferred providers, we may lose market share in some of the markets in which we compete.
          There is substantial and continuing pressure on major OEMs and larger distributors to reduce costs, including the cost of products purchased from outside suppliers such as us. As a result of cost pressures from our customers, our ability to compete depends in part on our ability to generate production cost savings and, in turn, find reliable, cost effective outside suppliers to source components or manufacture our products. If we are unable to generate sufficient cost savings in the future to offset price reductions, then our gross margin could be materially adversely affected.
Changes in general economic conditions or the cyclical nature of our markets could harm our operations and financial performance.
          Our financial performance depends, in large part, on conditions in the markets that we serve and on the U.S. and global economies in general. Some of the markets we serve are highly cyclical, such as the metals, mining, industrial equipment and energy markets. In addition, these markets may experience cyclical downturns. The present uncertain economic environment may result in significant quarter-to -quarter variability in our performance. Any sustained weakness in demand or continued downturn or uncertainty in the economy generally would further reduce our sales and profitability.
We rely on independent distributors and the loss of these distributors could adversely affect our business.
          In addition to our direct sales force and manufacturer sales representatives, we depend on the services of independent distributors to sell our products and provide service and aftermarket support to our customers. We support an extensive distribution network, with over 3,000 distributor locations worldwide. Rather than serving as passive conduits for delivery of product, our independent distributors are active participants in the overall competitive dynamics in the MPT industry. During the six months ended

10


Table of Contents

June 30, 2006, approximately 32% of our net sales were generated through independent distributors. In particular, sales through our largest distributor accounted for approximately 8% of our net sales for the six months ended June 30, 2006. Almost all of the distributors with whom we transact business offer competitive products and services to our customers. In addition, the distribution agreements we have are typically non-exclusive and cancelable by the distributor after a short notice period. The loss of any major distributor or a substantial number of smaller distributors or an increase in the distributors’ sales of our competitors’ products to our customers could materially reduce our sales and profits.
We must continue to invest in new technologies and manufacturing techniques; however, our ability to develop or adapt to changing technology and manufacturing techniques is uncertain and our failure to do so could place us at a competitive disadvantage.
          The successful implementation of our business strategy requires us to continuously invest in new technologies and manufacturing techniques to evolve our existing products and introduce new products to meet our customers’ needs in the industries we serve and want to serve. For example, motion control products offer more precise positioning and control compared to industrial clutches and brakes. If manufacturing processes are developed to make motion control products more price competitive and less complicated to operate, our customers may decrease their purchases of MPT products.
          Our products are characterized by performance and specification requirements that mandate a high degree of manufacturing and engineering expertise. If we fail to invest in improvements to our technology and manufacturing techniques to meet these requirements, our business could be at risk. We believe that our customers rigorously evaluate their suppliers on the basis of a number of factors, including:
  product quality and availability;
 
  price competitiveness;
 
  technical expertise and development capability;
 
  reliability and timeliness of delivery;
 
  product design capability;
 
  manufacturing expertise; and
 
  sales support and customer service.
          Our success depends on our ability to invest in new technologies and manufacturing techniques to continue to meet our customers’ changing demands with respect to the above factors. We may not be able to make required capital expenditures and, even if we do so, we may be unsuccessful in addressing technological advances or introducing new products necessary to remain competitive within our markets. Furthermore, our own technological developments may not be able to produce a sustainable competitive advantage.
Our operations are subject to international risks that could affect our operating results.
          Our net sales outside North America represented approximately 28% of our total net sales for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and we expect these sales to increase in the future due to the Hay Hall Acquisition. In addition, we sell products to domestic customers for use in their products sold overseas. Our business is subject to risks associated with doing business internationally, and our future results could be materially adversely affected by a variety of factors, including:
  fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
 
  exchange rate controls;
 
  compliance with U.S. Department of Commerce export controls;

11


Table of Contents

  tariffs or other trade protection measures and import or export licensing requirements;
 
  potentially negative consequences from changes in tax laws;
 
  interest rates;
 
  unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;
 
  changes in foreign intellectual property law;
 
  differing labor regulations;
 
  requirements relating to withholding taxes on remittances and other payments by subsidiaries;
 
  restrictions on our ability to own or operate subsidiaries, make investments or acquire new businesses in various jurisdictions;
 
  potential political instability and the actions of foreign governments;
 
  restrictions on our ability to repatriate dividends from our subsidiaries; and
 
  exposure to liabilities under the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.
          As we continue to expand our business globally, our success will depend, in large part, on our ability to anticipate and effectively manage these and other risks associated with our international operations. However, any of these factors could materially adversely affect our international operations and, consequently, our operating results.
Our operations depend on production facilities throughout the world, many of which are located outside the United States and are subject to increased risks of disrupted production causing delays in shipments and loss of customers and revenue.
          We operate businesses with manufacturing facilities worldwide, many of which are located outside the United States including in Canada, China, France, Germany, England and Scotland. Serving a global customer base requires that we place more production in emerging markets to capitalize on market opportunities and cost efficiencies. Our international production facilities and operations could be disrupted by a natural disaster, labor strike, war, political unrest, terrorist activity or public health concerns, particularly in emerging countries that are not well-equipped to handle such occurrences.
Material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting have been identified which could result in a decrease in the value of our common stock.
          In connection with their audit of our fiscal 2005 financial statements, our independent auditors expressed concerns that as of the date of their opinion we were unable to report accurate financial information in a timely manner due to resource limitations of our corporate financial staffing and the impact of this limitation on our ability to timely report our financial information. Based upon the timely financial reporting required of a public company, the outside auditors informed senior management and the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors that they believe this is a material weakness in our internal controls. We have actively taken steps to address this material weakness. These steps include the recent hiring of a Director of Internal Audit and Securities and Exchange Commission Manager, or SEC Manager and our prior hiring of a Corporate Controller, Director of Taxation and a Corporate Accountant. We believe that with the addition of these resources we should be able to deliver financial information on a timely basis.
          However, we cannot assure you that our efforts to correct this identified material weakness will be successful or that we will not have other weaknesses in the future. If we fail to correct the existing material weaknesses or have material weaknesses in the future, it could affect the financial results that we report or create a perception that those financial results do not accurately state our financial condition or

12


Table of Contents

results of operations. Either of those events could have an adverse effect on the value of our common stock.
If we are unable to complete our assessment as to the adequacy of our internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007 as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or if material weaknesses are identified and reported, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which could result in a decrease in the value of your investment.
          As directed by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, adopted rules requiring public companies to include in their annual reports on Form  10-K a report of management on the company’s internal controls over financial reporting, including management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the company’s internal controls over financial reporting as of the company’s fiscal year end. In addition, the accounting firm auditing a public company’s financial statements must also attest to, and report on, management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the company’s internal controls over financial reporting as well as the operating effectiveness of the company’s internal controls. While we will expend significant resources in developing the necessary documentation and testing procedures, fiscal 2007 will be the first year for which we must complete the assessment and undergo the attestation process required by Section 404 and there is a risk that we may not comply with all of its requirements, considering the material weakness related to our financial staffing. If we do not timely complete our assessment or if our internal controls are not designed or operating effectively as required by Section 404, our independent auditors may either disclaim an opinion as it relates to management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal controls or may issue a qualified opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls. It is possible that material weaknesses in our internal controls could be found. If we are unable to remediate any material weaknesses by December 31, 2007, our independent auditors would be required to issue an adverse opinion on our internal controls. If our independent auditors disclaim an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal controls or if they render an adverse opinion due to material weaknesses in our internal controls, then investors may lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline and make it more difficult for us to raise capital in the future.
We rely on estimated forecasts of our OEM customers’ needs, and inaccuracies in such forecasts could materially adversely affect our business.
          We generally sell our products pursuant to individual purchase orders instead of under long-term purchase commitments. Therefore, we rely on estimated demand forecasts, based upon input from our customers, to determine how much material to purchase and product to manufacture. Because our sales are based on purchase orders, our customers may cancel, delay or otherwise modify their purchase commitments with little or no consequence to them and with little or no notice to us. For these reasons, we generally have limited visibility regarding our customers’ actual product needs. The quantities or timing required by our customers for our products could vary significantly. Whether in response to changes affecting the industry or a customer’s specific business pressures, any cancellation, delay or other modification in our customers’ orders could significantly reduce our revenue, impact our working capital, cause our operating results to fluctuate from period to period and make it more difficult for us to predict our revenue. In the event of a cancellation or reduction of an order, we may not have enough time to reduce operating expenses to minimize the effect of the lost revenue on our business and we may purchase too much inventory and spend more capital than expected.
The materials used to produce our products are subject to price fluctuations that could increase costs of production and adversely affect our profitability.
          The materials used to produce our products, especially copper and steel, are sourced on a global or regional basis and the prices of those materials are susceptible to price fluctuations due to supply and demand trends, transportation costs, government regulations and tariffs, changes in currency exchange rates, price controls, the economic climate and other unforeseen circumstances. As of the six months

13


Table of Contents

ended June 30, 2006, approximately 54% of our cost of goods sold consisted of the purchase of raw materials required for our manufacturing processes. From the first quarter of 2004 to the first quarter of 2006, the average price of copper and steel has increased approximately 84% and 46%, respectively. If we are unable to continue to pass a substantial portion of such price increases on to our customers on a timely basis, our future profitability may be materially and adversely affected. In addition, passing through these costs to our customers may also limit our ability to increase our prices in the future.
We face potential product liability claims relating to products we manufacture or distribute, which could result in our having to expend significant time and expense to defend these claims and to pay material claims or settlement amounts.
          We face a business risk of exposure to product liability claims in the event that the use of our products is alleged to have resulted in injury or other adverse effects. We currently have several product liability claims against us with respect to our products. Although we currently maintain product liability insurance coverage, we may not be able to obtain such insurance on acceptable terms in the future, if at all, or obtain insurance that will provide adequate coverage against potential claims. Product liability claims can be expensive to defend and can divert the attention of management and other personnel for long periods of time, regardless of the ultimate outcome. An unsuccessful product liability defense could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or our ability to make payments under our debt obligations when due. In addition, we believe our business depends on the strong brand reputation we have developed. In the event that our reputation is damaged, we may face difficulty in maintaining our pricing positions with respect to some of our products, which would reduce our sales and profitability.
We may be subject to work stoppages at our facilities, or our customers may be subjected to work stoppages, which could seriously impact our operations and the profitability of our business.
          As of June 30, 2006, we had approximately 2,600 full time employees, of whom approximately 41% were employed abroad. Approximately 300 of our North American employees and 45 of our employees in Scotland are represented by labor unions. In addition, our employees in Europe are generally represented by local and national social works councils that hold discussions with employer industry associations regarding wage and work issues every two to three years. Our European facilities, particularly those in France and Germany, may participate in such discussions and be subject to any agreements reached with employees.
          Our four U.S. collective bargaining agreements will expire on August 10, 2007, September 19, 2007, June 2, 2008 and February 1, 2009. Our union agreement in Scotland expires on March 31, 2007. We may be unable to renew these agreements on terms that are satisfactory to us, if at all. In addition, two of our four U.S. collective bargaining agreements contain provisions for additional, potentially significant, lump-sum severance payments to all employees covered by the agreements who are terminated as the result of a plant closing.
          If our unionized workers or those represented by a works council were to engage in a strike, work stoppage or other slowdown in the future, we could experience a significant disruption of our operations. Such disruption could interfere with our ability to deliver products on a timely basis and could have other negative effects, including decreased productivity and increased labor costs. In addition, if a greater percentage of our work force becomes unionized, our business and financial results could be materially adversely affected. Many of our direct and indirect customers have unionized work forces. Strikes, work stoppages or slowdowns experienced by these customers or their suppliers could result in slowdowns or closures of assembly plants where our products are used and could cause cancellation of purchase orders with us or otherwise result in reduced revenues from these customers.

14


Table of Contents

Changes in employment laws could increase our costs and may adversely affect our business.
          Various federal, state and international labor laws govern our relationship with employees and affect operating costs. These laws include minimum wage requirements, overtime, unemployment tax rates, workers’ compensation rates paid, leaves of absence, mandated health and other benefits, and citizenship requirements. Significant additional government-imposed increases or new requirements in these areas could materially affect our business, financial condition, operating results or cash flow.
          In the event our employee-related costs rise significantly, we may have to curtail the number of our employees or shut down certain manufacturing facilities. Any such actions would be not only costly but could also materially adversely affect our business.
We depend on the services of key executives, the loss of whom could materially harm our business.
          Our senior executives are important to our success because they are instrumental in setting our strategic direction, operating our business, maintaining and expanding relationships with distributors, identifying, recruiting and training key personnel, identifying expansion opportunities and arranging necessary financing. Losing the services of any of these individuals could adversely affect our business until a suitable replacement could be found. We believe that our senior executives could not easily be replaced with executives of equal experience and capabilities. Although we have entered into employment agreements with certain of our key domestic executives, we cannot prevent our key executives from terminating their employment with us. We do not maintain key person life insurance policies on any of our executives.
If we lose certain of our key sales, marketing or engineering personnel, our business may be adversely affected.
          Our success depends on our ability to recruit, retain and motivate highly skilled sales, marketing and engineering personnel. Competition for these persons in our industry is intense and we may not be able to successfully recruit, train or retain qualified personnel. If we fail to retain and recruit the necessary personnel, our business and our ability to obtain new customers, develop new products and provide acceptable levels of customer service could suffer. If certain of these key personnel were to terminate their employment with us, we may experience difficulty replacing them, and our business could be harmed.
We are subject to environmental laws that could impose significant costs on us and the failure to comply with such laws could subject us to sanctions and material fines and expenses.
          We are subject to a variety of federal, state, local, foreign and provincial environmental laws and regulations, including those governing the discharge of pollutants into the air or water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes and the responsibility to investigate and cleanup contaminated sites that are or were owned, leased, operated or used by us or our predecessors. Some of these laws and regulations require us to obtain permits, which contain terms and conditions that impose limitations on our ability to emit and discharge hazardous materials into the environment and periodically may be subject to modification, renewal and revocation by issuing authorities. Fines and penalties may be imposed for non-compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and the failure to have or to comply with the terms and conditions of required permits. From time to time our operations may not be in full compliance with the terms and conditions of our permits. We periodically review our procedures and policies for compliance with environmental laws and requirements. We believe that our operations generally are in material compliance with applicable environmental laws, requirements and permits and that any non-compliances would not be expected to result in us incurring material liability or cost to achieve compliance. Historically, the costs of achieving and maintaining compliance with environmental laws, and requirements and permits have not been material; however, the operation of manufacturing plants entails risks in these areas, and a failure by us to comply with applicable environmental laws, regulations, or permits could result in civil or criminal fines, penalties, enforcement actions, third party claims for property damage and personal injury, requirements to clean up property or to pay for the costs

15


Table of Contents

of cleanup, or regulatory or judicial orders enjoining or curtailing operations or requiring corrective measures, including the installation of pollution control equipment or remedial actions. Moreover, if applicable environmental laws and regulations, or the interpretation or enforcement thereof, become more stringent in the future, we could incur capital or operating costs beyond those currently anticipated.
          Certain environmental laws in the United States, such as the federal Superfund law and similar state laws, impose liability for the cost of investigation or remediation of contaminated sites upon the current or, in some cases, the former site owners or operators and upon parties who arranged for the disposal of wastes or transported or sent those wastes to an off-site facility for treatment or disposal, regardless of when the release of hazardous substances occurred or the lawfulness of the activities giving rise to the release. Such liability can be imposed without regard to fault and, under certain circumstances, can be joint and several, resulting in one party being held responsible for the entire obligation. As a practical matter, however, the costs of investigation and remediation generally are allocated among the viable responsible parties on some form of equitable basis. Liability also may include damages to natural resources. We are not listed as a potentially responsible party in connection with any sites we currently or formerly owned or operated or any off-site waste disposal facility. There is contamination at some of our current facilities, primarily related to historical operations at those sites, for which we could be liable under these environmental laws. The potential for contamination exists due to historic activities at our other current or former sites. We currently are not undertaking any remediation or investigations and our costs or liability in connection with potential contamination conditions at our facilities cannot be predicted at this time because the potential existence of contamination has not been investigated or not enough is known about the environmental conditions or likely remedial requirements. Currently, other parties with contractual liability are addressing or have plans or obligations to address those contamination conditions that may pose a material risk to human health, safety or the environment. In addition, while we attempt to evaluate the risk of liability at the time we acquire them, there may be environmental conditions currently unknown to us relating to our prior, existing or future sites or operations or those of predecessor companies whose liabilities we may have assumed or acquired which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
          We are being indemnified, or expect to be indemnified by third parties subject to certain caps or limitations on the indemnification, for certain environmental costs and liabilities. Accordingly, based on the indemnification and the experience with similar sites of the environmental consultants who we have hired, we do not expect such costs and liabilities to have a material adverse effect on our business, operations or earnings. We cannot assure you, however, that these third parties will in fact satisfy their indemnification obligations. If these third parties become unable to, or otherwise do not, comply with their respective indemnity obligations, or if certain contamination or other liability for which we are obligated is not subject to these indemnities, we could become subject to significant liabilities.
We face additional costs associated with our post-retirement and post-employment obligations to employees which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition.
          As part of the PTH Acquisition, we agreed to assume pension plan liabilities for active U.S. employees under the Retirement Plan for Power Transmission Employees of Colfax, the Ameridrives International Pension Fund for Hourly Employees Represented by United Steelworkers of America, Local 3199-10, and the Colfax PT Pension Plan, collectively referred to as the Prior Plans. We have established a defined benefit plan, or New Plan, mirroring the benefits provided under the Prior Plans. The New Plan accepted a spinoff of assets and liabilities from the Prior Plans, in accordance with Section 414(l) of the Internal Revenue Code, or the Code, with such assets and liabilities relating to active U.S. employees as of the closing of the PTH Acquisition. Given the funded status of the Prior Plans and the asset allocation requirements of Code Section 414(l), liabilities under the New Plan greatly exceed the assets that were transferred from the Prior Plans. The accumulated benefit obligation (not including accumulated benefit obligations of non-U.S.  pension plans in the amount of $2.9 million) was approximately $24.8 million as of December 31, 2005 while the fair value of plan assets was approximately $5.8 million as of December 31, 2005. As the New Plan has a considerable funding deficit, the cash funding requirements are expected to

16


Table of Contents

be substantial over the next several years, and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. As of June 30, 2006, funding requirements were estimated to be $5.5 million during the remainder of 2006, $3.6 million in 2007, $2.5 million in 2008 and $1.9 million annually until 2011. These amounts are based on actuarial assumptions and actual amounts could be materially different.
          Additionally, as part of the PTH Acquisition, we agreed to assume all pension plan liabilities related to non-U.S.  employees. The accumulated benefit obligations of non-U.S.  pension plans were approximately $2.9 million as of December 31, 2005. There are no assets associated with these plans.
          Finally, as part of the PTH Acquisition, we also agreed to assume all post-employment and post-retirement welfare benefit obligations with respect to active U.S. employees. The benefit obligation for post-retirement benefits, which are not funded, was approximately $12.8 million as of June 30, 2006.
          For a description of the post-retirement and post-employment costs, see Note 9 to the audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Our future success depends on our ability to integrate acquired companies and manage our growth effectively.
          Our growth through acquisitions has placed, and will continue to place, significant demands on our management, operational and financial resources. Realization of the benefits of acquisitions often requires integration of some or all of the acquired companies’ sales and marketing, distribution, manufacturing, engineering, finance and administrative organizations. Integration of companies demands substantial attention from senior management and the management of the acquired companies. In addition, we will continue to pursue new acquisitions, some of which could be material to our business if completed. We may not be able to integrate successfully our recent acquisitions or any future acquisitions, operate these acquired companies profitably, or realize the potential benefits from these acquisitions.
We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights, brands or technology effectively, which could allow competitors to duplicate or replicate our technology and could adversely affect our ability to compete.
          We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws in the United States and other jurisdictions, as well as on license, non-disclosure, employee and consultant assignment and other agreements and domain names registrations in order to protect our proprietary technology and rights. Applications for protection of our intellectual property rights may not be allowed, and the rights, if granted, may not be maintained. In addition, third parties may infringe or challenge our intellectual property rights. In some cases, we rely on unpatented proprietary technology. It is possible that others will independently develop the same or similar technology or otherwise obtain access to our unpatented technology. In addition, in the ordinary course of our operations, we pursue potential claims from time to time relating to the protection of certain products and intellectual property rights, including with respect to some of our more profitable products. Such claims could be time consuming, expensive and divert resources. If we are unable to maintain the proprietary nature of our technologies or proprietary protection of our brands, our ability to market or be competitive with respect to some or all of our products may be affected, which could reduce our sales and profitability.
Goodwill comprises a significant portion of our total assets, and if we determine that goodwill has become impaired in the future, net income in such years may be materially and adversely affected.
          Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair market value of net assets acquired in business combinations. We review goodwill and other intangibles annually for impairment and any excess in carrying value over the estimated fair value is charged to the results of operations. Reduction in net income resulting from the write down or impairment of goodwill would affect financial results and could have a material and adverse impact upon the market price of our common stock.

17


Table of Contents

Unplanned repairs or equipment outages could interrupt production and reduce income or cash flow.
          Unplanned repairs or equipment outages, including those due to natural disasters, could result in the disruption of our manufacturing processes. Any interruption in our manufacturing processes would interrupt our production of products, reduce our income and cash flow and could result in a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.
Our operations are highly dependent on information technology infrastructure and failures could significantly affect our business.
          We depend heavily on our information technology, or IT, infrastructure in order to achieve our business objectives. If we experience a problem that impairs this infrastructure, such as a computer virus, a problem with the functioning of an important IT application, or an intentional disruption of our IT systems by a third party, the resulting disruptions could impede our ability to record or process orders, manufacture and ship in a timely manner, or otherwise carry on our business in the ordinary course. Any such events could cause us to lose customers or revenue and could require us to incur significant expense to eliminate these problems and address related security concerns.
Our leverage could adversely affect our financial health and make us vulnerable to adverse economic and industry conditions.
          We have incurred indebtedness that is substantial relative to our stockholders’ investment. As of June 30, 2006, we had approximately $233.4 million of indebtedness outstanding and $27.6 million available under lines of credit. Our indebtedness has important consequences; for example, it could:
  make it more challenging for us to obtain additional financing to fund our business strategy and acquisitions, debt service requirements, capital expenditures and working capital;
 
  increase our vulnerability to interest rate changes and general adverse economic and industry conditions;
 
  require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to service our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to finance acquisitions and to fund working capital, capital expenditures, research and development efforts and other general corporate activities;
 
  make it difficult for us to fulfill our obligations under our credit and other debt agreements;
 
  limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and our markets; and
 
  place us at a competitive disadvantage relative to our competitors that have less debt.
          Substantially all of our assets have been pledged as collateral against any outstanding borrowings under the credit agreement governing our senior revolving credit facility, or the Credit Agreement. In addition, our senior revolving credit facility requires us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy certain financial condition tests, which may require that we take action to reduce our debt or to act in a manner contrary to our business objectives. If an event of default under our senior revolving credit facility occurs, then the lenders could declare all amounts outstanding under the senior revolving credit facility, together with accrued interest, to be immediately due and payable. In addition, our senior revolving credit facility and the indentures governing our 9% senior secured notes and our 11 1 / 4 % senior notes have cross-default provisions such that a default under any one would constitute an event of default in any of the others.

18


Table of Contents

We are subject to tax laws and regulations in many jurisdictions and the inability to successfully defend claims from taxing authorities related to our current or acquired businesses could adversely affect our operating results and financial position.
          We conduct business in many countries, which requires us to interpret the income tax laws and rulings in each of those taxing jurisdictions. Due to the subjectivity of tax laws between those jurisdictions as well as the subjectivity of factual interpretations, our estimates of income tax liabilities may differ from actual payments or assessments. Claims from taxing authorities related to these differences could have an adverse impact on our operating results and financial position.
Genstar Capital Partners III, L.P. and Stargen III, L.P. (together, the Genstar Funds) control us and may have conflicts of interest with our other stockholders in the future.
          The Genstar Funds own 65.8% of our equity and are able to control our affairs. After this offering, the Genstar Funds will beneficially own           % of our common stock, or           % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. As a result, the Genstar Funds will continue to be able to control the election and removal of our directors and determine our corporate and management policies, including potential mergers or acquisitions, payment of dividends, asset sales and other significant corporate transactions. This concentration of ownership may delay or deter possible changes in control of our company, which may reduce the market price of our common stock. We cannot assure you that the interests of the Genstar Funds will coincide with your interests.
          In addition, upon completion of the offering, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning given to that term under the rules of the NASDAQ. As a controlled company, we will be exempt from the requirements that our board of directors be comprised of a majority of independent directors or that our compensation committee and governance and nominating committee be comprised of independent directors. Directors who are independent from Altra Holdings may from time to time after this offering comprise less than a majority of our board of directors and, if so, independent directors will have less influence over our corporate governance and other issues in which stockholders may have an interest than if they comprised a majority of our board of directors.
Risks Related to this Offering
The market price of our common stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to decline.
          Securities markets worldwide experience significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, war and incidents of terrorism and acts of God could reduce the market price of our common stock notwithstanding our operating performance. In addition, our operating results could be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors and, in response, the market price of our common stock could decrease significantly. You may be unable to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price.
          Furthermore, following periods of market volatility in the price of a company’s securities, security holders have sometimes instituted class action litigation. If the market value of our stock experiences adverse fluctuations and we become involved in this type of litigation, regardless of the outcome, we could incur substantial legal costs and our management’s attention could be diverted from the operation of our business, causing our business to suffer.
We cannot assure you that an active trading market will develop for our stock.
          There has never been a public market for our common stock. While we intend to file an application for the listing of our common stock on the NASDAQ, an active public market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. If a market does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at a price that is attractive to you or at all. The initial public offering price of our common stock will be determined through negotiations

19


Table of Contents

between the underwriters, us and the selling stockholders and may not be indicative of the price that will prevail in the open market following this offering.
A substantial number of our shares of common stock may be sold in the public market by our principal stockholders, which could adversely affect the market price of our shares, which in turn could negatively impact your investment in us.
          Future sales of substantial amounts of our shares of common stock in the public market (or the perception that such sales may occur) could adversely affect market prices of our common stock prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through future sales of our equity or equity-related securities at a time and price that we deem appropriate. Such sales could create public perception of difficulties or problems with our business.
          Upon completion of this offering, we will have                      shares of common stock issued and outstanding and no options to purchase shares of our common stock. All of the shares we and the selling stockholders are selling in this offering, plus any shares sold upon the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, will be freely tradeable without restriction under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, unless purchased by our affiliates. Upon completion of this offering,                     shares of our common stock will be restricted or controlled securities within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act (                     shares of common stock if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). The rules affecting the sale of these securities are summarized under “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” Following this offering, without giving effect to the over-allotment option, stockholders that collectively own                      shares of our common stock will have registration rights with respect to their shares. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Registration Rights Agreement.”
          Subject to certain exceptions described under the caption “Underwriting,” we and all of our directors and executive officers and certain of our stockholders have agreed not to offer, sell or agree to sell, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock without the permission of the underwriters for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus. The 180-day restricted period will be automatically extended if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earning release or material news or a material event relating to our business occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results or become aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day restricted period, in which case the restrictions described above will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event. When this period expires we and our locked-up stockholders will be able to sell our shares in the public market. Sales of a substantial number of such shares upon expiration, or early release, of the lock-up (or the perception that such sales may occur) could cause our share price to decline.
          Our principal stockholders hold (and following completion of this offering will continue to hold) shares of our common stock in which they have a very large unrealized gain, and these stockholders may wish, to the extent they may permissibly do so, to realize some or all of that gain relatively quickly by selling some or all of their shares, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.
          We also may issue our shares of common stock from time to time as consideration for future acquisitions and investments or for other reasons. If any such acquisition or investment is significant, the number of shares that we may issue may in turn be significant. We may also grant registration rights covering those shares in connection with any such acquisitions and investments.
You will experience immediate and substantial dilution.
          The initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock. Accordingly, if you purchase common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution of your investment. Based upon the issuance and sale of            million shares of common stock by us at an assumed initial public offering

20


Table of Contents

price of $           per share (the midpoint of the initial public offering price range indicated on the cover of this prospectus), you will incur immediate dilution of approximately $          in the net tangible book value per share.
Because we have not paid dividends in the past and do not anticipate paying dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, you should not expect to receive dividends on shares of our common stock.
          We have no present plans to pay cash dividends to our stockholders and, for the foreseeable future, intend to retain all of our earnings for use in our business. The decision whether to pay dividends will be made by our board of directors in light of conditions then existing, including factors such as our results of operations, financial condition and capital requirements, and business conditions. In addition, the Credit Agreement governing the senior revolving credit facility and the indentures governing the 9% senior secured notes and the 11 1 / 4 % senior notes contain covenants limiting the payment of cash dividends. Consequently, you should not rely on dividends in order to receive a return on your investment.

21


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTICE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
          We make “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 throughout this prospectus. Whenever you read a statement that is not solely a statement of historical fact, such as when we state that we “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate” or “plan” that an event will occur and other similar statements, you should understand that our expectations may not be correct, although we believe they are reasonable, and that our plans may change. We do not guarantee that the transactions and events described in this prospectus will happen as described or that any positive trends noted in this prospectus will continue. The forward-looking information contained in this prospectus is generally located under the headings “Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” but may be found in other sections as well. These forward-looking statements generally relate to our strategies, plans and objectives for, and potential results of, future operations and are based upon management’s current plans and beliefs or current estimates of future results or trends.
          Forward-looking statements regarding management’s present plans or expectations for new product offerings, capital expenditures, increasing sales, cost-saving strategies and growth involve risks and uncertainties relative to return expectations, allocation of resources and changing economic or competitive conditions, which could cause actual results to differ from present plans or expectations and such differences could be material. Similarly, forward-looking statements regarding management’s present expectations for operating results and cash flow involve risks and uncertainties relative to these and other factors including:
  competitive factors in the industry in which we operate;
 
  changes in general economic conditions and the cyclical nature of the markets in which we operate;
 
  our dependence on our distribution network;
 
  our ability to invest in, develop or adapt to changing technologies and manufacturing techniques;
 
  international risks on our operations;
 
  loss of our key management;
 
  increase in litigation, including product liability claims;
 
  our substantial indebtedness; and
 
  other factors that are described under “Risk Factors.”
          We caution you that the foregoing list of important factors is not exclusive. In addition, in light of these risks and uncertainties, the matters referred to in the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus may not in fact occur. The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are current as of the date of the prospectus. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.
          You should read this prospectus completely and with the understanding that actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.

22


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS
          We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $           million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated expenses of $           million payable by us. This estimate assumes an initial public offering price of $           per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $           per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $          , assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.
          We may use the net proceeds from this offering to repay a portion of our 9% senior secured notes due 2011 and/or our 11 1 / 4 % senior notes due 2013. We incurred indebtedness under the 9% senior secured notes due 2011 to complete the PTH Acquisition and under the 11 1 / 4 % senior notes due 2013 to complete the Hay Hall Acquisition.
          Any remaining net proceeds not used to repay debt may be used by us for general working capital or to complete strategic acquisitions. There are currently no strategic acquisitions pending for which we intend to use those net proceeds.
DIVIDEND POLICY
          We intend to retain all future earnings, if any, for use in the operation of our business and to fund future growth. We do not anticipate paying any dividends for the foreseeable future, and the Credit Agreement governing the senior revolving credit facility and the indentures governing the 9% senior secured notes and 11 1 / 4 % senior notes limit our ability to pay dividends or other distributions on our common stock. See “Description of Indebtedness.” We may incur other obligations in the future that will further limit our ability to pay dividends. The decision whether to pay dividends will be made by our board of directors in light of conditions then existing, including factors such as our results of operations, financial condition and requirements, business conditions and covenants under any applicable contractual arrangements.

23


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION
          The following table sets forth our capitalization as of June 30, 2006:
  on an actual basis; and
 
  on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the conversion of all shares of our preferred stock into                     shares of common stock, which will occur automatically upon the closing of this offering, and the sale by us of                     shares of common stock at the assumed initial public offering price of $           per share the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, in this offering and our receipt of the net offering proceeds therefrom, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses.
          The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2006. The table below should be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements,” “Selected Historical Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
                   
    As of June 30, 2006
     
        As
    Actual   Adjusted
         
    (Unaudited)
    (In thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 5,573     $    
             
Debt:
               
Senior revolving credit facility(1)
  $          
9% senior secured notes
    165,000          
11 1 / 4 % senior notes
    59,938          
17% CDPQ note
    3,200          
5.75% mortgage
    2,448          
Capital leases and short-term bank borrowings
    2,787          
             
 
Total debt
  $ 233,373     $    
Preferred stock
    35,500          
Stockholders’ deficit
    (2,027 )        
             
 
Total capitalization
  $ 266,846     $    
             
 
(1)  Our senior revolving credit facility has $30.0 million of borrowing capacity (including $10.0 million available for letters of credit), $27.6 million of which was available as of June 30, 2006.

24


Table of Contents

DILUTION
          Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of the common stock to be sold in this offering exceeds the net tangible book value per share of common stock after this offering. Net tangible book value per share is determined at any date by subtracting our total liabilities from the total book value of our tangible assets and dividing the difference by the number of shares of common stock deemed to be outstanding at that date.
          Our net tangible book value as of June 30, 2006 was $(101.8) million, or $           per share of common stock. After giving effect to the receipt and our intended use of approximately $           million of estimated net proceeds from our sale of                      shares of common stock in the offering at an assumed offering price of $           per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, our as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2006 would have been approximately $           million, or $           per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $           per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $           per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in the offering. The following table illustrates this substantial and immediate per share dilution to new investors:
           
    Per Share
     
Assumed initial public offering price per share
  $    
 
Net tangible book value before the offering
       
 
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to investors in this offering
       
       
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering
       
       
Dilution per share to new investors
  $    
          A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $           per share would decrease (increase) our pro forma net tangible book deficit by $          , the as adjusted net tangible book deficit per share after this offering by $           per share and the dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $          , assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.
          The following table summarizes on an as adjusted basis as of June 30, 2006, giving effect to:
  the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us;
 
  the total consideration paid to us, assuming an initial public offering price of $           per share (before deducting the estimated underwriting discount and commissions and offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering); and
 
  the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering:
                                           
        Total   Average
    Shares Purchased   Consideration    
            Per
    Number   Percent   Amount   Percent   Share
                     
Existing stockholders
  $           %   $           %   $    
Investors in the offering
  $           %   $           %   $    
                               
 
Total
  $         100 %   $         100 %   $    
                               
          A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $           per share would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by existing stockholders, total consideration paid by new investors and the average price per share by $          , $           and $          , respectively, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and without deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.
          The tables and calculations above assume no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

25


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
          The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are presented to illustrate the estimated effects of the Hay Hall Acquisition in February 2006 and related transactions on our financial condition and results of operations. We have derived our historical consolidated financial data for the year ended December 31, 2005 from the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the historical consolidated financial data of our company for the six months ended June 30, 2006 from the unaudited consolidated interim financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the historical consolidated financial data of Hay Hall for the year ended December 31, 2005 from the audited consolidated financial statements of Hay Hall included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have not included an unaudited pro forma balance sheet since the balance sheet at June 30, 2006 included in this prospectus gives effect to the Hay Hall acquisition. Hay Hall historical financial information has been reconciled from U.K. GAAP to U.S. GAAP in all periods presented and all amounts have been converted from U.K. pounds sterling to U.S. dollars for the purpose of these pro forma financial statements.
          The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the six months ended June 30, 2006 assume that the Hay Hall Acquisition and related transactions, as applicable, took place on January 1, 2005, the beginning of our 2005 fiscal year. The information presented in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements is not necessarily indicative of our financial position or results of operations that would have occurred if the Hay Hall Acquisition and related transactions had been completed as of the dates indicated, nor should it be construed as being a representation of our future financial position or results of operations.
          The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are presented for illustrative purposes only and do not purport to be indicative of the operating results that might have been achieved had the transactions occurred as of an earlier date, and do not purport to be indicative of future operating results.
          The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. These adjustments are more fully described in the notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements below.
          The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes and assumptions, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” the consolidated financial statements of Altra and related notes, the consolidated financial statements of Hay Hall and the related notes and the other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

26


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2005
                                                           
    Historical                    
                         
        Hay Hall   Hay Hall                
        Holding   Holdings                
    Altra Year   U.K. GAAP   U.K. GAAP       Hay Hall        
    Ended   Year Ended   to U.S.   Hay Hall   Holdings        
    December 31,   December 31,   GAAP   Holdings   U.S.   Pro Forma   Pro Forma
    2005   2005   Adjustments   U.S. GAAP   GAAP(a)   Adjustments   Combined
                             
    (In thousands)
Net sales
  $ 363,465     £ 39,262     £     £ 39,262     $ 71,496     $ (8,515 )(1)   $ 426,446  
Cost of sales
    271,952       23,015       (7 )     23,008       41,898       (6,744 )(2)     307,106  
                                           
 
Gross profit
    91,513       16,247       7       16,254       29,598       (1,771 )     119,340  
Selling, general, administrative and other operating expenses
    66,163       14,909       125       14,784       26,922       (3,608 )(3)     89,477  
                                           
Operating profit
    25,350       1,338       132       1,470       2,676       1,837       29,863  
Interest expense, net
    19,514       1,230             1,230       2,240       4,782 (4)     26,536  
Other income, net
    (17 )     (107 )           (107 )     (195 )           (212 )
                                           
(Loss) income before income taxes
    5,853       215       132       347       631       (2,945 )     3,539  
Income tax (benefit) expense
    3,349       292             292       532       (1,384 )(5)     2,497  
                                           
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 2,504     £ (77 )   £ 132     £ 55     $ 99     $ (1,561 )   $ 1,042  
                                           
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding:
                                                       
Basic
            n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a          
Diluted
            n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a          
Net income available to holders of shares of common stock per share:
                                                       
Basic
  $         n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a     $    
Diluted
  $         n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a     $    
 
(a)  Reflects Hay Hall’s Combined Statement of Operations on a U.S. GAAP basis after translation to U.S. dollars at an exchange rate of 1.821 U.S. dollars per U.K. pound sterling (the average exchange rate for the 2005 fiscal year).
          See accompanying “Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statements of Operations.”

27


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2006
                                                           
        Hay Hall                    
        Holdings                    
        UK GAAP                    
        Period from                    
    Altra   January 1,   Hay Hall                
    Six Months   2006   Holdings       Hay Hall        
    Ended   through   UK GAAP   Hay Hall   Holdings        
    June 30,   February 10,   U.S. GAAP   Holdings   U.S.   Pro Forma   Pro Forma
    2006   2006   Adjustments   U.S. GAAP   GAAP(a)   Adjustments   Combined
                             
    (In thousands)
Net sales
  $ 234,558     £ 4,371     £     £ 4,371     $ 7,662     $ (716 )(1)   $ 241,504  
Cost of sales
    170,431       2,513       (1 )     2,512       4,404       (1,592 )(2)     173,243  
                                           
 
Gross profit
    64,127       1,858       1       1,859       3,258       876       68,261  
Selling, general, administrative and other expenses
    40,313       1,706       (12 )     1,694       2,970       (1,251 )(3)     42,032  
                                           
Operating profit
    23,814       152       13       165       288       2,127       26,229  
Interest expense, net
    12,815       111             111       195       626 (4)     13,636  
Other income, net
    (87 )                                   (87 )
                                           
Income before income taxes
    11,086       41       13       54       93       1,501       12,680  
Income tax (benefit) expense
    4,186       13             13       23       615 (5)     4,824  
                                           
 
Net Income
  $ 6,900     £ 28     £ 13     £ 41     $ 70     $ 886     $ 7,856  
                                           
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding:
                                                       
Basic
            n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a          
Diluted
            n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a          
Net income available to holders of shares of common stock per share:
                                                       
Basic
  $         n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a     $    
Diluted
  $         n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a     $    
 
(a)  Reflects Hay Hall’s Unaudited Interim Condensed Statement of Operations on a U.S. GAAP basis after translation to U.S. dollars at an exchange rate of 1.753 U.S. dollars per U.K. pound sterling (the average exchange rate for the six month period ended June 30, 2006).
          See accompanying “Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statements of Operations.”

28


Table of Contents

          Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statements of Operations
                   
    Year   Six Months
    Ended   Ended
    December 31,   June 30,
    2005   2006
         
    (In thousands)
(1) Adjustments to net sales as follows:
               
 
Elimination of net sales of Engineered Systems of Matrix business which is included in the Hay Hall financial statements but which were not acquired by Altra
  $ (6,805 )   $ (291 )
 
Elimination of intercompany sales from Hay Hall to Altra
    (1,456 )     (378 )
 
Elimination of intercompany sales from Altra to Hay Hall
    (254 )     (47 )
             
 
Total pro forma adjustment
  $ (8,515 )   $ (716 )
(2) Adjustments to cost of sales as follows:
               
 
Elimination of cost of sales of Engineered Systems of Matrix business which is included in the Hay Hall financial statements but which were not acquired by Altra
  $ (5,121 )   $ (205 )
 
Elimination of cost of sales on intercompany sales from Hay Hall to Altra
    (1,456 )     (378 )
 
Elimination of cost of sales on intercompany sales from Altra to Hay Hall
    (254 )     (47 )
 
Elimination of additional cost of goods sold as a result of the fair value adjustment to inventory recorded in connection with the Acquisition
          (984 )
 
To record additional depreciation expense resulting from the adjustment to the fair market value of property, plant and equipment in connection with the transaction
    87       22  
             
 
Total pro forma adjustment
  $ (6,744 )   $ (1,592 )
(3) Adjustments to selling, general, administrative and other operating expenses as follows:
               
 
Elimination of selling, general, administrative and other operations expenses of Engineered Systems of Matrix business which is included in the Hay Hall financial statements but which were not acquired by Altra
  $ (1,724 )   $ (156 )
 
Elimination of the selling, general, administrative, and other operations expenses of Hay Hall’s corporate office business which is included in the Hay Hall financial statements but which were not acquired by Altra
    (2,844 )     (330 )
 
Additional expense required to present amortization expense (based on lives ranging from eight to 12 years) associated with intangible assets recorded in connection with the Acquisition
    960       240  
 
Elimination of additional expense related to Genstar Capital, L.P. transaction fee
          (1,005 )
             
 
Total pro forma adjustment
  $ (3,608 )   $ (1,251 )
(4) Adjustments to interest expense as follows:
               
 
Additional expense required associated with the notes issued to finance the Hay Hall Acquisition (consists of interest on £33.0 million of notes at 11 1 / 4 %)
  $ 6,760     $ 756  
 
Elimination of interest expense recorded at Hay Hall
    (2,240 )     (195 )
 
Additional expense required to present a full year of amortization expense (based on a seven year life) associated with debt issuance costs incurred in connection with the notes
    262       65  
             
 
Total pro forma adjustment
  $ 4,782     $ 626  
(5) Adjustments to record additional tax (benefit) expense of 47% and 41%, calculated at an effective which reflects the federal, state and foreign statutory rate in effect at the beginning of 2005 and 2006, respectively, resulting from the other pro forma adjustments. Historical tax expense has not been adjusted
  $ (1,384 )   $ 615  

29


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
          The following table contains selected financial data for us for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and July 1, 2005 and the year ended December 31, 2005 and the period from inception (December 1, 2004) to December 31, 2004 and for PTH, or our Predecessor, for the period from January 1, 2004 through November 30, 2004 and for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001. The following should be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
                                                           
    Altra Holdings, Inc.     Predecessor
           
    Six   Twelve         Period from    
    Months   Months   Period from     January 1, 2004    
    Ended   Ended   December 1, 2004     through   Year Ended December 31,
    June 30,   December 31,   through     November 30,    
    2006   2005   December 31, 2004     2004   2003   2002   2001
                               
        (in thousands)                  
Statement of Operations Data:
                                                         
Net sales
  $ 234,558     $ 363,465     $ 28,625       $ 275,037     $ 266,863     $ 253,217     $ 259,761  
Cost of sales
    170,431       271,952       23,847         209,253       207,941       190,465       193,577  
                                             
Gross profit
    64,127       91,513       4,778         65,784       58,922       62,752       66,184  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    37,821       61,579       8,973         45,321       49,513       48,303       50,508  
Research and development expenses
    2,492       4,683       378         3,947       3,455       3,103       2,518  
Gain on sale of assets
          (99 )             (1,300 )                  
Restructuring charge, asset impairment and transition expenses
                        947       11,085       27,825        
                                             
Income (loss) from operations
    23,814       25,350       (4,573 )       16,869       (5,131 )     (16,479 )     13,158  
Interest expense
    12,815       19,514       1,612         4,294       5,368       5,489       6,655  
Other expense (income)
    (87 )     (17 )             148       465       (312 )     94  
                                             
Income (loss) before income taxes, discontinued operations and cumulative effect of change in accounting principles
    11,086       5,853       (6,185 )       12,427       (10,964 )     (21,656 )     6,409  
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    4,186       3,349       (292 )       5,532       (1,658 )     2,455       4,794  
Loss from disposal of discontinued, net of income taxes
                                    (700 )     (1,867 )
                                             
Income (loss) from operations and disposal of discontinued operations, net of income taxes
    6,900       2,504       (5,893 )       6,895       (9,306 )     (24,811 )     (252 )
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle — goodwill impairment
                                    (83,412 )      
                                             
Net income (loss)
  $ 6,900     $ 2,504     $ (5,893 )     $ 6,895     $ (9,306 )   $ (108,223 )   $ (252 )
                                             
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding:
                                                         
Basic
                              n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a  
Diluted
                              n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a  
Net income available to holders of shares of Class A common stock per share:
                                                         
Basic
  $       $       $           n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a  
Diluted
  $       $       $           n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a  

30


Table of Contents

                                                             
    Altra Holdings, Inc.     Predecessor
           
    Six   Twelve   Period from     Period from    
    Months   Months   December 1, 2004     January 1, 2004    
    Ended   Ended   through     through   Year Ended December 31,
    June 30,   December 31,   December 31,     November 30,    
    2006   2005   2004     2004   2003   2002   2001
                               
    (in thousands)
Other Financial Data:
                                                         
EBITDA(1)
  $ 30,647     $ 36,900     $ (3,654 )     $ 22,795     $ 3,057     $ (90,732 )   $ 23,404  
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
    34,430       39,500       2,528         22,442       14,142       20,505       23,404  
Depreciation and amortization
    6,746       11,533       919         6,074       8,653       9,547       12,207  
Purchase of fixed assets
    4,110       6,199       289         3,489       5,294       5,911       4,374  
Cash flow provided by (used in):
                                                         
 
Operating activities
    6,108       12,023       5,623         3,604       (14,289 )     21,934       27,658  
 
Investing activities
    (58,196 )     (5,197 )     (180,401 )       953       (1,573 )     (4,585 )     (3,645 )
 
Financing activities
    47,346       (971 )     179,432         (6,696 )     12,746       (13,037 )     (23,379 )
                                                   
    Altra Holdings, Inc.     Predecessor
           
    June 30,   December 31,     December 31,
    2006   2005   2004     2003   2002   2001
                           
    (in thousands)
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
                                                 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 5,573     $ 10,060     $ 4,729       $ 3,163     $ 5,214     $ 2,706  
Working capital(2)
    78,250       52,863       57,571         51,375       10,200       35,906  
Total assets
    372,277       297,691       299,387         174,324       173,034       281,567  
Total debt
    228,256       173,760       173,851         1,025       46,183       61,338  
Preferred stock and other long-term liabilities
    75,828       71,622       76,665         62,179       62,877       31,552  
 
(1)  EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA, as adjusted, to exclude gain on sale of assets, restructuring charges, including asset impairment and transition expenses, inventory step-up costs and transaction expenses associated with acquisitions. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are used by us as performance measures. Management believes that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide relevant information for our investors because they are useful for trending, analyzing and benchmarking the performance and value of our business. Management also believes that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are useful in assessing current performance compared with the historical performance of our Predecessor because significant line items within our income statements such as depreciation, amortization and interest expense were significantly impacted by the PTH Acquisition. Internally, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are used as a financial measure to assess the operating performance and are an important measure in our incentive compensation plans. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have important limitations, and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. For example, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect:
  cash expenditures, or future requirements, for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;
 
  changes in, or cash requirements for, working capital needs;
 
  the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on debts;
 
  tax distributions that would represent a reduction in cash available to us; and
 
  any cash requirements for assets being depreciated and amortized that may have to be replaced in the future.

31


Table of Contents

          The following table is a reconciliation of our net income to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands):
                                                             
    Altra Holdings, Inc.     Predecessor
           
    Six   Twelve   Period from     Period from    
    Months   Months   December 1,     January 1,    
    Ended   Ended   2004 through     2004 through   Year Ended December 31,
    June 30,   December 31,   December 31,     November 30,    
    2006   2005   2004     2004   2003   2002   2001
                               
Net income (loss)
  $ 6,900     $ 2,504     $ (5,893 )     $ 6,895     $ (9,306 )   $ (108,223 )   $ (252 )
 
Adjustments:
                                                         
 
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    4,186       3,349       (292 )       5,532       (1,658 )     2,455       4,794  
 
Interest expense
    12,815       19,514       1,612         4,294       5,368       5,489       6,655  
 
Depreciation and amortization
    6,746       11,533       919         6,074       8,653       9,547       12,207  
                                             
 
EBITDA
    30,647       36,900       (3,654 )       22,795       3,057       (90,732 )     23,404  
 
Adjustments:
                                                         
 
(Gain) on sale of assets
          (99 )             (1,300 )                  
 
Restructuring charge, asset impairment and transition expenses
                        947       11,085       27,825        
 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle — goodwill impairment
                                    83,412        
 
Inventory step-up
    2,278       1,699       1,699                            
 
Management fee
    500       1,000       83                                
 
Transaction expenses associated with acquisitions
    1,005             4,400                            
                                             
 
Adjusted EBITDA
    34,430       39,500       2,528         22,442       14,142       20,505       23,404  
          EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not recognized measurements under GAAP, and when analyzing our operating performance, you should use EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in addition to, and not as an alternative for, income (loss) from operations and net income (loss) (each as determined in accordance with GAAP). Because not all companies use identical calculations, our presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. The amounts shown for EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA also differ from the amounts calculated under similarly titled definitions in our debt instruments, which are further adjusted to reflect certain other cash and non-cash charges and are used to determine compliance with financial covenants and our ability to engage in certain activities, such as incurring additional debt and making certain restricted payments.
          To compensate for the limitations of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, we utilize several GAAP measures to review our performance. These GAAP measures include, but are not limited to, net income (loss), income (loss) from operations, cash provided by (used in) operations, cash provided by (used in) investing activities and cash provided by (used in) financing activities. These important GAAP measures allow management to, among other things, review and understand our use of cash from period to period, compare our operations with competitors on a consistent basis and understand the revenues and expenses matched to each other for the applicable reporting period. We believe that the use of these GAAP measures, supplemented by the use of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, allows us to have a greater understanding of our performance and allows us to adapt to changing trends and business opportunities.
(2)  Working capital consists of total current assets less total current liabilities.

32


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
          The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with “Selected Historical Financial And Other Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements” and the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion includes forward-looking statements. For a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results referred to in the forward-looking statements, see “Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
Overview
          We are a leading global designer, producer and marketer of a wide range of MPT and motion control products with a presence in over 70 countries. Our global sales and marketing network includes over 700 direct OEM customers and over 3,000 distributor outlets. Our product portfolio includes industrial clutches and brakes, enclosed gear drives, open gearing, couplings, engineered bearing assemblies, linear components and other related products. Our products serve a wide variety of end markets including energy, general industrial, material handling, mining, transportation and turf and garden. We primarily sell our products to a wide range of OEMs and through long-standing relationships with industrial distributors such as Motion Industries, Applied Industrial Technologies, Kaman Industrial Technologies and W.W. Grainger.
          Our net sales have grown at a compound annual growth rate of approximately 13% over the last three fiscal years. We believe this growth has been a result of recent acquisitions, greater overall global demand for our products due to a strengthening economy, increased consumption in certain geographic markets such as China, expansion of our relationships with our customers and distributors and implementation of improved sales and marketing initiatives.
          We improved our gross profit margin and operating profit margin every year from fiscal year 2002 through fiscal year 2005 by implementing strategic price increases, utilizing low-cost country sourcing of components, increasing our productivity and employing a more efficient sales and marketing strategy.
          While the power transmission industry has undergone some consolidation, we estimate that in 2005 the top eight broad-based MPT companies represented approximately 21% of the U.S. power transmission market. The remainder of the power transmission industry remains fragmented with many small and family-owned companies that cater to a specific market niche often due to their narrow product offerings. We believe that consolidation in our industry will continue because of the increasing demand for global distribution channels, broader product mixes and better brand recognition to compete in this industry.
Key Components of Results of Operations
          Net sales. We derive revenues primarily from selling products that are either incorporated into products sold by OEMs to end users directly or sold through industrial distributors. Although we have exclusive arrangements with less than 5% of our distributors, we believe our long history of serving the replacement part market will continue to yield recurring purchases from our customers resulting in consistent revenues. Our net sales are derived by eliminating allowances for sales returns, cash discount and other deductions from revenues.
          Cost of sales. Cost of sales includes direct expenses we incur in producing our products. This includes the amounts we pay for our raw materials, energy costs and labor expenses. Our cost of sales has increased due to increasing prices in our raw materials, energy increases and minimum wage increases. We have offset certain cost increases by passing through these costs to our customers by way of product price increases or surcharges, as well as by focusing on operating efficiencies and cost savings programs.

33


Table of Contents

          Selling, general and administrative expense. Selling, general and administrative expense includes departmental costs for executive, legal and administrative services, finance, telecommunications, facilities and information technology.
          Research and development expense. Research and development expense primarily consists of personnel expenses and contract services associated with the development of our products.
History and Recent Acquisitions
          Our current business began with the acquisition by Colfax of the MPT group of Zurn Technologies, Inc. in December 1996. Colfax subsequently acquired Industrial Clutch Corp. in May 1997, Nuttall Gear Corp. in July 1997 and the Boston Gear and Delroyd Worm Gear brands in August 1997 as part of Colfax’s acquisition of Imo Industries, Inc. In February 2000, Colfax acquired Warner Electric, Inc., which sold products under the Warner Electric, Formsprag Clutch, Stieber and Wichita Clutch brands. Colfax formed PTH in June 2004 to serve as a holding company for all of these power transmission businesses.
          On November 30, 2004, we acquired our original core business through the acquisition of PTH from Colfax for $180.0 million in cash.
          On October 22, 2004, The Kilian Company, or Kilian, a company formed at the direction of Genstar Capital, our principal equity sponsor, acquired Kilian Manufacturing Corporation from Timken U.S. Corporation for $8.8 million in cash and the assumption of $12.2 million of debt. At the completion of the PTH Acquisition, (i) all of the outstanding shares of Kilian capital stock were exchanged for approximately $8.8 million of shares of our capital stock and Kilian and its subsidiaries were transferred to our wholly owned subsidiary, Altra Industrial and (ii) all outstanding debt of Kilian was retired with a portion of the proceeds of the sale of Altra Industrial’s 9.0% senior secured notes due 2011, or the 9% senior secured notes.
          On November 7, 2005, we entered into a purchase agreement with the shareholders of Hay Hall pursuant to which we agreed to acquire all of the outstanding share capital of Hay Hall for $50.3 million. The acquisition closed on February 10, 2006 and Hay Hall and its subsidiaries became our indirect wholly owned subsidiaries. We paid $6.0 million of the total purchase price in the form of deferred consideration. At the closing of the Hay Hall Acquisition, we deposited such deferred consideration into an escrow account for the benefit of the current Hay Hall shareholders, which is represented by a loan note. While the current Hay Hall shareholders hold the note, their rights are limited to receiving the amount of the deferred compensation placed in the escrow account. They have no recourse against us unless we take action to prevent or interfere in the release of such funds from the escrow account.
          Hay Hall is a U.K.-based holding company that is focused primarily on the manufacture of flexible couplings and clutch brakes. Through Hay Hall, we acquired 15 strong brands in complementary product lines, improved customer leverage and expanded geographic presence in over 11 countries. Hay Hall’s product offerings diversified our revenue base and strengthened our key product areas, such as electric clutches, brakes and couplings. Matrix International, Inertia Dynamics and Twiflex, three Hay Hall businesses, combined with Warner Electric, Wichita Clutch, Formsprag Clutch and Stieber, make the consolidated company the largest individual manufacturer of industrial clutches and brakes in the world.
          The Hay Hall Acquisition did not create a new reportable segment.
          On May 18, 2006, Altra Industrial acquired substantially all of the assets of Bear Linear for $5.0 million. Approximately $3.5 million was paid at closing and the remaining $1.5 million is payable over the next two and a half years. Bear Linear manufactures high value-added linear actuators for mobile off-highway and industrial applications. Bear Linear’s product design and engineering expertise, coupled with the Company’s sourcing alliance with a low cost country manufacturer, were critical components in Altra’s strategic expansion into the motion control market.

34


Table of Contents

Cost Savings and Productivity Enhancement Initiatives
          Our Predecessor enacted significant cost savings programs prior to our acquisition of PTH and we subsequently enacted other cost savings programs to reduce overall cost structure and improve cash flows. Cost reduction programs included the consolidation of facilities, headcount reductions and reduction in overhead costs, which resulted in restructuring charges, asset impairment and transition expenses of $11.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2003. Cash outflows related to the restructuring programs were $2.2 million in 2004 and $13.9 million in 2003. The financial effects of some of the specific cost reduction programs are listed below:
  In 2003, our Predecessor incurred transition expenses, including relocation, training, recruiting and moving costs, directly related to implementing its restructuring activities amounting to $9.1 million.
 
  In 2003, our Predecessor recorded a $2.0 million loss from the sale of certain real estate associated with facilities closed as a part of its restructuring activities.
 
  In 2005, we re-negotiated two of our U.S. collective bargaining agreements which we estimate provide for savings of $0.8 million annually.
 
  In 2006, we re-negotiated one of our U.S. collective bargaining agreements which we estimate provides for savings of $2.2 million annually.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
          The discussion of Results of Operations below includes certain references to financial results on a “combined basis.” The combined results were prepared by adding the results of Altra Holdings, Inc. from inception on December 1, 2004 to December 31, 2004 to those from our Predecessor for the 11 month period ending November 30, 2004. This presentation is not in accordance with GAAP. The primary differences between the predecessor entity and the successor entity are the inclusion of Kilian in the successor and the successor’s book basis has been stepped up to fair value, such that the successor has additional depreciation, amortization and financing costs. The results of Kilian are included in Altra Holdings, Inc. for the period from December 1, 2004 through December 31, 2004. Management believes that this combined basis presentation provides useful information for our investors in the comparison to Predecessor trends and operating results. The combined results are not necessarily indicative of what our results of operations may have been if the PTH Acquisition and Kilian Transactions had been consummated earlier, nor should they be construed as being a representation of our future results of operations.

35


Table of Contents

Interim Results of Operations
                   
    Six Months Ended   Six Months Ended
    June 30, 2006   July 1, 2005
         
    (Unaudited)
    (In thousands)
Net sales
  $ 234,558     $ 188,336  
Cost of sales
    170,431       143,122  
             
 
Gross profit
    64,127       45,214  
 
Gross profit percentage
    27.3 %     24.0 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    37,821       31,083  
Research and development expenses
    2,492       2,308  
             
Income from operations
    23,814       11,823  
Interest expense
    12,815       9,771  
Other non-operating (income) expense
    (87 )     13  
             
Income before income taxes
    11,086       2,039  
Provision for income taxes
    4,186       1,034  
             
Net income
  $ 6,900     $ 1,005  
             
Results of Operations
Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 Compared with Six Months Ended July 1, 2005
Net sales
          Net sales increased $46.3 million, or 24.6%, from $188.3 million, for the six months ended July 1, 2005 to $234.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2006. Net sales increased primarily due to the inclusion of Hay Hall in the results of the six months ended June 30, 2006. Hay Hall’s net sales for the 20 week period from February 10, 2006 (the date of acquisition) through June 30, 2006 were $28.3 million. The remaining net increase was due to price increases which accounted for approximately $6.3 million, strong economic conditions at our customers in the steel, energy and mining industries which accounted for $5.8 million and increased sales to turf and garden OEM customers which accounted for $2.3 million.
Gross profit
          Gross profit increased $18.9 million, or 41.8%, from $45.2 million (24% of net sales), in the six months ended July 1, 2005 to $64.1 million (27.3% of net sales) in the same period of 2006. The increase includes $9.0 million from Hay Hall for the six months ended June 30, 2006. Excluding Hay Hall, gross profit increased approximately $9.9 million, or 21.9%, and gross profit as a percentage of sales increased to 26.7%. The remaining increase in gross profit is attributable to price increases during the first quarter of 2006, and an increase in material sourcing from lower cost geographies and manufacturing efficiencies implemented by the new management team in the second half of 2005. We were able to offset the impact of higher energy and raw materials costs by passing many of these costs on to our customers.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
          Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $6.7 million, or 21.7%, from $31.1 million in the six months ended July 1, 2005 to $37.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2006. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses is due to the inclusion of Hay Hall in 2006, which contributed $4.4 million to the increase, a $1.0 million transaction fee paid to Genstar Capital, L.P., pursuant to our advisory services agreement, for advisory services provided in connection with the Hay Hall Acquisition calculated as 2% of the aggregate purchase price and increased salaries and professional

36


Table of Contents

fees. Excluding Hay Hall and the related transaction fee paid to Genstar Capital, L.P., selling, general and administrative expenses, as a percentage of net sales, decreased from 16.5% in the six months ended July 1, 2005 to 16.1% in the six months ended June 30, 2006, primarily due to operating efficiencies and cost savings measures that were put into place during the second half of 2005.
Research and development expenses
          Research and development expenses increased $0.2 million, or 8.7%, from $2.3 million in the six months ended July 1, 2005 to $2.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2006. The increase in research and development expenses is due to higher average compensation rates and the timing of project expenses.
Interest expense
          We recorded interest expense of $12.8 million during the six months ended June 30, 2006, which was an increase of $3.0 million, or 31.2%, from the six months ended July 1, 2005. The increase was primarily due to the interest associated with the 11 1 / 4 % senior notes issued in connection with the Hay Hall Acquisition, which amounted to $2.5 million.
Provision for income taxes
          The provision for income taxes was $4.2 million, or 37.8% of income before taxes, for the six months ended June 30, 2006, versus a provision of $1.0 million, or 50.7% of income before taxes, for the six months ended July 1, 2005. The 2006 provision as a percent of income before taxes was lower than that of 2005 primarily due to the Hay Hall Acquisition and a greater proportion of taxable income in jurisdictions possessing lower statutory tax rates. For further discussion, refer to Note 10 to the unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements.

37


Table of Contents

Year End Results of Operations
                                             
            From      
            Inception     Predecessor
        Combined   (December 1,      
        12 Months   2004)     11 Months    
    Year Ended   Ended   through     Ended   Year Ended
    December 31,   December 31,   December 31,     November 30,   December 31,
    2005   2004   2004     2004   2003
                       
    (In thousands)     (In thousands)
Net sales
  $ 363,465     $ 303,662     $ 28,625       $ 275,037     $ 266,863  
Cost of sales
    271,952       233,100       23,847         209,253       207,941  
                                 
 
Gross profit
    91,513       70,562       4,778         65,784       58,922  
 
Gross profit percentage
    25.2 %     23.2 %     16.7 %       23.9 %     22.1 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    61,579       54,294       8,973         45,321       49,513  
Research and development expenses
    4,683       4,325       378         3,947       3,455  
Gain on sale of assets
    (99 )     (1,300 )             (1,300 )      
Restructuring charge, asset impairment and transition expenses
          947               947       11,085  
                                 
Income (loss) from operations
    25,350       12,296       (4,573 )       16,869       (5,131 )
Interest expense
    19,514       5,906       1,612         4,294       5,368  
Other non-operating (income) expense
    (17 )     148               148       465  
                                 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    5,853       6,242       (6,185 )       12,427       (10,964 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    3,349       5,240       (292 )       5,532       (1,658 )
                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ 2,504     $ 1,002     $ (5,893 )     $ 6,895     $ (9,306 )
                                 
Year Ended December 31, 2005 Compared with Year Ended December 31, 2004
Net sales
          Net sales increased $59.8 million, or 19.7%, from $303.7 million on a combined basis, for the year ended December 31, 2004 to $363.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. Net sales increased primarily due to the inclusion of Kilian in the results of the year ended December 31, 2005. Kilian’s net sales for 2005 were $42.5 million. The remaining net increase was due to price increases, improving economic conditions at our customers in the steel, energy and petrochemical industries and increased sales of $4.7 million to certain transportation customers and $2.5 million in mining OEM customers, partially offset by a weakening at our turf and garden OEM customers. On a constant currency basis sales increased $58.7 million, or 19.3%, in 2005. Excluding Kilian, the constant currency increase in sales was $17.0 million, or 5.6%.
Gross profit
          Gross profit increased $21.0 million, or 29.7%, from $70.6 million (23.2% of net sales) on a combined basis, in 2004 to $91.5 million (25.2% of net sales) in 2005. The increase includes $9.1 million from Kilian for 2005. Excluding Kilian, gross profit increased approximately $11.9 million, or 16.8%, and gross profit as a percent of sales increased to 25.7%. The remaining increase in gross profit is attributable to price increases during the second half of 2005, an increase in low cost country material sourcing and manufacturing efficiencies implemented by the new management team. Savings from low cost country material sourcing and manufacturing efficiencies totaled $2.63 million.

38


Table of Contents

Selling, general and administrative expenses
          Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $7.3 million, or 13.4%, from $54.3 million on a combined basis in 2004 to $61.6 million in 2005. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses is due to the inclusion of Kilian in 2005, which contributed $3.4 million to the increase, $3.0 million of amortization of intangibles, and $1.0 million management fee paid to Genstar Capital, L.P., offset by cost savings initiatives of $1.0 million put in place during 2005. Excluding Kilian, selling, general and administrative expenses, as a percentage of net sales, increased from 17.9% in 2004 to 18.1% in 2005, primarily due to the amortization of intangibles and the management fee paid to Genstar Capital, L.P., offset by the cost savings initiatives. On a constant currency basis, selling, general and administrative expenses increased $6.4 million, or 11.8%, from $54.3 million, on a combined basis, in 2004. Excluding Kilian, selling, general and administrative expenses, on a constant currency basis, increased $3.0 million, or 5.6%, and was 17.9% of sales.
Research and development expenses
          Research and development expenses increased $0.4 million, or 8.3%, from $4.3 million on a combined basis in 2004 to $4.7 million in 2005. The increase was primarily due to development projects including the Foot/ Deck Mount Kopper Kool brake, a new clutch brake for the mining industry, spot brake technology, various elevator brakes and forklift brakes.
Gain on sale of assets
          Our Predecessor recorded a gain on sale of assets of $1.3 million during 2004 relating to the sale of surplus real estate. We recorded a gain of $0.1 million from the sale of surplus machinery during 2005.
Restructuring charge, asset impairment and transition expenses
          Restructuring charge, asset impairment and transition expenses decreased from $0.9 million on a combined basis in 2004 to zero in 2005 due to the ending of the program in 2004.
Interest expense
          We recorded interest expense of $19.5 million during 2005 primarily due to the 9% senior secured notes, the subordinated notes and the amortization of related deferred financing costs. On a combined basis, interest expense of $5.9 million was recorded during 2004.
Provision for income taxes
          The provision for income taxes was $3.3 million, or 57.2%, of income before taxes, for 2005, versus a combined provision of $5.2 million, or 83.9%, of income before taxes, for 2004. The 2004 provision as a percent of income before taxes was higher than that of 2005 primarily due to the impact of non-deductible transaction expenses incurred in connection with the PTH Acquisition in 2004. For further discussion, refer to Note 8 to the audited financial statements.
Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared with Year Ended December 31, 2003
Net sales
          On a combined basis, net sales increased $36.8 million, or 13.8%, from $266.9 million in 2003 to $303.7 million in 2004. Net sales increased primarily due to continued strength in the turf and garden market, the general domestic industrial recovery and increased activity in the transportation and mining sectors which allowed us to increase sales prices and recover material surcharges of $1.4 million from customers. Combined net sales in 2004 also include $3.2 million of sales from Kilian which is included in the amounts presented since inception. On a constant currency basis, sales increased 11.6%.

39


Table of Contents

Gross profit
          On a combined basis, gross profit increased $11.6 million, or 19.8%, from $58.9 million (22.1% of net sales) in 2003 to $70.6 million (23.2% of net sales) in 2004. The increase includes $0.9 million from Kilian since inception. Approximately two-thirds of the absolute increase in gross profit is due to increased net sales as discussed above. The remaining increase in gross profit and the improvement noted in the gross profit percentage is due to cost savings resulting from restructuring activities completed in prior years.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
          On a combined basis, selling, general and administrative expenses increased $4.8 million, or 9.7%, from $49.5 million in 2003 to $54.3 million in 2004. As a percentage of net sales, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased from 18.6% in 2003 to 17.9% in 2004. The change in selling, general and administrative expenses reflects the offsetting impact of increased sales commissions incurred from the increase in sales, incremental costs of approximately $1.0 million relating to corporate expenses not previously incurred by our Predecessor, a one-time $4.4 million transaction fee paid to Genstar Capital, L.P. and cost savings resulting from restructuring activities completed in prior years. On a constant currency basis, selling, general and administrative expenses increased by 7.1%, or $3.5 million, from $49.5 million in 2003 to $52.9 million in 2004.
Research and development expenses
          Research and development expenses increased $0.9 million, or 25.2%, from $3.5 million in 2003 to $4.3 million in 2004. The increase was due to the change in currency valuations as a result of a higher average rate for the Euro in 2004 and development projects for the turf and garden industry.
Restructuring charge, asset impairment and transition expenses
          Our Predecessor recorded a restructuring charge, asset impairment and transition expenses of $0.9 million in 2004 primarily as a result of relocation, training, recruiting and moving costs incurred to complete restructuring activities begun in 2002. These costs were significantly below the amounts recorded in prior years when the majority of the restructuring activities, as described under “— Cost Savings and Productivity Enhancement Initiatives,” were taking place.
Interest expense
          We recorded consolidated interest expense of $1.6 million during the period from inception on December 1, 2004 to December 31, 2004 primarily due to the 9% senior secured notes, the subordinated notes and the amortization of related deferred financing costs. Our Predecessor recorded interest expense of $4.3 million during the eleven months ended November 30, 2004. This amount was trending below the $5.4 million recognized in 2003 largely as a result of reductions in the amount of outstanding debt.
Other non-operating (income) expense
          Our Predecessor recorded a gain on sale of assets of $1.3 million during the 11 months ended November 30, 2004 relating to the sale of surplus real estate.
          Other non-operating expense was $0.1 million in 2004 compared to $0.5 million in 2003. The higher expense in 2003 is primarily due to the write-off of deferred loan costs of approximately $0.4 million associated with refinancing. There were no deferred loan costs written-off in 2004.
Provision for income taxes
          The provision for income taxes was $5.2 million on a combined basis in 2004, versus a benefit of $1.7 million for 2003. The increase in the provision for 2004 was primarily a result of the increase in our taxable income for the year. For further discussion, refer to Note 9 of the audited financial statements.

40


Table of Contents

Selected Quarterly Consolidated Financial Information
          The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations for each of our last eight quarters. You should read these tables in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared this unaudited information on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements. These tables include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our operating results for the quarters presented. Operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any subsequent periods.
                                                                           
    Altra Holdings, Inc.     Predecessor
           
        Period from     Period from    
        December 1,     October 2,    
        2004 to     2004 to    
    June 30,   March 31,   Dec. 31,   Sept. 30,   July 1,   April 1,   December 31,     November 30,   October 1,
    2006   2006   2005   2005   2005   2005   2004     2004   2004
                                       
    (In thousands, except per share data)     (In thousands, except per
          share data)
Net sales
  $ 119,774     $ 114,784     $ 89,974     $ 85,155     $ 93,034     $ 95,302     $ 28,625       $ 46,338     $ 72,542  
Cost of sales
    87,501       82,930       65,046       63,784       69,720       73,402       23,847         36,651       54,859  
                                                         
Gross profit (loss)
    32,273       31,854       24,928       21,371       23,314       21,900       4,778         9,687       17,683  
Selling, general and administrative and research and development expenses
    20,382       19,931       16,678       16,094       16,456       16,935       9,351         8,996       13,082  
                                                         
Operating profit (loss)
    11,891       11,923       8,250       5,277       6,858       4,965       (4,573 )       691       4,601  
Interest expense (income), net
    6,374       6,441       4,867       4,876       4,902       4,869       1,612         702       1,123  
Other expense (income), net
    72       (159 )     (20 )     (10 )     13                     (28 )     301  
                                                         
Income (loss) before income taxes
    5,445       5,641       3,403       411       1,943       96       (6,185 )       17       3,177  
Provision for income taxes (benefit)
    1,749       2,437       2,108       207       859       175       (292 )       270       4,258  
                                                         
Net income (loss)
  $ 3,696     $ 3,204     $ 1,295     $ 204     $ 1,084     $ (79 )   $ (5,893 )     $ (253 )   $ (1,081 )
                                                         
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding:
                                                                         
Basic
                                                              n/a       n/a  
Diluted
                                                              n/a       n/a  
Net income available to holders of shares of Class A common stock per share:
                                                                         
Basic
  $       $       $       $       $       $       $           n/a       n/a  
Diluted
  $       $       $       $       $       $       $           n/a       n/a  
Seasonality
          We experience seasonality in our turf and garden business, which in recent years has represented approximately 10% of our net sales. As our large OEM customers prepare for the spring season, our shipments generally start increasing in December, peak in February and March, and begin to decline in April and May. This allows our customers to have inventory in place for the peak consumer purchasing periods for turf and garden products. Our low season is typically June through November and our customers in the turf and garden market. Seasonality for the turf and garden business is also affected by weather and the level of housing starts.

41


Table of Contents

Inflation
          Inflation can affect the costs of goods and services we use. The majority of the countries that are of significance to us, from either a manufacturing or sales viewpoint, have in recent years enjoyed relatively low inflation. The competitive environment in which we operate inevitably creates pressure on us to provide our customers with cost-effective products and services.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Overview
          Historically, our Predecessor financed capital and working capital requirements through a combination of cash flows from operating activities and borrowings from financial institutions and its former parent company, Colfax. We finance our capital and working capital requirements through a combination of cash flows from operating activities and borrowings under our senior revolving credit facility. We expect that our primary ongoing requirements for cash will be for working capital, debt service, capital expenditures and pension plan funding. If additional funds are needed for strategic acquisitions or other corporate purposes, we believe we could borrow additional funds or raise funds through the issuance of equity securities or asset sales.
Borrowings
          In connection with the PTH Acquisition, we incurred substantial indebtedness. To partially fund the PTH acquisition, our subsidiary, Altra Industrial, issued $165.0 million of 9% senior secured notes, we issued $14.0 million of subordinated notes to Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec, or CDPQ, as a limited partner of Genstar Capital Partners III, L.P., and Altra Industrial entered into a $30.0 million senior revolving credit facility. In connection with our acquisition of Hay Hall in February 2006, Altra Industrial issued £33.0 million of 11 1 / 4 % senior notes. Based on an exchange rate of 1.7462 U.S. Dollars to U.K. pounds sterling (as of February 8, 2006), the proceeds from these notes were approximately $57.6 million. The notes are unsecured and are due in 2013. Interest on the 11 1 / 4 % senior notes is payable in U.K. pounds sterling semiannually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing August 15, 2006. As of June 30, 2006, taking into account these transactions, we had approximately $223.4 million of total indebtedness outstanding (including capital leases) which on a pro forma basis results in approximately $27.3 million in annual interest expense.
          As of June 30, 2006, we had outstanding $165.0 million of our 9% senior secured notes, $59.9 million of our 11 1 / 4 % senior notes, $3.2 million under the CDPQ notes and we had no outstanding borrowings and $2.4 million of outstanding letters of credit under our senior revolving credit facility.
          Our senior revolving credit facility provides for senior secured financing of up to $30.0 million, including $10.0 million available for letters of credit. The senior revolving credit facility requires Altra Industrial to comply with a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.10 for the four quarter period ended December 31, 2005 and 1.20 for all four quarter periods thereafter when availability falls below $12.5 million.
          Altra Industrial and all of its domestic subsidiaries are borrowers, or Borrowers under the senior revolving credit facility. Certain of our existing and subsequently acquired or organized domestic subsidiaries which are not Borrowers do and will guarantee (on a senior secured basis) the senior revolving credit facility. Obligations of the other Borrowers under the senior revolving credit facility, and the guarantees are secured by substantially all of the Borrowers’ assets and the assets of each of our existing and subsequently acquired or organized domestic subsidiaries that is a guarantor of our obligations under the senior revolving credit facility (with such subsidiaries being referred to as the “U.S. subsidiary guarantors”), including but not limited to: (a) a first-priority pledge of all the capital stock of subsidiaries held by the Borrowers or any U.S. subsidiary guarantor (which pledge, in the case of any foreign subsidiary, will be limited to 100% of any non-voting stock and 65% of the voting stock of such foreign subsidiary) and (b) perfected first-priority security interests in and mortgages on substantially all tangible

42


Table of Contents

and intangible assets of each Borrower and U.S. subsidiary guarantor, including accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, general intangibles, investment property, intellectual property, real property (other than (i) leased real property and (ii) our existing and future real property located in the State of New York), cash and proceeds of the foregoing (in each case subject to materiality thresholds and other exceptions).
          We would suffer an event of default under the senior revolving credit facility for a change of control if: (i) after an initial public offering, a person or group, other than Genstar Capital and its affiliates, beneficially owns more than 35% of Altra Industrial’s stock and such amount is more than the amount of shares owned by Genstar Capital and its affiliates, (ii) Altra Industrial ceases to own or control 100% of each of its borrower subsidiaries, or (iii) a change of control occurs under the 9% senior secured notes; 11 1 / 4 % senior notes or any other subordinated indebtedness.
          We would cause an event of default under the senior revolving credit facility if an event of default occurs under the indenture or if there is a default under any other indebtedness any Borrower may have involving an aggregate amount of $3 million or more and such default; (i) occurs at final maturity of such debt, (ii) allows the lender thereunder to accelerate such debt or (iii) causes such debt to be required to be repaid prior to its stated maturity. An event of default would also occur under the senior revolving credit facility if any of the indebtedness under the senior revolving credit facility ceases to be senior in priority to any of our other contractually subordinated indebtedness, including the obligations under the 9% senior secured notes and the 11 1 / 4 % senior notes.
          As of June 30, 2006, we were in compliance with or received waivers for all covenant requirements associated with all of our borrowings.
Capital Expenditures
          We made capital expenditures of approximately $4.1 million and $2.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2006 and July 1, 2005, respectively and $6.2 million for fiscal year 2005. These capital expenditures will support on-going business needs. We expect to spend approximately $10 million on capital expenditures in each of 2006 and 2007 .
          Our senior revolving credit facility imposes a maximum annual limit on our capital expenditures of $11.0 million for fiscal year 2006, $9.8 million for fiscal year 2007, $10.0 million for fiscal year 2008, and $10.3 million for fiscal year 2009 and each fiscal year thereafter, provided that unspent amounts from prior periods may be used in future fiscal years.
Pension Plans
          As of June 30, 2006, we had cash funding requirements associated with our pension plan which we estimated to be $5.5 million during the remainder of 2006, $3.6 million in 2007, $2.5 million in 2008 and $1.9 million annually until 2011. These amounts represent funding requirements for the previous pension benefits we provided our employees. In 2006, we eliminated pension benefits in one of our locations. These amounts are based on actuarial assumptions and actual amounts could be materially different. See Note 9 in the audited financial statements.
Comparative Cash Flows
          Cash and cash equivalents totaled $5.6 million at June 30, 2006 compared to $10.1 million at December 31, 2005. Net cash provided by operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2006 resulted mainly from cash provided by net income of $6.9 million and the add-back of non-cash depreciation, amortization and deferred financing costs of $7.9 million, amortization of deferred compensation expense of $0.1 million, deferred tax expense of $2.2 million, non-cash amortization of $2.3 million for inventory step-ups recorded as part of the Hay Hall Acquisition offset by a net decrease in operating liabilities of $3.8 million, and by cash used from a net increase in operating assets of $9.5 million.

43


Table of Contents

          Net cash used in investing activities of $58.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2006 resulted from $50.3 million used in the purchase of Hay Hall, $3.5 million used in the purchase of Bear Linear and $4.1 million used in the purchases of property, plant and equipment primarily for investment in manufacturing equipment.
          Net cash provided by financing activities of $47.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2006 consisted primarily of the proceeds of $57.6 million from the issuance of the 11 1 / 4 % senior notes in connection with the Hay Hall Acquisition and the $2.5 million in proceeds from a mortgage on our German manufacturing facility offset by principal debt payments of $10.8 million, payment of debt issuance costs of $1.9 million and approximately $0.1 million of capital lease payments.
          Net cash flow used in operating activities, in the year to date period ended July 1, 2005 resulted mainly from cash provided by net income of $1.0 million and the add-back of non-cash depreciation, amortization and deferred financing costs of $6.3 million, deferred tax expense of $0.4 million and non-cash amortization of $1.7 million for inventory step-ups recorded as part of the Colfax acquisition offset by a net decrease in operating liabilities of $2.4 million, and by cash used from a net increase in operating assets of $4.8 million.
          Net cash used in investing activities of $2.1 million for the year to date period ended July 1, 2005 resulted from $2.0 million used in the purchases of property, plant and equipment primarily for investment in manufacturing equipment and for the consolidation of our IT infrastructure and from the $0.7 million final payment related to the acquisition of Kilian offset by $0.6 million in proceeds from the sale of certain fixed assets.
          Net cash provided by financing activities of $3.8 million for the year to date period ended July 1, 2005 resulted from proceeds of $4.4 million in short-term borrowings, partially offset by $0.4 million in payments under capital lease agreements and payment of $0.2 million of paid-in-kind interest.
          Cash and cash equivalents totaled $10.1 million at December 31, 2005 compared to $4.7 million at December 31, 2004. The primary source of funds for fiscal 2005 was cash provided by operating activities of $12.0 million. Net cash flow provided by operating activities resulted mainly from cash provided by net income of $2.5 million, and the add-back of non-cash depreciation, amortization and deferred financing costs of $13.1 million, deferred tax expense of $0.2 million, amortization of deferred compensation expense of $0.1 million, non-cash amortization of $1.7 million for inventory step-ups recorded as part of the PTH Acquisition which was offset by cash used by a net decrease in operating liabilities of $3.8 million and by cash used from a net increase in operating assets of $1.8 million.
          Net cash used in investing activities of $5.2 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 resulted from $6.2 million of purchases of property, plant and equipment primarily for investment in manufacturing equipment and for the consolidation of our IT infrastructure and from the $0.7 million final payment related to the acquisition of Kilian, partially offset by the sale of manufacturing equipment with proceeds of approximately $0.1 million and the return of approximately $1.6 million of the purchase price for PTH.
          Net cash used by financing activities of $1.0 million for 2005 consisted primarily of payments of debt issuance expenses of $0.3 million, payment of $0.2 million of paid-in-kind interest and approximately $0.8 million of capital lease payments partially offset by proceeds of $0.4 million from the sale of preferred stock.
          Net cash flow provided by (used in) our Predecessor’s operating activities, in the 11 months ended November 30, 2004 and the year ended December 31, 2003 was $3.6 million and $(14.3) million, respectively. The increased cash flow provided by operating activities during 2004 was due primarily to increased sales and related operating results and a reduction in cash required to complete restructuring programs. The cash used in 2003 was primarily attributable to $13.9 million of cash required by the restructuring programs, an investment in inventories to support customer requirements during transition periods caused by restructuring programs and a reduction in accounts payable that had grown during 2002.

44


Table of Contents

See “Cost Savings and Productivity Enhancement Initiatives” for a description of the restructuring charges.
          Surplus property was sold which provided $4.4 million during the 11 months ended November 30, 2004 and $3.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2003.
          Our ability to make scheduled payments of principal and interest, to fund planned capital expenditures and to meet our pension plan funding obligations will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. We believe that proceeds from this offering, cash flow from operations and available cash, together with available borrowings under our senior revolving credit facility will be adequate to meet our future liquidity requirements for the foreseeable future. However, our ability to generate cash is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control.
          We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, that any revenue growth or operating improvements will be realized or that future borrowings will be available under our senior revolving credit facility in amounts sufficient to enable us to service our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs. Our ability to access capital in the long term will depend on the availability of capital markets and pricing on commercially reasonable terms at the time we are seeking funds. In addition, our ability to borrow funds under our senior revolving credit facility will depend on our ability to satisfy the financial and non-financial covenants contained in that facility.
Debt Repayment
          During the six month period ended June 2006, Altra Industrial prepaid approximately $10.8 million of our debt owed to CDPQ on our behalf. Altra Industrial also paid approximately $0.7 million and $0.6 million of interest and prepayment premium, respectively.
Contractual Obligations
          The following table is a summary of contractual cash obligations as of June 30, 2006 (in millions):
                                                 
    Payments Due by Period
     
    2006   2007   2008   2009   2010   Thereafter
                         
9% senior secured notes(1)
  $     $     $     $     $     $ 165.0  
11 1 / 4 % senior notes(2)
                                  59.9  
17% CDPQ note(3)
                                  3.2  
Senior revolving credit facility(4)
                                   
Capital leases
    0.4       0.6       0.3       0.2       0.1       0.2  
Operating leases
    1.1       3.0       1.9       1.0       0.6       1.5  
Mortgage
    0.1       0.2       0.2       0.2       0.2       2.9  
                                     
Total contractual cash obligations
  $ 1.6     $ 3.8     $ 2.4     $ 1.4     $ 0.9     $ 232.7  
 
(1)  We have semi-annual cash interest requirements due on the 9% senior secured notes with $14.9 million payable in 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 and thereafter.
 
(2)  We have semi-annual cash interest requirements due on the 11 1 / 4 % senior notes. Assuming an exchange rate of 1.8163 U.S. dollars per U.K. pound sterling as of June 30, 2006, we will have $3.4 million payable in 2006, $6.7 million payable in each of 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and $16.9 million thereafter. The principal balance of £33.0 million is due in 2013.
 
(3)  We have quarterly interest requirements due on the 17% CDPQ note. Interest is payable in cash or as paid-in-kind to be accrued against the outstanding principal balance at the discretion of the Company.

45


Table of Contents

(4)  We have up to $30.0 million of borrowing capacity, through November 2009, under our senior revolving credit facility (including $10.0 million available for use for letters of credit). At June 30, 2006, we had no outstanding borrowings and $2.4 million of outstanding letters of credit under our senior revolving credit facility.
          We have cash funding requirements associated with our pension plan. As of June 30, 2006, these requirements were estimated to be $5.5 million during the remainder of 2006, $3.6 million in 2007, $2.5 million in 2008 and $1.9 million annually thereafter until 2011.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
          We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that provide liquidity, capital resources, market or credit risk support that expose us to any liability that is not reflected in our combined financial statements.
Stock-based Compensation
          The Company established the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan that provides for various forms of stock based compensation to officers and senior level employees of the Company. The Company accounts for grants under this plan in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R). As of June 30, 2006, the company had 2,730,000 shares of unvested restricted stock with a fair value of $0.3 million to be amortized through 2011. Based on the IPO price of           per share, the intrinsic value of these awards as of June 30, 2006 was           , of which           related to vested shares and           related to unvested shares.
Income Taxes
          We are subject to taxation in multiple jurisdictions throughout the world. Our effective tax rate and tax liability will be affected by a number of factors, such as the amount of taxable income in particular jurisdictions, the tax rates in such jurisdictions, tax treaties between jurisdictions, the extent to which we transfer funds between jurisdictions and repatriate income, and changes in law. Generally, the tax liability for each legal entity is determined either (a) on a non-consolidated and non-combined basis or (b) on a consolidated and combined basis only with other eligible entities subject to tax in the same jurisdiction, in either case without regard to the taxable losses of non-consolidated and non-combined affiliated entities. As a result, we may pay income taxes to some jurisdictions even though on an overall basis we incur a net loss for the period.
          We have completed an analysis of the American Jobs Creation Act that was passed by both the U.S. House of Representatives and Senate and signed by the President in October 2005. The Act provides a deduction that has the effect of reducing our tax rate and will be phased in over the next five years. As of the six months ended June 30, 2006, there is no impact on the Company’s tax rate from the American Jobs Creation Act.
Critical Accounting Policies
          The methods, estimates and judgments we use in applying our critical accounting policies have a significant impact on the results we report in our financial statements. We evaluate our estimates and judgments on an on-going basis. Our estimates are based upon historical experience and assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. Our experience and assumptions form the basis for our judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may vary from what our management anticipates and different assumptions or estimates about the future could change our reported results.
          We believe the following accounting policies are the most critical in that they are important to the financial statements and they require the most difficult, subjective or complex judgments in the preparation of the financial statements.

46


Table of Contents

          Revenue Recognition. Sales and related cost of sales are recorded upon transfer of the title of the product and risk of loss, which occurs upon shipment to the customer, based on the invoice price less allowances for sales returns, cash discounts, and other deductions as required under GAAP. Collection is reasonably consistent with internal policy as determined through an evaluation of each customer’s ability to pay.
          Inventory. We value raw materials, work-in -progress and finished goods produced since inception at the lower of cost or market, as determined on a first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis. We periodically review the carrying value of the inventory and have at times determined that a certain portion of our inventories are excess or obsolete. In those cases, we write down the value of those inventories to their net realizable value based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory write-downs may be required.
          Retirement Benefits. Pension obligations and other post retirement benefits are actuarially determined and are affected by several assumptions, including the discount rate, assumed annual rates of return on plan assets, and per capita cost of covered health care benefits. Changes in discount rate and differences from actual results for each assumption will affect the amounts of pension expense and other post retirement expense recognized in future periods.
          Goodwill and Intangible Assets. Intangible assets of our Predecessor consisted of goodwill, which represented the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of the net assets acquired. In connection with the PTH Acquisition, intangible assets were identified and recorded at their fair value, in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations. We recorded intangible assets for customer relationships, trade names and trademarks, product technology and patents, and goodwill. In valuing the customer relationships, trade names and trademarks and product technology intangible assets, we utilized variations of the income approach. The income approach was considered the most appropriate valuation technique because the inherent value of these assets is their ability to generate current and future income. The income approach relies on historical financial and qualitative information, as well as assumptions and estimates for projected financial information. Projected information is subject to risk if our estimates are incorrect. The most significant estimate relates to our projected revenues. If we do not meet the projected revenues used in the valuation calculations then the intangible assets could be impaired. In determining the value of customer relationships, we reviewed historical customer attrition rates which were determined to be approximately 5% per year. Most of our customers tend to be long-term customers with very little turnover. While we do not typically have long-term contracts with customers, we have established long-term relationships with customers which make it extremely difficult for competitors to displace us. Additionally, we assessed historical revenue growth within our industry and customers’ industries in determining the value of customer relationships. The value of our customer relationships intangible asset could become impaired if future results differ significantly from any of the underlying assumptions. This could include a higher customer attrition rate or a change in industry trends such as the use of long-term contracts which we may not be able to obtain successfully. Customer relationships and product technology and patents are considered finite-lived assets, with estimated lives of 12 years and 8 years, respectively. The estimated lives were determined by calculating the number of years necessary to obtain 95% of the value of the discounted cash flows of the respective intangible asset. Goodwill and trade names and trademarks are considered indefinite lived assets. Trade names and trademarks were determined to be indefinite lived assets based on the criteria stated in paragraph 11 in SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Other intangible assets include trade names and trademarks that identify us and differentiate us from competitors, and therefore competition does not limit the useful life of these assets. All of our brands have been in existence for over 50 years and therefore are not susceptible to obsolescence risk. Additionally, we believe that our trade names and trademarks will continue to generate product sales for an indefinite period. All indefinite lived intangible assets are reviewed at least annually to determine if an impairment exists. An impairment could be triggered by a loss of a major customer, discontinuation of a product line, or a change in any of the underlying assumptions utilized in estimating the value of the intangible assets. If an impairment is identified it will be recognized in that period.

47


Table of Contents

          In accordance with SFAS No. 142, we will assess the fair value of our reporting units for impairment of intangible assets based upon a discounted cash flow methodology. Estimated future cash flows are based upon historical results and current market projections, discounted at a market comparable rate. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds the estimated fair value determined using the discounted cash flow calculation, goodwill impairment may be present. We would evaluate impairment losses based upon the fair value of the underlying assets and liabilities of the reporting unit, including any unrecognized intangible assets, and estimate the implied fair value of the intangible asset. An impairment loss would be recognized to the extent that a reporting unit’s recorded value of the intangible asset exceeded its calculated fair value.
          We have allocated goodwill and intangible assets arising from the application of purchase accounting for our Predecessor and Kilian acquisitions, and have allocated these assets across our reporting units. We evaluated our intangible assets at the reporting unit level at December 31, 2005 and found no evidence of impairment at that date. If the book value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the implied fair value of goodwill is compared with the carrying amount of goodwill. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, an impairment loss is recorded in an amount equal to that excess. The fair value of a reporting unit is estimated using the discounted cash flow approach, and is dependent on estimates and judgments related to future cash flows and discount rates. If the actual cash flows differ significantly from the estimates used by management, we may be required to record an impairment charge to write down the goodwill to its realizable value.
          Long-lived Assets. Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable and for all assets to be disposed. Long-lived assets held for use are reviewed for impairment by comparing the carrying amount of an asset to the undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset over its remaining useful life. If an asset is considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value, and is charged to results of operations at that time. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amounts or fair value less cost to sell. Our management determines fair value using discounted future cash flow analysis. Determining market values based on discounted cash flows requires our management to make significant estimates and assumptions, including long-term projections of cash flows, market conditions and appropriate discount rates.
          Income Taxes. We record income taxes using the asset and liability method. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective income tax bases, and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We evaluate the realizability of our net deferred tax assets and assess the need for a valuation allowance on a quarterly basis. The future benefit to be derived from our deferred tax assets is dependent upon our ability to generate sufficient future taxable income to realize the assets. We record a valuation allowance to reduce our net deferred tax assets to the amount that may be more likely than not to be realized. To the extent we establish a valuation allowance, an expense will be recorded within the provision for income taxes line on the statement of operations. In periods subsequent to establishing a valuation allowance, if we were to determine that we would be able to realize our net deferred tax assets in excess of our net recorded amount, an adjustment to the valuation allowance would be recorded as a reduction to income tax expense in the period such determination was made.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
          SFAS No. 123(R). On December 16, 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004) (SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, which is a revision of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. SFAS 123(R) supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and amends SFAS No. 95, Statement of Cash Flows. Generally, the approach in SFAS 123(R) is similar to the approach described in SFAS No. 123. However, SFAS No. 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be

48


Table of Contents

recognized in the income statements based on their fair values. We will apply SFAS 123(R) to any stock options we may issue in the future.
          In May 2005, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 154, (“Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20, Accounting Changes and FASB Statement No. 3, Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements”)(“SFAS 154”). SFAS 154 provides guidance on the accounting for and reporting of accounting changes and error corrections. It establishes, unless impracticable, retrospective application as the required method for reporting a change in accounting principle in the absence of explicit transition requirements specific to the newly adopted accounting principle. SFAS 154 also provides guidance for determining whether retrospective application of a change in accounting principle is impracticable and for reporting a change when retrospective application is impracticable. The provisions of this Statement are effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2005. The adoption of the provisions of SFAS 154 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
          In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, “Inventory Costs, an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4” . SFAS No. 151, which is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2006, SFAS No. 151 clarifies the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs, and wasted material (spoilage) so that those items are recognized as current-period charges. This statement also requires the allocation of fixed production overhead costs based on the normal capacity of the production facilities regardless of the actual use of the facility. The Company does not believe that this statement will have any material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
          In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. FIN 48, or FIN 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 , which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. We have not yet completed our evaluation of the impact of adoption on our financial position or results of operations.
Qualitative and Quantitative Information about Market Risk
          We are exposed to various market risk factors such as fluctuating interest rates and changes in foreign currency rates. At present, we do not utilize derivative instruments to manage this risk.
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk
          Currency translation. The results of operations of our foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at the average exchange rates for each period concerned. The balance sheets of foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates in effect at the end of each period. Any adjustments resulting from the translation are recorded as other comprehensive income. As of December 31, 2005 and June 30, 2006, the aggregate total assets (based on book value) of foreign subsidiaries were $74.6 million and $135.8 million, respectively, representing approximately 25.1% and 36.5%, respectively, of our total assets (based on book value). Our foreign currency exchange rate exposure is primarily with respect to the Euro and British pounds sterling. The approximate exchange rates in effect at December 31, 2005 and June 30, 2006 were $1.19 and $1.25, respectively to the Euro. The approximate exchange rates in effect at December 31, 2005 and June 30, 2006 were $1.74 and $1.82, respectively to the British Pound Sterling. The result of a hypothetical 10% strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the Euro and British Pound Sterling would result in a decrease in the book value of the aggregate total assets of foreign subsidiaries of approximately $13.6 million as of June 30, 2006. The result of a hypothetical 10% strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the Euro and British Pound Sterling would result in a decrease in net income of approximately $0.3 million .

49


Table of Contents

          Currency transaction exposure. Currency transaction exposure arises where actual sales and purchases are made by a business or company in a currency other than its own functional currency. Any transactional differences at an international location are accounted for on a monthly basis.
Interest rate risk
          We are subject to market exposure to changes in interest rates based on our financing activities. This exposure relates to borrowings under our senior revolving credit facility that are payable at prime rate plus 1.25% in the case of prime rate loans, or LIBOR rate plus 2.50%, in the case of LIBOR rate loans. As of June 30, 2006, we had no outstanding borrowings and $2.4 million of outstanding letters of credit under our senior revolving credit facility. Because we have no outstanding debt under our senior revolving credit facility, a hypothetical change in interest rates of 1% would not have a material effect on our near-term financial condition or results of operations. See “Description of Indebtedness.”
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and Material Weakness in Internal Control
          In connection with their audit of our fiscal 2005 financial statements, our independent auditors expressed concerns that as of the date of their opinion we were unable to report accurate financial information in a timely manner due to resource limitations of our financial staffing. Based upon the timely financial reporting required of a public company, the outside auditors informed senior management and the Audit Committee of the board of directors that they believe this is a material weakness in our internal controls. We are actively taking steps to address this material weakness. These steps include the recent hiring of a Director of Internal Audit and an SEC Manager and our prior hiring of a Corporate Controller, Director of Taxation and a Corporate Accountant. We believe that with the addition of these resources we should be able to deliver financial information on a timely basis.

50


Table of Contents

BUSINESS
Our Company
          We are a leading global designer, producer and marketer of a wide range of MPT and motion control products serving customers in a diverse group of industries, including energy, general industrial, material handling, mining, transportation and turf and garden. Our product portfolio includes industrial clutches and brakes, enclosed gear drives, open gearing, couplings, engineered bearing assemblies, linear components and other related products. Our products are used in a wide variety of high-volume manufacturing processes, where the reliability and accuracy of our products are critical in both avoiding costly down time and enhancing the overall efficiency of manufacturing operations. Our products are also used in non-manufacturing applications where product quality and reliability are especially critical, such as clutches and brakes for elevators and residential and commercial lawnmowers. For the six months ended June 30, 2006, we had pro forma net sales of $241.5 million, pro forma net income of $7.9 million and pro forma Adjusted EBITDA of $37.3 million.
          We market our products under well recognized and established brand names, including Warner Electric, Boston Gear, Kilian Manufacturing, Nuttall Gear, Ameridrives, Wichita Clutch, Formsprag Clutch, Bibby Transmissions, Stieber, Matrix International, Inertia Dynamics, Twiflex Limited, Industrial Clutch, Huco Dynatork, Marland Clutch, Delroyd Worm Gear, Bear Linear and Safetek. Most of these brands have been in existence for over 50 years. Many of these brands achieved the number one or number two position in terms of brand awareness in their respective product categories, according to the most recently published Motion Systems Design magazine survey. We believe over 50% of our revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2006 were generated from key products where we have the number one or number two market share position in the markets we serve.
          Our products are either incorporated into products sold by OEMs, sold to end users directly or sold through industrial distributors. We sell our products in over 70 countries to over 700 direct OEM customers and over 3,000 distributor outlets through our global sales and marketing network. Substantially all of our products are moving, wearing components which are consumed in use. Due to the complexity of many of our customers’ manufacturing operations and the high cost of process failure, our customers have demonstrated a strong preference to replace their worn Altra brand products with new Altra products. This replacement dynamic drives recurring replacement sales, resulting in aftermarket revenue that we estimate accounted for approximately 41% of our revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2006.
          We are led by a highly experienced management team with over 425 years of cumulative industrial business experience and an average of 14 years with our companies. Our management team has established a proven track record of execution, successfully completing and integrating major strategic acquisitions and delivering significant growth in both revenues and profits. We employ a comprehensive business process called the ABS, which focuses on eliminating inefficiencies from every business process to improve quality, delivery and cost.
Our Industry
          Based on industry data supplied by Penton Information Services, we estimate that industrial power transmission products generated worldwide revenues of approximately $75.6 billion in 2005, of which approximately $30.3 billion was generated in the United States. These products are used to generate, transmit, control and transform mechanical energy. The industrial power transmission industry can be divided into three areas: MPT products; motors and generators; and adjustable speed drives. We compete primarily in the MPT area which, based on industry data, we estimate was a $15.7 billion North American market and a $39.3 billion global market in 2005.
          The global MPT market is highly fragmented, with over 1,000 small manufacturers. While smaller companies tend to focus on regional niche markets with narrow product lines, larger companies that each generate annual sales over $100 million offer a much broader range of products and have global capabilities. The industry’s customer base is broadly diversified across many sectors of the economy and

51


Table of Contents

typically places a premium on factors such as quality, reliability, availability and design and application engineering support. We believe the most successful industry participants are those that leverage their distribution network, their products’ reputations for quality and reliability and their service and technical support capabilities to maintain attractive margins on products and gain market share.
Our Strengths
          Leading Market Shares and Brand Names. We believe that we hold the number one or number two market position in key products across several of our core platforms. For example, under a report published by the Global Industry Analysts, Inc., we are the leading manufacturer of industrial clutches and brakes in the world. We believe that over 50% of our sales are derived from products where we hold the number one or number two share of in the markets we serve. Our brands, most of which have been in existence for more than 50 years, are widely known in the MPT product markets. Over 50% of our sales are generated from products where, according to the most recently published Motion Systems Design magazine survey, we have the number one or number two brand recognition in the markets we serve.
          Large Installed Base and Diversified OEM Customers Supporting Aftermarket Sales. With a history dating back to 1877 with the formation of Boston Gear, we believe we benefit from one of the largest installed customers bases in the industry. Given the moving, wearing nature of our products, which require regular replacement, our large installed base of products with a diversified group of end user customers, generates significant aftermarket replacement demand which creates a recurring revenue stream. Many of our products serve critical functions, where the cost of product failure would substantially exceed any potential cost reduction benefits from using cheaper, less proven parts. This end user preference and consistently recurring replacement demand in turn help to stabilize our revenue base from the cyclical nature of the broader economy. For the six months ended June 30, 2006 we estimate that approximately 41% of our revenues were derived from aftermarket sales.
          Diversified End-Markets. Our revenue base has balanced exposure across a diverse mix of end user industries, including energy, general industrial, material handling, mining, transportation and turf and garden, which helps mitigate the impact of business and economic cycles. No single industry represented more than 11% of our total sales. In addition, for the six months ended June 30, 2006, approximately 28% of our sales were from outside North America. Our geographic diversification is further enhanced because some of our products sold into the North American market are ultimately exported into international markets as part of the final product sold by the customer.
          Strong Relationship with Distributors and OEMs. We have over 700 direct OEM customers and enjoy established, long-term relationships with the leading MPT industrial distributors, critical factors that contribute to our high base of recurring aftermarket revenues. We sell our products through more than 3,000 distributor outlets worldwide. We believe our scale, end user preference and expansive product line make our product portfolio attractive to both large and multi-branch distributors, as well as regional and independent distributors in our industry.
          Experienced, High-Caliber Management Team. We are led by a highly experienced management team with over 425 years of cumulative industrial business experience and an average of 14 years with our companies. Our CEO, Michael Hurt, has over 39 years of experience in the MPT industry, while COO Carl Christenson has over 25 years of experience. Our management team has established a proven track record of execution, successfully completing and integrating major strategic acquisitions and delivering significant growth and profitability.
          The Altra Business System. We benefit from an established culture of lean management emphasizing quality, delivery and cost through the ABS. ABS is at the core of our performance-driven culture and drives both our strategic development and operational improvements. We estimate that in the period from January 1, 2005 through June 30, 2006, ABS has enabled us to achieve savings of over $5 million through various initiatives, including: (a)  set-up time reduction and productivity improvement, (b) finished goods inventory reduction, (c) improved quality and reduction of internal scrap, (d) on-time delivery improvement, (e) utilizing value stream mapping to minimize work in process inventory and

52


Table of Contents

increase productivity and (f) headcount reductions. We believe these initiatives will continue to provide us with recurring annual savings. We intend to continue to aggressively implement operational excellence initiatives by utilizing the ABS tools throughout our company.
          Proven Product Development Capabilities. Our extensive application engineering know-how drives both new and repeat sales. Our broad portfolio of products, knowledge and expertise across various MPT applications allows us to provide our customers customized solutions to meet their specific needs. We are highly focused on developing new products in response to customer requirements. We employ approximately 174 non-manufacturing engineers involved with product development, research and development, test and technical customer support. Recent new product development examples include the Foot/ Deck Mount Kopper Kool Brake which was designed for very high heat dissipation in extremely rugged tensioning applications such as drawworks for oil and gas wells and anchoring systems for on-shore and off-shore drilling platforms.
Our Business Strategy
          We intend to continue to increase our sales through organic growth, expand our geographic reach and product offering through strategic acquisitions and improve our profitability through cost reduction initiatives. We seek to achieve these objectives through the following strategies:
  Leverage Our Sales and Distribution Network. We intend to continue to leverage our relationships with our distributors to gain shelf space, further integrate our recently acquired brands with our core brands and sell new products. In addition, we intend to continue to actively pursue new OEM opportunities with innovative and cost-effective product designs and applications to help maintain and grow our aftermarket revenues. For example, in 2002 we launched a new product in the wrap spring category. Despite established competition within this particular category, we were able to quickly penetrate the market and we expect to exceed 15% in global market share in 2006 due to the strength of our Warner Electric brand. We seek to capitalize on customer brand preference for our products to generate pull-through aftermarket demand from our distribution channel. We believe this strategy also allows our distributors to achieve high profit margins, further enhancing our preferred position with them.
 
  Focus our Strategic Marketing on New Growth Opportunities. We intend to expand our emphasis on strategic marketing to focus on new growth opportunities in key end user markets. Through a systematic process that leverages our core brands and products, we seek to identify attractive markets and product niches, collect customer and market data, identify market drivers, tailor product and service solutions to specific market and customer requirements and deploy resources to gain market share and drive future sales growth.
 
  Accelerate New Product and Technology Development. We are highly focused on driving new product development across our business in response to customer needs in various markets. Through our strategic marketing efforts, we continually gain market and customer intelligence, which feeds new product and technology development initiatives that are designed to address particular needs or problems customers identify. This focus has allowed us to respond quickly to new market opportunities.
  Recent new product development examples include the Foot/ Deck Mount Kopper Kool Brake, a new clutch brake design which significantly extends product life and can dramatically reduce blade stop time on commercial and residential lawn tractors, a new magnetic particle clutch designed to solve a number of long-standing performance issues on soft-drink bottle capping applications, and the RA10 speed reducer, designed for use in the rapidly growing market for armor-fitted military vehicles used by the US military. In total, we expect new products developed by us during the past three years to generate approximately $40 million in revenues in 2006.

53


Table of Contents

  Capitalize on Growth and Sourcing Opportunities in the Asia-Pacific Market. We intend to leverage our established sales offices in China, Taiwan and Singapore, as well as add representation in Japan and South Korea. We also intend to expand our manufacturing presence in Asia beyond our current plant in Shenzhen, China, to increase sales in the high-growth Asia-Pacific region. This region also offers opportunities for low-cost country sourcing of raw materials. During 2005, we sourced approximately 12% of our purchases from low-cost countries, resulting in average cost reductions of approximately 40% for these products. Within the next five years, we intend to utilize our sourcing office in Shanghai to significantly increase our current level of low-cost country sourced purchases. We may also consider opportunities to outsource some of our production from North American and Western European locations to Asia.
 
  Continue to Improve Operational and Manufacturing Efficiencies through ABS. We believe we can continue to improve profitability through cost control, overhead rationalization, global process optimization, continued implementation of lean manufacturing techniques and strategic pricing initiatives. Our operating plan, based on manufacturing centers of excellence, provides additional opportunities to reduce costs by sharing best practices across geographies and business lines and by consolidating purchasing processes. We have implemented these principles with our recent acquisitions of Hay Hall and Bear Linear and intend to apply such principles to future acquisitions.
 
  Pursue Strategic Acquisitions that Complement our Strong Platform. With our extensive MPT and motion control products, our strong customer and distributor relationships and our know-how in implementing lean enterprise initiatives through ABS, we have an ideal platform for acquiring and successfully integrating related businesses, as evidenced through our acquisition and integration of Hay Hall and Bear Linear. Management believes that there may be a number of attractive potential acquisition candidates in the future, in part due to the fragmented nature of the industry. We plan to continue our disciplined pursuit of strategic acquisitions to accelerate our growth, enhance our industry leadership and create value.
Products
          We produce and market a wide variety of MPT products. Our product portfolio includes industrial clutches and brakes, open and enclosed gearing, couplings, engineered bearing assemblies and other related power transmission components which are sold across a wide variety of industries. Our products benefit from our industry leading brand names including Warner Electric, Boston Gear, Kilian Manufacturing, Nuttall Gear, Ameridrives, Wichita Clutch, Formsprag Clutch, Bibby Transmissions, Stieber, Matrix International, Inertia Dynamics, Twiflex Limited, Industrial Clutch, Huco Dynatork, Marland Clutch, Delroyd Worm Gear, Bear Linear and Safetek. Our products serve a wide variety of end markets including aerospace, energy, food processing, general industrial, material handling, mining, petrochemical, transportation and turf and garden. We primarily sell our products to OEMs and through long-standing relationships with the industry’s leading industrial distributors such as Motion Industries, Applied Industrial Technologies, Kaman Industrial Technologies and W.W. Grainger.

54


Table of Contents

          Our products, principal brands and markets and sample applications are set forth below:
             
Products   Principal Brands   Principal Markets   Sample Applications
             
Clutches and Brakes
  Warner Electric, Wichita Clutch, Formsprag Clutch, Stieber Clutch, Matrix International, Inertia Dynamics, Twiflex Limited, Industrial Clutch, Marland Clutch   Aerospace, energy, material handling, metals, turf and garden, mining   Elevators, forklifts, lawn mowers, oil well drawworks, punch presses, conveyors
Gearing
  Boston Gear, Nuttall Gear, Delroyd Worm Gear,   Food processing, material handling, metals, transportation   Conveyors, ethanol mixers, packaging machinery, rail car wheel drives
Engineered Couplings
  Ameridrives, Bibby Transmissions   Energy, metals, plastics   Extruders, turbines, steel strip mills
Engineered Bearing Assemblies
  Kilian Manufacturing   Aerospace, material handling, transportation   Cargo rollers, steering columns, conveyors
Power Transmission Components
  Warner Electric, Boston Gear, Huco Dynatork, Bear Linear, Matrix International, Safetek   Material handling, metals, turf and garden   Conveyors, lawn mowers, machine tools
          Clutches and Brakes. Clutches are devices which use mechanical, magnetic, hydraulic, pneumatic, or friction type connections used to facilitate engaging or disengaging two rotating members. Brakes are combinations of interacting parts that work to slow or stop machinery. We manufacture a variety of clutches and brakes in three main product categories: electromagnetic, overrunning and heavy duty. Our core clutch and brake manufacturing facilities are located in Indiana, Illinois, Michigan, Texas, the United Kingdom, Germany, France and China.
  Electromagnetic Clutches and Brakes. Our industrial products include clutches and brakes with specially designed controls for material handling, forklift, elevator, medical mobility, mobile off-highway, baggage handling and plant productivity applications. We also offer a line of clutch and brake products for walk-behind mowers, residential lawn tractors and commercial mowers. While industrial applications are predominant, we also manufacture several vehicular niche applications including on-road refrigeration compressor clutches and agricultural equipment clutches. We market our electromagnetic products under the Warner Electric, IDI and Matrix brand names.
 
  Overrunning Clutches. Specific product lines include the Formsprag and Stieber indexing and backstopping clutches. Primary industrial applications include conveyors, gear reducers, hoists and cranes, mining machinery, machine tools, paper machinery, packaging machinery, pumping equipment and other specialty machinery. We market and sell these products under the Formsprag, Marland and Stieber brand names.
 
  Heavy Duty Clutches and Brakes. Our heavy duty clutch and brake product lines serve various markets including metal forming, off-shore and land-based oil and gas drilling platforms, mining material handling, marine applications and various off-highway and construction equipment segments. Our line of heavy duty pneumatic, hydraulic and caliper clutches and brakes are marketed under the Wichita Clutch and Twiflex brand names.
          Gearing. Gears reduce the output speed and increase the torque of an electric motor or engine to the level required to drive a particular piece of equipment. These products are used in various industrial, material handling, mixing, transportation and food processing applications. Specific product lines include vertical and horizontal gear drives, speed reducers and increasers, high-speed compressor drives, enclosed

55


Table of Contents

custom gear drives, various enclosed gear drive configurations and open gearing products such as spur, helical, worm and miter/bevel gears. We design and manufacture a broad range of gearing products under the Boston Gear, Nuttall Gear and Delroyd Worm Gear brand names. We manufacture our gearing products at our facilities in New York and North Carolina and sell to a variety of end markets.
          Engineered Couplings. Couplings are the interface between two shafts, which enable power to be transmitted from one shaft to the other. Because shafts are often misaligned, we designed our couplings with a measure of flexibility that accommodates various degrees of misalignment. Our coupling product line includes gear couplings, high-speed disc and diaphragm couplings, grid couplings, universal joints and spindles. Our coupling products are used in the power generation, steel and custom machinery industries. We manufacture a broad range of coupling products under the Ameridrives and Bibby brand names. Our engineered couplings are manufactured in our facilities in Pennsylvania and the United Kingdom.
          Engineered Bearing Assemblies. Bearings are components that support, guide and reduce friction of motion between fixed and moving machine parts. Our engineered bearing assembly product line, includes ball bearings, roller bearings, thrust bearings, track rollers, stainless steel bearings, polymer assemblies, housed units and custom assemblies. We manufacture a broad range of engineered bearing products under the Kilian brand name. We sell bearing products to a wide range of end markets, including the general industrial and automotive markets, with a particularly strong OEM customer focus. We manufacture our bearing products at our facilities in New York and Canada.
          Power Transmission Components. Power transmission components are used in a number of industries to generate, transfer or control motion from a power source to an application requiring rotary or linear motion. Power transmission products are applicable in most industrial markets, including, but not limited to metals processing, turf and garden and material handling applications. Specific product lines include linear actuators, miniature and small precision couplings, air motors, friction materials and other various items. We manufacture or market a broad array of power transmission components under several businesses including Bear Linear, Huco Dynatork, Safetek, Boston Gear, Warner Electric and Matrix. Our core power transmission component manufacturing facilities are located in England, Scotland, Illinois, North Carolina, the United Kingdom and China.
  Bear Linear. Bear Linear is a designer and manufacturer of rugged service electromechanical linear actuators for off-highway vehicles, agriculture, turf care, special vehicles, medical equipment, industrial and marine applications.
 
  Huco Dynatork. Huco Dynatork is a leading manufacturer and supplier of a complete range of precision couplings, universal joints, rod ends and linkages.
 
  Safetek. Safetek manufactures a broad range of high quality non-asbestos friction materials for industrial, marine, construction, agricultural and vintage and classic cars and motorcycles.
 
  Other Accessories. Our Boston Gear, Warner Electric and Matrix businesses make or market several other accessories such as sensors, sleeve bearings, AC/ DC motors, adjustable speed drives, shaft accessories, face tooth couplings and fluid power components that are used in numerous end markets.
Research and Development and Product Engineering
          We closely integrate new product development with marketing, manufacturing and product engineering in meeting the needs of our customers. We have product engineering teams that work to enhance our existing products and develop new product applications for our growing base of customers that require custom solutions. We believe these capabilities provide a significant competitive advantage in the development of high quality industrial power transmission products. Our product engineering teams focus on:
  lowering the cost of manufacturing our existing products;
 
  redesigning existing product lines to increase their efficiency or enhance their performance; and
 
  developing new product applications.

56


Table of Contents

          Our continued investment in new product development is intended to help drive customer growth as we address key customer needs.
Sales and Marketing
          We sell our products in over 70 countries to over 700 direct OEM customers and over 3,000 distributor outlets. We offer our products through our direct sales force comprised of 101 company-employed sales associates as well as independent sales representatives. Our worldwide sales and distribution presence enables us to provide timely and responsive support and service to our customers, many of which operate globally, and to capitalize on growth opportunities in both developed and emerging markets around the world.
          We employ an integrated sales and marketing strategy concentrated on both key industries and individual product lines. We believe this dual vertical market and horizontal product approach distinguishes us in the marketplace allowing us to quickly identify trends and customer growth opportunities and deploy resources accordingly. Within our key industries, we market to OEMs, encouraging them to incorporate our products into their equipment designs, to distributors and to end users, helping to foster brand preference. With this strategy, we are able to leverage our industry experience and product breadth to sell MPT and motion control solutions for a host of industrial applications.
Distribution
          Our MPT components are either incorporated into end products sold by OEMs or sold through industrial distributors as aftermarket products to end users and smaller OEMs. We operate a geographically diversified business. For the six months ended June 30, 2006, 72.2% of our net sales were derived from customers in North America, 20.3% from customers in Europe and 7.5% from customers in Asia and the rest of the world. Our global customer base is served by an extensive global sales network comprised of our sales staff as well as our network of over 3,000 distributor outlets.
          Rather than serving as passive conduits for delivery of product, our industrial distributors are active participants in influencing product purchasing decisions in the MPT industry. In addition, distributors play a critical role through stocking inventory of our products, which affects the accessibility of our products to aftermarket buyers. It is for this reason that distributor partner relationships are so critical to the success of the business. We enjoy strong established relationships with the leading distributors as well as a broad, diversified base of specialty and regional distributors.
Competition
          We operate in highly fragmented and very competitive markets within the MPT market. Some of our competitors have achieved substantially more market penetration in certain of the markets in which we operate, such as helical gear drives and couplings, and some of our competitors are larger than us and have greater financial and other resources. In particular, we compete with Emerson Power Transmission Manufacturing, L.P., Regal Beloit Corporation and Rockwell Automation. In addition, with respect to certain of our products, we compete with divisions of our OEM customers. Competition in our business lines is based on a number of considerations including quality, reliability, pricing, availability and design and application engineering support. Our customers increasingly demand a broad product range and we must continue to develop our expertise in order to manufacture and market these products successfully. To remain competitive, we will need to invest regularly in manufacturing, customer service and support, marketing, sales, research and development and intellectual property protection. We may have to adjust the prices of some of our products to stay competitive. In addition, some of our larger, more sophisticated customers are attempting to reduce the number of vendors from which they purchase in order to increase their efficiency. There is substantial and continuing pressure on major OEMs and larger distributors to reduce costs, including the cost of products purchased from outside suppliers such as us. As a result of cost pressures from our customers, our ability to compete depends in part on our ability to generate

57


Table of Contents

production cost savings and, in turn, find reliable, cost-effective outside component suppliers or manufacture our products.
Intellectual Property
          We rely on a combination of patents, trademarks, copyright and trade secret laws in the United States and other jurisdictions, as well as employee and third-party non-disclosure agreements, license arrangements and domain name registrations to protect our intellectual property. We sell our products under a number of registered and unregistered trademarks, which we believe are widely recognized in the MPT industry. With the exception of Boston Gear and Warner Electric, we do not believe any single patent, trademark or trade name is material to our business as a whole. Any issued patents that cover our proprietary technology and any of our other intellectual property rights may not provide us with adequate protection or be commercially beneficial to us and, if applied for, may not be issued. The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its validity or its enforceability. Competitors may also be able to design around our patents. If we are unable to protect our patented technologies, our competitors could commercialize technologies or products which are substantially similar to ours.
          With respect to proprietary know-how, we rely on trade secret laws in the United States and other jurisdictions and on confidentiality agreements. Monitoring the unauthorized use of our technology is difficult and the steps we have taken may not prevent unauthorized use of our technology. The disclosure or misappropriation of our intellectual property could harm our ability to protect our rights and our competitive position.
          Some of our registered and unregistered trademarks include: Warner Electric, Boston Gear, Kilian Manufacturing, Nuttall Gear, Ameridrives, Wichita Clutch, Formsprag Clutch, Bibby Transmissions, Stieber, Matrix International, Inertia Dynamics, Twiflex Limited, Industrial Clutch, Huco Dynatork, Marland Clutch, Delroyd Worm Gear, Bear Linear and Safetek.
Backlog
          Our backlog of unshipped orders was $131.9 million at June 30, 2006 and $100.7 million and $90.6 million at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively.
Employees
          As of June 30, 2006, we had approximately 2,600 full-time and 145 part-time employees, of whom approximately 55% were located in the United States, 31% in Europe, and 14% in Asia. Approximately 19% of our full-time factory non-exempt North American employees are represented by labor unions. In addition, approximately half of our employees in our facility in Scotland are represented by a labor union. The four U.S. collective bargaining agreements to which we are a party will expire on August 10, 2007, September 19, 2007, June 2, 2008 and February 1, 2009, while our agreement in Scotland expires on March 31, 2007. Two of the four U.S. collective bargaining agreements contain provisions for additional, potentially significant lump-sum severance payments to all employees covered by the agreements who are terminated as the result of a plant closing. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to our Business — We may be subjected to work stoppages at our facilities, or our customers may be subjected to work stoppages, which could seriously impact the profitability of our business.”
          The remainder of our European facilities have employees who are generally represented by local and national social works councils which are common in Europe. Social works councils meet with employer industry associations every two to three years to discuss employee wages and working conditions. Our facilities in France and Germany often participate in such discussions and adhere to any agreements reached.

58


Table of Contents

Properties
          In addition to our leased headquarters in Quincy, Massachusetts, we maintain 23 production facilities, 10 of which are located in the United States, two in Canada, 10 in Europe and one in China. The following table lists all of our facilities, other than sales offices and distribution centers, as of June 30, 2006 indicating the location, principal use and whether the facilities are owned or leased.
                             
            Number of       Owned/
Location   Brand   Major Products   Employees(1)   Sq Ft.   Leased
                     
United States
                           
South Beloit, Illinois(2)
  Warner Electric   Electromagnetic Clutches & Brakes     233       104,288     Owned
Syracuse, New York
  Kilian Manufacturing   Engineered Bearing Assemblies     162       97,000     Owned
Wichita Falls, Texas
  Wichita Clutch   Heavy Duty Clutches and Brakes     87       90,400     Owned
Warren, Michigan
  Formsprag   Overrunning Clutches     91       79,000     Owned
Erie, Pennsylvania
  Ameridrives   Couplings     138       76,200     Owned
Columbia City, Indiana
  Warner Electric   Electromagnetic Clutches & Brakes & Coils     161       35,000     Owned
Charlotte, North Carolina
  Boston Gear   Gearing & Power Transmission Components     207       193,000     Leased
Niagara Falls, New York
  Nuttall Gear   Gearing     119       155,509     Leased
Torrington, Connecticut
  Inertia Dynamics   Electromagnetic Clutches & Brakes     110       32,000     Leased
Belvidere, IL
  Bear Linear   Linear Actuators     14       21,000     Leased
Quincy, Massachusetts(2)(3)
  Altra, Boston Gear       70       30,350     Leased
International
                           
Heidelberg, Germany
  Stieber   Overrunning Clutches     68       57,609     Owned
Saint Barthelemy, France
  Warner Electric   Electromagnetic Clutches & Brakes     135       50,129     Owned
Bedford, England
  Wichita Clutch   Heavy Duty Clutches and Brakes     42       49,000     Owned
Allones, France
  Warner Electric   Electromagnetic Clutches & Brakes     93       38,751     Owned
Toronto, Canada
  Kilian Manufacturing   Engineered Bearing Assemblies     73       29,000     Owned
Dewsbury, England
  Bibby Transmissions   Couplings     105       26,100     Owned
Shenzhen, China
  Warner Electric   Electromagnetic Clutches & Precision Components     341       112,271     Leased
Brechin, Scotland
  Matrix International   Clutch Brakes, Couplings     122       52,500     Leased
Garching, Germany
  Stieber   Overrunning Clutches     54       32,292     Leased
Toronto, Canada
  Kilian Manufacturing   Engineered Bearing Assemblies     47       30,120     Leased
Twickenham, England
  Twiflex   Heavy Duty Clutches and Brakes     55       27,500     Leased
Hertford, England
  Huco Dynatork   Couplings, Power Transmission Components     59       13,565     Leased
Telford, England
  Safetek   Friction Material     16       4,400     Leased
 
(1)  Includes full-time and part-time employees.
 
(2)  Certain employees at these locations provide general and administrative services for our other locations.
 
(3)  Corporate Headquarters and selective Boston Gear functions.

59


Table of Contents

Suppliers and Raw Materials
          We obtain raw materials, component parts and supplies from a variety of sources, generally from more than one supplier. Our suppliers and sources of raw materials are based in both the United States and other countries and we believe that our sources of raw materials are adequate for our needs for the foreseeable future. We do not believe the loss of any one supplier would have a material adverse effect on our business or result of operations. Our principal raw materials are steel, castings and copper. We generally purchase our materials on the open market, where certain commodities such as steel and copper have increased in price significantly in recent years. We have not experienced any significant shortage of our key materials and have not historically engaged in hedging transactions for commodity suppliers.
Environmental and Health and Safety Matters
          We are subject to a variety of federal, state, local, foreign and provincial environmental laws and regulations, including those governing the discharge of pollutants into the air or water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes and the responsibility to investigate and cleanup contaminated sites that are or were owned, leased, operated or used by us or our predecessors. Some of these laws and regulations require us to obtain permits, which contain terms and conditions that impose limitations on our ability to emit and discharge hazardous materials into the environment and periodically may be subject to modification, renewal and revocation by issuing authorities. Fines and penalties may be imposed for non-compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and the failure to have or to comply with the terms and conditions of required permits. From time to time our operations may not be in full compliance with the terms and conditions of our permits. We periodically review our procedures and policies for compliance with environmental laws and requirements. We believe that our operations generally are in material compliance with applicable environmental laws and requirements and that any non-compliance would not be expected to result in us incurring material liability or cost to achieve compliance. Historically, the costs of achieving and maintaining compliance with environmental laws and requirements have not been material.
          Certain environmental laws in the United States, such as the federal Superfund law and similar state laws, impose liability for the cost of investigation or remediation of contaminated sites upon the current or, in some cases, the former site owners or operators and upon parties who arranged for the disposal of wastes or transported or sent those wastes to an off-site facility for treatment or disposal, regardless of when the release of hazardous substances occurred or the lawfulness of the activities giving rise to the release. Such liability can be imposed without regard to fault and, under certain circumstances, can be joint and several, resulting in one party being held responsible for the entire obligation. As a practical matter, however, the costs of investigation and remediation generally are allocated among the viable responsible parties on some form of equitable basis. Liability also may include damages to natural resources. We are not listed as a potentially responsible party in connection with any sites we currently or formerly owned or operated or any off-site waste disposal facility. There is contamination at some of our current facilities, primarily related to historical operations at those sites, for which we could be liable under these environmental laws. The potential for contamination exists due to historic activities at our other current or former sites. We currently are not undertaking any remediation or investigations and our costs or liability in connection with potential contamination conditions at our facilities cannot be predicted at this time because the potential existence of contamination has not been investigated or not enough is known about the environmental conditions or likely remedial requirements. Currently, other parties with contractual liability are addressing or have plans or obligations to address those contamination conditions that may pose a material risk to human health, safety or the environment. We are being indemnified by third parties subject to certain caps or limitations on the indemnification, for certain environmental costs and liabilities. Accordingly, based on the indemnification and the experience with similar sites of the environmental consultants who we have hired, we do not expect such costs and liabilities to have a material adverse effect on our business, operations or earnings.

60


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings
          We are, from time to time, party to various legal proceedings arising out of our business. These proceedings primarily involve commercial claims, product liability claims, intellectual property claims, environmental claims, personal injury claims and workers’ compensation claims. We cannot predict the outcome of these lawsuits, legal proceedings and claims with certainty. Nevertheless, we believe that the outcome of any currently existing proceedings, even if determined adversely, would not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

61


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT
          Our directors and principal officers, and their positions and ages as of June 30, 2006, are as follows:
             
Name   Age   Position
         
Michael L. Hurt
    61     Chief Executive Officer and Director
Carl R. Christenson
    47     President and Chief Operating Officer
David A. Wall
    48     Chief Financial Officer
Gerald Ferris
    57     Vice President of Global Sales, Altra Industrial
Timothy McGowan
    49     Vice President of Human Resources, Altra Industrial
Edward L. Novotny
    54     Vice President and General Manager, Boston Gear, Overrunning Clutch, Huco
Craig Schuele
    43     Vice President of Marketing and Business Development, Altra Industrial
Jean-Pierre L. Conte
    43     Director
Richard D. Paterson
    63     Director
Darren J. Gold
    36     Director
Frank K. Bauchiero
    71     Director
Larry McPherson
    61     Director
          Michael L. Hurt , P.E. has been our Chief Executive Officer and a director since the formation of Altra in 2004. During 2004, prior to our formation, Mr. Hurt provided consulting services to Genstar Capital and was appointed Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Kilian in October 2004. From January 1991 to November 2003, Mr. Hurt was the President and Chief Executive Officer of TB Woods Incorporated, a manufacturer of industrial power transmission products. Prior to TB Woods, Mr. Hurt spent 23 years in a variety of management positions at the Torrington Company, a major manufacturer of bearings and a subsidiary of Ingersoll Rand. Mr. Hurt holds a B.S. degree in Mechanical Engineering from Clemson University and an M.B.A. from Clemson-Furman University.
          Carl R. Christenson has been our President and Chief Operating Officer since January 2005. From 2001 to 2005, Mr. Christenson was the President of Kaydon Bearings, a manufacturer of custom-engineered bearings and a division of Kaydon Corporation. Prior to joining Kaydon, Mr. Christenson held a number of management positions at TB Woods Incorporated and several positions at the Torrington Company. Mr. Christenson holds a M.S. and B.S. degree in Mechanical Engineering from the University of Massachusetts and a M.B.A. from Rensselaer Polytechnic.
          David A. Wall has been our Chief Financial Officer since January 2005. From 2000 to 2004, Mr. Wall was the Chief Financial Officer of Berman Industries, a manufacturer and distributor of portable lighting products. From 1994 to 2000, Mr. Wall was the Chief Financial Officer of DoALL Company, a manufacturer and distributor of machine tools and industrial supplies. Mr. Wall is a Certified Public Accountant and holds a B.S. degree in Accounting from the University of Illinois and a M.B.A. in Finance from the University of Chicago.
          Gerald Ferris has been Altra Industrial’s Vice President of Global Sales since November 2004 and held the same position with Power Transmission Holdings, LLC, our Predecessor, since March 2002. He is responsible for the worldwide sales of our broad product platform. Mr. Ferris joined our Predecessor in 1978 and since joining has held various positions. He became the Vice President of Sales for Boston Gear in 1991. Mr. Ferris holds a B.A. degree in Political Science from Stonehill College.
          Timothy McGowan has been Altra Industrial’s Vice President of Human Resources since November 2004 and held the same position with our Predecessor since June 2003. Prior to joining the

62


Table of Contents

Company, Mr. McGowan was Vice President, Human Resources for Bird Machine, part of Baker Hughes, Inc., an oil equipment manufacturing company. Before his tenure with Bird Machine, Mr. McGowan spent many years with Raytheon in various Human Resources positions. Mr. McGowan holds a B.A. degree in English from St. Francis College in Maine.
          Edward L. Novotny has been Altra Industrial’s Vice President and General Manager of Boston Gear, Overrunning Clutch, Huco since November 2004 and held the same position with our Predecessor since May 2001. Prior to joining our Predecessor in 1999, Mr. Novotny served in a plant management role and then as the Director of Manufacturing for Stabilus Corporation, an automotive supplier, since October 1990. Prior to Stabilus, Mr. Novotny held various plant management and production control positions with Masco Industries and Rockwell International. Mr. Novotny holds a B.S. degree in Business Administration from Youngstown State University.
          Craig Schuele has been Altra Industrial’s Vice President of Marketing and Business Development since November 2004 and held the same position with our Predecessor since July 2004. Prior to his current position, Mr. Schuele has been Vice President of Marketing since March 2002, and previous to that he was a Director of Marketing. Mr. Schuele joined our Predecessor in 1986 and holds a B.S. degree in management from Rhode Island College.
          Jean-Pierre L. Conte was elected as one of our directors and chairman of the board in connection with the PTH Acquisition which occurred in November 2004. Mr. Conte is currently Chairman and Managing Director of Genstar Capital. Mr. Conte joined Genstar Capital in 1995. Prior to leading Genstar Capital, Mr. Conte was a principal for six years at the NTC Group, Inc., a private equity investment firm. He began his career at Chase Manhattan in 1985. He has served as a director and chairman of the board of PRA International, Inc. since 2000. Mr. Conte has also served as a director of Propex Fabrics, Inc. since December 2004 and as a director of Panolam Industries International, Inc. since September 2005. Mr. Conte holds a B.A. from Colgate University and an M.B.A. from Harvard University.
          Frank K. Bauchiero was elected as one of our directors in connection with the PTH Acquisition. Mr. Bauchiero serves on the Strategic Advisory Committee of Genstar Capital. Prior to joining Genstar Capital, Mr. Bauchiero was President and Chief Operating Officer of Walbro Corporation, a manufacturer of fuel storage and delivery systems for the automotive industry and President of Dana Corporation’s North American Industrial Operations.
          Darren J. Gold was elected as one of our directors in connection with the PTH Acquisition. Mr. Gold is currently a Principal of Genstar Capital. Mr. Gold joined Genstar Capital in 2000. Prior to joining Genstar Capital, Mr. Gold was an engagement manager with McKinsey & Company. He has served as a director at INSTALLS inc., LLC since 2002 and Panolam Industries International, Inc. since 2005. Mr. Gold holds a B.A. in Political Science and History from the University of California, Los Angeles and a J.D. from the University of Michigan.
          Larry McPherson was elected as one of our directors in January 2005. Prior to joining our board, Mr. McPherson was a Director of NSK Ltd. from 1997 until his retirement in 2003 and served as Chairman and CEO of NSK Europe from January 2002 to December 2003. In total he was employed by NSK Ltd. for 21 years and was Chairman and CEO of NSK Americas for the six years prior to his European assignment. Mr. McPherson continues to serve as an advisor to the board of directors of NSK Ltd. as well as a board member of McNaughton and Gunn, Inc. and of a privately owned printing company. Mr. McPherson earned his MBA from Georgia State and his undergraduate degree in Electrical Engineering from Clemson University.
          Richard D. Paterson was elected as one of our directors in connection with the PTH Acquisition. Since 1987, Mr. Paterson has been a Managing Director at Genstar Capital. Prior to joining Genstar Capital, Mr. Paterson was a Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Genstar Corporation, a New York Stock Exchange listed company. He has served as a director of North American Energy Partners Inc. since 2005, Propex Fabrics, Inc. since 2004, American Pacific Enterprises, LLC since 2004,

63


Table of Contents

Woods Equipment Company since 2004 and INSTALLS inc, LLC since 2004. Mr. Paterson is a Chartered Accountant and holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree from Concordia University.
Board Composition
          Our bylaws provide for a board of directors consisting of six members. Upon completion of this offering, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning given to that term under the rules of the NASDAQ. As a controlled company, we will be exempt from the requirements that our board of directors be comprised of a majority of independent directors and that our compensation committee and governance and nominating committee be comprised of independent directors. Currently, Mr. McPherson is an ”independent” director within the meaning of the rules of the NASDAQ and federal securities laws.
Committees of the Board of Directors
          Our board of directors has three standing committees: the audit committee, the nominating and corporate governance committee and the compensation committee.
Audit Committee
          The primary purpose of the audit committee is to assist the board’s oversight of:
  the integrity of our financial statements;
 
  our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements;
 
  our independent auditors’ qualifications and independence;
 
  the performance of our independent auditors and our internal audit function; and
 
  prepare the report required to be prepared by the committee pursuant to SEC rules.
          Messrs. Richard D. Paterson, Darren J. Gold, and Larry McPherson serve on the audit committee. Mr. Paterson serves as chairman of our audit committee. Mr. McPherson qualifies as an independent “audit committee financial expert” as such term has been defined by the SEC in Item 401(h)(2) of Regulation  S-K. The audit committee currently complies with NASDAQ and federal securities law independence requirements pursuant to an exemption from the requirement that all audit committee members must be independent provided by Section 4350(a)(5) of the NASDAQ Rules and Rule 10A-3(b)(1)(iv) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. After the completion of this offering, we expect non-independent members of our audit committee will be replaced so that the majority of our audit committee will be independent within 90 days of the effectiveness of this registration statement. In addition, we expect that all of our audit committee members will be independent within one year from the effectiveness of this registration statement.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
          The primary purpose of the nominating and corporate governance committee is to:
  identify and to recommend to the board individuals qualified to serve as directors of our company and on committees of the board;
 
  advise the board with respect to the board composition, procedures and committees;
 
  develop and recommend to the board a set of corporate governance principles and guidelines applicable to us; and
 
  oversee the evaluation of the board and our management.
          Messrs.,                    , and                    serve on the nominating and corporate governance committee. Mr.                     serves as the chairman of the corporate governance and nominating committee. Pursuant to an exemption for controlled companies provided by Section 4350(c)(5) of the NASDAQ Rules, the

64


Table of Contents

nominating and corporate governance committee is exempt from the requirement that its membership be comprised of independent directors.
Compensation Committee
          The primary purpose of our compensation committee is to oversee our compensation and employee benefit plans and practices and to produce a report on executive compensation as required by SEC rules. Messrs. Darren J. Gold, Richard D. Paterson and Frank K. Bauchiero serve on the compensation committee. Mr. Gold serves as the chairman of the compensation committee. Pursuant to an exemption for controlled companies provided by Section 4350(c)(5) of the NASDAQ Rules, the compensation committee is exempt from the requirement that its membership be comprised of independent directors.
Director Compensation
          All members of our board of directors are reimbursed for their usual and customary expenses incurred in connection with attending all board and other committee meetings. Messrs. Frank Bauchiero and Larry McPherson, receive director fees of $40,000 per year. In January of 2005, each of Mr. Bauchiero and McPherson was also granted 68,250 shares of restricted common stock, which stock is subject to vesting over a period of five years.
Executive Compensation
          The following table sets forth all compensation paid to or incurred on our behalf of our Chief Executive Officer and each of our other four most highly compensated executive officers, or the named executive officers, during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005. The compensation agreements for each of these officers that are currently in effect are described under the caption “— Employment Arrangements and Change of Control Arrangements” below.
Summary Compensation Table
                                                   
            Long-Term    
        Annual Compensation   Compensation    
                 
            Other   Restricted   All Other
Name and Principal Position   Year   Salary   Bonus   Annual   Stock Award(s)   Compensation
                         
Michael L. Hurt
    2005     $ 347,500     $ 446,375 (1)         $ 68,233 (4)   $ 12,600 (9)
  Chief Executive Officer
and Director
                                               
Carl R. Christenson
    2005       240,994       290,141 (2)           78,000 (5)     174,134 (10)
  President and Chief
Operating Officer
                                               
David A. Wall
    2005       208,523       149,925 (3)           39,000 (6)     51,145 (11)
  Chief Financial Officer                                                
Edward L. Novotny
    2005       183,614       112,378             19,500 (7)     12,600 (9)
  Vice President and
GM Boston Gear and
Overrunning Clutch
                                               
Gerald Ferris
    2005       174,882       67,007             19,500 (8)     10,500 (9)
  Vice President of Global
Sales — Altra Industrial
                                               
 
  (1)  Mr. Hurt was paid a signing bonus of $146,000 during 2005.
 
  (2)  Mr. Christenson was paid a signing bonus of $120,000 during 2005.
 
  (3)  Mr. Wall was paid a signing bonus of $10,000 during 2005.

65


Table of Contents

  (4)  Value at time of grant. The aggregate restricted stock holdings of Mr. Hurt at the end of 2005 were 916,466 shares with a value of $97,500. Restricted stock grants vest in five equal annual installments and include the right to receive dividends on such stock when declared by the board.
 
  (5)  Value at time of grant. The aggregate restricted stock holdings of Mr. Christenson at the end of 2005 were 780,000 shares with a value of $78,000. Restricted stock grants vest in five equal annual installments and include the right to receive dividends on such stock when declared by the board.
 
  (6)  Value at time of grant. The aggregate restricted stock holdings of Mr. Wall at the end of 2005 were 390,000 shares with a value of $39,000. Restricted stock grants vest in five equal annual installments and include the right to receive dividends on such stock when declared by the board.
 
  (7)  Value at time of grant. The aggregate restricted stock holdings of Mr. Novotny at the end of 2005 was 195,000 shares with a value of $19,500. Restricted stock grants vest in five equal annual installments and include the right to receive dividends on such stock when declared by the board.
 
  (8)  Value at time of grant. The aggregate restricted stock holdings of Mr. Ferris at the end of 2005 was 195,000 shares with a value of $19,500. Restricted stock grants vest in five equal annual installments and include the right to receive dividends on such stock when declared by the board.
 
  (9)  Represents our 401k contribution on the officer’s behalf.
(10)  Mr. Christenson was reimbursed $161,534 in 2005 for costs related to his relocation and we made a $12,600 401k contribution on his behalf.
 
(11)  Mr. Wall was reimbursed $38,545 in 2005 for costs related to his relocation and we made a $12,600 401k contribution on his behalf.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
          Upon the completion of this offering, none of our executive officers will serve on the compensation committee or board of directors of any other company of which any of the members of our compensation committee or any of our directors is an executive officer.
Equity Incentive Plan
          In connection with the PTH Acquisition, we adopted an equity incentive plan that permits the grant of restricted stock, stock units, stock appreciation rights, cash, non-qualified stock options and incentive stock options to purchase shares of our common stock. The maximum number of shares of our common stock, par value $0.001, that may be issued under the terms of the equity incentive plan is 4,500,000. The maximum number of shares that may be subject to “incentive stock options” (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code) is 3,500,000 shares. A committee appointed by our board of directors administers the equity incentive plan and has discretion to establish the specific terms and conditions for each award. Our employees, consultants and directors are eligible to receive awards under our equity incentive plan. Stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, stock units and cash awards may constitute performance-based awards in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code at the discretion of the committee. Any grant of restricted stock under our plan may be subject to vesting requirements, as provided in its applicable award agreement, and will generally vest in five equal annual installments. The committee may provide that any time prior to a change in control, any outstanding stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock units and unvested cash awards shall immediately vest and become exercisable and any restriction on restricted stock awards or stock units shall immediately lapse. In addition, the committee may provide that all awards held by participants who are in our service at the time of the change of control, shall remain exercisable for the remainder of their terms notwithstanding any subsequent termination of a participant’s service. All awards shall be subject to the terms of any agreement effecting a change of control. Upon a participant’s termination of employment (other than for cause), unless the board or committee provides otherwise: (i) any outstanding stock options or stock appreciation rights may be exercised 90 days after termination, to the extent vested, (ii) unvested restricted stock awards and stock units shall expire and (iii) cash awards and performance-based awards shall be forfeited.

66


Table of Contents

Pension Plan
          Gerald Ferris and Craig Schuele previously participated in the Colfax PT Pension Plan; however on December 31, 1998 Mr. Ferris and Mr. Schuele’s participation in and benefits accrued under such plan were frozen. Under the provisions of the plan, upon reaching the normal retirement age of sixty-five, Messrs. Ferris and Schuele will receive annual payments of approximately $38,700 and $10,800 respectively. As part of the PTH Acquisition, we were obligated to assume certain liabilities of the Colfax PT Pension Plan, including such future payments to Messrs. Ferris and Schuele, and have established a new plan, the Altra Holdings, Inc. Retirement Plan, providing substantially similar benefits as provided under the Colfax PT Pension Plan. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business — We face additional costs associated with our post-retirement and post-employment obligations to employees which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition.”
Severance Agreements
          We assumed severance agreements with certain executive officers upon the completion of the PTH Acquisition. Each of the severance agreements provided that, subject to the executive’s execution of a general release of claims and the executive’s compliance with certain other restrictive covenants, if the executive was terminated during the first year of employment after the PTH Acquisition by us without “cause” or by the executive for “good reason” (each as defined in the severance agreements), we would pay the executive a severance benefit equal to the executive’s annual base salary as of the closing date for a specified amount of time ranging from nine months to 12 months. If an executive timely elected continuation coverage under our health care and dental plans, subject to the executive’s continued co-payment of the applicable premiums, we would continue to pay our share of the health care and dental premiums during the period of salary continuation. Continuation coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended, would commence after the period of salary continuation. Any severance benefit would cease upon the executive’s obtaining other full-time employment at a rate of pay equal to or greater than 75% of the executive’s base salary at the time of termination of employment.
          During the first quarter of 2005, two executives with severance agreements were terminated. The amount paid by us under the severance agreements was approximately $0.5 million.
          The remaining severance agreements expired on November 30, 2005.
Option/ SAR Grants in Last Fiscal Year
          There were no option/ SAR grants in 2005.
Employment Agreements and Change of Control Arrangements
          Three of our senior executives, Michael Hurt, Carl Christenson and David Wall, entered into employment agreements with us and Altra Industrial in early January 2005. Under the terms of their respective employment agreements, Mr. Hurt has a three-year term and Messrs. Christenson and Wall have five-year terms. The employment agreements contain usual and customary restrictive covenants, including 12 month non-competition provisions and non-solicitation/no hire of employees or customers provisions, non-disclosure of proprietary information provisions and non-disparagement provisions. In the event of a termination without “cause” or departure for “good reason,” the terminated senior executives are entitled to severance equal to 12 months salary plus an amount equal to their pro-rated bonus for the year of termination. Mr. Hurt, Mr. Christenson and Mr. Wall will receive annual base salaries of $373,000, $275,000 and $230,000, respectively, in 2006 and each is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 60%, 50% and 40% of their annual base salary, respectively.
          Under the agreements, each senior executive is also eligible to participate in all compensation or employee benefit plans or programs and to receive all benefits and perquisites for which salaried employees of Altra Industrial generally are eligible under any current or future plan or program on the same basis as other senior executives of Altra Industrial.

67


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
Equity Investments
          In connection with the PTH Acquisition, the Genstar Funds and CDPQ purchased approximately 26.3 million shares of our preferred stock for approximately $26.3 million.
          In addition, the Genstar Funds and certain members of management acquired an additional 8.8 million shares of our preferred stock by exchanging Kilian preferred stock of equivalent value. All of the cash and Kilian preferred stock we received from such sales of our preferred stock were contributed to Altra Industrial, and the cash portion thereof provided a portion of the funds necessary to complete the PTH Acquisition.
          In 2005, following their employment, Mr. Christenson and Mr. Wall also purchased shares of our preferred stock for a purchase price of $300,000 and $100,000, respectively.
          After the completion of this offering, all outstanding shares of our preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of our common stock. The Genstar Funds will own           % of our common stock and CDPQ will own           % of our common stock.
Genstar Advisory Services Agreement
          In connection with the PTH Acquisition, we entered into an advisory services agreement with Genstar Capital, L.P., an affiliate of Genstar Management LLC, for management, consulting and financial advisory services to be provided to us and our subsidiaries. The agreement provides for the payment to Genstar Capital, L.P. of an annual fee of $1 million for advisory and other consulting services, plus additional amounts for investment banking services in connection with any mergers, acquisitions or other strategic transactions, as approved by our board of directors, plus reimbursement of expenses, including legal fees. In connection with our acquisition of Hay Hall in February 2006, we paid Genstar Capital, L.P. a transaction fee of $1.0 million. The agreement also provides for indemnification of Genstar Capital, L.P. against liabilities and expenses arising out of Genstar’s performance of services under the agreement. We and Genstar Capital, L.P. have mutually agreed to terminate the agreement upon the completion of this offering.
CDPQ Subordinated Notes Investment
          In connection with the PTH Acquisition, CDPQ entered into a note purchase agreement with us, pursuant to which CDPQ purchased $14.0 million of our subordinated notes, to provide a portion of the funds necessary to complete the transaction. The subordinated notes:
  accrue payment-in -kind interest at an annual rate of 17%, provided that we may in our sole discretion pay such interest in whole or in part in cash to the extent allowed under the terms of the indenture governing the notes;
 
  mature on November 30, 2019;
 
  are redeemable at our option prior to maturity at specified prepayment premiums; and
 
  are redeemable at the option of the holder at 101% of the principal amount with accrued interest in the event of a change of control of us or any of Altra Industrial.
          During the period ended June 30, 2006, Altra Industrial prepaid approximately $10.8 million of debt principal on our behalf and also paid approximately $0.7 million and $0.6 million of prepayment premium and accrued interest, respectively.
Management Consulting Service Fees
          Following the consummation of the PTH Acquisition, our board of directors granted, and Michael Hurt, our chief executive officer, and Frank Bauchiero, one of our directors, were paid, one-time

68


Table of Contents

consulting fees of $125,000 and $75,000, respectively, for certain consulting and advisory services rendered to us in connection with the PTH Acquisition.
Severance Agreements
          Upon completion of the PTH Acquisition, we assumed severance agreements with certain of our named executive officers as described in “Management — Severance Agreements.” As of December 31, 2005 all severance agreements had expired.
Indebtedness of Management
          On January 10, 2006, Altra Industrial loaned David A. Wall, our Chief Financial Officer, $100,000 at an interest rate of 4.05%, the company’s then current rate of funds. The loan was paid in full and terminated on March 22, 2006.
Registration Rights Agreement
          We entered into a registration rights agreement pursuant to which we have agreed to register for sale under the Securities Act shares of our common stock in the circumstances described below. This agreement provides some stockholders with the right to require us to register common stock owned by them.
          Demand Rights. The holders of a majority of the shares of common stock issued to the Genstar Funds or any affiliate thereof, or the Genstar Holders, acting as a single group, have the right to require us to register all of the Genstar Holders’ beneficial interests in our common stock, or the Genstar Securities, under the Securities Act. We call the right to require us to register the Genstar Securities a demand right, and the resulting registration a demand registration. The Genstar Holders may make an unlimited number of such demands for registration on Form  S-1 or, if available to us, on Form  S-3. Holders of piggyback rights, described below, may include shares they own, subject to certain restrictions, in a demand registration.
          Piggyback Rights. A larger group of stockholders can request to participate in, or “piggyback” on, registrations of any of our securities for sale by us. We call this right a piggyback right, and the resulting registration a piggyback registration. The piggyback right applies to any registration other than, among other things, a registration on Form  S-4, S-8 or in an initial public offering.
Bear Linear Acquisition
          On May 18, 2006, Altra Industrial entered into a purchase agreement with Bear Linear and certain of its members to purchase the business and substantially all of the assets of Bear Linear for $5.0 million. One of the three members of Bear Linear, Robert F. Bauchiero, is the son of one of our directors, Frank K. Bauchiero.

69


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
          The following table sets forth information, as of the date of this prospectus, regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the shares of common stock in this offering by:
  each person that is a beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding common stock;
 
  each of our named executive officers;
 
  each of our directors and director nominees;
 
  all directors and executive officers as a group; and
 
  each of the selling stockholders.
          Beneficial ownership is determined under the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power over securities. Except in cases where community property laws apply or as indicated in the footnotes to this table, we believe that each stockholder identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power over all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by the stockholder. Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 39,508,511 shares of common stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus, and                      shares of common stock outstanding after the completion of this offering. Unless indicated otherwise in the footnotes, the address of each individual listed in the table is c/o Altra Holdings, Inc., 14 Hayward Street, Quincy, Massachusetts 02171.
                                                 
                Shares
    Shares Owned Prior       Owned After the
    to the Offering   Shares Offered   Offering
             
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner   Number   %   Number   %   Number   %
                         
Directors, named executive officers and stockholders owning more than 5%
                                               
Genstar Capital Partners III, L.P.(1)
    25,080,999       63.5 %                                
Stargen III, L.P.(2)
    904,001       2.3 %                                
Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec(3)
    7,000,000       17.7 %                                
Michael L. Hurt
    1,882,798       4.8 %                                
Carl Christenson
    1,262,713       3.2 %                                
David Wall
    490,000       1.2 %                                
Edward L. Novotny
    280,000       *                                  
Gerald Ferris
    245,000       *                                  
Jean-Pierre L. Conte(1)
    25,985,000       65.8 %                                
Richard D. Paterson(1)
    25,985,000       65.8 %                                
Darren J. Gold(4)
                                           
Frank Bauchiero(4)(5)
    818,250       2.1 %                                
Larry McPherson
    318,250       *                                  
All directors and executive officers as a group
    31,595,511       80.0 %                                
Other Selling Stockholders
                                               
 
  * Less than one percent (1%).
(1)  Genstar Capital Partners III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Genstar III”), owns 63.5% of the outstanding capital stock of Altra Holdings. Genstar Capital exercises investment discretion and control over the shares held by Genstar III. Jean-Pierre L. Conte, the chairman and a managing director of Genstar Capital, and Richard D. Paterson, a managing director of Genstar Capital, may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares shown as beneficially owned by Genstar III. Each of Mr. Conte and Mr. Paterson disclaims such beneficial ownership except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address of Genstar III is Four Embarcadero Center, Suite 1900, San Francisco, California 94111.

70


Table of Contents

(2)  Stargen III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, owns 2.3% of the outstanding capital stock of Altra Holdings. Genstar Capital exercises investment discretion and control over the shares held by Stargen III, L.P. Jean-Pierre L. Conte, the chairman and a managing director of Genstar Capital, and Richard D. Paterson, a managing director of Genstar Capital, may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares shown as beneficially owned by Stargen III, L.P. Each of Mr. Conte and Mr. Paterson disclaims such beneficial ownership except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address of Stargen III, L.P. is Four Embarcadero Center, Suite 1900, San Francisco, California 94111.
 
(3)  CDPQ is a limited partner of Genstar III and its address is 1000 place Jean-Paul-Riopelle, Montreal, Québec.
 
(4)  Mr. Bauchiero is a Strategic Advisor and Mr. Gold is a Principal of Genstar III. Mr. Bauchiero and Mr. Gold do not directly or indirectly have or share voting or investment power or the ability to influence voting or investment power over the shares shown as beneficially owned by Genstar III.
 
(5)  Includes 750,000 shares of stock held by Frank Bauchiero MKC Worldwide.

71


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
          Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                      shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share. As of September 15, 2006, there were 4,008,511 shares of common stock issued and outstanding and 35,500,000 shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding. As of September 15, 2006, there were fourteen holders of record of our common stock and eighteen holders of record of our preferred stock. All of our outstanding shares of preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.
          All of our existing stock is, and the shares of common stock being offered by us in this offering will be, upon payment therefore, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The discussion set forth below describes the most important terms of our capital stock, certificate of incorporation and bylaws as will be in effect upon completion of this offering. Because it is only a summary, this section does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description you should refer to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, copies of which will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which the prospectus is a part, and to the applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation law.
Common Stock
          Voting Rights. The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted for action by the stockholders. There is no provision for cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors. Accordingly, a holder of more than 50% of the shares of our common stock can, if it so chooses, elect all of our directors. In that event, the holders of the remaining shares will not be able to elect any directors.
          Dividend Rights. All shares of our common stock are entitled to share equally in any dividends our board of directors may declare from legally available sources, subject to the terms of any outstanding preferred stock.
          Liquidation Rights. Upon liquidation or dissolution of our company, whether voluntary or involuntary, all shares of our common stock are entitled to share equally in the assets available for distribution to stockholders after payment of all of our prior obligations, including any then-outstanding preferred stock.
          Other Matters. The holders of our common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights, and our common stock is not subject to further calls or assessments by us. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of our common stock, including the common stock offered in this offering, are fully paid and non-assessable.
Preferred Stock
          Our board of directors has the authority to issue preferred stock in one or more classes or series and to fix the designations, powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any class or series, without further vote or action by the stockholders. The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of our company without further action by the stockholders and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. At present, we have no plans to issue any of the preferred stock.
Certain Anti-Takeover, Limited Liability and Indemnification Provisions
          Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals. Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or one of its committees.

72


Table of Contents

          Delaware Anti-Takeover Law. We are a Delaware corporation subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Under Section 203, certain “business combinations” between a Delaware corporation whose stock generally is publicly traded or held of record by more than 2,000 stockholders and an “interested stockholder” are prohibited for a three-year period following the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:
  the corporation has elected in its certificate of incorporation not to be governed by Section 203, which we have elected;
 
  the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder was approved by the board of directors of the corporation before such stockholder became an interested stockholder;
 
  upon consummation of the transaction that made such stockholder an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the commencement of the transaction excluding voting stock owned by directors who are also officers or held in employee benefit plans in which the employees do not have a confidential right to tender stock held by the plan in a tender or exchange offer; or
 
  the business combination is approved by the board of directors of the corporation and authorized at a meeting by two-thirds of the voting stock which the interested stockholder did not own.
          The three-year prohibition also does not apply to some business combinations proposed by an interested stockholder following the announcement or notification of an extraordinary transaction involving the corporation and a person who had not been an interested stockholder during the previous three years or who became an interested stockholder with the approval of a majority of the corporation’s directors. The term “business combination” is defined generally to include mergers or consolidations between a Delaware corporation and an interested stockholder, transactions with an interested stockholder involving the assets or stock of the corporation or its majority-owned subsidiaries, and transactions which increase an interested stockholder’s percentage ownership of stock. The term “interested stockholder” is defined generally as those stockholders who become beneficial owners of 15% or more of a Delaware corporation’s voting stock, together with the affiliates or associates of that stockholder.
          Limitation of Officer and Director Liability and Indemnification Arrangements. Our certificate of incorporation limits the liability of our directors to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:
  any breach of their duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;
 
  acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
 
  unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or
 
  any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
          This charter provision has no effect on any non-monetary remedies that may be available to us or our stockholders, nor does it relieve us or our officers or directors from compliance with federal or state securities laws. The certificate also generally provides that we shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, investigation, administrative hearing or any other proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of ours, or is or was serving at our request as a director,

73


Table of Contents

officer, employee or agent of another entity, against expenses incurred by him in connection with such proceeding. An officer or director shall not be entitled to indemnification by us if:
  the officer or director did not act in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests; or
 
  with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the officer or director had reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.
          These charter and bylaw provisions and provisions of Delaware law may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change of control of Altra Holdings, Inc.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
          American Stock Transfer Company is the transfer agent and registrar for the common stock.

74


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS
Senior Revolving Credit Facility
          We summarize below the principal terms of the agreements that govern our senior revolving credit facility. This summary is not a complete description of all of the terms of the agreements.
          General. On November 30, 2004, the Borrowers entered into a senior revolving credit facility with the lenders signatory thereto and Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc., as the arranger and administrative agent. The senior revolving credit facility is in an aggregate amount of up to $30.0 million. Up to $10.0 million of the senior revolving credit facility is available in the form of letters of credit and amounts repaid under the senior revolving credit facility may be reborrowed (subject to satisfaction of the applicable borrowing conditions, including availability under a borrowing base formula) at any time prior to the maturity of the senior revolving credit facility, which will be November 30, 2009. Our availability under the senior revolving credit facility is based on a formula that calculates the borrowing base, based on a percentage of the value of accounts receivable, inventory, owned real property and equipment, subject to customary eligibility requirements and net of customary reserves. All borrowings are subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, including delivery of borrowing notice, accuracy of representations and warranties in all material respects and absence of defaults. Proceeds of the senior revolving credit facility will be used to provide working capital and for general corporate purposes, including permitted acquisitions, if any, and general corporate needs.
          Interest and Fees. Borrowings under the senior revolving credit facility bear interest, at our option, at the prime rate plus 1.25%, in the case of prime rate loans, or the LIBOR rate plus 2.50%, in case of LIBOR rate loans. At no time will the indebtedness under the senior revolving credit facility bear interest at a rate per annum less than 3.75%.
          We will pay 2.0% per annum on all outstanding letters of credit, unused revolver fees in an amount equal to 0.375% per year on the unused commitments under the senior revolving credit facility, and servicing fees of $10,000 per quarter. These fees are payable quarterly in arrears and upon the maturity or termination of the commitments, calculated based on the number of days elapsed in a 360-day year. We paid a one-time closing fee of $375,000 to Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc. and approximately $1.5 million of related accounting, legal and other professional fees.
          Guarantees and Collateral. Certain of our existing and subsequently acquired or organized domestic subsidiaries which are not Borrowers do and will guarantee (on a senior secured basis) the senior revolving credit facility. Obligations of the other Borrowers under the senior revolving credit facility and the guarantees are secured by substantially all of the Borrowers’ assets and the assets of each of our existing and subsequently acquired or organized domestic subsidiaries that is a guarantor of our obligations under the senior revolving credit facility (with such subsidiaries being referred to as the “U.S. subsidiary guarantors”), including but not limited to: (a) a first-priority pledge of all the capital stock of subsidiaries held by all of the Borrowers or any U.S. subsidiary guarantor (which pledge, in the case of any foreign subsidiary, will be limited to 100% of any non-voting stock and 65% of the voting stock of such foreign subsidiary) and (b) perfected first-priority security interests in and mortgages on substantially all of the tangible and intangible assets of each Borrower and U.S. subsidiary guarantor, including accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, general intangibles, investment property, intellectual property, real property (other than (i) leased real property and (ii) the Borrowers’ existing and future real property located in the State of New York), cash and proceeds of the foregoing (in each case subject to materiality thresholds and other exceptions).
          Covenants and Other Matters. The senior revolving credit facility requires us to comply with a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio (when availability falls below $12,500,000) of 1.10 for the four quarter period ended December 31, 2005 and 1.20 for all four quarter periods thereafter. There is a maximum annual limit on capital expenditures of $11.0 million for fiscal year 2006, $9.8 million for fiscal year 2007, $10.0 million for fiscal year 2008, and $10.3 million for fiscal year 2009 and each fiscal year thereafter, provided that unspent amounts from prior periods may be used in future fiscal years.

75


Table of Contents

          We would suffer an event of default under the senior revolving credit facility for a change of control if: (i) prior to an initial public offering, 50% of Altra Industrial’s voting stock is no longer beneficially owned by Genstar Capital, L.P. and its affiliates, (ii) after an initial public offering, if a person or group, other than Genstar Capital, L.P. and its affiliates, beneficially owns more than 35% of Altra Industrial’s stock and such amount is more than the amount of shares owned by Genstar Capital, L.P. and its affiliates, (iii) Altra Industrial ceases to own or control 100% of each of its borrower subsidiaries, or (iv) a change of control occurs under the notes or any other subordinated indebtedness.
          We would cause an event of default under the senior revolving credit facility if an event of default occurs under the indenture or if there is a default under any other indebtedness any Borrower may have involving an aggregate amount of $3 million or more and such default: (i) occurs at final maturity of such debt, (ii) allows the lender thereunder to accelerate such debt or (iii) causes such debt to be required to be repaid prior to its stated maturity. An event of default would also occur under the senior revolving credit facility if any of the indebtedness under the senior revolving credit facility ceases to be senior in priority to any of our other contractually subordinated indebtedness, including the obligations under the 9% senior secured notes and the 11 1 / 4 % senior notes.
          The senior revolving credit facility contains customary representations and warranties and affirmative covenants.
9% Senior Secured Notes due 2011
          As of June 30, 2006, our wholly owned subsidiary, Altra Industrial, had outstanding 9% senior secured notes in an aggregate principal amount of $165.0 million. The 9% senior secured notes are general obligations and are secured on a second-priority basis, equally and ratably, by security interests in substantially all our assets (other than certain excluded assets) and all of our capital stock, subject only to first-priority liens securing our senior credit facility and other permitted prior liens. Except with respect to payments from the liquidation of collateral securing the first-priority liens as held by our senior revolving credit facility, the 9% senior secured notes are pari passu in right of payment with all of our senior indebtedness, but to the extent of the security interests, effectively senior to all of our unsecured indebtedness, including the 11 1 / 4 % senior notes, and unsecured trade credit. The 9% senior secured notes are senior in right of payment to any future subordinated indebtedness and are unconditionally guaranteed by all of Altra Industrial’s existing and future domestic restricted subsidiaries.
          The indenture governing our 9% senior secured notes contains covenants which restrict our restricted subsidiaries. These restrictions limit or prohibit, among other things, their ability to:
  incur additional indebtedness;
 
  repay subordinated indebtedness prior to stated maturities;
 
  pay dividends on or redeem or repurchase stock or make other distributions;
 
  issue capital stock;
 
  make investments or acquisitions;
 
  sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies;
 
  restrict dividends, distributions or other payments from our subsidiaries;
 
  sell stock in our subsidiaries;
 
  create liens;
 
  enter into certain transactions with stockholders and affiliates; and
 
  otherwise conduct necessary corporate activities.
          In addition, if we experience a change of control, Altra Industrial will be required to offer to purchase all of the outstanding 9% senior secured notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the

76


Table of Contents

principal amount thereof on the date of purchase, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. Under the indenture governing the 9% senior secured notes, a change of control will have occurred if, after an initial public offering, a person or group, other than Genstar Capital, L.P. and its affiliates, beneficially owns more than 35% of Altra Industrial’s stock and such amount is more than the amount of shares owned by Genstar Capital, L.P. and its affiliates.
11 1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2013
          As of June 30, 2006, Altra Industrial had outstanding 11 1 / 4 % senior notes in an aggregate principal amount of £33 million. The 11 1 / 4 % senior notes are our general obligations. The 11 1 / 4 % senior notes are junior to all of our secured indebtedness, including the 9% senior secured notes. The senior are unconditionally guaranteed by all of our existing and future domestic restricted subsidiaries.
          The indenture governing our 11 1 / 4 % senior notes contains covenants which restrict our restricted subsidiaries. These restrictions limit or prohibit, among other things, their ability to:
  incur additional indebtedness;
 
  repay subordinated indebtedness prior to stated maturities;
 
  pay dividends on or redeem or repurchase stock or make other distributions;
 
  sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies;
 
  restrict dividends, distributions or other payments from our subsidiaries;
 
  create liens;
 
  enter into certain transactions with stockholders and affiliates; and
 
  otherwise conduct necessary corporate activities.
          If we experience a change of control, Altra Industrial will be required to offer to purchase all of the outstanding 11 1 / 4 % senior notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof on the date of purchase, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. Under the indenture governing the 11 1 / 4 % senior notes, a change of control will have occurred if, after an initial public offering, a person or group, other than Genstar Capital, L.P. and its affiliates, beneficially owns more than 35% of our stock and such amount is more than the amount of shares owned by Genstar Capital, L.P. and its affiliates.
CDPQ Subordinated Note
          In connection with the PTH Acquisition, we issued $14.0 million of subordinated notes to CDPQ. During the period ended June 2006, Altra Industrial prepaid approximately $10.8 million of our debt owed to CDPQ and also paid approximately $0.7 million and $0.6 million of interest and prepayment premium, respectively.
Mortgage
          In June 2006, our German subsidiary, Stieber GmbH, entered into a mortgage on its building in Heidelberg, Germany with a local bank. The mortgage has a principal of 2.0 million and an interest rate of 5.75% and is payable in monthly installments over 15 years.
Capital Leases
          We have entered into capital leases for certain buildings and equipment. As of June 30, 2006 we had approximately $1.7 million of outstanding capital lease obligations.

77


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
          Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. If our stockholders sell substantial amounts of our common stock, in the public market following the offering, the market price of our common stock could decline. These sales also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate.
          Upon completion of the offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of                      shares of our common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Of these shares, all of the shares sold in the offering will be freely tradeable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless the shares are purchased by “affiliates” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. This leaves                      shares eligible for sale in the public market as follows:
     
Number of Shares   Date
     
    After    days from the date of this prospectus (subject, in some cases, to volume limitations).
    At various times after    days from the date of this prospectus as described below under “Lock-up Agreements.”
Rule 144
          In general, under Rule 144 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least one year would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
  1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                      shares immediately after the offering; or
 
  the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the NASDAQ during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.
          Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
Rule 144(k)
          Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.
Lock-Up Agreements
          All of our officers and directors and certain of our stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements under which they agreed not to transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, except for shares sold in this offering by the selling stockholders, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters. The 180-day period is subject to extension as described under “Underwriting.”
Rule 701
          In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, any of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchase shares of our common stock from us in connection with a

78


Table of Contents

compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement is eligible to resell those shares 90 days after the effective date of the offering in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.
Registration of Shares under Stock Option Plans
          Following this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form  S-8 under the Securities Act covering approximately                      shares of common stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of stock options, subject to outstanding options or reserved for issuance under our employee and director stock benefit plans. Accordingly, shares registered under the registration statement will, subject to Rule 144 provisions applicable to affiliates, be available for sale in the open market, except to the extent that the shares are subject to vesting restrictions or the contractual restrictions described above. See “Management — Equity Incentive Plan.”
MATERIAL UNITED STATES TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR
NON-U.S.  HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK
          The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to non-U.S.  holders of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock, but is not a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. The summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date of this prospectus (the “Tax Authorities”). The Tax Authorities may be changed or interpreted differently, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences different from those set forth below. The summary is applicable only to non-U.S.  holders who hold our common stock as a capital asset (generally, an asset held for investment purposes). We have not sought any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, (the “IRS”), with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.
          This summary also does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any state, local or non-U.S.  jurisdiction. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:
  banks, insurance companies, regulated investment companies or other financial institutions;
 
  persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;
 
  tax-exempt organizations;
 
  dealers in securities, commodities or currencies;
 
  traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to -market method of accounting for their securities holdings;
 
  partnerships or other pass-through entities or investors in such entities;
 
  “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign corporations,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;
 
  U.S. expatriates or former long-term residents of the United States;
 
  persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction or integrated transaction; or
 
  persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

79


Table of Contents

          In addition, if a partnership or other pass-through entity (including an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership or other type of pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes) owns our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner or beneficial owner of the partnership or other pass-through entity generally will depend on the status of the partner or beneficial owner and the activities of the partnership or entity and certain determinations made at the partner or beneficial owner level. Accordingly, partners and beneficial owners in partnerships or other pass-through entities that own our common stock should consult their own tax advisors as to the particular U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences applicable to them.
          This discussion is for general information only and is not tax advice. You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income and estate tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under the U.S. gift tax rules or under the laws of any state, local, foreign or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.
Non-U.S.  Holder Defined
  For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S.  holder if you are a beneficial owner of our common stock that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is not a U.S. person. For purposes of this discussion, a U.S. person is:
 
  an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, including an alien individual who is a lawful permanent resident of the United States or who meets the “substantial presence” test under Section 7701(b) of the Code;
 
  a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal tax purposes created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or of any state therein or the District of Columbia;
 
  an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or
 
  a trust (1) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and of which one or more U.S. persons has the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) that has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person.
Distributions
          If distributions are made on shares of our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your adjusted tax basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.
          Any dividend paid to you that is not effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide an IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate in accordance with applicable certification and disclosure requirements. Non-U.S.  holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant tax treaty and the manner of claiming the benefits.
          Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by you) are exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide an IRS Form W-8ECI properly certifying such exemption in accordance with applicable certification and disclosure requirements. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to

80


Table of Contents

withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of any allowable deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S.  holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty.
          If you are eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax pursuant to a tax treaty, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts currently withheld if you file an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS in a timely manner.
Gain on Disposition of Common Stock
          You generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:
  the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by you);
 
  you are an individual who is present in the United States for a period (or periods) aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or
 
  our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes (a USRPHC) at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or your holding period for our common stock.
          We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, we cannot assure you that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if you actually or constructively hold more than 5% of our common stock.
          If you are a non-U.S.  holder described in the first bullet above (pertaining to effectively connected gain), you will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons, and corporate non-U.S.  holders described in the first bullet above may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S.  holder described in the second bullet above (pertaining to presence in the United States), even though you are not considered a resident alien under the Code, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which gain for such purposes may be offset by U.S. source capital losses. You should consult any applicable income tax treaties, which may provide for different rules.
Federal Estate Tax
          Our common stock that is owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a U.S. citizen or resident of the United States (as specifically defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will be included in the individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise and, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
          Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report is sent to you. These information

81


Table of Contents

reporting requirements apply even if withholding was not required. Pursuant to tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.
          Payments of dividends made to you will not be subject to backup withholding if you establish an exemption, for example by properly certifying your non-U.S.  status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding currently at a rate of 28%, may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.
          Payments of the proceeds from a disposition of our common stock affected outside the United States by a non-U.S.  holder made by or through a foreign office of a broker generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding. Information reporting (but not backup withholding) will apply to such a payment, however, if the broker is a U.S. person, a controlled foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business for a specified three-year period or a foreign partnership with certain connections with the United States, unless the broker has documentary evidence in its records that the beneficial owner is a non-U.S.  holder and specified conditions are met or an exemption is otherwise established.
          Payments of the proceeds from a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S.  holder made by or through the U.S. office of a broker is generally subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the non-U.S.  holder certifies as to its non-U.S.  holder status under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption from information reporting and backup withholding.
          Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may be obtained, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

82


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING
          Subject to the terms and conditions described in an underwriting agreement among us, the selling stockholders and the underwriters, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and the underwriters severally have agreed to purchase from us and the selling stockholders, the number of shares listed opposite their names below.
           
    Number of
Underwriter   Shares
     
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
       
       
Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC. 
       
       
Jefferies & Company, Inc. 
       
       
 
Total
       
       
          The underwriters have agreed to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated. The closings for the sale of shares to be purchased by the underwriters are conditioned on one another.
          We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.
          The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.
Commissions and Discounts
          The underwriters have advised us and the selling stockholders that they propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the initial public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $           per share. The underwriters may allow, and the dealers may reallow, a discount not in excess of $           per share to other dealers. After the initial public offering, the public offering price, concession and discount may be changed.
          The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to Altra Holdings, Inc. and the selling stockholders. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.
                         
    Per Share   Without Option   With Option
             
Public offering price
  $       $       $    
Underwriting discount
  $       $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to Altra Holdings, Inc. 
  $       $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling
stockholders
  $       $       $    
          The expenses of this offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $ and are payable by Altra Holdings, Inc.

83


Table of Contents

Overallotment Option
          We and the selling stockholders have granted an option to the underwriters to purchase up to                     additional shares at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this option for 30 days from the date of this prospectus solely to cover any over-allotments. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the purchase agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.
Reserved Shares
          At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to           % of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale to some of our directors, officers, employees, distributors, dealers, business associates and related persons. If these persons purchase reserved shares, this will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not orally confirmed for purchase within one day of the pricing of this offering will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus.
No Sales of Similar Securities
          We and the selling stockholders and our executive officers and directors and all existing stockholders have agreed, with exceptions, not to sell or transfer any common stock for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Merrill Lynch. Specifically, we and these other individuals have agreed, with certain exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:
  offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock,
 
  sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock;
 
  purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock;
 
  grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock;
 
  lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock;
 
  request or demand that we file a registration statement related to the common stock; or
 
  enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers; in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.
          This lockup provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.
          The 180-day restricted period will be automatically extended if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period the Company issues an earning release or material news or a material event relating to its business occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results or becomes aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day restricted period, in which case the restrictions described above will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.
NASDAQ Listing
          We expect the shares to be approved for listing on the NASDAQ Exchange under the symbol “AIMC.” In order to meet the requirements for listing on that exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell a minimum number of shares to a minimum number of beneficial owners as required by that exchange.

84


Table of Contents

          Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations among us, the selling stockholders and the underwriters. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are
  the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the underwriters believe to be comparable to us;
 
  our financial information;
 
  the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;
 
  an assessment of our management; its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;
 
  the present state of our development; and
 
  the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.
          An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.
          The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.
Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids
          Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.
          If the underwriters create a short position in the common stock in connection with the offering, i.e., if they sell more shares than are listed on the cover of this prospectus, the underwriters may reduce that short position by purchasing shares in the open market. The underwriters may also elect to reduce any short position by exercising all or part of the over-allotment option described above. Purchases of the common stock to stabilize its price or to reduce a short position may cause the price of the common stock to be higher than it might be in the absence of such purchases.
          The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid on underwriters and selling group members. This means that if the underwriters purchase shares in the open market to reduce the underwriter’s short position or to stabilize the price of such shares, they may reclaim the amount of the selling concession from the underwriters and selling group members who sold those shares. The imposition of a penalty bid may also affect the price of the shares in that it discourages resales of those shares.
          Neither we nor any of the underwriters makes any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters makes any representation that the underwriters will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
Other Relationships
          Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us. They have received customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

85


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS
          Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, Redwood Shores, California has passed upon the validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby on our behalf. The underwriters have been represented by Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP, New York, New York.
EXPERTS
          The consolidated financial statements of Altra Holdings, Inc. at December 31, 2005 and 2004 and for the year ended December 31, 2005 and for the period from inception (December 1, 2004) through December 31, 2004, and the combined financial statements of our Predecessor for the period from January 1, 2004 through November 30, 2004, and for the year ended December 31, 2003, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
          The financial statements included in this Prospectus and in the Registration Statement related to Hay Hall Holdings Limited have been audited by BDO Stoy Hayward, LLP, independent chartered accountants, to the extent and for the periods set forth in their report appearing elsewhere herein and in the Registration Statement, and are included in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
          We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form  S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock being offered hereunder. This prospectus, which is a part of the registration statement, omits certain information included in the registration statement and the exhibits thereto. For further information with respect to us and the securities, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. The descriptions of each contract and document contained in this prospectus are summaries and qualified in their entirety by reference to the copy of each such contract or document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. You may read and copy any document we file or furnish with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 to obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. You can review our SEC filings, including the registration statement by accessing the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

86


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
           
    Page No.
     
Altra Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”)
       
Audited Financial Statements:
       
      F-2  
      F-3  
      F-4  
      F-5  
      F-6  
      F-7  
Unaudited Interim Financial Statements:
       
      F-36  
      F-37  
      F-38  
      F-39  
Hay Hall Holdings Limited
       
Audited Financial Statements:
       
      F-52  
      F-53  
      F-54  
      F-55  
      F-56  
      F-57  
      F-58  

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors
Altra Holdings, Inc.
          We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Altra Holdings, Inc. (“the Company”), as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the period from inception (December 1, 2004) through December 31, 2004, and the combined statements of operations and comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Predecessor for the period from January 1, 2004 through November 30, 2004, and for the year ended December 31, 2003. Our audits also included the financial statement schedules listed in the index at Item 16(b). These financial statements and schedules are the responsibility of management of the Company and its Predecessor. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
          We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
          In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Altra Holdings, Inc. at December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the consolidated results of the operations and cash flows of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the period from inception (December 1, 2004) through December 31, 2004, and the combined results of operations and cash flows of its Predecessor for the period from January 1, 2004 through November 30, 2004, and for the year ended December 31, 2003, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
September 25, 2006

F-2


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Dollars in thousands, except share amounts)
                   
    December
     
    2005   2004
         
ASSETS
               
Current assets:
               
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 10,060     $ 4,729  
 
Trade receivables, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,797 and $1,424
    46,441       45,969  
 
Inventories, less allowance for obsolete materials of $6,843 and $6,361
    54,654       56,732  
 
Deferred income taxes
    2,779       1,145  
 
Prepaid expenses and other
    1,973       4,792  
             
Total current assets
    115,907       113,367  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    66,393       68,006  
Intangible assets, net
    44,751       48,758  
Goodwill
    65,345       63,145  
Other assets
    5,295       6,111  
             
Total assets
  $ 297,691     $ 299,387  
             
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
Current liabilities:
               
 
Accounts payable
  $ 30,724     $ 28,787  
 
Accrued payroll
    16,016       11,661  
 
Accruals and other liabilities
    16,085       14,306  
 
Deferred income taxes
    33       129  
 
Current portion of long-term debt
    186       913  
             
Total current liabilities
    63,044       55,796  
Long-term debt, less current portion and net of unaccreted discount
    173,574       172,938  
Deferred income taxes
    7,653       9,828  
Pension liabilities
    14,368       19,534  
Other post retirement benefits
    12,500       12,203  
Other long term liabilities
    1,601        
Commitments and Contingencies
           
 
Convertible Preferred Series A stock ($0.001 par value, 40,000,000 shares authorized, 35,500,000 and 35,100,000 shares issued and outstanding, respectively)
    35,500       35,100  
Stockholders’ equity:
               
 
Common stock ($0.001 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized, 594,040 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2005)
    1        
 
Additional paid-in capital
    112       54  
 
Retained deficit
    (3,389 )     (5,893 )
 
Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment
    (5,851 )     549  
 
Minimum pension liability
    (1,422 )     (722 )
             
      24,951       29,088  
             
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 297,691     $ 299,387  
             
See accompanying notes.

F-3


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                                     
    Altra          
           
        From     Predecessor (Note 1)
        Inception      
        (December 1, 2004     11 Months    
    Year Ended   Through     Ended   Year Ended
    December 31,   December 31,     November 30,   December 31,
    2005   2004)     2004   2003
                   
Net sales
  $ 363,465     $ 28,625       $ 275,037     $ 266,863  
Cost of sales
    271,952       23,847         209,253       207,941  
                           
Gross profit
    91,513       4,778         65,784       58,922  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    61,579       8,973         45,321       49,513  
Research and development expenses
    4,683       378         3,947       3,455  
Restructuring charge, asset impairment and transition expenses
                  947       11,085  
Gain on sale of fixed assets
    (99 )             (1,300 )      
                           
Income (loss) from operations
    25,350       (4,573 )       16,869       (5,131 )
Interest expense, net
    19,514       1,612         4,294       5,368  
Other non-operating (income) expense, net
    (17 )             148       465  
                           
Income (loss) before income taxes
    5,853       (6,185 )       12,427       (10,964 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    3,349       (292 )       5,532       (1,658 )
                           
Net income (loss)
    2,504       (5,893 )       6,895       (9,306 )
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of income taxes:
                                 
Minimum pension liability adjustment
    (700 )     (722 )       (6,031 )     5,418  
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    (6,400 )     549         478       3,917  
                           
Other comprehensive (loss) income
    (7,100 )     (173 )       (5,553 )     9,335  
                           
Comprehensive (loss) income
  $ (4,596 )   $ (6,066 )     $ 1,342     $ 29  
                           
Net Income per share:
                                 
 
Basic
  $ 139.11     $         N/A       N/A  
 
Diluted
  $ 0.07     $         N/A       N/A  
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                                 
 
Basic
    18               N/A       N/A  
 
Diluted
    37,937               N/A       N/A  
See accompanying notes.

F-4


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity
(Dollars in thousands)
                         
        Accumulated    
        Other   Net
    Invested   Comprehensive   Invested
    Capital   Loss   Capital
             
For the Predecessor
                       
Balance at December 31, 2002
  $ 33,142     $ (42,560 )   $ (9,418 )
Net loss
    (9,306 )           (9,306 )
Contribution from affiliates
    6,385             6,385  
Other comprehensive income, net of $4,251 tax benefit
          9,335       9,335  
                   
Balance at December 31, 2003
    30,221       (33,225 )     (3,004 )
Net income
    6,895             6,895  
Contribution from affiliates
    7,922             7,922  
Other comprehensive income, net of $3,697 tax benefit
          (5,553 )     (5,553 )
                   
Balance at November 30, 2004
  $ 45,038     $ (38,778 )   $ 6,260  
                                                                 
                            Accumulated    
    Convertible               Additional       Other    
    Preferred       Common       Paid-In   Retained   Comprehensive    
    Stock   Shares   Stock   Shares   Capital   Deficit   Loss   Total
                                 
For the Company
                                                               
Initial capital contribution
  $ 26,334       26,334     $             $     $     $     $ 26,334  
Equity issued related to acquisition
    8,766       8,766                   54                   8,820  
Net loss
                                  (5,893 )           (5,893 )
Other comprehensive loss
                                        (173 )     (173 )
                                                 
Balance at December 31, 2004
    35,100       35,100                   54       (5,893 )     (173 )     29,088  
Issuance of preferred stock
    400       400                                     400  
Amortization of restricted stock grants
                1       594       58                   59  
Net income
                                  2,504             2,504  
Other comprehensive loss, net of $1,938 tax benefit
                                        (7,100 )     (7,100 )
                                                 
Balance at December 31, 2005
  $ 35,500       35,500     $ 1       594     $ 112     $ (3,389 )   $ (7,273 )     24,951  
                                                 
See accompanying notes.

F-5


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Dollars in thousands)
                                         
    Altra     Predecessor (Note 1)
           
        From Inception      
        (December 1, 2004     11 Months    
    Year Ended   Through     Ended   Year Ended
    December 31,   December 31,     November 30,   December 31,
    2005   2004)     2004   2003
                   
Cash flows from operating activities:
                                 
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 2,504     $ (5,893 )     $ 6,895     $ (9,306 )
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities:
                                 
   
Depreciation
    8,574       673         6,074       8,653  
   
Amortization of intangible assets
    2,959       246                
   
Amortization of deferred loan costs
    669       53               587  
   
Accretion of debt discount
    942       79                
   
Paid-in-kind interest
          198                
   
Amortization of inventory fair value adjustment
    1,699       1,699                
   
Amortization of deferred compensation
    59                      
   
(Gains) impairments on sale of fixed assets
    (99 )             (1,300 )     2,126  
   
Provision (benefit) for deferred taxes
    225       (1,031 )       117       (2,679 )
   
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                                 
     
Trade receivables
    (2,654 )     (324 )       (4,197 )     (578 )
     
Inventories
    (1,353 )     (412 )       (6,418 )     (2,232 )
     
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    (1,788 )     9,402         3,734       (13,842 )
     
Other current assets and liabilities
    2,226       (2,126 )       1,477       (445 )
     
Other operating assets and liabilities
    (1,940 )     3,059         (2,778 )     3,427  
                           
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    12,023       5,623         3,604       (14,289 )
Cash flows from investing activities:
                                 
 
Purchases of fixed assets
    (6,199 )     (289 )       (3,489 )     (5,294 )
 
Acquisitions, net of $2,367 of cash acquired in 2004
    1,607       (180,112 )              
 
Payment of additional Kilian purchase price
    (730 )                    
 
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets
    125               4,442       3,721  
                           
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
    (5,197 )     (180,401 )       953       (1,573 )
Cash flows from financing activities:
                                 
 
Initial contributed capital
          26,334               5,000  
 
Proceeds from issuance of senior subordinated notes
          158,400                
 
Proceeds from sale of convertible preferred stock
    400                      
 
Payments of debt acquired in acquisitions
          (12,178 )             (64,242 )
 
Payment of paid-in-kind interest
    (198 )                    
 
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated notes
          14,000                
 
Payment of debt issuance costs
    (338 )     (7,087 )              
 
Borrowings under revolving credit agreement
    4,408       4,988                
 
Payments on revolving credit agreement
    (4,408 )     (4,988 )              
 
Payment of capital leases
    (835 )     (37 )              
 
Contribution from affiliates
                  7,922       1,385  
 
Change in affiliate debt
                  (14,618 )     70,603  
                           
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (971 )     179,432         (6,696 )     12,746  
                           
Effect of exchange rates on cash
    (524 )     75         159       1,065  
                           
Increase (Decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    5,331       4,729         (1,980 )     (2,051 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
    4,729               3,163       5,214  
                           
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $ 10,060     $ 4,729       $ 1,183       3,163  
                           
Cash paid during the period for:
                                 
 
Interest
  $ 17,458     $       $ 2,796     $ 4,061  
 
Income Taxes
  $ 1,761     $       $ 446     $ 1,249  
See accompanying notes.

F-6


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted
1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Preparation and Description of Business
          Headquartered in Quincy, Massachusetts, Altra Holdings, Inc. (“the Company”) produces, designs and distributes a wide range of mechanical power transmission products, including industrial clutches and brakes, enclosed gear drives, open gearing and couplings. The Company consists of several power transmission component manufacturers including Warner Electric, Boston Gear, Formsprag Clutch, Stieber Clutch, Ameridrives Couplings, Wichita Clutch, Nuttall Gear, Kilian and Delroyd Worm Gear. The Company designs and manufactures products that serve a variety of applications in the food and beverage, material handling, printing, paper and packaging, specialty machinery, and turf and garden industries. Primary geographic markets are in North America, Western Europe and Asia.
          The Company was formed on November 30, 2004 following acquisitions of certain subsidiaries of Colfax Corporation (“Colfax”) and The Kilian Company (“Kilian”), both acquisitions of which are described in detail in Note 3. The consolidated financial statements of the Company include the accounts of the Company subsequent to November 30, 2004. The financial statements of “the Predecessor” include the combined historical financial statements of the Colfax entities acquired by the Company that formerly comprised the Power Transmission Group of Colfax, a privately-held industrial manufacturing company, that are presented for comparative purposes.
          Prior to May 30, 2003, the Predecessor was a group of entities under common control. On May 30, 2003, through a series of capital contributions and exchanges of equity securities by the Predecessor’s shareholders, entities that were under common ownership, became subsidiaries of Colfax. In addition, certain entities that were previously taxed at the shareholder level became taxable entities (see the discussion on income taxes below and Note 8).
          The historical financial results of Kilian, which was not related to the Predecessor, are not included in the presentation of Predecessor balances in the financial statements or the accompanying footnotes.
Principles of Consolidation
          The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, the Predecessor (where noted) and their wholly owned subsidiaries. All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Net Income Per Share
          Basic earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, and diluted earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and all dilutive potential common equivalent shares outstanding. Common equivalent shares are included in the dilutive per share calculations when the effect of their inclusion would be dilutive.

F-7


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
          The following is a reconciliation of basic to diluted net income per share:
         
    Year Ended
    December 31,
    2005
     
Net Income
  $ 2,504  
       
Shares used in net income per common share — basic
    18  
Effect of dilutive securities:
       
Incremental shares of unvested restricted common stock
    2,419  
Conversion of preferred stock
    35,500  
       
Shares used in net income per common share — diluted
    37,937  
       
Net income per common share — basic
  $ 139.11  
       
Net income per common share — diluted
  $ 0.07  
       
          There was no common stock outstanding for the one month period from December 1, 2004 to December 31, 2004 to establish a basic earnings per share. The Company did not generate earnings for the period from December 1, 2004 to December 31, 2004, therefore, the potential common stock equivalents were anti-dilutive and excluded from dilutive earnings per share.
          The Predecessor’s capital structure was comprised of contributions from the parent and affiliated companies. There was no common stock associated with the group of entities which comprised the Predecessor. Accordingly there is no respective earnings per share.
          Subsequent to year end, the Company granted 693,511 shares of restricted stock to certain employees. The restricted shares granted have similar terms to those issued under previous grants. This restricted stock is unvested and therefore would have no impact on calculating basic earnings per share had the grant occurred prior to December 31, 2005. This restricted stock would be dilutive had it been granted prior to December 31, 2005, however it would not have had a material impact on diluted earnings per share.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
          The carrying values of financial instruments, including accounts receivable, accounts payable and other accrued liabilities, approximate their fair values due to their short-term maturities. The Company believes that the subordinated notes are carried at their fair value at December 31, 2005 based on estimated rates for similar borrowing by the Company. At December 31, 2005 the carrying amount of long-term debt of the 9% Senior Secured Notes was $159.4 million. The estimated fair value at December 31, 2005 was $160.1 million based on quoted market prices for such notes.
Use of Estimates
          The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Foreign currency translation
          Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries operating outside of the United States with a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar are translated into U.S. dollars using exchange rates at the end of the respective period. Revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates effective during the respective period.
          Foreign currency translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Net foreign currency transaction gains and losses

F-8


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
are included in the results of operations in the period incurred and were not material in any of the periods presented.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
          Cash and cash equivalents include all financial instruments purchased with an initial maturity of three months or less. Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates fair value.
Trade Receivables
          An allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded for estimated collection losses that will be incurred in the collection of receivables. Estimated losses are based on historical collection experience, as well as, a review by management of the status of all receivables. Collection losses have been within the Company’s expectations.
Inventories
          Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. The cost of inventories acquired by the Company in its acquisitions reflect their fair values at November 30, 2004 as determined by the Company based on the replacement cost of raw materials, the sales price of the finished goods less an appropriate amount representing the expected profitability from selling efforts, and for work-in -process the sales price of the finished goods less an appropriate amount representing the expected profitability from selling efforts and costs to complete.
          The Company periodically reviews its quantities of inventories on hand and compares these amounts to the expected usage of each particular product or product line. The Company records as a charge to cost of sales any amounts required to reduce the carrying value of inventories to net realizable value.
Property, Plant and Equipment
          Property, plant, and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation incurred since November 30, 2004.
          Depreciation of property, plant, and equipment is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the asset, as follows:
     
Buildings and improvements
  15 to 45 years
Machinery and equipment
  2 to 15 years
          Improvements and replacements are capitalized to the extent that they increase the useful economic life or increase the expected economic benefit of the underlying asset. Repairs and maintenance expenditures are charged to expense as incurred.
Intangible Assets
          Intangibles represent product technology and patents, tradenames and trademarks and customer relationships. Product technology and patents and customer relationships are amortized on a straight-line basis over 8 to 12 years. The tradenames and trademarks are considered indefinite-lived assets and are not being amortized. Intangibles are stated at fair value on the date of acquisition net of accumulated amortization.
Goodwill
          Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price paid by the Company for the Predecessor and Kilian over the fair value of the net assets acquired in each of the acquisitions. Goodwill can be

F-9


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
attributed to the value placed on the Company being an industry leader with a market leading position in the Power Transmission industry. The Company’s leadership position in the market was achieved by developing and manufacturing innovative products and management anticipates that its leadership position and profitability will continue to expand, enhanced by cost improvement programs associated with ongoing consolidation and centralization of it operations.
Impairment of Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets
          The Company evaluates the recoverability of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances, such as a decline in sales, earnings, or cash flows, or material adverse changes in the business climate, indicate that the carrying value of an asset might be impaired. Goodwill is considered to be impaired when the net book value of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value. Fair values are established using a discounted cash flow methodology (specifically, the income approach). The determination of discounted cash flows is based on the Company’s strategic plans and long-range forecasts. The revenue growth rates included in the forecasts are the Company’s best estimates based on current and anticipated market conditions, and the profit margin assumptions are projected based on current and anticipated cost structures.
          Because the Company was still in the process of allocating its final goodwill and intangible assets, arising from the application of purchase accounting for the Predecessor and Kilian acquisitions, and had not allocated these assets across its business units, the Company evaluated its long-lived assets at the Company level at December 31, 2004. This analysis included consideration of discounted cash flows as well as EBITDA multiples. The analysis indicated no impairment to be present. During 2005, the Company completed its allocation of goodwill and intangible assets across its business units and performed its annual assessment at the reporting unit level noting no impairment of such assets.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets Other Than Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets
          The Company assesses its long-lived assets other than goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be fully recoverable. To analyze recoverability, the Company projects undiscounted net future cash flows over the remaining lives of such assets. If these projected cash flows are less than the carrying amounts, an impairment loss would be recognized, resulting in a write-down of the assets with a corresponding charge to earnings. The impairment loss is measured based upon the difference between the carrying amounts and the fair values of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amounts or fair value less cost to sell. Management determines fair value using the discounted cash flow method or other accepted valuation techniques.
Debt Issuance Costs
          Costs directly related to the issuance of debt are capitalized, included in other long-term assets and amortized using the effective interest method over the term of the related debt obligation. The net carrying value of debt issuance costs was approximately $3.9 million and $3.7 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
Revenue Recognition
          Product revenues are recognized, net of sales tax collected, at the time title and risk of loss pass to the customer, which generally occurs upon shipment to the customer. Service revenues are recognized as services are performed. Amounts billed for shipping and handling are recorded as revenue. Product return reserves are accrued at the time of sale based on the historical relationship between shipments and returns, and are recorded as a reduction of net sales.

F-10


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
          Certain large distribution customers receive quantity discounts which are recognized net at the time the sale is recorded.
Shipping and Handling Costs
          Shipping and handling costs associated with sales are classified as a component of cost of sales.
Warranty Costs
          Estimated expenses related to product warranties are accrued at the time products are sold to customers. Estimates are established using historical information as to the nature, frequency, and average costs of warranty claims.
Self-Insurance
          Certain operations are self-insured up to pre-determined amounts above which third-party insurance applies, for medical claims, workers’ compensation, vehicle insurance, product liability costs and general liability exposure. The accompanying balance sheets include reserves for the estimated costs associated with these self-insured risks, based on historic experience factors and management’s estimates for known and anticipated claims. A portion of medical insurance costs are offset by charging employees a premium equivalent to group insurance rates.
Research and Development
          Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.
Advertising
          Advertising costs are charged to selling, general, and administrative expenses as incurred and amounted to approximately $2.2 million, $0.2 million and $2.0 million, for the year ended December 31, 2005, and for the periods from December 1, 2004 through December 31, 2004 and January 1, 2004 through November 30, 2004 and less than $3.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2003.
Stock-Based Compensation
          In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (SFAS) No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment,” which requires the measurement of all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, using a fair-value-based method and the recording of such expense in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.
          The Company established the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan that provides for various forms of stock based compensation to officers and senior-level employees of the Company. The Company accounts for grants under this plan in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R). Expense associated with equity awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the service period.
Income Taxes
          The Company records income taxes using the asset and liability method. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective income tax bases, and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. The Company evaluates the realizability of its net deferred tax assets and assesses the need for a valuation allowance on a quarterly basis. The future benefit to be derived from its deferred tax assets is dependent upon the Company’s ability to generate sufficient future taxable income to realize the assets. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its net deferred

F-11


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
tax assets to the amount that may be more likely than not to be realized. To the extent the Company establishes a valuation allowance, an expense will be recorded within the provision for income taxes line on the statement of operations. In periods subsequent to establishing a valuation allowance, if the Company were to determine that it would be able to realize its net deferred tax assets in excess of their net recorded amount, an adjustment to the valuation allowance would be recorded as a reduction to income tax expense in the period such determination was made.
          Prior to various dates in mid-2003, only Boston Gear and the Predecessor’s non-U.S.  based subsidiaries were accounted for under this method. The remaining U.S. based Predecessor affiliates were S-corporations and/or partnerships for U.S. income tax purposes. As such, income tax obligations were the responsibility of the Predecessor’s shareholders and partners for those periods. During 2003, these remaining Predecessor affiliates became subject to tax at the entity level and income taxes have been provided for since those dates. The effects of recognizing deferred tax assets and liabilities related to this change in status have been included in the provision (benefit) for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2003. For all Predecessor periods, no taxes payable or receivable have been recorded in the Predecessor financial statements subsequent to the entities becoming taxable. The related estimated income tax payable or receivable is included as a component of the net contribution from (distribution to) affiliates as shown in the accompanying Statement of Stockholders’ Equity. The U.S. based current tax expense or benefit is presented as deferred tax expense or benefit for all Predecessor periods presented, as no current tax benefits or losses accrue to the Company or its Predecessor due to utilization of consolidated net operating losses of the former owner.
2. Recent Accounting Pronouncements
          In May 2005, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 154, (“Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20, Accounting Changes and FASB Statement No. 3, Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements”)(“SFAS 154”). SFAS 154 provides guidance on the accounting for and reporting of accounting changes and error corrections. It establishes, unless impracticable, retrospective application as the required method for reporting a change in accounting principle in the absence of explicit transition requirements specific to the newly adopted accounting principle. SFAS 154 also provides guidance for determining whether retrospective application of a change in accounting principle is impracticable and for reporting a change when retrospective application is impracticable. The provisions of this Statement are effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2005. The adoption of the provisions of SFAS 154 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
          In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, “Inventory Costs, an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4” . SFAS No. 151, which is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2006, SFAS No. 151 clarifies the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs, and wasted material (spoilage) so that those items are recognized as current-period charges. This statement also requires the allocation of fixed production overhead costs based on the normal capacity of the production facilities regardless of the actual use of the facility. The Company does not believe that this statement will have any material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
          In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. (“FIN”) 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109”, which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company has not yet completed its evaluation of the impact of adoption on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

F-12


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
3. Acquisitions
          On November 30, 2004, the Company acquired the Predecessor for $180.0 million in cash and Kilian for an $8.8 million issuance of preferred and common stock plus the assumption of Kilian debt in the amount of approximately $12.2 million. The purchase price of both acquisitions has been adjusted following the completion of certain negotiations surrounding adjustments to the respective seller’s recorded working capital at the acquisition date. In 2005 Predecessor negotiations were finalized resulting in the return of approximately $1.6 million of the purchase price to the Company. Negotiations were also finalized for Kilian which resulted in a final payment by the Company of approximately $0.7 million.
          The acquisitions have been accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations.” As discussed in the Basis of Presentation in Note 1, the consolidated financial statements include the results of operations for the period December 1, 2004 through December 31, 2004, and those of the Predecessor for prior periods.
          The Company has completed its purchase price allocations. The value of the acquired assets, assumed liabilities and identified intangibles from the acquisition of the Predecessor and Kilian, as presented below, are based upon management’s estimates of fair value as of the date of the acquisition. The goodwill and intangibles recorded in connection with the acquisition of the Predecessor have been allocated across the business units acquired from the Predecessor. The purchase price allocations are as follows (in thousands):
                           
    Predecessor   Kilian   Total
             
Total purchase price, including closing costs of approximately $2.6 million
  $ 181,019     $ 9,594     $ 190,613  
                   
Cash and cash equivalents
    1,183       1,184       2,367  
Trade receivables
    39,233       6,096       45,329  
Inventories
    52,761       5,108       57,869  
Prepaid expenses and other
    4,770       207       4,977  
Property, plant and equipment
    59,320       9,111       68,431  
Intangible assets
    49,004             49,004  
Deferred income taxes — long term
          104       104  
Other assets
    150             150  
                   
 
Total assets acquired
    206,421       21,810       228,231  
Accounts payable, accrued payroll, and accruals and other current liabilities
    46,422       3,125       49,547  
Bank debt
          12,178       12,178  
Deferred income taxes
    8,127             8,127  
Pensions, other post retirement benefits and other liabilities
    34,166             34,166  
                   
 
Total liabilities assumed
    88,715       15,303       104,018  
                   
 
Net assets acquired
    117,706       6,507       124,213  
                   
Excess purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired
  $ 63,313     $ 3,087     $ 66,400  
                   

F-13


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
          The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill. The amounts recorded as identifiable intangible assets consist of the following:
                           
    Predecessor   Kilian   Total
             
Customer relationships
  $ 27,802     $     $ 27,802  
Product technology and patents
    5,122             5,122  
                   
 
Total intangible assets subject to amortization
    32,924             32,924  
Trade names and trademarks, not subject to amortization
    16,080             16,080  
                   
Total intangible assets
  $ 49,004     $     $ 49,004  
                   
          Customer relationships, product technology and patents, are subject to amortization over their estimated useful lives of twelve and eight years, respectively, which reflects the anticipated periods over which the Company estimates it will benefit from the acquired assets. The weighted average estimated useful life of all intangible assets subject to amortization is approximately 11.1 years. Substantially all of this amortization is deductible for income tax purposes.
          The following table sets forth the unaudited pro forma results of operations of the Company for the two years in the period ended December 31, 2004 as if the Company had acquired the Predecessor and Kilian as of January 1, 2003. The pro forma information contains the actual combined operating results of the Company, the Predecessor and Kilian with the results prior to the December 1, 2004 adjusted to include the pro forma impact of (i) additional amortization and depreciation expense associated with the adjustment to and recognition of fair value of fixed and intangible assets; (ii) the elimination of additional expense as a result of the fair value adjustment to inventory recorded in connection with the Acquisition; (iii) additional expenses associated with new contractual commitments created at Inception; (iv) additional expenses associated with general and administrative services previously performed by the Predecessor’s parent and not charged to the Predecessor; (v) additional interest expense associated with debt issued at Inception; (vi) the elimination of previously incurred interest expense of the Predecessor and Kilian; and (vii) the elimination of expense associated with pension and OPEB obligations retained by the Predecessor. These pro forma amounts do not purport to be indicative of the results that would have actually been obtained if the acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2003 or that may be obtained in the future.
                 
(Pro forma, unaudited, in thousands)   2004   2003
         
Total Revenues
  $ 343,308     $ 305,513  
Net loss
    (672 )     (19,769 )
4. Inventories
          Inventories at December 31, 2005 and 2004 consisted of the following:
                 
    2005   2004
         
Raw materials
  $ 22,512     $ 29,219  
Work in process
    13,876       12,636  
Finished goods
    25,109       21,238  
             
      61,497       63,093  
Less — Allowance for excess, slow-moving and obsolete inventory
    (6,843 )     (6,361 )
             
    $ 54,654     $ 56,732  
             

F-14


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
5. Property, Plant and Equipment
          Property, plant and equipment at December 31, 2005 and 2004, consisted of the following:
                 
    2005   2004
         
Land
  $ 7,892     $ 5,848  
Buildings and improvements
    16,500       14,597  
Machinery and equipment
    50,402       48,234  
             
      74,794       68,679  
Less — Accumulated depreciation
    (8,401 )     (673 )
             
    $ 66,393     $ 68,006  
             
6. Goodwill and Intangible Assets
          Goodwill and other intangibles as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 consisted of the following:
           
Goodwill
       
 
Balance December 31, 2004
  $ 63,145  
 
Adjustments, net
    3,255  
 
Impact of changes in foreign currency
    (1,055 )
       
 
Balance December 31, 2005
  $ 65,345  
       
          The Goodwill adjustments primarily relate to the finalization of the recorded working capital balances for both the Kilian and Predecessor acquisitions, which resulted in a decrease in goodwill of $0.9 million. Goodwill was further adjusted down by $2.0 million for deferred taxes that had been previously established as part of the purchase accounting. These decreases in goodwill were offset by an increase in the amount of assumed liabilities identified, of approximately, $6.1 million.
                                   
    December 31, 2005   December 31, 2004
         
        Accumulated       Accumulated
Other Intangibles   Cost   Amortization   Cost   Amortization
                 
Intangible assets not subject to amortization
                               
 
Tradenames and trademarks
  $ 16,080     $     $ 16,080     $  
Intangible assets subject to amortization:
                               
 
Customer relationships
    27,802       2,515       27,802       193  
 
Product technology and patents
    5,122       690       5,122       53  
 
Impact of changes in foreign currency
    (1,048 )                  
                         
Total intangible assets
  $ 47,956     $ 3,205     $ 49,004     $ 246  
                         
          The Company recorded $3.0 million and $0.2 million of amortization expense for the year-ended December 31, 2005 and the period from inception through December 31, 2004, respectively. No amortization expense was recorded by the Predecessor.
          Customer relationships, product technology and patents, are subject to amortization over their estimated useful lives of twelve and eight years, respectively, which reflects the anticipated periods over which the Company estimates it will benefit from the acquired assets. The weighted average estimated useful life of all intangible assets subject to amortization is approximately 11.1 years. Substantially all of this amortization is deductible for income tax purposes.

F-15


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
          The estimated amortization expense for intangible assets is approximately $3.0 million in each of the next five years and $15.0 million thereafter.
7. Warranty Costs
          Changes in the carrying amount of accrued product warranty costs are as follows:
                           
        December 1, 2004     Predecessor
    Year Ended   Through     11 Months Ended
    December 31,   December 31,     November 30,
    2005   2004     2004
               
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 1,528     $ 1,524       $ 1,300  
Accrued warranty costs
    1,265       94         1,093  
Payments and adjustments
    (917 )     (90 )       (869 )
                     
Balance at end of period
  $ 1,876     $ 1,528       $ 1,524  
                     
8. Income Taxes
          Pre-tax income (loss) by domestic and foreign locations were as follows:
                                   
              Predecessor (Note 1)
        December 1,      
        2004     11 Months    
        Through     Ended   Year Ended
    December 31,   December 31,     November 30,   December 31,
    2005   2004     2004   2003
                   
Domestic
  $ 2,127     $ (6,539 )     $ 9,125     $ (9,189 )
Foreign
    3,726       354         3,302       (1,775 )
                           
    $ 5,853     $ (6,185 )     $ 12,427     $ (10,964 )
                           
          The components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes were as follows:
                                     
              Predecessor (Note 1)
        December 1,      
        2004     11 Months    
        Through     Ended   Year Ended
    December 31,   December 31,     November 30,   December 31,
    2005   2004     2004   2003
                   
Current:
                                 
 
Federal
  $ 1,086     $ (71 )     $ 3,851     $ 434  
 
Foreign and State
    2,038       810         1,564       587  
                           
      3,124       739         5,415       1,021  
Deferred:
                                 
 
Federal
    509       (564 )       98       (1,707 )
 
Foreign and state
    (284 )     (467 )       19       (972 )
                           
      225       (1,031 )       117       (2,679 )
                           
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
  $ 3,349     $ (292 )     $ 5,532     $ (1,658 )
                           

F-16


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
          U.S. income taxes at the statutory tax rate reconciled to the overall U.S. and foreign provision (benefit) for income taxes were as follows:
                                   
              Predecessor (Note 1)
        December 1,      
        2004     11 Months    
        Through     Ended   Year Ended
    December 31,   December 31,     November 30,   December 31,
    2005   2004     2004   2003
                   
Tax at U.S. federal income tax rate
  $ 2,049     $ (2,165 )     $ 4,371     $ (3,749 )
State taxes, net of federal income tax effect
    373       (67 )       366       (209 )
Effect of losses of domestic S corporation and partnership entities
                        (5,927 )
Valuation allowance
          2,011         895       7,153  
Disallowed interest expense
    313       26                
Foreign and other
    614       (97 )       (100 )     1,074  
                           
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
  $ 3,349     $ (292 )     $ 5,532     $ (1,658 )
                           
          Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 were as follows:
                   
    2005   2004
         
Deferred tax assets:
               
 
Post-retirement obligations
    12,050     $ 10,580  
 
Expenses not currently deductible
    8,657       8,575  
 
Net operating loss carryover
    1,740       1,997  
 
Other
    883       842  
             
Total deferred tax assets
    23,330       21,994  
 
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
    (16,389 )     (18,374 )
             
Net deferred tax assets
    6,941       3,620  
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
 
Property, plant and equipment
    6,264       4,010  
 
Intangible assets
    5,278       7,638  
 
Other
    306       784  
             
Total deferred tax liabilities
    11,848       12,432  
             
Net deferred tax liabilities
  $ (4,907 )   $ (8,812 )
             
          At December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards primarily related to operations in France of $5.0 million and $5.4 million, respectively, which can be carried forward indefinitely.
          The decrease in net deferred tax liabilities for the year includes a deferred tax benefit of approximately $2.0 million attributable to the release of valuation allowances established in purchase

F-17


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
accounting, resulting in a reduction of book goodwill, and a deferred tax benefit of approximately $1.9 million attributable to accrued pension liabilities and currency translation adjustments recorded through other comprehensive income.
          Valuation allowances are established for a deferred tax asset that management believes may not be realized. The Company continually reviews the adequacy of the valuation allowance and recognizes tax benefits only as reassessments indicate that it is more likely than not the benefits will be realized. A valuation allowance at December 31, 2005 and 2004 of $16.4 million and $18.4 million, respectively, has been recognized to offset deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty of realizing the benefits of the deferred tax assets. The decrease in the valuation allowance relates primarily to deferred tax adjustments associated with purchase price accounting and have been recorded to goodwill. Of the total valuation allowance existing at December 31, 2005, approximately $16.1 million will be allocated to reduce book goodwill if and when released in subsequent periods.
          The undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries on which tax is not provided was approximately $0.4 million as of December 31, 2005, and are considered to be indefinitely reinvested. As of December 31, 2005, the Company has not recorded U.S. federal deferred income taxes on these undistributed earnings from its foreign subsidiaries. It is expected that these earnings will be permanently reinvested in operations outside the U.S. If the undistributed earnings were not reinvested in operations outside the U.S., the tax impact would be immaterial to the Company.
          The American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “Job Creation Act”) was enacted on October 22, 2004. Among other things, the Job Creation Act repeals an export incentive and creates a new deduction for qualified domestic manufacturing activities. The Company has recorded in the computation of the account, a deduction of $0.1 million. In addition, the Job Creation Act also included a deduction of 85% of certain foreign earnings that are repatriated, as defined in the Job Creation Act. The Company did not repatriate any earnings in 2005 under this provision of the Job Creation Act.
9. Pension and Other Employee Benefits
Defined Benefit (Pension) and Postretirement Benefit Plans
          The Company’s, wholly-owned subsidiary Altra Industrial Motion, Inc. (Altra Industrial), sponsors various defined benefit (pension) and postretirement (medical and life insurance coverage) plans for certain, primarily unionized, active employees (those in the employment of Altra Industrial at or hired since November 30, 2004). The Predecessor sponsored similar plans that covered certain employees, former employees and eligible dependents. At November 30, 2004, Altra Industrial assumed the pension and postretirement benefit obligations of all active U.S. employees and all non-U.S.  employees of the Predecessor. Additionally, Altra Industrial assumed all post-employment and post-retirement welfare benefit obligations with respect to active U.S. employees. Colfax retained all other pension and postretirement benefit obligations relating to the Predecessor’s former employees.
          The accounting for these plans is subject to the guidance provided in SFAS No. 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions,” and SFAS No. 106, “Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other than Pensions.” Both of these statements require management to make assumptions relating to the long-term rate of return on plan assets, discount rates used to measure future obligations and expenses, salary scale inflation rates, health care cost trend rates, and other assumptions. The selection of assumptions is based upon historical trends and known economic and market conditions at the time of valuation. Because of the volatility of the assumptions, actual results may vary substantially from forecast plan assumptions. Both the pension plans and the postretirement plans are revalued annually, using a December 31 measurement date, based upon updated assumptions and information about the individuals covered by the plan.

F-18


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
          The following tables represent the reconciliation of the benefit obligation, fair value of plan assets and funded status of the respective defined benefit (pension) and postretirement benefit plans as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and November 30, 2004 of the Predecessor:
                                                       
    Pension Benefits   Postretirement Benefits
                     
        From     Predecessor       From     Predecessor
        Inception     (Note 1) 11       Inception     (Note 1) 11
        (December 1,     Months       (December 1,     Months
    Year Ended   2004) Through     Ended   Year Ended   2004) Through     Ended
    December 31,   December 31,     November 30,   December 31,   December 31,     November 30,
    2005   2004     2004   2005   2004     2004
                             
Change in benefit obligation:
                                                   
Obligation at beginning of period
  $ 24,706     $       $ 149,338     $ 12,570     $       $ 30,903  
 
Benefit obligation assumed from Predecessor
          23,750                     12,040          
 
Service cost
    591       35         530       295       30         269  
 
Interest cost
    1,362       112         8,352       549       59         1,654  
 
Amendments
    55               440       (2,088 )              
 
Actuarial loss (gain)
    1,610       687         6,757       (218 )     441         (2,199 )
 
Foreign exchange effect
    (424 )     144         125                      
 
Benefits paid
    (203 )     (22 )       (10,541 )     (125 )             (1,651 )
                                         
Obligation at end of period
  $ 27,697     $ 24,706       $ 155,001     $ 10,983     $ 12,570       $ 28,976  
                                         
Change in plan assets:
                                                   
 
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of period
  $ 4,647     $       $ 111,287     $     $       $  
 
Plan assets transferred from Predecessor
          4,647                              
 
Actual return on plan assets
    309               3,979                      
 
Employer contribution
    961       22         5,055                     1,651  
Benefits paid
    (85 )     (22 )       (10,541 )                   (1,651 )
                                         
Fair value of plan assets, end of period
  $ 5,832     $ 4,647       $ 109,780     $     $       $  
                                         
Funded status:
                                                   
Plan assets less than benefit obligation
  $ (21,865 )   $ (20,059 )     $ (45,221 )   $ (10,983 )   $ (12,570 )     $ (28,976 )
Unrecognized actuarial loss
    2,390       722         58,494       162       367         1,666  
Unrecognized prior service cost
    49               223       (1,679 )             (28 )
                                         
(Accrued) prepaid cost
  $ (19,426 )   $ (19,337 )     $ 13,496     $ (12,500 )   $ (12,203 )     $ (27,338 )
                                         
Amounts recognized in the balance sheets consist of:
                                                   
Accrued benefit cost
  $ (21,865 )   $ (20,059 )     $ (45,343 )   $ (12,500 )   $ (12,203 )     $ (27,338 )
Intangible asset
    49               223                      
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    2,390       722         58,616                      
                                         
Net amount recognized
  $ (19,426 )   $ (19,337 )     $ 13,496     $ (12,500 )   $ (12,203 )     $ (27,338 )
                                         
          For all pension plans presented above, the accumulated and projected benefit obligations exceed the fair value of plan assets. The accumulated benefit obligation at December 31, 2005 and 2004 was $27.7 million and $24.7 million, respectively. Non-US pension liabilities recognized in the amounts presented above are $2.9 million and $3.2 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

F-19


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
          The key economic assumptions used in the computation of the respective benefit obligations at December 31, 2005 and 2004 presented above are as follows:
                                 
    Pension   Postretirement
    Benefits   Benefits
         
    2005   2004   2005   2004
                 
Weighted-average discount rate
    5.5 %     5.8 %     5.5 %     5.8 %
Weighted-average rate of compensation increase
    N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  
          The following table represents the components of the net periodic benefit cost associated with the respective plans:
                                                                     
    Pension Benefits   Postretirement Benefits
                     
          Predecessor (Note 1)         Predecessor (Note 1)
        From             From      
        Inception             Inception      
        (December 1,             (December 1,      
        2004)     11 Months           2004)     11 Months    
    Year Ended   Through     Ended   Year Ended   Year Ended   Through     Ended   Year Ended
    December 31,   December 31,     November 30,   December 31,   December 31,   December 31,     November 30,   December 31,
    2005   2004     2004   2003   2005   2004     2004   2003
                                     
Service cost
  $ 591     $ 35       $ 530     $ 650     $ 295     $ 30       $ 269     $ 390  
Interest cost
    1,362       112         8,352       9,211       549       59         1,654       1,876  
Recognized net actuarial loss
                  2,783       23                     183        
Expected return on plan assets
    (431 )     (31 )       (9,747 )     (10,971 )                          
Amortization
    72               14       1,266       (423 )             (19 )     232  
                                                     
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 1,594     $ 116       $ 1,932     $ 179     $ 421     $ 89       $ 2,087     $ 2,498  
                                                     
          The key economic assumptions used in the computation of the respective net periodic benefit cost for the periods presented above are as follows:
                                                                     
    Pension Benefits   Postretirement Benefits
                     
          Predecessor (Note 1)         Predecessor (Note 1)
        From             From      
        Inception             Inception      
        (December 1,             (December 1,      
        2004)     11 Months           2004)     11 Months    
    Year Ended   Through     Ended   Year Ended   Year Ended   Through     Ended   Year Ended
    December 31,   December 31,     November 30,   December 31,   December 31,   December 31,     November 30,   December 31,
    2005   2004     2004   2003   2005   2004     2004   2003
                                     
Discount rate
    5.5 %     6.0 %       6.2 %     7.2 %     5.5 %     6.0 %       6.3 %     6.8 %
Expected return on plan assets
    8.5 %     8.5 %       8.5 %     9.0 %     N/A       N/A         N/A       N/A  
Compensation rate increase
    N/A       N/A         N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A         N/A       N/A  
          The reasonableness of the expected return on the funded pension plan assets was determined by three separate analyses: (i) review of forty years of historical data of portfolios with similar asset allocation characteristics, (ii) analysis of six years of historical performance for the Predecessor plan assuming the current portfolio mix and investment manager structure, and (iii) a projected portfolio performance, assuming the plan’s target asset allocation.
          For measurement of the postretirement benefit obligations and net periodic benefit costs, an annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits of approximately 7.5% was assumed. This rate was assumed to decrease gradually to 5% by 2008 and remain at that level thereafter.

F-20


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
The assumed health care trends are a significant component of the postretirement benefit costs. A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:
                 
    1 Percentage-   1 Percentage-
    Point   Point
    Increase   Decrease
         
Effect on service and interest cost components for the period January 1, 2005 through December 31, 2005
  $ 122     $ (101 )
Effect on the December 31, 2005 post-retirement benefit obligation
    1,453       (1,378 )
          In December 2003, Congress passes the “Medicare Prescription Drug Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003” (the Act) that reformed Medicare in such a way that Altra Industrial may have been eligible to receive subsidies for certain prescription drug benefits that are incurred on behalf of plan participants. There has been no impact on Altra Industrial’s plans as either prescription drug coverage is not offered past the age of 65 or we have not applied for any subsidy. Accordingly, the amounts recorded and disclosed in these financial statements do not reflect any amounts related to this Act.
          The asset allocations for Altra Industrial’s and the Predecessor’s funded retirement plans at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, and the target allocation for 2005, by asset category, are as follows:
                         
    Allocation Percentage of
    Plan Assets at Year End
     
    2005   2005   2004
Asset Category   Actual   Target   Actual
             
Equity securities
    67 %     65 %     (i )
Fixed income securities
    33 %     35 %     (i )
 
(i)  The assets for Altra Industrial’s funded retirement plan at the end of 2004 were held by the Predecessor, awaiting transfer. Once received, they were invested in a manner consistent with the 2005 target allocation.
          The investment strategy is to achieve a rate of return on the plan’s assets that, over the long-term, will fund the plan’s benefit payments and will provide for other required amounts in a manner that satisfies all fiduciary responsibilities. A determinant of the plan’s returns is the asset allocation policy. The plan’s asset mix will be reviewed by Altra Industrial periodically, but at least quarterly, to rebalance within the target guidelines. Altra Industrial will also periodically review investment managers to determine if the respective manager has performed satisfactorily when compared to the defined objectives, similarly invested portfolios, and specific market indices.
Expected cash flows
          The following table provides the amounts of expected benefit payments, which are made from the plans’ assets and includes the participants’ share of the costs, which is funded by participant contributions. The amounts in the table are actuarially determined and reflect Altra Industrial’s best estimate given its current knowledge; actual amounts could be materially different.
                         
        Pension   Postretirement
        Benefits   Benefits
             
Expected benefit payments (from plan assets)
    2006       446       208  
      2007       633       296  
      2008       818       394  
      2009       1,035       499  
      2010       1,212       618  
      2011-2015       8,577       4,203  

F-21


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
          Altra Industrial contributed $0.9 million to its pension plan in 2005. Altra Industrial has cash funding requirements associated with its pension plan which are estimated to be $6.9 million in 2006, $3.6 million in 2007, $2.5 million in 2008 and $1.9 million annually until 2011.
Defined Contribution Plans
          At November 30, 2004, Altra Industrial established a defined contribution plan for substantially all full-time U.S.-based employees on terms that mirror those previously provided by the Predecessor. All active employees became participants of Altra Industrial’s plan and all of their account balances in the Predecessor plans were transferred to Altra Industrial’s plan at Inception.
          Under the terms of both the Altra Industrial and Predecessor plans, eligible employees may contribute from one to fifteen percent of their compensation to the plan on a pre-tax basis. Altra Industrial makes a matching contribution equal to half of the first six percent of salary contributed by each employee and makes a unilateral contribution of three percent of all employees’ salary (including non-contributing employees). Altra Industrial’s expense associated with the defined contribution plan was $2.5 and $0.3 million during the year-ended December 31, 2005 and the period December 1, 2004 through December 31, 2004, respectively. The Predecessor’s expense was $2.4 million during the eleven months ending November 30, 2004, and $2.0 million in the year ending December 31, 2003.
10. Long-Term Debt
Revolving Credit Agreement
          At November 30, 2004, Altra Industrial entered into an agreement for up to $30 million of revolving borrowings from a commercial bank (the Revolving Credit Agreement), subject to certain limitations resulting from the requirement of Altra Industrial to maintain certain levels of collateralized assets, as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement. Altra Industrial may use up to $10 million of its availability under the Revolving Credit Agreement for standby letters of credit issued on its behalf, the issuance of which will reduce the amount of borrowings that would otherwise be available to Altra Industrial. Altra Industrial may re-borrow any amounts paid to reduce the amount of outstanding borrowings; however, all borrowings under the Revolving Credit Agreement must be repaid in full as of November 30, 2009.
          Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Agreement bear interest, at Altra Industrial’s election, at LIBOR plus 250 basis points annually or the lenders Prime Rate plus 125 basis points, but in no event no lower than 3.75%. Altra Industrial must also pay 2.0% per annum on all outstanding letters of credit, 0.375% per annum on the unused availability under the Revolving Credit Agreement and $10 per quarter in service fees. Altra Industrial incurred approximately $1.5 million in fees associated with the issuance of the Revolving Credit Agreement which have been capitalized as deferred financing costs and will be amortized over the five year life of the Revolving Credit Agreement as a component of interest expense.
          Substantially all of Altra Industrial’s assets have been pledged as collateral against outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Agreement. The Revolving Credit Agreement requires Altra Industrial to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio (when availability under the line falls below $12.5 million) and imposes customary affirmative covenants and restrictions on Altra Industrial. Altra Industrial was in compliance with certain covenants and obtained a waiver for noncompliance with one covenant at December 31, 2005. Altra Industrial was in compliance with all requirements of the Revolving Credit Agreement at December 31, 2004.
          There were no borrowings under the Revolving Credit Agreement at December 31, 2005 and 2004, however; the lender had issued $2.4 million and $1.9 million, respectively, of outstanding letters of credit on behalf of Altra Industrial.

F-22


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
9% Senior Secured Notes
          At November 30, 2004, Altra Industrial issued 9% Senior Secured Notes (Senior Notes), with a face value of $165 million. Interest on the Senior Notes is payable semiannually, in arrears, on June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning June 1, 2005, at an annual rate of 9%. The effective interest rate on the Senior Notes is approximately 10.0%, after consideration of the amortization of $6.6 million related to initial offer discounts (included in long-term debt) and $2.7 million of deferred financing costs (included in other assets).
          The Senior Notes mature on December 1, 2011 unless previously redeemed by Altra Industrial. Through December 1, 2007, Altra Industrial may elect to redeem up to 35% of the Senior Notes with the proceeds of certain equity transactions by paying a 9% premium of the amounts paid by such redemption. From December 1, 2008 through November 30, 2009, Altra Industrial may also elect to redeem any or all of the Senior Notes still outstanding by paying a 4.5% premium of the amounts paid for such redemptions. A 2.25% premium is due for redemptions completed from December 1, 2009 to November 30, 2010. Subsequent to November 30, 2010, Altra Industrial may elect to redeem any or all of the Senior Notes then outstanding at face value.
          In connection with the issuance of the Senior Notes, Altra Industrial agreed to file a registration statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in an effort to convert the Senior Notes to publicly traded instruments. Altra Industrial experienced delays in the effectiveness of such filing, and incurred additional interest at an annual rate of .25%, increasing by an additional .25% for each 90 day delay in the registration up to .75% of additional interest by the time the registration statement became effective. The additional interest expense included in the statement operations for the year ended December 31, 2005 was $0.4 million.
          The Senior Notes are guaranteed by Altra Industrial’s U.S. domestic subsidiaries and are secured by a second priority lien, subject to first priority liens securing the Revolving Credit Agreement, on substantially all of Altra Industrial’s assets. The Senior Notes contain numerous terms, covenants and conditions, which impose substantial limitations on Altra Industrial. With the exception of filing timely financial information, Altra Industrial was in compliance with all covenants of the Senior Notes at December 31, 2005. This by itself does not constitute an event of default nor trigger the callability of the Senior Notes. As of December 31, 2004 Altra Industrial was in compliance with all of the requirements of the Senior Notes.
Subordinated Notes
          At November 30, 2004, the Company executed an agreement with a stockholder to obtain $14.0 million of unsecured subordinated financing (the Subordinated Notes). The Subordinated Notes were issued at par value and mature on November 30, 2019. Interest accrues at an annual rate of 17% and is payable quarterly in full or paid-in -kind (PIK). As of December 31, 2004, the Company elected to accrue $198 thousand of interest expenses as PIK. During 2005, the Company paid all interest, including the 2004 PIK interest, in full. As of December 31, 2005, there was $595 thousand of accrued interest included in accruals and other liabilities in the accompanying balance sheet.
          The Subordinated notes become callable by the lender on December 1, 2011 or upon full payment of the 9% Senior Secured notes discussed above. The lender also has the right to demand payment at 101% upon change of control. The company may elect to redeem the Subordinated Notes at any time in whole or in part. Payments made prior to November 30, 2006 will incur a 6% prepayment penalty. This prepayment penalty decreases by 1% on every subsequent anniversary date.
          The Company incurred approximately $0.3 million in fees associated with the issuance of the Subordinated Notes that are capitalized as deferred financing costs included in other assets in the

F-23


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
accompanying balance sheet. These costs will be amortized through November 2011 as a component of interest expense.
          The Subordinated Notes impose customary affirmative covenants and restrictions on the Company, including the delivery of timely financial information to the lender. The Company was in compliance with or received waivers from the lender related to all covenant requirements as of December 31, 2005 and 2004.
Predecessor Debt
          During 2003, the Predecessor borrowed $70.6 million from its parent company which was used to retire all, then existing, bank debt. In connection with the repayment of the bank debt, the Predecessor wrote off $0.4 million of deferred financing costs, which was charged to the gain on sale of assets and other non-operating expense (income) caption in the statement of operations. The amounts borrowed from the parent company bore an interest rate of 5.83% which approximated the rates incurred by the parent company for their third-party debt.
Capital Leases (see also Note 16)
          The Company and the Predecessor lease a building and certain equipment under capital lease arrangements, whose obligations are included in both short-term and long-term debt. Capital lease obligations amounted to approximately $0.3 million and $1.1 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Assets under capital leases are included in property, plant and equipment with the related amortization recorded as depreciation expense.
11. Convertible Preferred Stock
          The Company has authorized 40,000,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the Preferred), 35,500,000 and 35,100,000 of which was outstanding as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The initial 35,100,000 Preferred shares were issued in connection with the acquisitions discussed in Note 3. An additional 400,000 Preferred shares were purchased by certain members of management in 2005. A Preferred holder is also the holder of the Company’s Subordinated Notes, discussed in Note 10. The Preferred Stock holders are entitled to the following rights:
Dividends
          The holders of the outstanding Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, when and if declared by the Board, non-cumulative cash dividends at an annual rate of $0.08 per share of the Preferred Stock. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, no dividends have been declared.
Liquidation
          In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, as defined, the holder of each share of Preferred Stock is entitled to receive, prior to any distribution to common shareholders, the greater of an amount equal to (i) $1.00 per share, plus all unpaid declared dividends, or (ii) the amount per share they would have received if the Preferred shares had been converted to common stock prior to a liquidity event. Liquidation, as defined, would include the sale of the business or the sale of greater than 50% of the common stock of the Company.

F-24


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
Redemption
          The Preferred Stock is not redeemable at the option of the Company or the holders.
Conversion
          The shares of Preferred Stock can, at the election of the holders, at any time, be converted in whole or in part into common shares at a ratio of one-to -one subject to adjustments for stock splits, mergers, consolidations, recapitalizations and or reorganizations.
          Each share of Preferred Stock is automatically converted at the then effective conversion rate immediately upon the consummation of an underwritten public offering, provided that aggregate net proceeds to the Company of such offering are not less than $50,000,000.
Voting
          The holders of Preferred Stock have the same voting rights as the Common stockholders. The two classes of stock shall vote together and not as separate classes. Each shareholder of Preferred Stock is entitled to one vote per each share of Common Stock into which the Preferred Stock could then be converted.
Protective Provision
          Holders of the Company’s Preferred Stock are entitled to anti-dilutive protections and protective class voting rights; including the right to veto sales or mergers of the Company, to prevent amendments to the Company’s certificate of incorporation and to prohibit future sales of Common and Preferred stock.
12. Stockholders’ Equity
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
          At inception, the Company and its common and preferred stockholders entered into a Stockholders Agreement which defines the rights and limitations of its stockholders. The Stockholders Agreement was amended on January 6, 2005.
          The Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement (the Stockholders Agreement) generally imposes restrictions on the transfer of Company stock and grants the Company and certain of its stockholders certain rights of first refusal and co-sale rights with respect to sales of shares by other stockholders. The Stockholders Agreement also grants to Genstar Capital, LP. (Genstar), one of the primary stockholders, the right to designate all directors of the Company and the right to require other parties to participate, on a pro-rata basis, in any sale of shares by Genstar.
          Regarding shares held by employees of the Company, the Stockholders Agreement grants, to the Company and Genstar, the right to purchase such shares, upon the employees’ termination from the Company, at fair market value, or in the case of termination for cause (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement), at the employees’ cost if lower than the fair market value.
Registration Rights Agreement
          At Inception, the Company and its common stockholders entered into a Registration Rights Agreement which defines the rights to register shares of the Company’s common stock (including shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock).
          The Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement (the Registration Agreement) generally grants, to Genstar, the right to require the Company to register its shares of common stock for public trading at any time after January 6, 2006. The Registration Agreement also grants other shareholders the right to participate in any registration of common stock required by Genstar. The

F-25


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
Registration Agreement imposes restrictions on the sale of the Company shares for a period of 180 days following the effective date of a registration statement or the commencement of a public distribution of shares, provides for certain procedures and requirements for filing of a registration statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and provides for certain indemnifications by the Company and its shareholders upon any such registration.
Restricted Common Stock
          The Company’s Board of Directors established the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan) that provides for various forms of stock based compensation to independent directors, officers and senior-level employees of the Company. Simultaneous with the establishment of this plan, the Board of Directors authorized and issued 3.3 million shares of restricted common stock to certain independent directors and employees of the Company. The restricted shares issued pursuant to the plan will be service time vested ratably over each of the five years from the date of grant, provided, that the vesting of the restricted shares may accelerate upon the occurrence of certain liquidity events, if approved by the Board of Directors in connection with the transactions. Common stock awarded under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan is generally subject to restrictions on transfer, repurchase rights, and other limitations and rights as set forth in the Stockholders Agreement and Registration Agreement.
          The Plan permits the Company to grant restricted stock to key employees and other persons who make significant contributions to the success of the Company. The restrictions and vesting schedule for restricted stock granted under the Plan are determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. In connection with the November 2004 transaction the Company issued 878,114 shares of restricted common stock with a fair value of $88. In January 2005 351,443 shares with a fair value of $35 were forfeited and 2,788,329 shares of restricted common stock with a fair value of $279 were granted. At December 31, 2005, 3,209,666 shares of unvested restricted stock were outstanding with a fair value of $0.3 million as of the date of the grant. At December 31, 2004, 878,114 shares of unvested restricted stock were outstanding with a fair value of $88 as of the grant date.
          The fair value of the Company’s common stock is determined by the Company’s Board of Directors (the Board). In the absence of a public trading market for the Company’s common stock, the Company’s Board considers objective and subjective factors in determining the fair value of the Company’s common stock and related options. Consistent with the guidance provided by the AICPA’s Technical Practice Aid on The Valuation of Privately-held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation (the TPA), such considerations included, but were not limited to, the following factors:
  •  Historical and expected future earnings performance
 
  •  The liquidation preferences and dividend rights of the preferred stock
 
  •  Milestones achieved by the company
 
  •  Marketplace and major competition
 
  •  Market barriers to entry
 
  •  The Company’s workforce and related skills
 
  •  Customer and vendor characteristics
 
  •  Strategic relationships with suppliers
 
  •  Risk factors and uncertainties facing the Company
          To confirm the accuracy of these estimates of fair value, the Company obtained a third party valuation of the fair value of its common stock in 2006. The assumptions used in these valuations were

F-26


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
based on information available to the Company and Board of Directors at the time of the restricted common stock grants.
Predecessor
          For the Predecessor, all historical equity balances are reflected in the combined financial statements as invested capital. The annual net cash flows from the Boston Gear division, the recognition or settlement of intercompany balances of any of the Predecessor entities with Colfax, federal and state income taxes payable or receivable and allocations of balances from Colfax are reflected as contributions from and distributions to affiliates in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity.
13. Related-Party Transactions
Kilian Acquisition
          As discussed in Note 3, the Company acquired Kilian through the exchange of preferred and common stock in the Company that was issued to certain preferred and common shareholders of Kilian, the majority of whom were represented by Genstar Capital Partners III, L.P., one of the primary stockholders of the Company.
Management Agreement
          At November 30, 2004, the Company entered into an advisory services agreement with Genstar Capital, L.P. (“Genstar”), whereby Genstar agreed to provide certain management, business strategy, consulting, financial advisory and acquisition related services to the Company. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company will pay to Genstar an annual consulting fee of $1.0 million (payable quarterly, in arrears at the end of each calendar quarter), reimbursement of out-of -pocket expenses incurred in connection with the advisory services and an advisory fee of 2.0% of the aggregate consideration relating to any acquisition or dispositions completed by the Company. The Company recorded $1.0 million and $0.1 million in management fees, included in selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2005 and for the period from inception through December 31, 2004, respectively. Genstar also received a one-time transaction fee of $4.0 million, and $0.4 million in reimbursement of transaction related expenses, for advisory services it provided in connection with the acquisitions and related financings discussed in Notes 3 and 10, and such amounts are reflected in selling, general and administrative expenses for the period from inception (December  1, 2004) through December 31, 2004. At December 31, 2005, the Company had $0.3 million recorded in accruals and other liabilities as a payable to Genstar in connection with the annual consulting fee, there were no amounts outstanding at December 31, 2004.
Subordinated Notes
          As discussed in Notes 10 & 11, a Preferred Stock holder is the holder of the Subordinated Notes payable. In 2004, the Company recorded $198 thousand of interest expense related to the Notes and no cash payments were made. In 2005, the Company recorded $2.4 million of related interest expense and disbursed $2 million in cash payments to the holder.
Transition Services Agreement
          In connection with the acquisition of the Predecessor operations from Colfax, the Company entered into a transition services agreement with Colfax whereby Colfax agreed to provide the Company with transitional support services. The transition services include the continued access to Colfax’ employee benefit plans through February 2005, the provision of certain accounting, treasury, tax and payroll services through various periods all of which ended by May 2005 and the transition of management oversight of

F-27


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
various on-going business initiatives through May 2005. The cost of these services was less than $0.1 million.
Predecessor Related Party Transactions
          Danaher Corporation (Danaher) was related to the Predecessor through common ownership. Revenue from sales of products to Danaher was approximately $0.3 for the eleven months ended November 30, 2004 and $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. Purchases of products from Danaher amounted to $5.8 million and $7.2 million in the eleven months ending November 30, 2004 and the year ending December 31, 2003, respectively.
          Certain corporate and administrative services were performed for the Predecessor by Colfax personnel. Such services consist primarily of executive management, accounting, legal, tax, treasury and finance. Services performed for the Predecessor by Colfax were allocated to the Predecessor to the extent that they were identifiable, clearly applicable to the Predecessor and factually supported as attributable to the Predecessor. Management believes that this method of allocation is reasonable and it is consistent throughout all periods presented. No significant amounts are included in the Company’s financial statements for such services although certain professional fees including auditing fees have been allocated to the Predecessor results in the Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). Management estimates that these expenses would increase by approximately $1.0 million if the Predecessor was a stand alone entity. In addition, the Predecessor participated in group purchasing arranged by Colfax for costs such as insurance, health care and raw materials. These direct expenses were charged to the Predecessor entities as incurred.
          The Predecessor utilized a materials sourcing operation located in China that was operated by Colfax for the benefit of all affiliated entities. Management estimates that expenses would increase approximately $0.6 million if the Predecessor had to operate this sourcing function on a stand alone basis.
          The Predecessor also participated in the Colfax treasury function whereby funds were loaned to and borrowed from affiliates in the normal course of business. The net amount due to Colfax and its subsidiaries, which are not a component of the Predecessor, are reported as affiliate debt in the Balance Sheet.
14. Concentrations of Credit, Business Risks and Workforce
          Financial instruments, which are potentially subject to concentrations of credit risk, consist primarily of trade accounts receivable. The Company manages this risk by conducting credit evaluations of customers prior to delivery or commencement of services. When the Company enters into a sales contract, collateral is normally not required from the customer. Payments are typically due within thirty days of billing. An allowance for potential credit losses is maintained, and losses have historically been within management’s expectations.
          Credit related losses may occur in the event of non-performance by counterparties to financial instruments. Counterparties typically represent international or well established financial institutions.
          One customer represents 9.4%, 9.0%, 10.3%, and 10.8% of the Company’s and Predecessor’s sales for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the periods December 1, 2004 through December 31, 2004 and January 1, 2004 through November 30, 2004 and the year ended December 31, 2003, respectively. Outstanding accounts receivables from that customer were $3.6 million and $2.7 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
          The Company and its Predecessor operate in a single business segment for the development, manufacturing and sales of mechanical power transmission products. The Company’s chief operating decision maker reviews consolidated operating results to make decisions about allocating resources and

F-28


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
assessing performance for the entire Company. Net sales to third parties and property, plant and equipment by geographic region are as follows (in thousands):
                                                     
    Net Sales        
                   
          Predecessor (Note 1)        
        December 1,          
        2004     11 Months       Property, Plant and Equipment
    Year Ended   Through     Ended   Year Ended    
    December 31,   December 31,     November 30,   December 31,   December 31,   December 31,
    2005   2004     2004   2003   2005   2004
                           
North America (primarily U.S.)
  $ 288,883     $ 23,071       $ 207,731     $ 198,244     $ 47,587     $ 47,284  
Europe
    59,176       4,632         54,141       54,672       16,968       18,760  
Asia and other
    15,406       922         13,165       13,947       1,838       1,962  
                                       
 
Total
  $ 363,465     $ 28,625       $ 275,037     $ 266,863     $ 66,393     $ 68,006  
                                       
          Net sales to third parties are attributed to the geographic regions based on the country in which the shipment originates. Amounts attributed to the geographic regions for long-lived assets are based on the location of the entity, which holds such assets.
          The net assets of our foreign subsidiaries at December 31, 2005 and 2004 were $49.2 million and $46.8 million, respectively.
          The Company has not provided specific product line sales as our general purpose financial statements do not allow us to readily determine groups of similar product sales.
          Approximately 32.3% of the Company’s labor force (19.3% and 90.1% in the United States and Europe, respectively) is represented by collective bargaining agreements.
15. Predecessor Restructuring, Asset Impairment and Transition Expenses
          On January 1, 2003, the Predecessor adopted SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities”. SFAS No. 146 nullifies EITF  94-3, “Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring)” . Restructuring plans initiated prior to December 31, 2002 are accounted for according to EITF  94-3 while all restructuring actions initiated after December 31, 2002 will be accounted for according to SFAS No. 146. SFAS No. 146 requires that a liability for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred. EITF  94-3 had previously required that a liability for such costs be recognized at the date of the Company’s commitment to an exit or disposal plan. SFAS No. 146 may effect the periods in which costs are recognized although the total amount of costs recognized will be the same as previous accounting guidance.
          Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2002, the Predecessor adopted certain restructuring programs intended to improve operational efficiency by reducing headcount, consolidating its operating facilities and relocating manufacturing and sourcing to low-cost countries. The Predecessor did not exit any of its operating activities and these programs did not reduce sales. The amounts recorded as restructuring charges, asset impairment and transition expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the period January 1, 2004 through November 30, 2004 and the year ended

F-29


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2003 amounted to approximately $0.9 million and $11.1 million, respectively, and were comprised of the following major categories:
                 
    11 Months Ended   Year Ended
    November 30,   December 31,
    2004   2003
         
Accrued restructuring charge
  $     $  
Impairment or loss on sale of fixed assets
    306       2,011  
Period cost transition expenses
    641       9,074  
             
    $ 947     $ 11,085  
             
          Certain period costs such as relocation, training, recruiting, duplicative associates and moving costs resulting from restructuring programs amounted to $0.6 million and $9.1 million for the period January 1, 2004 through November 30, 2004 and the year ended December 31, 2003, respectively, were included as a component of transition expense. A summary of Predecessor cost reduction programs follows.
United States Programs
          The speed reducer product line consolidation resulted in the closure of the Florence, KY distribution center, the Louisburg, NC manufacturing facility and the Charlotte, NC manufacturing facility. The three closed locations were moved into a new leased facility in Charlotte, NC. In addition the Norwalk, CA distribution center was downsized and moved into a smaller facility and the engineering and purchasing functions were moved from Quincy, MA to the new Charlotte, NC production facility. This program, other than the payment of accrued severance amounts, was substantially completed in the third quarter of 2003.
          The electronic clutch brake product line consolidation resulted in the closure of the Roscoe, IL manufacturing facility. The high volume turf and garden product line was moved to the Columbia City, IN coil production facility, while the industrial and vehicular product lines were moved into the South Beloit, IL manufacturing facility. This program, other than the payment of accrued severance amounts and certain remaining transition expenses, was substantially completed in the fourth quarter of 2003.
          The sprag clutch product line consolidation resulted in the closure of the LaGrange, IL manufacturing facility. Production was relocated to the Formsprag production facility in Warren, MI. This program, other than the payment of accrued severance amounts, was substantially completed in the fourth quarter of 2002.
          The heavy duty clutch product relocation resulted in the closure of the Waukesha, WI production facility, which was consolidated into the Wichita Falls, TX heavy duty clutch production facility. Engineering support remained in Waukesha in a separate smaller leased facility. This program, other than the payment of accrued severance amounts, was substantially completed in the third quarter of 2003.
          Administrative process streamlining primarily involved the consolidation of the speed reducer and electronic clutch brake product lines customer service function in South Beloit, IL. This program, other than the payment of accrued severance amounts, was substantially completed in the third quarter of 2003.
European and Asian Programs
          The European and Asian electronic clutch brake consolidation resulted in the closure of the Bishop Auckland, United Kingdom manufacturing facility with production being relocated to Angers, France and Shenzhen, China. In addition, customer service and engineering functions were centralized in Angers, France. The two French facilities in Angers and Lemans were also rationalized. The Lemans facility was downsized to focus exclusively on machining operations. All other manufacturing and

F-30


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
administrative functions were centralized in Angers. This program, other than the payment of accrued severance amounts, was substantially completed in the fourth quarter of 2003.
          Predecessor asset impairment and losses on sales of assets by program for the period January 1, 2004 through November 30, 2004 and the year ending December 31, 2003 were as follows:
                 
    11 Months    
    Ended    
    November 30,   December 31,
    2004   2003
         
United States programs:
               
Speed reducer product line consolidation
  $     $ 2,011  
Electronic clutch brake consolidation
    306        
             
Total United States programs
  $ 306     $ 2,011  
Total non-cash asset impairment and loss on sale of assets
  $ 306     $ 2,011  
             
          Predecessor total transition expense by program for the period January 1, 2004 through November 30, 2004 and the year ending December 31, 2003 were as follows:
                 
    11 Months    
    Ended    
    November 30,   December 31,
    2004   2003
         
United States programs:
               
Speed reducer product line consolidation
  $     $ 3,516  
Electronic clutch brake consolidation
    641       2,203  
Sprag clutch consolidation
          24  
Heavy duty clutch consolidation
          516  
Administrative streamlining
          592  
             
Total United States programs
  $ 641     $ 6,851  
Europe and Asia electronic clutch brake consolidation
          2,223  
             
Total transition expense
  $ 641     $ 9,074  
             
          Predecessor transition expense by major expense component for the period January 1, 2004 through November 30, 2004 and the year ending December 31, 2003 were as follows:
                 
    11 Months    
    Ended    
    November 30,   December 31,
    2004   2003
         
Training
  $     $ 914  
Relocation
          959  
Moving costs
          3,485  
Severance
          767  
Duplicate employees
          1,689  
ERP system integration
          477  
Other
    641       783  
             
Total transition expense
  $ 641     $ 9,074  
             

F-31


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
          Cash paid by the Predecessor to support its restructuring programs for the period January 1, 2004 through November 30, 2004 and the year ended December 31, 2003 was as follows:
                         
            Combined,
            Period from
    11 Months       January 1, 2003
    Ended   Year Ended   Through
    November 30,   December 31,   November 30,
    2004   2003   2004
             
United States programs:
                       
Speed reducer product line consolidation
  $ 331     $ 583     $ 914  
Electronic clutch brake consolidation
    711       908       1,619  
Sprag clutch consolidation
    89       103       192  
Heavy duty clutch consolidation
    158       416       574  
Administrative streamlining
    8       284       292  
                   
Total United States programs
  $ 1,297     $ 2,294     $ 3,591  
Europe and Asia electronic clutch brake consolidation
    288       2,553       2,841  
                   
Cash charged against the restructuring reserve
  $ 1,585     $ 4,847     $ 6,432  
Transition expense
    641       9,074       9,715  
                   
Total cash utilized
  $ 2,226     $ 13,921     $ 16,147  
                   
          The Predecessor’s accrued restructuring expenses were essentially fully-paid by the Predecessor at November 30, 2004, as follows:
         
    11 Months Ended
    November 30,
    2004
     
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 1,606  
Cash payments
    (1,585 )
       
Balance at end of period
  $ 21  
       

F-32


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
16. Commitments and Contingencies
Minimum Lease Obligations
          The Company leases certain offices, warehouses, manufacturing facilities, automobiles and equipment with various terms that range from a month to month basis to ten year terms and which, generally, include renewal provisions. Future minimum rent obligations under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:
                   
    Operating   Capital
Year Ending December 31:   Leases   Leases
         
2006
  $ 2,709     $ 211  
2007
    2,269       166  
2008
    1,396       6  
2009
    680        
2010
    513        
Thereafter
    1,464        
             
 
Total lease obligations
  $ 9,031       383  
             
Less amounts representing interest
            (44 )
             
Present value of minimum capital lease obligations
          $ 339  
             
          Net rent expense under operating leases for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the periods from Inception to December 31, 2004, and January 1, 2004 to November 30, 2004, and the year ended December 31, 2003 was approximately $4.3 million, $0.5 million, $5.4 million and $6.1 million, respectively.
General Litigation
          The Company is involved in various pending legal proceedings arising out of the ordinary course of business. None of these legal proceedings is expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the Company. With respect to these proceedings, management believes that it will prevail, has adequate insurance coverage or has established appropriate reserves to cover potential liabilities. Any costs that management estimates may be paid related to these proceedings or claims are accrued when the liability is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. There can be no assurance, however, as to the ultimate outcome of any of these matters, and if all or substantially all of these legal proceedings were to be determined adversely to the Company, there could be a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the Company.
          As parent to the Predecessor, Colfax maintained reserves for various legal and environmental matters. Unless a legal or environmental matter of Colfax could be specifically identified as related to the Predecessor, no reserve has been provided for in the Predecessor financial statements. In addition, Colfax has agreed to indemnify the Company for certain pre-existing matters up to agreed upon limits.

F-33


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
17. Unaudited Quarterly Results of Operations (in thousands):
                                 
Year Ending December 31, 2005   Fourth   Third   Second   First
                 
Net Sales
  $ 89,974     $ 85,155     $ 93,034     $ 95,302  
Gross Profit
    24,928       21,371       23,314       21,900  
Net income (loss)
    1,295       204       1,084       (79 )
Basic earnings per share
  $ 18.50     $     $       N/A  
Diluted earnings per share
  $ 0.03     $ 0.01     $ 0.03       N/A  
                                         
        Predecessor (Note 1)
    Period from    
    Inception   Period from    
    (December 1)   October 1, 2004    
    to   to    
    December 31,   November 30,    
Year Ending December 31, 2004   2004   2004   Third   Second   First
                     
Net Sales
  $ 28,625     $ 46,338     $ 72,542     $ 78,151     $ 78,006  
Gross Profit
    4,778       9,687       17,683       18,296       20,118  
Net income (loss)
    (5,893 )     (253 )     (1,081 )     2,668       5,561  
Basic earnings per share
  $       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  
Diluted earnings per share
  $       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  
          The Predecessor’s capital structure was comprised of contributions from the parent and affiliated companies. There was no common stock associated with the group of entities which comprised the Predecessor. Accordingly there is no respective earnings per share.
18. Subsequent Event (Unaudited)
          On November 7, 2005, we entered into a purchase agreement with the shareholders of Hay Hall Holdings Limited, or Hay Hall, pursuant to which we agreed to acquire all of the outstanding share capital of Hay Hall for $50.3 million subject to certain purchase price adjustments. Under the purchase agreement, the initial aggregate purchase price of $50.3 million to be paid at closing will be subject to a change in working capital adjustment, less debt balances at closing, plus cash balances at closing. We closed the acquisition on February 9, 2006 for $49.2 million. The purchase price is still subject to a change as a result of the finalization of a working capital adjustment in accordance with the terms of the purchase agreement. We will also pay up to $6.0 million of the total purchase price in the form of deferred consideration. At the closing we deposited such deferred consideration into an escrow account for the benefit of the former Hay Hall shareholders. The deferred consideration is represented by a loan note. While the former Hay Hall shareholders will hold the note, their rights will be limited to receiving the amount of the deferred compensation placed in the escrow account. They will have no recourse against the Company unless we take action to prevent or interfere in the release of such funds from the escrow account. At closing, Hay Hall and its subsidiaries became the Company’s direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiaries. Hay Hall is a UK-based holding company established in 1996 that is focused primarily on the manufacture of couplings and clutch brakes. Hay Hall consists of five main businesses that are niche focused and have strong brand names and established reputations within their primary markets.
          The Hay Hall acquisition will be accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 141. Since the closing date of the Hay Hall acquisition was subsequent to December 31, 2005, the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of that date do not include any amounts related to Hay Hall.
          The Company has not completed its final purchase price allocation. The value of the acquired assets, assumed liabilities and identified intangibles from the acquisition of Hay Hall, as presented below, are based upon management’s estimates of fair value as of the date of the acquisition. However, the

F-34


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
goodwill and intangibles recorded in connection with the acquisition of Hay Hall have not yet been allocated across the business units acquired nor have the values been finished. Further, and as discussed above, the final purchase price is subject to certain purchase price adjustments which have not been finalized. The final purchase price allocations will be completed within one year of the acquisition and are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations. The preliminary purchase price allocation is as follows:
           
Total purchase price, including closing costs of approximately $1.7 million
  $ 50,981  
       
Cash and cash equivalents
    441  
Trade receivables
    11,668  
Inventories
    16,989  
Prepaid expenses and other
    1,442  
Property, plant and equipment
    10,509  
Intangible assets
    15,900  
       
 
Total assets acquired
    56,949  
Accounts payable, accrued payroll, and accruals and other current liabilities
    11,862  
Other liabilities
    5,647  
       
 
Total liabilities assumed
    17,509  
       
 
Net assets acquired
    39,440  
       
Excess purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired
  $ 11,541  
       
          The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill.
          The estimated amounts recorded as intangible assets consist of the following:
           
Customer relationships
  $ 9,064  
Product technology and patents
    1,589  
       
 
Total intangible assets subject to amortization
    10,653  
       
Trade names and trademarks, not subject to amortization
    5,247  
       
Total intangible assets
  $ 15,900  
       
          Customer relationships, product technology and patents, are subject to amortization over their estimated useful lives which reflects the anticipated periods over which the Company estimates it will benefit from the acquired assets. The estimated useful lives have not been finalized by the Company. The Company anticipates that substantially all of this amortization is deductible for income tax purposes. The Company is considering its options relative to the deductibility of goodwill and is unable at this time to determine what, if any, will be deductible for income tax purposes.

F-35


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Dollars in thousands, except share amounts)
                   
    June 30,   December 31,
    2006   2005
         
    (Unaudited)    
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 5,573     $ 10,060  
 
Trade receivables, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,129 and $1,797
    64,653       46,441  
 
Inventories, less allowance for obsolete materials of $9,970 and $6,843
    73,191       54,654  
 
Deferred income taxes
    2,194       2,779  
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    4,527       1,973  
             
Total current assets
    150,138       115,907  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    80,978       66,393  
Intangible assets, net
    57,823       44,751  
Goodwill
    77,432       65,345  
Other assets, net
    5,906       5,295  
             
Total assets
  $ 372,277     $ 297,691  
             
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
               
 
Accounts payable
    36,094     $ 30,724  
 
Accrued payroll
    15,426       16,016  
 
Accruals and other liabilities
    18,512       16,085  
 
Deferred income taxes
    188       33  
 
Current portion of capital leases and short term bank borrowings
    1,668       186  
             
Total current liabilities
    71,888       63,044  
Long-term debt, less current portion and net of unaccreted discount
    226,588       173,574  
Deferred income taxes
    10,043       7,653  
Pension liabilities
    15,053       14,368  
Other post retirement benefits
    12,801       12,500  
Other long term liabilities
    2,431       1,601  
Commitments and Contingencies
           
Convertible Preferred Series A stock ($0.001 par value, 40,000,000 shares authorized, 35,500,000 shares issued and outstanding)
    35,500       35,500  
Stockholders’ equity:
               
 
Common stock (50,000,000 shares authorized, 915,040 and 594,040 issued & outstanding, respectively, $0.001 par value)
    1       1  
 
Additional paid-in capital
    177       112  
 
Retained earnings (deficit)
    3,511       (3,389 )
 
Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment
    (4,294 )     (5,851 )
 
Minimum pension liability
    (1,422 )     (1,422 )
             
      33,473       24,951  
             
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit
  $ 372,277     $ 297,691  
             
See accompanying notes.

F-36


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                   
    Six Months Ended
     
    June 30,   July 1,
    2006   2005
         
    (Unaudited)   (Unaudited)
Net sales
  $ 234,558     $ 188,336  
Cost of sales
    170,431       143,122  
             
Gross profit
    64,127       45,214  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    37,821       31,083  
Research and development expenses
    2,492       2,308  
             
Income from operations
    23,814       11,823  
Interest expense, net
    12,815       9,771  
Other non-operating income, net
    (87 )     13  
             
Income before income taxes
    11,086       2,039  
Provision for income taxes
    4,186       1,034  
             
Net income
    6,900       1,005  
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes:
               
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    1,557       (1,918 )
             
Other comprehensive income (loss)
    1,557       (1,918 )
             
Comprehensive income (loss)
  $ 8,457       (913 )
             
Net Income per share:
               
 
Basic
  $ 12.11     $  
 
Diluted
  $ 0.18     $ 0.03  
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
               
 
Basic
    570        
 
Diluted
    38,699       37,083  
See accompanying notes.

F-37


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Dollars in thousands)
                       
    Six Months Ended
     
    June 30,   July 1,
    2006   2005
         
    (Unaudited)   (Unaudited)
Cash flows from operating activities:
               
 
Net income
  $ 6,900     $ 1,005  
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities:
               
   
Depreciation
    4,950       3,924  
   
Amortization of intangible assets
    1,796       1,477  
   
Amortization of deferred loan costs
    654       405  
   
Accretion of debt discount
    472       474  
   
Amortization of inventory fair value adjustment
    2,278       1,699  
   
Amortization of deferred compensation
    65       28  
   
Gains on sale of fixed assets
    (7 )     (51 )
   
Provision for deferred taxes
    2,184       409  
   
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
     
Trade receivables
    (3,667 )     (753 )
     
Inventories
    (3,181 )     (714 )
     
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    (6,153 )     (2,237 )
     
Other current assets and liabilities
    (446 )     (2,641 )
     
Other operating assets and liabilities
    263       (624 )
             
Net cash provided by operating activities
    6,108       2,401  
Cash flows from investing activities:
               
 
Purchases of fixed assets
    (4,110 )     (1,960 )
 
Sales of fixed assets
          596  
 
Payment of additional Kilian purchase price
          (730 )
 
Acquisitions, net of $441 of cash acquired
    (54,086 )      
             
Net cash used in investing activities
    (58,196 )     (2,094 )
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
 
Proceeds from issuance of senior notes
    57,625        
 
Payment of debt issuance costs
    (1,928 )      
 
Payment of paid-in-kind interest
          (198 )
 
Payment of Long term debt
    (10,800 )      
 
Borrowings under revolving credit agreement
    5,057       4,408  
 
Payments on revolving credit agreement
    (5,057 )      
 
Proceeds from mortgages
    2,510        
 
Payment of capital leases
    (61 )     (434 )
             
Net cash provided by financing activities
    47,346       3,776  
             
Effect of exchange rates on cash
    255       (346 )
             
Increase (Decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (4,487 )     3,737  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
    10,060       4,729  
             
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $ 5,573     $ 8,466  
             
Cash paid during the period for:
               
   
Interest
  $ 10,584     $ 9,349  
   
Income Taxes
  $ 2,020     $ 1,074  
See accompanying notes

F-38


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted
1. Organization and Nature of Operations
          Headquartered in Quincy, Massachusetts, Altra Holdings, Inc. (“the Company”) produces, designs and distributes a wide range of mechanical power transmission products, including industrial clutches and brakes, enclosed gear drives, open gearing and couplings. The Company consists of several power transmission component manufacturers including Warner Electric, Boston Gear, Formsprag Clutch, Stieber Clutch, Ameridrives Couplings, Wichita Clutch, Nuttall Gear, Kilian, Delroyd Worm Gear, Bibby Transmissions, Twiflex, Matrix International, Inertia Dynamics and Huco Dynatork. The Company designs and manufactures products that serve a variety of applications in the food and beverage, material handling, printing, paper and packaging, specialty machinery, and turf and garden industries. Primary geographic markets are in North America, Western Europe and Asia.
2. Basis of Presentation
          The Company was formed on November 30, 2004 following acquisitions of certain subsidiaries of Colfax Corporation (“Colfax”) and The Kilian Company (“Kilian”).
          The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. In the opinion of management, the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments, which include normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the consolidated unaudited financial statements as of June 30, 2006 and for the year-to -date periods ended June 30, 2006 and July 1, 2005.
          The Company follows a four-, four-, five-week calendar per quarter with all quarters consisting of thirteen weeks.
          The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements for the year-ended December 31, 2005.
3. Recent Accounting Pronouncements
          In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. (“FIN”) 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109”, which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company has not yet completed its evaluation of the impact of adoption on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
4. Net Income Per Share
          Basic earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, and diluted earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and all dilutive potential common equivalent shares outstanding. Common equivalent shares are included in the per share calculations when the effect of their inclusion would be dilutive.

F-39


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements — (Continued)
          The following is a reconciliation of basic to diluted net income per share:
                 
    Year-to-Date   Year-to Date
    Ended June 30,   Ended July 1,
    2006   2005
         
Net Income
  $ 6,900     $ 1,005  
             
Shares used in net income per common share — basic
    570        
Effect of dilutive securities:
               
Incremental shares of unvested restricted common stock
    2,629       1,983  
Conversion of preferred stock
    35,500       35,100  
             
Shares used in net income per common share — diluted
    38,699       37,083  
             
Net income per common share — basic
  $ 12.11     $  
             
Net income per common share — diluted
  $ 0.18     $ 0.03  
             
          Subsequent to June 30, 2006, the Company granted 615,511 shares of restricted stock to certain employees. The restricted shares granted have similar terms to those issued under previous grants. This restricted stock is unvested and therefore would have no impact on calculating basic earnings per share had the grant occurred prior to June 30, 2006. This restricted stock would be dilutive had it been granted prior to June 30, 2006, however it would not have had a material impact on diluted earnings per share.
5. Acquisitions
          On November 7, 2005, we entered into a purchase agreement with the shareholders of Hay Hall Holdings Limited, or Hay Hall, pursuant to which we agreed to acquire all of the outstanding share capital of Hay Hall for $50.3 million subject to certain purchase price adjustments. Under the purchase agreement, the initial aggregate purchase price of $50.3 million to be paid at closing is subject to a change in working capital adjustment, less debt balances at closing, plus cash balances at closing. We closed the acquisition on February 10, 2006 for $49.2 million. The purchase price is still subject to a change as a result of the finalization of a working capital adjustment in accordance with the terms of the purchase agreement. Included in the purchase price was $6.0 million paid in the form of deferred consideration. At the closing we deposited such deferred consideration into an escrow account for the benefit of the former Hay Hall shareholders. The deferred consideration is represented by a loan note. While the former Hay Hall shareholders will hold the note, their rights will be limited to receiving the amount of the deferred compensation placed in the escrow account. They will have no recourse against the Company unless we take action to prevent or interfere in the release of such funds from the escrow account. At closing, Hay Hall and its subsidiaries became the Company’s direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiaries. Hay Hall is a UK-based holding company established in 1996 that is focused primarily on the manufacture of couplings and clutch brakes. Hay Hall consists of five main businesses that are niche focused and have strong brand names and established reputations within their primary markets.
          The Hay Hall acquisition has been accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 141. The closing date of the Hay Hall acquisition was February 10, 2006, and as such, the Company’s consolidated financial statements reflect Hay Hall’s results of operations only from that date forward.
          The Company has not completed its final purchase price allocation. The preliminary value of the acquired assets, assumed liabilities and identified intangibles from the acquisition of Hay Hall, as presented below, are based upon management’s estimates of fair value as of the date of the acquisition. However, the goodwill and intangibles recorded in connection with the acquisition of Hay Hall have not yet been allocated across the business units acquired nor have the values been finalized. Further, and as

F-40


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements — (Continued)
discussed above, the final purchase price is subject to certain purchase price adjustments which have not been finalized. The final purchase price allocations will be completed within one year of the acquisition and are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations. The preliminary purchase price allocation is as follows:
           
Total purchase price, including closing costs of approximately $1.7 million
  $ 50,981  
       
Cash and cash equivalents
    441  
Trade receivables
    12,959  
Inventories
    16,388  
Prepaid expenses and other
    1,099  
Property, plant and equipment
    13,996  
Intangible assets
    13,881  
       
 
Total assets acquired
    58,764  
Accounts payable, accrued payroll, and accruals and other current liabilities
    11,282  
Other liabilities
    3,493  
       
 
Total liabilities assumed
    14,775  
       
 
Net assets acquired
    43,989  
       
Excess purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired
    6,992  
       
          The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill.
          The estimated amounts recorded as intangible assets consist of the following:
         
Customer relationships, subject to amortization
  $ 6,931  
Trade names and trademarks, not subject to amortization
    6,950  
       
Total intangible assets
  $ 13,881  
       
          Customer relationships, product technology and patents, are subject to amortization over their estimated useful lives which reflects the anticipated periods over which the Company estimates it will benefit from the acquired assets. The estimated useful lives have not been finalized by the Company. The Company anticipates that substantially all of this amortization is deductible for income tax purposes. The Company is considering its options relative to the deductibility of goodwill and is unable at this time to determine what, if any, will be deductible for income tax purposes.
          On May 18, 2006, we entered into a purchase agreement with the shareholders of Bear Linear LLC, or Bear, to purchase substantially all of the assets of the company for $5.0 million. Approximately $3.5 million was paid at closing and the remaining $1.5 million is payable over the next 2.5 years. One of Bear’s selling shareholders is a direct relative of one of the Company’s directors. Bear manufacturers high value-added linear actuators for mobile off-highway and industrial applications.
          The Bear acquisition has been accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 141. The closing date of the Bear acquisition was May 18, 2006, and as such, the Company’s consolidated financial statements reflect Bear’s results of operations only from that date forward.
          Bear had approximately $0.5 million of net assets at closing consisting primarily of accounts receivable, inventory, fixed assets and accounts payable and accrued liabilities. We recorded the $4.2 million excess purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired as goodwill. The Company has not completed its final purchase price allocation, but will complete it within one year of the acquisition

F-41


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements — (Continued)
and it is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
          The following table sets forth the unaudited pro forma results of operations of the Company for the year-to -date periods ended June 30, 2006 and July 1, 2005 as if the Company had acquired Hay Hall and Bear Linear as of January 1, 2005. The pro forma information contains the actual operating results of the Company, Bear Linear, and Hay Hall with the results prior to May 18, 2006 for Bear Linear, and February 10, 2006 for Hay Hall adjusted to include the pro forma impact of (i) the elimination of additional expense as a result of the fair value adjustment to inventory recorded in connection with the Acquisition; (ii) additional interest expense associated with debt issued on February 8, 2006; (iii) the elimination of intercompany sales between Hay Hall and the Company; (iv) additional expense as a result of estimated amortization of identifiable intangible assets; (v) and an adjustment to the tax provision for the tax effect of the above adjustments. These pro forma amounts do not purport to be indicative of the results that would have actually been obtained if the acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2005 or that may be obtained in the future.
                 
    Year-to-date   Year-to-date
    Ended   Ended
(Pro Forma, Unaudited, in Thousands)   June 30, 2006   July 1, 2005
         
Total Revenues
  $ 243,891     $ 225,750  
Net income
  $ 8,527     $ 1,325  
5. Cash and Cash Equivalents
          As of June 30, 2006 the Company had $1.2 million of unpresented checks in excess of the domestic cash on hand. Accordingly, this amount has been recorded as short term bank borrowings in the accompanying balance sheet.
6. Inventories
          Inventories at June 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005 consisted of the following:
                 
    June 30,   December 31,
    2006   2005
         
Raw materials
  $ 28,443     $ 22,512  
Work in process
    16,928       13,876  
Finished goods
    37,790       25,109  
             
      83,161       61,497  
Less — Allowance for excess, slow-moving and obsolete inventory
    (9,970 )     (6,843 )
             
    $ 73,191     $ 54,654  
             

F-42


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements — (Continued)
7. Goodwill and Intangible Assets
          Goodwill and other intangibles as of June 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005 consisted of the following:
         
Goodwill   Cost
     
Balance December 31, 2005
  $ 65,345  
Additions related to Hay Hall acquisition
    6,971  
Additions related to Bear Linear acquisition
    4,211  
Impact of changes in foreign currency
    905  
       
Balance June 30, 2006
  $ 77,432  
       
                                   
    June 30, 2006   December 31, 2005
         
        Accumulated       Accumulated
    Cost   Amortization   Cost   Amortization
                 
Intangible assets not subject to amortization:
                               
 
Tradenames and trademarks
  $ 23,030     $     $ 16,080     $  
Intangible assets subject to amortization:
                               
 
Customer relationships
    34,733       3,922       27,802       2,515  
 
Product technology and patents
    5,122       1,074       5,122       690  
 
Impact of changes in foreign currency
    (66 )           (1,048 )      
                         
Total intangible assets
  $ 62,819     $ 4,996     $ 47,956     $ 3,205  
                         
          The Company recorded $1.8 million and $1.5 million of amortization expense year-to -date through the periods ended June 30, 2006 and July 1, 2005, respectively.
          Customer relationships and product technology and patents are amortized over their useful lives of 12 and 8 years, respectively. The weighted average estimated useful life of intangible assets subject to amortization is approximately 11 years.
          The estimated amortization expense for intangible assets is approximately $3.9 million in each of the next five years and $15.3 million thereafter.
9. Warranty Costs
          Estimated expenses related to product warranties are accrued at the time products are sold to customers. Estimates are established using historical information as to the nature, frequency, and average costs of warranty claims. Changes in the carrying amount of accrued product warranty costs for the year-to -date periods ended June 30, 2006 and July 1, 2005 are as follows:
                 
    June 30, 2006   July 1, 2005
         
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 1,876     $ 1,528  
Accrued warranty costs
    825       689  
Payments and adjustments
    (747 )     (747 )
             
Balance at end of period
  $ 1,954     $ 1,470  
             

F-43


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements — (Continued)
10. Income Taxes
          The effective tax rates recorded for the year-to -date periods ended June 30, 2006 and July 1, 2005 were recorded based upon management’s best estimate of the effective tax rates for the entire respective years. The change in the effective tax rate from 50.7% for the first half of 2005 to 37.8% for the same period in 2006 is the result of the Hay Hall acquisition and a greater amount of interest expense disallowed for income tax benefit. In addition, there was a greater proportion of taxable income in jurisdictions possessing lower statutory tax rates. The 2006 tax rate differs from the statutory rate due to the impact of non-U.S.  tax rates and permanent differences.
11. Pension and Other Employee Benefits
Defined Benefit (Pension) and Postretirement Benefit Plans
          The Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Altra Industrial Motion, Inc. (Altra Industrial), sponsors various defined benefit (pension) and postretirement (medical and life insurance coverage) plans for certain, primarily unionized, active employees (those in the employment of Altra Industrial at or hired since November 30, 2004). Additionally, Altra Industrial assumed all post-employment and post-retirement welfare benefit obligations with respect to active U.S. employees.
          The following table represents the components of the net periodic benefit cost associated with the respective plans for the quarter and year-to -date periods ended June 30, 2006 and July 1, 2005:
                                 
    Quarter Ended
     
    Pension Benefits   Other Benefits
         
    June 30, 2006   July 1, 2005   June 30, 2006   July 1, 2005
                 
Service cost
  $ 151     $ 138     $ 84     $ 94  
Interest cost
    334       305       150       180  
Expected return on plan assets
    (207 )     (111 )            
Amortization of prior service cost
    2       3       (101 )      
Amortization of net (gain) loss
                17        
Curtailment charge
                       
Special termination benefits
                       
                         
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 280     $ 335     $ 150     $ 274  
                         
                                 
    Year-to-Date Ended
     
    Pension Benefits   Other Benefits
         
    June 30, 2006   July 1, 2005   June 30, 2006   July 1, 2005
                 
Service cost
  $ 303     $ 265     $ 168     $ 187  
Interest cost
    669       614       299       361  
Expected return on plan assets
    (415 )     (216 )            
Amortization of prior service cost
    3       3       (201 )      
Amortization of net (gain) loss
                35        
Curtailment charge
                       
Special termination benefits
                       
                         
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 560     $ 666     $ 301     $ 548  
                         
          In December 2003, Congress passed the “Medicare Prescription Drug Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003” (the Act) that reformed Medicare in such a way that Altra Industrial may

F-44


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements — (Continued)
have been eligible to receive subsidies for certain prescription drug benefits that are incurred on behalf of plan participants. There has been no impact on Altra Industrial’s plans as either prescription drug coverage is not offered past the age of 65 or we have not applied for any subsidy. Accordingly, the amounts recorded and disclosed in these financial statements do not reflect any amounts related to this Act.
          In May, 2006 Altra Industrial renegotiated its contract with the labor union at its South Beloit, IL manufacturing facility. As a result of the renegotiation, participants in Altra Industrial’s pension plan cease to accrue additional benefits starting July 3, 2006. Additionally, the other post retirement benefit plan has been terminated for all eligible participants who have not retired, or given notice to retire in 2006, by August 1, 2006. Altra Industrial expects to recognize a non-cash gain associated with the curtailment of these plans in the third quarter of 2006 and is currently working to quantify the amount.
11. Financing Arrangements
Revolving Credit Agreement
          At November 30, 2004, Altra Industrial entered into an agreement for up to $30 million of revolving borrowings from a commercial bank (the Revolving Credit Agreement), subject to certain limitations resulting from the requirement of Altra Industrial to maintain certain levels of collateralized assets, as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement. Altra Industrial may use up to $10 million of its availability under the Revolving Credit Agreement for standby letters of credit issued on its behalf, the issuance of which will reduce the amount of borrowings that would otherwise be available to Altra Industrial. Altra Industrial may re-borrow any amounts paid to reduce the amount of outstanding borrowings; however, all borrowings under the Revolving Credit Agreement must be repaid in full as of November 30, 2009.
          Substantially all of Altra Industrial’s assets have been pledged as collateral against outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Agreement. The Revolving Credit Agreement requires Altra Industrial to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio (when availability under the line falls below $12.5 million) and imposes customary affirmative covenants and restrictions on Altra Industrial. The Company was in compliance with all requirements of the Revolving Credit Agreement at June 30, 2006.
          There were no borrowings under the Revolving Credit Agreement at June 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, however, as of both dates, the lender had issued $2.4 million of outstanding letters of credit on behalf of Altra Industrial.
9% Senior Secured Notes
          At November 30, 2004, Altra Industrial issued 9% Senior Secured Notes, with a face value of $165 million. Interest on the Senior Secured Notes is payable semiannually, in arrears, on June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning June 1, 2005, at an annual rate of 9%. The effective interest rate on the Senior Secured Notes is approximately 10.0%, after consideration of the amortization of $6.6 million related to initial offer discounts (included in long-term debt) and $2.7 million of deferred financing costs (included in other assets). The Senior Secured Notes mature on December 1, 2011 unless previously redeemed by the Company.
          The Senior Secured Notes are guaranteed by Altra Industrial’s U.S. domestic subsidiaries and are secured by a second priority lien, subject to first priority liens securing the Revolving Credit Agreement, on substantially all of Altra Industrial’s assets. The Senior Secured Notes contain numerous terms, covenants and conditions, which impose substantial limitations on Altra Industrial. Altra Industrial was in compliance with all covenants of the Senior Secured Notes at June 30, 2006.

F-45


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements — (Continued)
11.25% Senior Notes
          At February 8, 2006, Altra Industrial issued 11.25% Senior Notes, with a face value of £33 million. Interest on the Senior Notes is payable semiannually, in arrears, on August 15 and February 15 of each year, beginning August 15, 2006, at an annual rate of 11.25%. The effective interest rate on the Senior Notes is approximately 11.7%, after consideration of the $2.0 million of deferred financing costs (included in other assets).
          The Senior Notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by Altra Industrial’s U.S. domestic subsidiaries. The Senior Notes contain numerous terms, covenants and conditions, which impose substantial limitations on Altra Industrial. Altra Industrial was in compliance with all covenants of the Senior Notes at June 30, 2006.
     Subordinated Notes
          At November 30, 2004, the Company executed an agreement with a stockholder to obtain $14.0 million of unsecured subordinated financing (the Subordinated Notes). The Subordinated Notes were issued at par value and mature on November 30, 2019. Interest accrues at an annual rate of 17% and is payable quarterly in full or payment-in -kind (PIK). For the periods presented, the Company has paid all interest in full. As of June 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, there was $136 thousand and $595 thousand of accrued interest included in accruals and other liabilities in the accompanying balance sheet.
          The Subordinated notes become callable by the lender on December 1, 2011 or upon full payment of the 9% Senior Secured notes discussed below. The lender also has the right to demand payment at 101% upon change of control. The Company may elect to redeem the Subordinated notes at any time in whole or in part. Payments made prior to November 30, 2006 will incur a 6% prepayment penalty. This prepayment penalty decreases by 1% on every subsequent anniversary date. During 2006 the Company prepaid $10.8 million of the Subordinated Notes, incurring a prepayment penalty of approximately $0.6 million.
          The Company incurred approximately $0.3 million in fees associated with the issuance of the Subordinated Notes that are capitalized as deferred financing costs included in other assets in the accompanying balance sheet. These costs will be amortized through November 2011 as a component of interest expense.
          The Subordinated Notes impose customary affirmative covenants and restrictions on the Company, including the delivery of timely financial information to the lender. The Company was in compliance with or received waivers from the lender related to all covenant requirements as of June 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005.
Mortgage
          In June, 2006, the Company’s German subsidiary entered into a mortgage on their building in Heidelberg, Germany, with a local bank. The mortgage has a principal of 2.0 million, an interest rate of 5.75% and is payable in monthly installments over 15 years.
Capital Leases
          The Company leases certain equipment under capital lease arrangements, whose obligations are included in both short-term and long-term debt. Capital lease obligations amounted to approximately $1.6 million and $0.3 million at June 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively. Assets under capital leases are included in property, plant and equipment with the related amortization recorded as depreciation expense.

F-46


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements — (Continued)
12. Convertible Preferred Stock
          The Company has authorized 40,000,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the Preferred), 35,500,000 of which was outstanding as of June 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively. A Preferred holder is also the holder of the Company’s Subordinated Notes, discussed in Note 10. The Preferred Stock holders are entitled to the following rights:
Dividends
          The holders of the outstanding Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, when and if declared by the Board, non-cumulative cash dividends at an annual rate of $0.08 per share of the Preferred Stock. As of June 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, no dividends have been declared.
Liquidation
          In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, as defined, the holder of each share of Preferred Stock is entitled to receive, prior to any distribution to common shareholders, the greater of an amount equal to (i) $1.00 per share, plus all unpaid declared dividends, or (ii) the amount per share they would have received if the Preferred shares had been converted to common stock prior to a liquidity event. Liquidation, as defined, would include the sale of the business or the sale of greater than 50% of the common stock of the Company.
Redemption
          The Preferred Stock is not redeemable at the option of the Company or the holders.
Conversion
          The shares of Preferred Stock can, at the election of the holders, at any time, be converted in whole or in part into common shares at a ratio of one-to -one subject to adjustments for stock splits, mergers, consolidations, recapitalizations and or reorganizations.
          Each share of Preferred Stock is automatically converted at the then effective conversion rate immediately upon the consummation of an underwritten public offering, provided that aggregate net proceeds to the Company of such offering are not less than $50,000,000.
Voting
          The holders of Preferred Stock have the same voting rights as the Common stockholders. The two classes of stock shall vote together and not as separate classes. Each shareholder of Preferred Stock is entitled to one vote per each share of Common Stock into which the Preferred Stock could then be converted.
Protective Provision
          Holders of the Company’s Preferred Stock are entitled to anti-dilutive protections and protective class voting rights; including the right to veto sales or mergers of the Company, to prevent amendments to the Company’s certificate of incorporation and to prohibit future sales of Common and Preferred stock.

F-47


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements — (Continued)
13. Stockholders’ Equity
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
          At inception, the Company and its common and preferred stockholders entered into a Stockholders Agreement which defines the rights and limitations of its stockholders. The Stockholders Agreement was amended on January 6, 2005.
          The Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement (the Stockholders Agreement) generally imposes restrictions on the transfer of Company stock and grants the Company and certain of its stockholders certain rights of first refusal and co-sale rights with respect to sales of shares by other stockholders. The Stockholders Agreement also grants to Genstar Capital, LP. (Genstar), one of the primary stockholders, the right to designate all directors of the Company and the right to require other parties to participate, on a pro-rata basis, in any sale of shares by Genstar.
          Regarding shares held by employees of the Company, the Stockholders Agreement grants, to the Company and Genstar, the right to purchase such shares, upon the employees’ termination from the Company, at fair market value, or in the case of termination for cause (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement), at the employees’ cost if lower than the fair market value.
Registration Rights Agreement
          At Inception, the Company and its common stockholders entered into a Registration Rights Agreement which defines the rights to register shares of the Company’s common stock (including shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock).
          The Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement (the Registration Agreement) generally grants, to Genstar, the right to require the Company to register its shares of common stock for public trading at any time after January 6, 2006. The Registration Agreement also grants other shareholders the right to participate in any registration of common stock required by Genstar. The Registration Agreement imposes restrictions on the sale of the Company shares for a period of 180 days following the effective date of a registration statement or the commencement of a public distribution of shares, provides for certain procedures and requirements for filing of a registration statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and provides for certain indemnifications by the Company and its shareholders upon any such registration.
Restricted Common Stock
          The Company’s Board of Directors established the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan) that provides for various forms of stock based compensation to independent directors, officers and senior-level employees of the Company. Simultaneous with the establishment of this plan, the Board of Directors authorized and issued 3.3 million shares of restricted common stock to certain independent directors and employees of the Company. The restricted shares issued pursuant to the plan will be service time vested ratably over each of the five years from the date of grant, provided, that the vesting of the restricted shares may accelerate upon the occurrence of certain liquidity events, if approved by the Board of Directors in connection with the transactions. Common stock awarded under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan is generally subject to restrictions on transfer, repurchase rights, and other limitations and rights as set forth in the Stockholders Agreement and Registration Agreement.
          The Plan permits the Company to grant restricted stock to key employees and other persons who make significant contributions to the success of the Company. The restrictions and vesting schedule for restricted stock granted under the Plan are determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. In January 2005, 351,443 shares with a fair value of $35 were forfeited and 2,788,329 shares of restricted common stock with a fair value of $88 were granted. In January 2006 the Company granted 78,000 shares of restricted common stock with a fair value of $59 and 557,666 shares of restricted

F-48


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements — (Continued)
common stock vested. At June 30, 2006, 2,730,000 shares of unvested restricted stock were outstanding with a fair value of $0.3 million as of the date of the grant. At December 31, 2005, 3,209,666 shares of unvested restricted stock were outstanding with a fair value of $0.3 million as of the grant date.
          The fair value of the Company’s common stock is determined by the Company’s Board of Directors (the Board). In the absence of a public trading market for the Company’s common stock, the Company’s Board considers objective and subjective factors in determining the fair value of the Company’s common stock and related options. Consistent with the guidance provided by the AICPA’s Technical Practice Aid on The Valuation of Privately-held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation (the TPA), such considerations included, but were not limited to, the following factors:
  •  Historical and expected future earnings performance
 
  •  The liquidation preferences and dividend rights of the preferred stock
 
  •  Milestones achieved by the company
 
  •  Marketplace and major competition
 
  •  Market barriers to entry
 
  •  The Company’s workforce and related skills
 
  •  Customer and vendor characteristics
 
  •  Strategic relationships with suppliers
 
  •  Risk factors and uncertainties facing the Company
          To confirm the accuracy of these estimates of fair value, the Company obtained a third party valuation of the fair value of its common stock in 2006. The assumptions used in these valuations were based on information available to the Company and Board of Directors at the time of the restricted common stock grants.
14. Related-Party Transactions
Kilian Acquisition
          The Company acquired Kilian through the exchange of preferred and common stock in the Company that was issued to certain preferred and common shareholders of Kilian, the majority of whom were represented by Genstar Capital Partners III, L.P., one of the primary stockholders in the Company.
Management Agreement
          At November 30, 2004, the Company entered into an advisory services agreement with Genstar Capital, L.P. (“Genstar”), whereby Genstar agreed to provide certain management, business strategy, consulting, financial advisory and acquisition related services to the Company. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company will pay to Genstar an annual consulting fee of $1.0 million (payable quarterly, in arrears at the end of each calendar quarter), reimbursement of out-of -pocket expenses incurred in connection with the advisory services and an advisory fee of 2.0% of the aggregate consideration relating to any acquisition or dispositions completed by the Company. The Company recorded $0.5 million in management fees, included in selling, general and administrative expenses for each of the year-to -date periods ended June 30, 2006 and July 1, 2005. Genstar also received a one-time transaction fee of $1.0 million, for advisory services it provided in connection with the Hay Hall acquisition and related financings discussed in Notes 5 and 12, and such amounts are reflected in selling, general and administrative expenses for the

F-49


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements — (Continued)
year-to -date period ended June 30, 2006. There were no amounts payable to Genstar at June 30, 2006 or July 1, 2005.
Subordinated Notes
          The holder of the Subordinated Notes is also a Preferred Stock holder. For the six months ended June 30, 2006, the Company expensed $1.4 million and disbursed $12.6 million in cash to the holder. For the six months ended July 1, 2005, the Company expensed $1.2 million in related interest and disbursed $.8 million in cash to the holder.
15. Concentrations of Credit, Business Risks and Workforce
          Financial instruments, which are potentially subject to concentrations of credit risk, consist primarily of trade accounts receivable. The Company manages this risk by conducting credit evaluations of customers prior to delivery or commencement of services. When the Company enters into a sales contract, collateral is normally not required from the customer. Payments are typically due within thirty days of billing. An allowance for potential credit losses is maintained, and losses have historically been within management’s expectations.
          Credit related losses may occur in the event of non-performance by counterparties to financial instruments. Counterparties typically represent international or well established financial institutions.
          No one customer represented 10% or more of the Company’s sales for the year-to -date periods ended June 30, 2006 and July 1, 2005.
          Approximately 23.4% of the Company’s labor force (17.9% and 46.3% in the United States and Europe, respectively) is represented by collective bargaining agreements.
16. Geographic Information
          The Company operates in a single business segment for the development, manufacturing and sales of mechanical power transmission products. The Company’s chief operating decision maker reviews consolidated operating results to make decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance for the entire Company. Net sales to third parties and property, plant and equipment by geographic region are as follows (in thousands):
                                   
    Net Sales   Property, Plant
        and Equipment
        Year-to-    
    Year-to-Date   Date    
    Ended   Ended   June 30,   December 31,
    June 30, 2006   July 1, 2005   2006   2005
                 
North America (primarily U.S.)
  $ 163,994     $ 142,773     $ 47,590     $ 47,587  
Europe
    62,624       37,909       31,577       16,968  
Asia and other
    7,940       7,654       1,811       1,838  
                         
 
Total
  $ 234,558     $ 188,336     $ 80,978     $ 66,393  
                         
          Net sales to third parties are attributed to the geographic regions based on the country in which the shipment originates. Amounts attributed to the geographic regions for long-lived assets are based on the location of the entity, which holds such assets.
          The net assets of our foreign subsidiaries at June 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005 were $53.4 million and $49.2 million, respectively.

F-50


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements — (Continued)
          The Company has not provided specific product line sales as our general purpose financial statements do not allow us to readily determine groups of similar product sales.
17. Commitments and Contingencies
General Litigation
          The Company is involved in various pending legal proceedings arising out of the ordinary course of business. None of these legal proceedings is expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the Company. With respect to these proceedings, management believes that it will prevail, has adequate insurance coverage or has established appropriate reserves to cover potential liabilities. Any costs that management estimates may be paid related to these proceedings or claims are accrued when the liability is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. There can be no assurance, however, as to the ultimate outcome of any of these matters, and if all or substantially all of these legal proceedings were to be determined adversely to the Company, there could be a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the Company.
          Colfax maintained reserves for various legal and environmental matters and has agreed to indemnify the Company for certain pre-existing matters up to agreed upon limits.

F-51


Table of Contents

Hay Hall Holdings Limited
Independent Auditors’ Report
To the Shareholders of Hay Hall Holdings Limited
Hay Hall Holdings Limited
Group Headquarters
Hay Hall Works
134 Redfern Road
Tyseley
Birmingham
B11 2BE
          We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Hay Hall Holdings Limited as of December 31, 2005 and the related consolidated profit and loss account and cash flows for the year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
          We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
          In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Hay Hall Holdings Limited at December 31, 2005, and the results of its consolidated profit and loss account and its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom, which differ in certain respects from those followed in the United States, as described in Note 28 to the financial statements.
/s/ BDO Stoy Hayward LLP
Chartered Accountants
Birmingham, United Kingdom
8 June 2006

F-52


Table of Contents

Consolidated Profit and Loss Account
For the year ended 31 December 2005
                 
        Year Ended
        31 December
    Notes   2005
         
        £’000
Turnover
    2       39,262  
Operating costs less other income
    3       (37,924 )
             
Operating profit
    4       1,338  
Interest receivable
            56  
Interest payable
    5       (1,286 )
Other financial income
            107  
             
Profit on ordinary activities before taxation
            215  
Tax on profit on ordinary activities
    8       (292 )
             
              (77 )
Minority interests
             —  
             
(Loss) profit for the financial period
            (77 )
             
All the group’s turnover and operating profit were derived from continuing activities.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this profit and loss account.

F-53


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statement of Total Recognised Gains and Losses
For the year ended 31 December 2005
         
    Year Ended
    31 December
    2005
     
    £’000
(Loss) profit for the financial period
    (77 )
Profit (loss) on foreign currency translation
    118  
Actuarial (losses) gains on retirement benefit scheme
    (2,148 )
       
Total recognised gains and losses relating to the period
    (2,107 )
       

F-54


Table of Contents

Consolidated Balance Sheet
31 December 2005
                 
    Notes   2005
         
        £’000
Fixed assets
               
Goodwill
    9       2,593  
Tangible assets
    10       6,131  
Investments
    11       19  
             
              8,743  
Current assets
               
Stocks
    12       8,659  
Debtors
    13       7,537  
Cash at bank and in hand
            2,207  
             
              18,403  
Creditors: Amounts falling due within one year
    14       (13,673 )
             
Net current assets
            4,730  
             
Total assets less current liabilities
            13,473  
             
Financed by:
               
Creditors: Amounts falling due after more than one year Obligations under finance leases and hire purchase contracts
    15       513  
Borrowings
    16       9,185  
Pension obligations
    25       3,573  
             
              13,271  
             
Capital and reserves
               
Called-up share capital
    18       2,130  
Profit and loss account
    19       (1,928 )
             
Shareholders’ funds
    20       202  
             
Minority interests
    21        
             
              13,473  
             
The accounts were approved by the board of directors on 8, June 2006 and signed on its behalf by:
D Wall
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this consolidated balance sheet.

F-55


Table of Contents

Company Balance Sheet
31 December 2005
                 
    Notes   2005
         
        £’000
Fixed assets
               
Investments
    11       2,280  
             
Creditors: Amounts falling due after more than one year
    14       (150 )
             
Total assets less current liabilities
            2,130  
             
Financed by:
               
Capital and reserves
               
Called-up share capital
    18       2,130  
Profit and loss account
    19        
             
Shareholders’ funds
    20       2,130  
             
The accounts were approved by the board of directors on 8 June 2006 and signed on its behalf by:
D Wall
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this balance sheet.

F-56


Table of Contents

Cash Flow Statement
For the period ended 31 December 2005
                 
        Year Ended
        31 December
    Notes   2005
         
        £’000
Net cash inflow from operating activities
    22       2,789  
Returns on investments and servicing of finance
               
Interest received
            56  
Interest paid — HP and finance lease
            (26 )
Interest paid — other interest
            (1,129 )
             
Net cash outflow for returns on investments and servicing of finance
            (1,099 )
             
Taxation
               
Tax paid
            (186 )
             
Net cash outflow for taxation
            (186 )
             
Capital expenditure
               
Purchase of tangible fixed assets
            (680 )
Sale of tangible fixed assets
            8  
             
Net cash outflow for capital expenditure
            (672 )
             
Acquisition and disposals
               
Purchase of subsidiary undertaking
            (288 )
Net cash acquired with subsidiary undertakings
            42  
Purchase of investments
            (5 )
             
Net cash outflow for acquisition and disposals
            (251 )
             
Cash outflow before financing
            581  
             
Financing
               
Capital element of finance lease rental payments
            (178 )
New loans
            238  
Repayment of loans
            (1,007 )
             
Net cash (outflow) inflow from financing
            (947 )
             
Decrease in cash in the period
    23       (366 )
             
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this consolidated cash flow statement

F-57


Table of Contents

Notes to Accounts
1 Accounting policies
          The principal accounting policies are set out below. They have all been applied consistently throughout the period.
a)     Basis of accounting
          The accounts have been prepared under the historical cost convention and in accordance with applicable accounting standards. The Group has adopted the full accounting requirements of FRS17 — Retirement Benefits in the 2005 accounts and comparative figures for 2004 have been restated accordingly. The change in accounting policy had the effect of increasing group profits after tax for the year by £75,000, and decreasing group shareholders’ funds by £2,069,000.
b)     Accounting period
          The financial statements cover the period for the year ended 31 December 2005.
c)     Basis of consolidation
          The Group accounts consolidate the accounts of Hay Hall Holdings Limited and its material subsidiary undertakings drawn up to 31 December. The results of subsidiaries acquired or sold are consolidated for the periods from or to the date on which control passed. Acquisitions are accounted for under the acquisition method.
          As permitted by Section 230 of the Companies Act 1985, no profit and loss account is presented in respect of Hay Hall Holdings Limited. The retained profit for the financial period of the parent company was £Nil.
d)     Goodwill
          Goodwill arising on acquisitions is capitalised and written off on a straight line basis over its useful economic life which is a maximum of twenty years. Provision is made for any impairment.
e)     Tangible fixed assets
          Tangible fixed assets are shown at cost, net of depreciation and any provision for impairment. Depreciation is provided on all tangible fixed assets other than freehold land, at rates calculated to write off the cost, less estimated residual value, of fixed assets on a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives, as follows:
     
Freehold buildings
  2% to 3 1 / 3 % per annum
Improvements to short leasehold premises
  Over term of lease
Plant and machinery and equipment
  4% to 33 1 / 3 % per annum
          Residual value is calculated on prices prevailing at the date of acquisition or revaluation.
          Where depreciation charges are increased following a revaluation, an amount equal to the increase is transferred annually from the revaluation reserve to the profit and loss account as a movement on reserves. On the disposal or recognition of a provision for impairment of a revalued fixed asset, any related balance remaining in the revaluation reserve is also transferred to the profit and loss account as a movement on reserves.

F-58


Table of Contents

Notes to Accounts — (Continued)
f)     Investments
          Fixed asset investments are shown at cost less provision for impairment.
g)     Stocks
          Stocks are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost includes materials, direct labour and an attributable proportion of manufacturing overheads based on normal levels of activity. Net realisable value is based on estimated selling price, less further costs expected to be incurred to completion and disposal. Provision is made for obsolete, slow-moving or defective items where appropriate.
h)     Taxation
          Corporation tax payable is provided on taxable profits at the current rate. Payment is made in certain cases by group companies for group relief surrendered to them.
          Deferred tax is recognised in respect of all timing differences that have originated but not reversed at the balance sheet date where transactions or events that result in an obligation to pay more tax in the future or a right to pay less tax in the future have occurred at the balance sheet date. Timing differences are differences between the company’s taxable profits and its results as stated in the financial statements that arise from the inclusion of gains and losses in tax assessments in periods different from those in which they are recognised in the financial statements.
          A net deferred tax asset is regarded as recoverable and therefore recognised only when, on the basis of all available evidence, it can be regarded as more likely than not that there will be suitable taxable profits from which the future reversal of the underlying timing differences can be deducted.
          Deferred tax is not recognised when fixed assets are revalued unless by the balance sheet date there is a binding agreement to see the revalued assets and the gain or loss expected to arise on sale has been recognised in the financial statements. Neither is deferred tax recognised when fixed assets are sold and it is more likely than not that the taxable gain will be rolled over, being charged to tax only if and when the replacements assets are sold.
          Deferred tax is recognised in respect of the retained earnings of overseas subsidiaries and associates only to the extent that, at the balance sheet date, dividends have been accrued as receivable or a binding agreement to distribute past earnings in future has been entered into by the subsidiary or associates.
          Deferred tax is measured at the average tax rates that are expected to apply in the periods in which the timing differences are expected to reverse, based on tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax is measured on a non-discounted basis.
i)     Foreign currency
          Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange at the date of the transaction or, if hedged, at the forward contract rate. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are reported at the rates of exchange prevailing at that date or, if appropriate, at the forward contract rate. Any gain or loss arising from a change in exchange rates subsequent to the date of the transaction is included as an exchange gain or loss in the profit and loss account.
          The results of overseas operations are translated at the average rates of exchange during the period and their balance sheets at the rates ruling at the balance sheet date. Exchange differences arising on translation of the opening net assets and on foreign currency borrowings, to the extent that they hedge the group’s investment in such operations, are dealt with through reserves. All other exchange differences are included in the profit and loss account.

F-59


Table of Contents

Notes to Accounts — (Continued)
j)     Leases
          Assets held under finance leases, which confer rights and obligations similar to those attached to owned assets, are capitalised as tangible fixed assets and are depreciated over the shorter of the lease terms and their useful lives. The capital elements of future lease obligations are recorded as liabilities, while the interest elements are charged to the profit and loss account over the period of the leases to produce a constant rate of charge on the balance of capital repayments outstanding. Hire purchase transactions are dealt with similarly, except that assets are depreciated over their useful lives.
          Rentals under operating leases are charged on a straight-line basis over the lease term, even if the payments are not made on such a basis.
k)     Turnover
          Turnover represents amounts receivable for goods and services provided in the normal course of business, net of trade discounts, VAT and other sales related taxes.
l)     Pension costs
          Contributions to the group’s defined contribution pension scheme are charged to the profit and loss account in the year in which they become payable.
          The difference between the fair value of the assets held in the group’s defined benefit pension scheme and the scheme’s liabilities measures on an actuarial basis using the projected unit method are recognised in the group’s balance sheet as a pension asset or liability as appropriate. The carrying value of any resulting pension scheme asset is restricted to the extent that the group is able to recover the surplus either through reduced contributions in the future or through refunds from the scheme. The pension scheme balance is recognised net of any related deferred tax balance.
          Charges in the defined benefit scheme asset or liability arising from factors other than cash contribution by the group are charged to the profit and loss account or the statement of total recognised gains and losses in accordance with FRS17 ‘Retirement benefits’.
m)     Finance costs
          Finance costs of debt and non-equity shares are recognised in the profit and loss account over the term of such instruments at a constant rate on the carrying amount. Where the finance costs for non-equity shares are not equal to the dividends on these instruments, the difference is also accounted for in the profit and loss account as an appropriation of profits.
n)     Debt
Debt is initially stated at the amount of the net proceeds after deduction of issue costs. The carrying amount is increased by the finance cost in respect of the accounting year and reduced by payments made in the year.

F-60


Table of Contents

Notes to Accounts — (Continued)
2 Turnover
          Turnover relates to the Group’s principal activities as described in the directors’ report. An analysis of turnover by geographical destination for the year ended 31 December 2005 is as follows:
         
    2005
     
    £’000
UK
    12,348  
Rest of Europe
    8,471  
Americas
    14,086  
Rest of the World
    4,357  
       
      39,262  
       
          Turnover by origin is as follows:
         
    2005
     
    £’000
UK
    30,050  
Rest of Europe
    700  
USA
    7,192  
Africa
    1,320  
       
      39,262  
       
3 Operating costs less other income
         
    2005
    Continuing
    Operations
     
    £’000
Change in stocks of finished goods and work in progress
    607  
Other operating income
    54  
Raw materials and consumables
    (14,438 )
Other external charges
    (7,317 )
Staff costs
    (15,631 )
Depreciation and Amortisation
    (1,200 )
       
      (37,924 )
       
4 Operating profit
          Operating profit is stated after charging:
           
    2005
     
    £’000
Depreciation of tangible fixed assets
    1,075  
Amortisation of goodwill
    125  
Auditors’ remuneration for audit services
    71  
Operating lease rentals — plant and machinery
    113  
 
 — other
    473  
       

F-61


Table of Contents

Notes to Accounts — (Continued)
          Amounts payable to BDO Stoy Hayward LLP in respect of non-audit services were £23,000. Auditors’ remuneration for audit services charged to the company profit and loss account of Hay Hall Holdings Limited was £Nil.
5 Interest payable and similar charges
         
    2005
     
    £’000
Bank loans and overdrafts
    1,079  
Finance leases and hire purchase contracts
    26  
Amortisation of loan issue costs
    181  
       
      1,286  
       
6 Staff costs
          The average monthly number of employees (including executive directors) was as follows:
         
    2005
    Number
     
Works employees
    349  
Staff
    199  
       
      548  
       
          Their aggregate remuneration comprised:
         
    2005
     
    £’000
Wages and salaries
    13,969  
Redundancy costs
    55  
Social security costs
    1,328  
Other pension costs
    279  
       
      15,631  
       
7 Directors’ remuneration
          The directors did not receive any remuneration from the company during the period.
8 Tax on profit on ordinary activities
          The tax charge (credit) comprises:
         
    2005
     
    £’000
Current tax
       
UK corporation tax at 30%
    5  
Overseas tax
    215  
       
      220  
Deferred tax (see note 17)
       
Origination and reversal of timing differences
    72  
       
Total tax on profit on ordinary activities
    292  
       

F-62


Table of Contents

Notes to Accounts — (Continued)
          The difference between the total current tax shown above and the amount calculated by applying the standard rate of UK corporation tax to the profit before tax is as follows:
         
    2005
     
    £’000
Profit on ordinary activities before tax
    215  
       
Tax on profit on ordinary activities at standard UK corporation tax rate of 30%
    65  
Effects of:
       
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
    6  
Depreciation in excess of capital allowances
    125  
Other timing differences
    24  
       
Current tax charges for period
    220  
       
9 Goodwill
         
Group   £’000
     
Cost
       
Beginning of year (as previously reported)
    745  
Prior year adjustment
    1,604  
       
Beginning of year (as restated)
    2,349  
Goodwill on acquisition in the year (note 11)
    399  
       
End of year
    2,748  
       
Amortisation
       
Beginning of year (as previously reported)
    (10 )
Prior year adjustment
    (20 )
       
Beginning of year (as restated)
    (30 )
Charge for the year
    (125 )
       
End of year
    (155 )
       
Net book value
       
End of year
    2,593  
       
Beginning of year (as restated)
    2,319  
       

F-63


Table of Contents

Notes to Accounts — (Continued)
10 Tangible fixed assets
                                 
    Freehold   Short   Plant,    
    Land and   Leasehold   Machinery &    
Group   Buildings   Buildings   Equipment   Total
                 
    £’000   £’000   £’000   £’000
Cost or valuation
                               
Beginning of year
    1,579       218       10,331       12,128  
Acquisitions
                13       13  
Additions
                672       672  
Disposal
          (132 )     (395 )     (527 )
Exchange adjustment
          2       173       175  
                         
End of year
    1,579       88       10,794       12,461  
                         
Depreciation
                               
Beginning of year
    212       114       5,405       5,731  
Acquisitions
                    4       4  
Charge for the year
    30       34       1,003       1,067  
Disposal
            (132 )     (391 )     (523 )
Exchange adjustment
                    51       51  
                         
End of year
    242       16       6,072       6,330  
                         
Net book value
                               
Beginning of year
    1,367       104       4,926       6,397  
                         
End of year
    1,337       72       4,722       6,131  
                         
          The net book value of tangible fixed assets includes an amount of £629,000 in respect of assets held under finance leases and hire purchase contracts. The related depreciation charge on these assets for the year was £78,000.
          Freehold land and buildings include land of £400,000 which has not been depreciated.
Company
          The company does not have any tangible fixed assets.
11 Fixed asset investments
                 
    2005
     
    Group   Company
    2005   2005
         
    £’000   £’000
Subsidiary undertaking
          2,280  
Investments
    19        
             
      19       2,280  
             

F-64


Table of Contents

Notes to Accounts — (Continued)
Investment in subsidiary undertaking
          The company has an investment in the following subsidiary undertaking:
                         
    Country of        
    Registration   Holding   %
             
The Hay Hall Group Limited
    England       Ordinary       85  
              Preference       82  
              B Preference       84  
              C  Preference       100  
The subsidiary undertaking has investments in the following companies:
                       
Trading companies
                       
Matrix International Limited
    England       Ordinary       100  
Inertia Dynamics Inc
    USA       Ordinary       100  
Matrix International GmbH
    Germany       Ordinary       100  
Bibby Transmissions Limited
    England       Ordinary       100  
Huco Engineering Industries Limited
    England       Ordinary       100  
Twiflex Limited
    England       Ordinary       100  
Bibby Turboflex (SA) (Pty) Limited
    South Africa       Ordinary       100  
Scandicom AB
    Sweden       Ordinary       100  
Saftek Limited
    England       Ordinary       100  
Holding companies
                       
Bibby Group Limited
    England       Ordinary       100  
Huco Power Transmissions Limited
    England       Ordinary       100  
MEL Holding Inc
    USA       Ordinary       100  
Non trading companies
                       
Turboflex Limited
    England       Ordinary       100  
Matrix Engineering Limited
    England       Ordinary       100  
Hay Hall Leicester Limited
    England       Ordinary       100  
Stainless Steel Tubes Limited
    England       Ordinary       100  
Hay Hall Tyseley Limited
    England       Ordinary       100  
T&A Nash (Penn) Limited
    England       Ordinary       100  
Motion Developments Limited
    England       Ordinary       100  
Hay Hall Trustees Limited
    England       Ordinary       100  
Turboflex (South Africa) (Pty) Limited
    South Africa       Ordinary       100  
Torsiflex Limited
    England       Ordinary       100  
Dynatork Air Motors Limited
    England       Ordinary       100  
Dynatork Limited
    England       Ordinary       100  
          The principal activity of all the above operating companies was the design and manufacture of industrial power transmission components.
          The group has an investment in the following associated undertaking.
                         
    Country of        
    Registration   Holding   %
             
Rathi Turboflex Pty Limited
    India       Ordinary       50  

F-65


Table of Contents

Notes to Accounts — (Continued)
          The investment in the associated undertaking is not material therefore it has not been included in the consolidated results of the group.
Acquisition of subsidiary undertaking
          On 1 August 2005 the company acquired 100% of the issued share capitals of Dynatork Air Motors Limited and Dynatork Limited. The following table sets out the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired and their book and fair value:
         
    Book and Fair
    Value
     
    £’000
Tangible fixed assets
    13  
Stocks
    25  
Debtors
    56  
Creditors
    (6 )
Taxation
    (41 )
Cash acquired
    42  
       
      89  
Goodwill (note 9)
    399  
       
      488  
       
Satisfied by:
       
Cash
    288  
Deferred consideration
    200  
       
      488  
       
          Dynatork Air Motors Limited earned a profit after taxation of £48,000 in the year ended 31 March 2005. The summarised profit and loss account for the period from 1 April 2005 to 31 July 2005, shown on the basis of the accounting policies of Dynatork Air Motors Limited prior to the acquisition, are as follows:
         
Profit and Loss Account    
     
    £’000
Turnover
    144  
Cost of sales
    (43 )
       
Operating profit
    101  
Finance charges (net)
     
       
Profit on ordinary activities before taxation
    101  
tax on profit on ordinary activities
    (20 )
       
Profit for the financial period
    81  
       

F-66


Table of Contents

Notes to Accounts — (Continued)
          On 30 September 2004 the company acquired the majority of the issued share capital of The Hay Hall Group Limited, a company based in Birmingham. The following table sets out the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired and their book and fair value:
                 
        Book and
        Fair Value
         
        £’000
        (As restated)
Investments
            10  
Tangible fixed assets
            6,563  
Stocks
            7,309  
Debtors
            8,728  
Creditors
            (7,074 )
Overdrafts acquired
            (5,206 )
Loans
            (8,280 )
Obligations under finance leases and hire purchase contracts
            (515 )
Pension obligations
            (1,604 )
             
              (69 )
Goodwill (note 9) (as previously reported)
    745          
Prior year adjustment
    1,604       2,349  
             
              2,280  
             
Satisfied by:
               
Cash
            150  
Issue of shares
            2,130  
             
              2,280  
             
          The calculation of goodwill above has been restated following the adoption of FRS17 — Retirement Benefits. This has resulted in the inclusion of the book value of Pension obligations in the amount of £1,604,000 as set out in note 25.
12 Stocks
         
    2005
     
    £’000
Group
       
Raw materials and consumables
    1,668  
Work in progress
    1,848  
Finished goods and goods for resale
    5,143  
       
      8,659  
       
          There is no material difference between the balance sheet value of stocks and their replacement cost.

F-67


Table of Contents

Notes to Accounts — (Continued)
Company
          The company held no stocks at either year end.
13 Debtors
                 
    2005
     
    Group   Company
         
    £’000   £’000
Amounts falling due within one year:
               
Trade debtors
    6,792        
VAT
    262        
Taxation recoverable
    11        
Deferred tax debtor
    83        
Prepayments and accrued income
    389        
             
      7,537        
             
14 Creditors: Amounts falling due within one year
                 
    2005
     
    Group   Company
         
    £’000   £’000
Bank loans and overdrafts (secured)
    5,668        
Trade creditors
    4,531        
Amounts due to group undertakings
            150  
Corporate tax payable
    353        
Other taxation and social security
    437        
Obligations under finance leases and hire purchase contracts
    233        
Accruals
    2,451        
             
      13,673       150  
             
          The bank loans and overdrafts are secured by fixed and floating charges over the assets of the subsidiary undertakings.
15 Creditors: Amounts falling due after more than one year
                 
    2005
     
    Group   Company
         
    £’000   £’000
Obligations under finance leases and hire purchase contracts
    331        
Deferred consideration
    182        
Amounts due to subsidiary undertaking
          150  
             
      513       150  
             

F-68


Table of Contents

Notes to Accounts — (Continued)
Finance leases
         
    2005
     
    £’000
Amounts payable:
       
— Within one year
    233  
— between one and two years
    163  
— between two and five years
    168  
       
      564  
       
Deferred consideration
          Deferred consideration of £200,000 is due in respect of the acquisition during the year of Dynatork Air Motors Limited, of which £182,000 is due after more than 1 year. The rate of payment of the deferred consideration is dependent upon the value of sales made of the company’s product range subsequent to the acquisition and is payable bi-annually commencing on 31 January 2006.
16 Creditors: Amounts falling due after more than one year
                 
    2005
     
    Group   Company
         
    £’000   £’000
Senior loans
    9,185        
             
          The senior loans were at variable rate and were repayable in varying installments. The loans were secured on the assets of the principal subsidiary and its subsidiary undertakings.
Analysis of borrowings
          Loans were repayable by installments and not wholly within five years. Amounts due at 31 December were payable as follows:
         
    2005
     
    Group
     
    £’000
Amounts payable:
       
— within one year
    1,200  
— between one and two years
    1,200  
— between two and five years
    7,985  
       
      10,385  
Loan issue costs not amortised
     
       
      10,385  
       
          In accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 4, the carrying value of the loans is shown net of issue costs of which £181,000 has been charged to the profit and loss account in the year.
          On 10 February 2006 all of the loans were repaid in full following the acquisition of the company by the Warner Electric (U.K.) Group.

F-69


Table of Contents

Notes to Accounts — (Continued)
17 Provisions for liabilities and charges
                 
    2005
     
    Group   Company
         
    £’000   £’000
Deferred tax
               
At beginning of period
    131        
On acquisitions
             
Charged to the profit and loss account
    (72 )      
Differences on exchange
    (12 )      
Offset against pension obligations
    32          
Transferred to debtors
    (83 )      
             
At end of period
           
             
The deferred tax provision comprises:
               
Accelerated capital allowances
    (8 )      
Other timing differences
    91        
             
      83        
             
          The group also has losses of £761,000, giving a deferred tax asset of £228,000 which is unprovided. This deferred tax asset has not been recognised on the basis that it is unlikely to be utilised in the foreseeable future.
18 Called-up share capital
         
    2005
     
    £’000
Authorised
       
2,600,000 ordinary shares of £1 each
    2,600  
       
Allotted, called-up and fully-paid
       
2,130,370 ordinary shares of £1 each
    2,130  
       
19 Reserves
         
    Profit and
    Loss Account
     
    £’000
Group
       
Beginning of year (as restated)
    179  
Retained loss for the period
    (77 )
Profit on foreign currency translation
    118  
Actuarial losses on pension scheme
    (2,148 )
       
End of year
    (1,928 )
       
Company
       
Beginning and end of period
     
       

F-70


Table of Contents

Notes to Accounts — (Continued)
20 Reconciliation of movements in shareholders’ funds
                 
    2005
     
    Group   Company
         
    £’000   £’000
(Loss) Profit for the financial period
    (77 )      
Issue of share capital
           
Profit (Loss) on foreign currency translation
    118        
Actuarial losses on pension scheme
    (2,148 )      
             
Net (reduction in) addition to shareholders’ funds
    (2,107 )      
Opening shareholders’ funds
    2,309       2,130  
             
Closing shareholders’ funds
    202       2,130  
             
21 Minority interests
         
    2005
     
    £’000
At 1 January 2005 (as restated)
     
Profit on ordinary activities after taxation for the year
     
       
At 31 December 2005
     
       
          On 10 February 2006 the Company acquired the remaining shares in The Hay Hall Group Limited that it did not previously own with the result that The Hay Hall Group Limited became a 100% owned subsidiary at that date.
22 Reconciliation of operating profit to operating cash flows
         
    2005
     
    £’000
Operating profit
    1,338  
Depreciation and amortisation charges
    1,200  
(Increase) in stocks
    (841 )
Decrease in debtors
    392  
Decrease in creditors
    700  
       
Net cash inflow from operating activities
    2,789  
       
23 Analysis and reconciliation of net debt
                                         
    At Start           Exchange   At End
    of Year   Cash Flow   Acquisition   Adjustment   of Year
                     
    £’000   £’000   £’000   £’000   £’000
Cash in hand, at bank
    1,958       207       42             2,207  
Overdrafts
    (3,853 )     (615 )                 (4,468 )
                               
      (1,895 )     (408 )     42               (2,261 )
                               
Debt due after one year
    (9,583 )     645             (247 )     (9,185 )
Debt due within one year
    (1,200 )                       (1,200 )
                               
Net debt
    (12,678 )     237       42       (247 )     (12,646 )
                               

F-71


Table of Contents

Notes to Accounts — (Continued)
         
    2005
     
    £’000
Decrease in cash in the year
    (366 )
Cash inflow (outflow) from (decrease) increase in debt
    398  
       
Change in net debt resulting from cash flows in the year
    32  
Net debt at start of year
    (12,678 )
       
Net debt at end of year
    (12,646 )
       
24 Guarantees and other financial commitments
a)     Capital commitments
          At the end of the period, capital commitments were:
         
    2005
     
    £’000
Group
       
Contracted but not provided for
     
       
Company
          The company had no capital commitments at the period end.
b)     Operating lease commitments
          Annual commitments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:
                 
    Land and   Plant and
    Buildings   Machinery
    2005   2005
         
    £’000   £’000
Group
               
Expiry date
               
 — within one year
    5       51  
 — between one and two years
    168       65  
 — between two and five years
    281       52  
             
      454       168  
             
Company
          The Company did not have any commitments at the period end.
c)     Other commitments
          Other commitments extant at the year end were as follows:
         
    2005
     
    £’000
Group
       
Trade guarantees
    79  
HM Customs and Excise
    36
 

F-72


Table of Contents

Notes to Accounts — (Continued)
Company
          Cross guarantees between the Group companies are in place to guarantee the Group’s borrowings.
25 Pension arrangements
Composition of the Scheme
The Hay Hall Group Limited, the Company’s principal subsidiary, operates a defined benefit scheme in the UK. A full actuarial valuation was carried out at 05 April 2003 and updated to 31 December 2005 by a qualified actuary. The major assumptions used by the actuary were:
         
    At 31 December 2005
     
Rate of increase in pensions in payment (where increases are not fixed)
    2.65%  
Discount rate
    5.00%  
Inflation assumption
    2.75%  
          The scheme also holds assets and liabilities in respect of defined contribution benefits. As at 31 December 2005, the liabilities and matching assets have a value of £1,935,900 and are excluded from the following figures.
          Contributions to defined contribution schemes in the year were £279,000.
          The assets in the scheme and expected rates of return were:
                 
    Long Term Rate    
    of Return    
    Expected at   Market Value at
    31 December   31 December
    2005   2005
         
        £000
Equities
    8.00 %     11,366  
Bonds
    4.70 %     15,656  
Cash
    4.10 %     155  
             
Total market value of assets
            27,177  
Present value of scheme liabilities
            32,281  
(Deficit) surplus in the Scheme
            (5,104 )
Related deferred tax asset (liability)
            1,531  
Net pension liability
            (3,573 )
             
         
    31 December 2005
     
    £000
Analysis of the amount charged in operating profit
       
Current service cost
     
Past service cost
     
Curtailment (gain)/loss
     
       
Total Operating Charge
     
       
Analysis of the amount credited to other finance income
       
Expected return on pension scheme assets
    1,571  
Interest on pensions scheme liabilities
    (1,464 )
       
Net return
    107  
       

F-73


Table of Contents

Notes to Accounts — (Continued)
         
    31 December 2005
     
    £000
Analysis of amount recognised in statement of total recognised gains and losses (STRGL)
       
Actual return less expected return on scheme assets
    1,777  
Experience gains and losses arising on the scheme liabilities
    (334 )
Changes in assumptions underlying the present value of the scheme liabilities
    (4,511 )
       
Actuarial (loss) gain recognised in STRGL
    (3,068 )
       
Movement in (deficit) during the period
       
Deficit in scheme at beginning of the period
    (2,143 )
Movement in the period:
       
Current service cost
     
Contributions
     
Past service cost
     
Curtailments gain/(loss)
     
Other finance income
    107  
Actuarial loss
    (3,068 )
       
      (5,104 )
       
History of experience gains and losses
       
Actuarial less expected return
    1,777  
      7 %
Experience gain on the liabilities
    (334 )
      (1 )%
Total amount recognised in the STRGL
    (3,068 )
      (10 )%
26 Subsequent Events
          On 10 February 2006 the Company and the majority of its trading subsidiaries were acquired by Warner Electric (U.K.) Group Limited, a company incorporated in England, which is a subsidiary of Altra Industrial Motion, Inc., a company incorporated in the U.S.
27 Related Party Disclosures
          On 10 February 2006 the company was acquired by Warner Electric (U.K.) Group Limited, a company incorporated in England. With effect from this date the company’s ultimate parent company is Altra Industrial Motion, Inc., a company incorporated in the U.S.
28 Summary of differences between accounting principles in the United Kingdom and the United State of America
          The consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom (“UK GAAP”) which differs in certain respects from accounting principles in the United States of America (“US GAAP”).

F-74


Table of Contents

Notes to Accounts — (Continued)
          The following are the adjustments to net income and shareholders’ funds determined in accordance with UK GAAP, necessary to reconcile to net income and shareholders’ funds determined in accordance with US GAAP.
                 
    Notes   2005
         
        £’000
Net (loss) income in accordance with UK GAAP
            (77 )
Goodwill
    a       125  
Tangible assets
    b       7  
             
Net (loss) income in accordance with US GAAP
            55  
             
Shareholders’ funds in accordance with UK GAAP
            202  
Goodwill
    a       155  
Tangible assets
    b       (268 )
             
Shareholders’ funds in accordance with US GAAP
            89  
             
     (a) Goodwill Amortization
Under UK GAAP, goodwill is recorded at its actual cost in sterling, or at the original foreign currency amount translated at the exchange rate applying on the acquisition date. Goodwill is then held in the currency of the acquiring entity at historic cost and amortized at a rate calculated to write off its value on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life, which is currently considered to be twenty years. Furthermore, goodwill is reviewed for impairment if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.
Under US GAAP, goodwill is not amortized but rather tested at least annually for impairment. Furthermore, goodwill is denominated in the functional currency of the acquired entity. Consequently, the goodwill is retranslated at each period end at the closing rate of exchange.
     (b) Tangible Assets
Under UK GAAP, certain assets may be revalued, while under US GAAP, they are shown as historical cost.
1. Balance sheet and profit and loss account presentation
General
The format of a balance sheet prepared in accordance with UK GAAP differs in certain respects from US GAAP. UK GAAP requires assets to be presented in ascending order of liquidity whereas US GAAP assets are presented in descending order of liquidity. In addition, current assets under UK GAAP include amounts that fall due after more than one year, whereas under US GAAP, such assets are classified as non-current assets.
2. Consolidated statement of cashflow
The consolidated statement of cash flow prepared under UK GAAP presents substantially the same information as that required under US GAAP. Cash flow under UK GAAP represents increases or decreases in “cash”, which comprises cash in hand, deposits repayable on demand and bank overdrafts. Under US GAAP, cash flow represents increases or decreases in “cash and Cash equivalents”, which includes short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of less than three months, and excludes bank overdrafts.

F-75


Table of Contents

Notes to Accounts — (Continued)
Under UK GAAP, cash flows are presented separately for operating activities, equity dividends, returns on investment and servicing of finance, taxation, capital expenditure and financial investment, acquisitions and disposals, management of liquid resources and financing activities. Under US GAAP, only three categories of cash flow activity are presented, being cash flows relating to operating activities, investing activities and financing activities. Cash flows from taxation and returns on investments and servicing of finance, with the exception of servicing of members’ finance, are included as operating.
The following statements summarize the statements of cash flows as if they had been presented in accordance with US GAAP, and include the adjustments that reconcile cash and cash equivalents under US GAAP to cash and short term deposits under UK GAAP.
         
    2005
     
    £’000
Net cash provided by operating activities
    1,504  
Net cash used by investing activities
    (923 )
Net cash provided by financing activities
    (947 )
       
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
    (366 )
Cash and cash equivalents under US GAAP at beginning of the period
    (1,895 )
Cash and cash equivalents under US GAAP at end of the period
    (2,261 )
       
Cash and cash equivalents under UK GAAP at end of the period
    (2,261 )
       

F-76


Table of Contents

 
 
          Through and including                     , 2006 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
                 Shares
ALTRA LOGO
Altra Holdings, Inc.
Common Stock
 
PROSPECTUS
 
Merrill Lynch & Co.
Wachovia Securities
Jefferies & Company
                    , 2006
 
 


Table of Contents

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
          Set forth below is a table of the registration fee for the Securities and Exchange Commission, the filing fee for the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., the listing fee for the NASDAQ and estimates of all other expenses to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities described in the registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions:
           
SEC registration fee
  $ 18,458  
NASD filing fee
       
NASDAQ listing fee
       
Printing and engraving expenses
    *  
Legal fees and expenses
    *  
Accounting fees and expenses
    *  
Transfer agent and registrar fees
    *  
Miscellaneous
    *  
       
 
Total
  $    
       
 
To be completed by amendment.
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers
          The following is a summary of the statute, charter and bylaw provisions or other arrangements under which the registrant’s directors and officers are insured or indemnified against liability in their capacities as such. All the directors and officers of the registrant are covered by insurance policies maintained and held in effect by Altra Holdings, Inc. against certain liabilities for actions taken in their capacities as such, including liabilities under the Securities Act. In addition, three of our directors, Messrs. Conte, Paterson and Gold, are also indemnified by insurance policies maintained and held by Genstar Capital.
Section 145 of Delaware General Corporation Law.
          Altra Holdings, Inc., is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit, or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.
          Section 145 also provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a

II-1


Table of Contents

manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery of Delaware or such other court shall deem proper.
          To the extent that a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith; provided that indemnification provided for by Section 145 or granted pursuant thereto shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the indemnified party may be entitled; and a Delaware corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity or arising out of such person’s status as such whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liabilities under Section 145.
Certificate of Incorporation Provisions on Indemnification.
          The Certificate of Incorporation of Altra Holdings, Inc. provides that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to either the corporation or any of its stockholder for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty except for (i) breaches of the duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct or knowing violation of the law, (iii) as required by Section 174 of the DGCL or (iv) a transaction resulting in an improper personal benefit. In addition the corporation has the power to indemnify any person serving as a director, officer or agent of the corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law.
By-law Provisions on Indemnification.
          The By-laws of Altra Holdings, Inc. provide generally that the corporation has the power to indemnify its directors, officers, employees and agents who are or were a party, or threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending, or contemplated action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was the director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving in such a position at its request of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.
          The above discussion of the DGCL and of the Certificates of Incorporation and By-Laws of the registrant is not intended to be exhaustive and is qualified in its entirety by such Certificate of Incorporation, By-Laws and the DGCL.
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
          In connection with the PTH Acquisition in November 2004, Genstar Capital Partners III, L.P. and Stargen III, L.P. (together, the “Genstar Funds”) and CDPQ purchased approximately 26.3 million shares of our preferred stock for approximately $26.3 million.
          In addition, the Genstar Funds and certain members of management acquired an additional 8.8 million shares of our preferred stock by exchanging Kilian preferred stock of equivalent value. Certain members of management also exchanged 8,767 shares of Kilian restricted common stock for 697,446 shares of our restricted common stock. All of the cash and Kilian preferred stock received by us

II-2


Table of Contents

from such sales of our preferred stock were contributed to Altra Industrial, and the cash portion thereof provided a portion of the funds necessary to complete the PTH Acquisition.
          In 2005, following the commencement of their employment, Mr. Christenson and Mr. Wall purchased 300,000 and 100,000 shares of our preferred stock for a purchase price of $300,000 and $100,000, respectively.
          In January 2005 and January 2006, we issued an aggregate of 2,788,329 shares and 78,000 shares, respectively, of our restricted common stock to members of our management pursuant to our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. In addition, in August 2006 we issued 407,798 shares of our restricted common stock to our Chief Executive Officer and 207,713 shares of our restricted common stock to our President and COO, in each case, pursuant to our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.
          The issuances of the securities described above were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of such Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, or under Rule 701 under the Securities Act. The recipients of securities in each such transaction represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates issued in such transactions.
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
          (a) The following exhibits are filed with this Registration Statement.
         
Number   Description
     
  1 .1+   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  2 .1(1)   LLC Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 25, 2004, among Warner Electric Holding, Inc., Colfax Corporation and Registrant
  2 .2(1)   Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated as of November 21, 2004, between Registrant and Altra Industrial Motion, Inc.
  2 .3(2)   Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2005, among Altra Industrial Motion, Inc. and the stockholders of Hay Hall Holdings Limited listed therein
  2 .4   Asset Purchase Agreement, dated May 18, 2006, among Warner Electric LLC, Bear Linear LLC and the other guarantors listed therein
  3 .1+   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the consummation of the offering
  3 .2+   Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the consummation of the offering
  4 .1   Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated January 6, 2005, among Registrant, Genstar Capital Partners II, L.P., Stargen III, L.P. and Caisse de dépôt et Placement du Québec
  4 .2(1)   Indenture, dated as of November 30, 2004, among Altra Industrial Motion, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. as trustee
  4 .3(3)   First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 7, 2006, among Altra Industrial Inc., the guarantors party thereto, and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. as trustee
  4 .4(2)   Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 8, 2006, among Altra Industrial Inc., the guarantors party thereto, and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. as trustee
  4 .5(3)   Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2006, among Altra Industrial Inc., the guarantors party thereto, and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. as trustee
  4 .6(1)   Form of 9% Senior Secured Notes due 2011 (included in Exhibit 4.1)
  4 .7(1)   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2004, among Altra Industrial Motion, Inc., Jefferies & Company, Inc., and the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto

II-3


Table of Contents

         
Number   Description
     
  4 .8(2)   Indenture, dated as of February 8, 2006, among Altra Industrial Motion Inc. the guarantors party thereto, the Bank of New York, as trustee and paying agent and the Bank of New York (Luxembourg) SA, as Luxembourg paying agent
  4 .9(3)   First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2006, among Altra Industrial Inc., the guarantors party thereto, and The Bank of New York as trustee
  4 .10(2)   Form of 11 1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2013
  4 .11(2)   Registrants Rights Agreement, dated as of February 8, 2006, among Altra Industrial Inc., the guarantors party thereto, and Jefferies International Limited, as initial purchasers
  4 .12   Note Purchase Agreement, dated November 30, 2004, between Registrant and Caisse de dépôt et Placement du Québec
  4 .13   Form of Caisse de dépôt et Placement du Québec Note, due November 30, 2019
  5 .1+   Opinion of Weil, Gotshal Manges LLP
  10 .1(1)   Credit Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2004, among Altra Industrial Motion, Inc. and certain subsidiaries of the Company, as Guarantors, the financial institutions listed therein, as Lenders, and Wells Fargo Bank, as Lead Arranger
  10 .2(1)   Security Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2004, among Altra Industrial Motion, Inc., the other Grantors listed therein and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.
  10 .3(1)   Patent Security Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2004, among Kilian Manufacturing Corporation, Warner Electric Technology LLC, Formsprag LLC, Boston Gear LLC, Ameridrives International, L.P. and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.
  10 .4(1)   Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2004, among Warner Electric Technology LLC, Boston Gear LLC and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.
  10 .5(1)   Intercreditor and Lien Subordination Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2004, among Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc., The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. and Altra Industrial Motion, Inc.
  10 .6(1)   Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2004, between Ameridrives International, L.P. and United Steel Workers of America Local 3199-10
  10 .7(1)   Labor Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2004, between Warner Electric LLC (formerly Warner Electric Inc.) and International Association of Machinists and Aerospace Works, AFL-CIO, and Aeronautical Industrial District Lode 776, Local Lodge 2771
  10 .8   Labor Agreement, dated May 17, 2006, between Warner Electric LLC and United Steelworkers and Local Union No. 3245
  10 .9   Labor Agreement, dated June 6, 2005, between Formsprag LLC and UAW Local 155
  10 .10(1)   Employment Agreement, dated as of January 6, 2005, between Altra Industrial Motion, Inc. and Michael L. Hurt
  10 .11(1)   Employment Agreement, dated as of January 6, 2005, between Altra Industrial Motion, Inc. and Carl Christenson
  10 .12(1)   Employment Agreement, dated as of January 12, 2005, between Altra Industrial Motion, Inc. and David Wall
  10 .13(1)   Registrant’s 2004 Equity Incentive Plan
  10 .14   Amendment to Registrant’s 2004 Equity Incentive Plan
  10 .15(1)   Form of Registrant’s Restricted Stock Award Agreement
  10 .16   Subscription Agreement, dated November 30, 2004, among Registrant, the preferred purchasers and the common purchasers as listed therein
  10 .17(1)   Advisory Services Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2004, among Registrant, Altra Industrial Motion, Inc. and Genstar Capital, L.P.
  10 .18(1)   Transition Services Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2004, among Warner Electric Holding, Inc., Colfax Corporation and Altra Industrial Motion, Inc.
  10 .19(1)   Trademarks and Technology License Agreement, dated November 30, 2004, among Registrant, Colfax Corporation and Altra Industrial Motion, Inc.

II-4


Table of Contents

         
Number   Description
     
  11 .1   Statement of Computation of Earnings Per Share (required information contained within this Form S-1)
  21 .1   Subsidiaries of Registrant
  23 .1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm
  23 .2   Consent of BDO Stoy Hayward LLP, independent chartered accountants
  23 .3+   Consent of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  24 .1   Power of Attorney (included on signature page hereto)
footnotes on following page
 
(1)  Incorporated by reference to Altra Industrial Motion, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-124944) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 16, 2005.
 
(2)  Incorporated by reference to Altra Industrial Motion, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 333-124944) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 14, 2006.
 
(3)  Incorporated by reference to Altra Industrial Motion, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 333-124944) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 15, 2006.
  To be filed by amendment
          (b) Financial Statement Schedules

II-5


Table of Contents

Item 16(b)
ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC. (PARENT COMPANY)
SCHEDULE I — CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
(Amounts in thousands, except share amounts)
                   
    December 31,
     
    2005   2004
         
Assets
               
Current assets
  $     $  
Other assets
    287       336  
Investments in subsidiaries
    38,613       42,879  
             
    $ 38,900     $ 43,215  
             
Liabilities and stockholders’ deficit
               
Current liabilities:
               
 
Accruals and other current liabilities
  $ (154 )   $ (71 )
Subordinated Notes
    14,000       14,198  
Deferred income taxes
    103        
             
Total liabilities
    13,949       14,127  
             
Convertible Preferred Series A stock ($0.001 par value, 40,000,000 shares authorized, 35,500,000 and 35,100,000 shares issued and outstanding, respectively)
    35,500       35,100  
             
Stockholders’ deficit
    (10,549 )     (6,012 )
             
    $ 38,900     $ 43,215  
             
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

II-6


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC. (PARENT COMPANY)
SCHEDULE I — CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT — (Continued)
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Amounts in thousands)
                 
    For the Periods
     
    January 1,   December 1,
    2005 to   2004 to
    December 31,   December 31,
    2005   2004
         
Net sales
  $     $  
Cost of sales
           
             
Gross profit
           
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    59        
Research and development expenses
           
             
Loss from operations
    (59 )      
Interest expense
    2,449       202  
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries
    4,444       (5,762 )
             
Income before income taxes
    1,936       (5,964 )
Benefit for income taxes
    (568 )     (71 )
             
Net income (loss)
  $ 2,504     $ (5,893 )
             
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

II-7


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC. (PARENT COMPANY)
SCHEDULE I — CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT — (Continued)
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Amounts in thousands)
                       
    For the Periods
     
    January 1,   December 1,
    2005 to   2004 to
    December 31,   December 31,
    2005   2004
         
Cash flows from operating activities:
               
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 2,504     $ (5,893 )
 
Undistributed equity in earnings of subsidiaries
    (4,444 )     5,762  
 
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash used in operating activities:
               
   
Amortization and write-off of deferred loan costs
    48       4  
   
Paid-in-kind interest
          198  
   
Amortization of deferred compensation
    59        
   
Provision for deferred taxes
    (23 )      
   
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
     
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    44       (71 )
             
Net cash used in continuing operating activities
    (1,812 )      
Cash flows from investing activities:
           
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
 
Initial contributed capital
          26,334  
 
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated notes
          14,000  
 
Payment of paid-in-kind interest
    (198 )      
 
Proceeds from sale of preferred stock
    400        
 
Payment of debt issuance costs
          (340 )
 
Change in affiliated debt
    1,610       (39,994 )
             
Net cash provided by financing activities
    1,812        
             
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
           
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the period
           
             
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $     $  
             
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

II-8


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC. (PARENT COMPANY)
SCHEDULE I — CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT — (Continued)
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1.     Basis of Presentation
          Altra Holdings, Inc. (Parent Company) was formed on December 1, 2004. Therefore, results of operations and cash flows are only presented for periods subsequent to that date. In the parent-company-only financial statements, the Company’s investment in subsidiaries is stated at cost plus equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries since the date of acquisition. The parent-company-only financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
2.     Restriction
          The Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Altra Industrial Motion, Inc. (Altra Industrial), issued 9% senior secured notes in an aggregate principal amount of $165.0 million due in 2011 (the Notes). The Notes are secured on a second-priority basis, by security interests in substantially all of the Company’s assets (other than certain excluded assets) and are unconditionally guaranteed by all existing and future domestic restricted subsidiaries. The indenture governing the Notes contains covenants which restrict the Company’s restricted subsidiaries. These restrictions limit or prohibit, among other things, their ability to: incur additional indebtedness; repay subordinated indebtedness prior to stated maturities; pay dividends on or redeem or repurchase stock or make other distributions; make investments or acquisitions; sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies; sell stock in the Company’s subsidiaries; and create liens. The net assets of the domestic restricted subsidiaries was $176.7 million and $157.9 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

II-9


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC. (PARENT COMPANY)
SCHEDULE I — CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT — (Continued)
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
(Amounts in thousands, except share amounts)
                   
    June 30,   December 31,
    2006   2005
         
Assets
               
Current assets
  $     $  
Other assets
    58       287  
Investments in subsidiaries
    35,617       38,613  
             
    $ 35,675     $ 38,900  
             
Liabilities and stockholders’ deficit
               
Current liabilities:
               
 
Accruals and other current liabilities
  $ (1,100 )   $ (154 )
Subordinated Notes
    3,200       14,000  
Deferred income taxes
    102       103  
             
Total liabilities
    2,202       13,949  
             
Convertible Preferred Series A stock ($0.001 par value, 40,000,000 shares authorized, 35,500,000 shares issued and outstanding)
    35,500       35,500  
             
Stockholders’ deficit
    (2,027 )     (10,549 )
             
    $ 35,675     $ 38,900  
             
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

II-10


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC. (PARENT COMPANY)
SCHEDULE I — CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT — (Continued)
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Six months ended June 30, 2006 and July 1, 2005
(Amounts in thousands)
                 
    For the Six Months Ended
     
    June 30, 2006   July 1, 2005
         
Net sales
  $     $  
Cost of sales
           
             
Gross profit
           
Selling, general and administrative expenses
          28  
Research and development expenses
           
             
Loss from operations
          (28 )
Interest expense
    1,589       1,214  
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries
    8,001       1,968  
             
Income before income taxes
    6,412       726  
Benefit for income taxes
    (488 )     (279 )
             
Net income
  $ 6,900     $ 1,005  
             
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

II-11


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC. (PARENT COMPANY)
SCHEDULE I — CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT — (Continued)
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Six months ended June 30, 2006 and July 1, 2005
(Amounts in thousands)
                       
    For the Six Months Ended
     
    June 30, 2006   July 1, 2005
         
Cash flows from operating activities:
               
 
Net income
  $ 6,900     $ 1,005  
 
Undistributed equity in earnings of subsidiaries
    (8,001 )     (1,968 )
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash used in operating activities:
               
   
Amortization of deferred loan costs
    229       24  
   
Amortization of deferred compensation
          28  
   
Provision for deferred taxes
    (25 )     (11 )
   
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
     
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    (857 )     164  
             
Net cash used in continuing operating activities
    (1,754 )     (758 )
Cash flows from investing activities:
           
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
 
Payment of subordinated notes
    (10,800 )      
 
Payment of paid-in-kind interest
          (198 )
 
Change in affiliate debt
    12,554       956  
             
Net cash provided by financing activities
    1,754       758  
             
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
           
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the period
           
             
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $     $  
             
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

II-12


Table of Contents

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC. (PARENT COMPANY)
SCHEDULE I — CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT — (Continued)
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. Basis of Presentation
          Altra Holdings, Inc. (Parent Company) was formed on December 1, 2004. Therefore, results of operations and cash flows are only presented for periods subsequent to that date. In the parent-company-only financial statements, the Company’s investment in subsidiaries is stated at cost plus equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries since the date of acquisition. The parent-company-only financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
2. Restriction
          The Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Altra Industrial Motion, Inc. (Altra Industrial), issued 9% senior secured notes in an aggregate principal amount of $165.0 million due in 2011 (the Notes). The Notes are secured on a second-priority basis, by security interests in substantially all of the Company’s assets (other than certain excluded assets) and are unconditionally guaranteed by all existing and future domestic restricted subsidiaries. The indenture governing the Notes contains covenants which restrict the Company’s restricted subsidiaries. These restrictions limit or prohibit, among other things, their ability to: incur additional indebtedness; repay subordinated indebtedness prior to stated maturities; pay dividends on or redeem or repurchase stock or make other distributions; make investments or acquisitions; sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies; sell stock in the Company’s subsidiaries; and create liens. The net assets of the domestic restricted subsidiaries was $192.9 million and $176.7 million at June 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively.

II-13


Table of Contents

Item 16(b)
Altra Industrial Motion, Inc.
SCHEDULE II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
                                 
    Balance at            
    Beginning           Balance at
Reserve for inventory obsolescence:   of Period   Additions   Deductions   End of Period
                 
Predecessor-For the year ended December 31, 2003
  $ 5,089     $ 3,033     $ (1,309 )   $ 6,813  
Predecessor-For the period ended November 30, 2004
    6,813       1,459       (2,084 )     6,188  
From Inception (December 1) through December 31, 2004
    6,188       545       (372 )     6,361  
For the year ended December 31, 2005
  $ 6,361     $ 2,385     $ (1,903 )   $ 6,843  
                                 
    Balance at            
    Beginning           Balance at
Reserve for uncollectible accounts:   of Period   Additions   Deductions   End of Period
                 
Predecessor-For the year ended December 31, 2003
  $ 2,939     $ 730     $ (2,053 )   $ 1,616  
Predecessor-For the period ended November 30, 2004
    1,616       589       (772 )     1,433  
From Inception (December 1) through December 31, 2004
    1,433       135       (144 )     1,424  
For the year ended December 31, 2005
  $ 1,424     $ 687     $ (314 )   $ 1,797  
                                 
    Balance at            
    Beginning           Balance at
Income tax assets valuation allowance:   of Period   Additions   Deductions   End of Period
                 
Predecessor-For the year ended December 31, 2003
  $ 10,261     $ 7,573     $     $ 17,834  
Predecessor-For the period ended November 30, 2004
    17,834       895             18,729  
From Inception (December 1) through December 31, 2004(1)
    18,462             (88 )     18,374  
For the year ended December 31, 2005
  $ 18,374           $ (1,985 )   $ 16,389  
 
(1)  The difference between the balance at the end of the period ending November 30, 2004 and the balance at December 1, 2004 is the result of purchase accounting for the Acquisition.

II-14


Table of Contents

Item 17. Undertakings
          Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issues.
          The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
            (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
            (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
          The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement, certificates in such denomination and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

II-15


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Altra Holdings, Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Quincy, State of Massachusetts, on the 29th day of September, 2006.
  ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
  By:  /s/ David Wall
 
 
  Name: David Wall
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
          KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby appoints Michael L. Hurt and David Wall, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in -fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in -fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing appropriate or necessary to be done, as fully and for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in -fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 29th day of September, 2006.
         
Signature   Title
     
 
/s/ Michael L. Hurt
 
Michael L. Hurt
  Chief Executive Officer and Director
(principal executive officer)
 
/s/ David Wall
 
David Wall
  Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer and
principal accounting officer)
 
/s/ Frank E. Bauchiero
 
Frank E. Bauchiero
  Director
 
/s/ Jean-Pierre L. Conte
 
Jean-Pierre L. Conte
  Director
 
/s/ Darren J. Gold
 
Darren J. Gold
  Director
 
/s/ Larry McPherson
 
Larry McPherson
  Director
 
/s/ Richard D. Paterson
 
Richard D. Paterson
  Director

II-16

EXHIBIT 2.4

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

BY AND BETWEEN

BEAR LINEAR LLC, SELLER,

DENNIS M. SCHREIER,
ROBERT F. BAUCHIERO AND
J. CHRIS ARVIDSON,
COLLECTIVELY THE GUARANTORS

AND

WARNER ELECTRIC, LLC, BUYER

MAY 18, 2006


ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (together with all the List of Schedules, the List of Defined Terms, the Schedules, and the Exhibits, the "Agreement"), dated as of May 18, 2006, is made by and between BEAR LINEAR LLC, an Illinois limited liability company with offices at 6593 Revlon Drive, Belvidere, Illinois (the "Seller"), DENNIS M. SCHREIER, ROBERT F. BAUCHIERO and J. CHRIS ARVIDSON (collectively, the "Guarantors"), and WARNER ELECTRIC, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company with offices at 449 Gardner Street, South Beloit, Illinois (the "Buyer"). All capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them herein and in the List of Defined Terms attached to this Agreement.

BACKGROUND OF AGREEMENT:

A. Buyer agrees to purchase from Seller and Seller agrees to sell to Buyer the Seller's business and substantially all of the Seller's assets upon all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

B. Seller and Buyer are entering into this Agreement to set forth their entire understanding with respect to such sale and purchase.

C. The Guarantors acknowledge that they will receive substantial benefits from the performance by Seller and Buyer of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and join in this Agreement to affirm the covenants, representations and warranties of Seller, to assure performance by Seller of its indemnity obligations and to consent to the adjustments of Purchase Price and rights of set-off to which Buyer is entitled under the terms of this Agreement.

AGREEMENT:

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, representations and warranties contained herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, Seller and Buyer agree as follows:

1. SALE OF ASSETS.

1.1 Sale of Seller's Assets. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Seller shall sell and Buyer shall purchase all of the properties, assets, names and business of Seller as a going concern, except as set forth in Section 2 (the "Business"), and including, without limitation:

1.1.1 Inventory and Raw Materials. Seller's entire inventory of finished products, work in progress and raw materials.

1.1.2 Other Tangible Personal Property. All of Seller's other tangible personal property.


1.1.3 Accounts Receivable. Seller's accounts receivable as of the Closing Date.

1.1.4 Other Intangible Personal Property. Seller's other intangible personal property, including without limitation the following:

(i) All contracts (written and oral) to which Seller is a party as Buyer, in its sole discretion, determines to acquire, including sales or distribution agreements, license agreements, service agreements, equipment leases, contracts or orders for the sale of goods, contracts or orders for the purchase of equipment, raw materials or goods and insurance policies (excluding policies insuring the lives of Seller's officers);

(ii) All of Seller's trademarks, service marks, trade names and franchises, and applications therefor;

(iii) All of Seller's copyrights, patent rights, trade secrets, know-how, design and other proprietary information, including, without limitation, all such rights with respect to any process, design or machinery involved in the preparation of Sellers' products; and

(iv) All of Seller's customer lists and customer records, supplier lists and supplier records, and inventory and equipment records.

1.1.5 Prepaid Expenses. All payments made by Seller with respect to the Business that constitute prepaid expenses of the Business in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

1.1.6 Real Property. All of Seller's right, title and interest in real property.

1.2 The Purchased Assets. The assets referred to in Section 1.1 above are enumerated more specifically in Schedule 1.2 and are referred to hereinafter as the "Purchased Assets."

2. RETAINED ASSETS. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1, the Purchased Assets and the Business do not include, and Seller shall retain, the assets specified in Schedule 2.0 (the "Retained Assets").

3. PURCHASE PRICE.

3.1 Purchase Price. The price (the "Purchase Price") to be paid by Buyer to Seller for the Purchased Assets shall be Three Million Four Hundred Forty-Four Thousand Eight Hundred Sixty-Four Dollars ($3,444,864.00), the assumption of those

2

liabilities and obligations of Seller to be assumed by Buyer pursuant to
Section 5 and the additional deferred portion of the Purchase Price established in accordance with Subsections 3.5.1 and 3.5.2 below. The Purchase Price shall be paid as provided in Sections 3 and 4 hereof and shall be applied by Seller to satisfy all indebtedness of Seller (including line of credit debt, long-term debt, accrued rent, equity redemption rights and deferred liabilities) existing as of the Closing Date, as that term is defined in Section 11.1 below, with the exception of current trade debt that Buyer may agree in writing to assume.

3.2 Closing Balance Sheets. At the Closing, the Seller shall deliver an estimated balance sheet dated as of May 17, 2006, (a "Closing Balance Sheet"), and an adjusted balance sheet for the Seller dated as of May 18, 2006 (the "Adjusted Closing Balance Sheet"). The Adjusted Closing Balance Sheet for the Seller shall be created by deleting from the Closing Balance Sheet of Seller the Retained Assets and the Retained Liabilities. The Adjusted Closing Balance Sheet for the Seller shall show the Seller's "Adjusted Net Asset Value at Closing," which shall be the amount by which the Seller's total assets exceed the Seller's total liabilities, as reflected on the Adjusted Closing Balance Sheet.

3.3 Allocation of Purchase Price. The Purchase Price shall be allocated and reported for tax purposes by Buyer and Seller as provided in Schedule 3.3

3.4 Purchase Price Adjustments.

3.4.1 Closing Inventory Count. On, or within five (5) days after, the Closing Date, personnel assigned by each of Seller and Buyer shall jointly inspect all inventory of the Business and prepare a physical count of the inventory of the Business as of the Closing Date.

3.4.2 Working Capital Adjustment. As soon as practicable following the Closing Date, but not later than sixty (60) days thereafter, Buyer and Seller shall jointly determine the amount of the Seller's Working Capital as of the Closing Date and shall execute a certificate (the "Working Capital Certificate") setting forth the final dollar amount of the Working Capital. If the dollar amount of the Working Capital as reflected on the Working Capital Certificate is less than the dollar amount of the Working Capital as reflected on Seller's Adjusted Closing Balance Sheet, then Seller shall pay in cash to Buyer the amount of the difference. Any payment to be made under this Section shall be made, without interest thereon, within five business days after final determination of the amount of the Working Capital as of the Closing Date.

3.4.3 Definition of "Working Capital". For purposes of this Agreement, "Working Capital" as of any date shall be deemed to be the aggregate dollar value determined in accordance with GAAP consisting of: (i) accounts receivable (net of an allowance for bad debts determined in accordance with GAAP), (ii)

3

inventory (net of an allowance for obsolete and damaged inventory) and
(iii) prepaid expenses, less (y) accounts payable and (z) accrued expenses.

3.4.4 Arbitration of Disputes Over Working Capital. In the event the parties fail to reach written agreement, within sixty (60) days after the Closing Date, with respect to the determination of the amount of the Working Capital as of the Closing Date, then the parties shall (i) retain as arbitrator PriceWaterhouse Coopers or, failing its agreement to act as arbitrator, such other independent accounting firm as may be mutually agreed upon by the parties to review such matters as to which written agreement has not been reached and (ii) request such arbitrator to act as promptly as practicable in accordance with its own rules to resolve all such disputed matters within thirty (30) days after being retained by the parties. Upon resolution by such arbitrator to its satisfaction of all such disputed matters, such arbitrator shall cause to be prepared and shall deliver to the parties a certificate setting forth the amount of Working Capital as of the Closing Date. The decision of such arbitrator shall be final, non-appealable and binding on Seller and Buyer, and the fees and expenses, if any, of such arbitrator shall be paid one-half by Buyer and one-half by Seller.

3.5 Additional Deferred Purchase Price Payments.

3.5.1 Minimum Deferred Purchase Price Payments. Buyer shall pay to each of the Guarantors a minimum Deferred Purchase Price payment in the amount of Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000.00) (each, a "Minimum Deferred Purchase Price Payment") payable in three (3) annual payments of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) each as provided in Section 3.5.3 hereinafter (each, an "Annual Minimum Deferred Purchase Price Installment"). The initial installments of the Minimum Deferred Purchase Price shall each be reduced by a proportionate amount of the total Purchase Price reduction (estimated to be approximately $23,323.00) resulting from inventory returned to Seller before the Closing Date that may not be merchantable or marketable by Buyer within sixty (60) days after the Closing Date.

3.5.2 Contingent Deferred Purchase Price Payments. In addition to the Minimum Deferred Purchase Price Payments, Buyer shall pay to each of Dennis M. Schreier and Robert F. Bauchiero Contingent Deferred Purchase Price payments (the "Contingent Deferred Purchase Price Payments") in an annual amount, if any, equal to EBITDA for the Acquired Business during each of the periods covered in Section 3.5.3 below in excess (the "Annual EBITDA Excess") of $571,428.58 (the "EBITDA Base Amount") multiplied by .175 (the "Annual Payment Rate"). The Annual EBITDA Excess shall not exceed the "Maximum Annual EBITDA Excess" set forth in Section 3.5.3 below for purposes of calculating the Contingent Deferred Purchase Price Payments.

4

3.5.3 Periods of Payment and Maximum Contingent Deferred Purchase Price Payments. The period for calculation of the Contingent Deferred Purchase Price Payments for each of Dennis M. Schreier and Robert F. Bauchiero are as follows, subject to the Maximum Annual EBITDA Excess (the "MAEE"):

                                                       Maximum
                                                 Contingent Deferred
                                   Annual      Purchase Price Payment
Calendar Year        MAEE       Payment Rate          for Each
-------------   -------------   ------------   ----------------------
    2006        $   28,571.42       .175             $  5,000.00
    2007        $  628,571.42       .175             $110,000.00
    2008        $1,228,571.42       .175             $215,000.00

3.5.4 Time for Payment of Deferred Purchase Price Payments. The Annual Minimum Deferred Purchase Price Payment payable to Chris Arvidson shall be paid out per the following: $100,000 at the time of closing, $100,000 on the last business day of 2006 and $100,000 on the last business day of 2007. The Annual Minimum Deferred Purchase Price Payments shall be payable to Dennis M. Schreier and Robert F. Bauchiero on the last business day of calendar years 2006, 2007 and 2008. The annual Contingent Deferred Purchase Price Payments shall be paid to Dennis M. Schreier and Robert F. Bauchiero within thirty (30) days after EBITDA and the Annual EBITDA Excess (less corporate allocations) have been calculated in each of the three (3) annual calculation periods with cash payouts to be no later than March 31 of each year, provided that the audited financial statements for the Acquired Business, if required, have been completed.

3.5.5 Set-Off Against Minimum Deferred Purchase Price Payments. Buyer shall be entitled to set off against the Minimum Deferred Purchase Price Payments (i) any adjustments to the Purchase Price based on a post-Closing reconciliation agreed upon by Buyer and Seller (including the Working Capital Adjustments calculated in accordance with Section 3.4 above and 12.1.5 below), and (ii) any amounts that become payable to Buyer by Seller and by the Guarantors in accordance with Sections 15.2 and 15.3 below.

4. PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE. The Purchase Price shall be paid by delivery from Buyer to Seller, on the Closing Date, of certified or bank cashier's checks, or by wire transfer in immediately available funds, in the aggregate amount of Three Million Four Hundred Forty-Four Thousand Eight Hundred Sixty-Four Dollars ($3,444,864.00).

5

5. LIABILITIES. As of and from the Closing Date, Buyer shall assume certain of Seller's obligations and liabilities, limited, however to those liabilities reflected on the Adjusted Closing Balance Sheet and expressly agreed in writing to be assumed by Buyer (the "Assumed Liabilities"). The Assumed Liabilities shall not include the liabilities listed on Schedule 5.0 attached hereto or any other liabilities that the Buyer has not agreed in writing to assume. Except for the Assumed Liabilities, Buyer shall not be responsible for, nor is Buyer assuming, any debts, liabilities, or obligations of Seller, whether known, unknown, contingent or otherwise, and whether arising before or after the Closing Date (the "Retained Liabilities"). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence and by way of nonexclusive example, Buyer shall have no liability to employees or former employees of Seller with respect to any employment contract with Seller, any severance or change of control agreement or accrued benefits under any employee benefit plan offered or adopted by Seller prior to Closing, all of which are included in the Retained Liabilities.

6. INTENTION OF PARTIES REGARDING CLOSING. [Deleted by agreement of Buyer and Seller].

7. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER. As of the Closing Date, as defined in Section 11.1 below, the Seller represents and warrants to Buyer as follows:

7.1 Authority and Approvals.

7.1.1 Organization and Standing of Seller. The Seller is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Illinois, and has full limited liability company power to own its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted. The Seller is duly qualified, licensed, or domesticated and in good standing as a foreign corporation and authorized to do business in each jurisdiction in which the character of its properties or the nature of its business requires such license, qualification or authorization, and a list of those states where Seller is so licensed, qualified, or domesticated is set forth in Schedule 7.1.1.

7.1.2 Limited Liability Company Approvals. The Seller has obtained all authorizations and approvals, including, without limitation, the authorization and approval of its Members and Managers required for the execution and delivery of this Agreement as well as the execution and delivery of all other instruments that are to be executed by the Seller in connection with this transaction (the "Other Seller Instruments") and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. This Agreement and the Other Seller Instruments are the valid and binding obligations of the Seller, enforceable against the Seller in accordance with their respective terms, except to the extent that enforceability may be limited or affected by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws relating to or affecting generally the enforcement of debtor's or contracting parties' rights, and to the extent that the availability of the remedy of specific

6

performance or of injunctive relief or other equitable relief with respect to the enforceability of such obligations is subject to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

7.1.3 No Violation of Other Instruments. Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Other Seller Instruments by the Seller nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute a default under the certificate of organization and operating agreement of the Seller or any contract, instrument, agreement or understanding to which the Seller is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound, nor will it result in acceleration in the time for performance of any obligation under any contract or instrument, nor will it result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any asset transferred under this Agreement, nor give rise to any right of determination, nor will it result in the violation of any law, statute, ordinance, rule or regulation applicable to the Seller.

7.1.4 Assumed and Fictitious Names. The attached Schedule 7.1.4 lists all assumed and fictitious names under which the Seller does business, together with, for each such name, the list of the offices in all states, counties, and all other localities where certificates or other registrations have been filed, the dates such registrations were filed, and the date when each of such registrations expires. Seller has complied with all applicable laws and regulations regarding assumed or fictitious name filings.

7.2 Financial Condition.

7.2.1 Financial Statements. Seller has furnished to Buyer copies of its financial statements for the fiscal years ending on December 31, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively. Except as otherwise disclosed to Buyer in writing, (A) such financial statements (i) are complete and correct in all material respects, (ii) have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently followed and applied throughout the periods involved, and
(iii) present fairly the financial condition of Seller as at their respective dates and the results of Seller's operations for the respective periods covered; and (B) the Closing Balance Sheet for Seller, when delivered at Closing, will be complete and correct in all material respects, will have been prepared on a basis consistent with the foregoing financial statements for the Seller and will fairly present the financial condition of the Seller as of the Closing Date.

7.2.2 Absence of Certain Changes.

(A) Since December 31, 2005, except as set forth in Schedule 7.2.2, the Seller has conducted its Business only in the ordinary course and Seller has not:

7

(i) Incurred or made any commitment to incur any material obligation or liability, absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise, whether due or to become due, relating to the Purchased Assets, except current liabilities for trade or business obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and consistent with its prior practice, other than obligations and liabilities arising out of or incident to this transaction or contemplated by this Agreement;

(ii) Mortgaged, pledged or subjected to any lien, charge, security interest or any other encumbrance or restriction (except liens for current property taxes not yet due and payable) any material portion of its property, Business or assets, tangible or intangible, nor made any commitment to do any of the foregoing;

(iii) Received any notice of termination of any contract, lease or other agreement or suffered any damage, destruction or loss (whether or not covered by insurance) which, singly or in the aggregate, has had or may have a materially adverse effect on its assets, operations or prospects;

(iv) Experienced any actual or threatened employee strikes, work stoppages, slowdowns or lockouts, or had any material change in its relations with its employees, agents, customers or suppliers;

(v) Transferred or granted any rights under, or entered into any settlement regarding the breach or infringement of, or entered into any agreement or commitment relating to, any material United States or foreign license, patent, copyright, trademark, trade name, permit, consent, approval, invention, design or similar rights, or modified any material existing rights with respect thereto, nor made any commitments to do any of the foregoing;

(vi) Made, or made any commitment to make, any material change in the rate of compensation, commission, bonus, deferred compensation arrangement or other direct or indirect remuneration payable, or paid or agreed or orally promised to pay, conditionally or otherwise, any bonus, extra compensation, deferred compensation arrangement or severance or vacation pay, to any of its officer's, employees, salesmen, manufacturer's representatives, distributors or agents;

(vii) Made, or made any commitment to make, any material capital expenditures or material capital additions or betterments other than those of which Buyer has been informed in writing;

8

(viii) Instituted, threatened to institute, settled or agreed to settle, or suffered any adverse determination in, any litigation, action or proceeding before any court, arbitrator or governmental body relating to such Seller or its property or products;

(ix) Made, or made any commitment to make, any change in its selling, pricing, advertising or personnel practices inconsistent with its prior practice;

(x) Entered into, or made any commitments to enter into, any material transaction, contract or commitment other than in the ordinary course of business except as to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(xi) Made, or made any commitments to make, full or partial payment of any material outstanding obligations prior to the due date thereof or in a manner inconsistent with prior practice;

(xii) Entered into or made any commitment to enter into any contract, commitment or agreement under which it has outstanding indebtedness, obligation or liability for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property;

(xiii) Sold, leased, subleased, assigned or transferred any of its tangible or intangible assets, except in the ordinary course of business, or cancelled any debts or claims, nor made any commitments to do any of the foregoing;

(xiv) Suffered any substantial losses on the sale or disposition of individual items of non-inventory property or waived any rights of material value (other than in connection with the cancellation of sales orders), whether or not in the ordinary course of business, or received notice of cancellation of any firm order in excess of $1,000; or

(xv) Made any change in its accounting procedures or practices.

(B) Since December 31, 2005, except as set forth in Schedule 7.2.2:

(i) No material adverse change in the business, assets, liabilities, financial condition, operations or prospects of Seller has occurred, and no event has occurred or failed to occur (nor, to the knowledge of the Seller, is any such event or failure threatened), whether or not insured against, which has had or may have, either alone or in conjunction with all other such events and failures, a materially adverse effect on the business, assets, liabilities, financial condition, operation or

9

prospects of Seller, or on this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, or on Buyer's ability to conduct the business of Seller after the Closing as conducted by Seller prior to the Closing; and

(ii) The Seller has not become aware of any fact or circumstance which, either alone or in conjunction with all other such facts and circumstances, has had or may have (so far as the Seller can foresee) a materially adverse effect on the business, assets, liabilities, financial condition, operations or prospects of Seller, or on this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, or on the ability of Buyer to conduct the Business of Seller after the Closing as conducted by Seller prior to the Closing, which fact or circumstance has not been set forth or referred to in the financial statements delivered pursuant to this Agreement or in any Schedule hereto or in a writing specifically captioned "Disclosure Statement" and delivered to Buyer prior to the date of this Agreement.

7.2.3 Undisclosed Liabilities. The Seller has no material liabilities or obligations, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether due or to become due, and knows of no basis for any claim against Seller for any such material liabilities or obligations, except to the extent set forth on Schedule 7.2.3 or any other Schedule to this Agreement, or in this Agreement itself, or in Seller's financial statements or any other documents delivered to Buyer.

7.2.4 Indebtedness to and from Officers, Managers and Others. Except as set forth on Schedule 7.2.4, Seller is not indebted to any of its managers, officers, employees or agents, except for amounts due as normal salaries, wages, or reimbursement of ordinary business expenses. Except as set forth on Schedule 7.2.4, no manager, officer, employee or agent of Seller is indebted to Seller, except for ordinary business expense advance not exceeding $500 for each individual.

7.2.5 Backlog. Schedule 7.2.5, which will be delivered and attached to this Agreement as of Closing, is as of May 18, 2006, a true, complete and accurate list of each signed but unfilled purchase order or other written commitment for sale of the products and services of Seller.

7.3 Description and Condition of Assets.

7.3.1 Inventory. The inventories reflected on the Adjusted Closing Balance Sheets, are (i) stated at no more than the lower of cost or market, (ii) usable and saleable in the ordinary course of business of Seller at prevailing market prices without discount, except for those items of inventory described as not so useable and saleable in Schedule 7.3.1, and (iii) owned free and clear of all

10

liens, claims, charges and encumbrances of any kind or nature. Schedule 7.3.1 also presents a true and complete list of all locations at which inventories are located as of the date of this Agreement, and at which such inventories will be located on the Closing Date. Except as disclosed in Schedule 7.3.1, purchase commitments by Seller for raw materials and other materials to be used by Seller are not in excess of six month's requirements or at prices in excess of current market prices. Sales commitments for finished goods have all been made in the ordinary course of Seller's Business. Since December 31, 2005, no inventory items have been sold or disposed of except in the ordinary course of Seller's business.

7.3.2 Machinery, Equipment and Other Tangible Personal Property. The attached Schedule 7.3.2 is a true and complete list of all tangible personal property owned by Seller or used by Seller in its Business, except for (i) items of inventory that have been sold and are held for delivery and (ii) items having an initial individual cost of $500 or less. Schedule 7.3.2 also includes a separate list of all tangible personal property owned by any third party (whether a customer, supplier, or other person) for which Seller is responsible together with copies of all agreements relating to such property. All property of third parties in the possession of Seller is in such condition that, upon the return of such property to its respective owners, Seller will not be liable in any amount to these owners. Except as stated in Schedule 7.3.2, the tangible personal property owned by or used in the Business of Seller is in useable condition fit for its intended purpose in all material respects, is in the actual possession of Seller, and is owned free and clear of all liens, claims, charges and encumbrances of any kind or nature.

7.3.3 Accounts Receivable. The attached Schedule 7.3.3 is a true, complete, and accurate list of the amounts of all accounts receivable of Seller as of a date no more than five (5) business days before Closing, describing, in the case of each account debtor, the name of the account debtor, the amounts owed, and the agings of the account. All of the accounts receivable reflected on Schedule 7.3.3 are accounts receivable acquired in the ordinary course of business from customers believed to be commercially responsible, subject to no asserted counterclaims, defenses, or setoffs, and collectible in the ordinary course of business without resort to legal proceedings, except as specified in Schedule 7.3.3. At least 97% of the accounts receivable will be collected at the aggregate amount thereof within 90 days after the Closing, and the balance will be collected in full within 180 days of the Closing. Except as specified in Schedule 7.3.3, all of the accounts owned by Seller are free and clear of any liens or encumbrances.

7.3.4 Real Property. The attached Schedule 7.3.4 contains a true and complete description of all real property owned or leased by Seller, with the leases separately so designated. Except as stated in Schedule 7.3.4, Seller has good, marketable and legal title in fee simple to, or a valid leasehold interest in,

11

all of Seller's real property, free and clear of any mortgages, liens, claims, charges, encumbrances or restrictions of any kind. No charges, violations or claims to an interest in such property have been filed, served, made or, to the knowledge of Seller, threatened, against or relating to such property or structure referred to in Schedule 7.3.4 or any of the operations conducted at any such property or structure, as a result of any violation or alleged violation of any applicable ordinances, requirements, regulations, zoning laws or restrictive covenants (including in any such case and without limitation those relating to environmental protection) or as a result of any encroachment on the property of others. Seller has no right or obligation to acquire any interest in any real property. The buildings and fixtures located on or comprising the real property described on Schedule 7.3.4 are structurally sound with no known material defects and are in good operating condition and repair. Neither the whole nor any portion of such real property or leaseholds is subject to any governmental decree or order to be sold or is being condemned, expropriated or otherwise taken by any governmental body or other person with or without payment of compensation therefor, nor, to the knowledge of Seller, has any such condemnation, expropriation or taking been proposed.

7.3.5 Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks, Etc. Seller owns or possesses licenses or other rights to use all patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, service names, trade names, brand names, trade dress, packaging, promotional material and advertising that are required to conduct its Business as it is presently operated. A list of such patents, copyrights, and other items described above is set forth in Schedule 7.3.5. Seller knows of no adverse claims, liens, charges or encumbrances of any kind affecting the items described in Schedule 7.3.5. Seller represents and warrants that it is not infringing upon or otherwise acting adversely to any copyrights, trademarks, trademark rights, service marks, service names, trade names, brand names (whether registered or unregistered), patents, patent rights, licenses or trade secrets, permits, approvals or consents, trade dress, packaging, promotional material or advertising owned or obtained by any other person or persons, and there is no claim or action by any such person pending or, to the knowledge of Seller, threatened with respect thereto or with respect to the rights of Seller in any confidential information or trade secrets used in the conduct of its Business.

7.3.6 Necessary Property. The real, tangible and intangible personal property to be transferred or assigned to the Buyer at the Closing constitutes all of such property necessary for the conduct of Seller's Business in the manner and to the extent presently conducted by it.

7.4 Contractual Relationships.

12

7.4.1 Labor and Employment Contracts. The attached Schedule 7.4.1 is a true and complete list of all employment agreements and other labor agreements to which Seller is a party. Seller is not in breach of any term or provision of, or in default under, any such agreement or contract, and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute such a breach or default. Seller has no knowledge or reason to know of any pending or threatened demand for recognition, intention to hold an election of a collective bargaining representative or labor dispute which might disrupt Seller's continued operations. Schedule 7.4.1 contains a list of all unfair employment or labor practice charges that are presently pending, as well as a description and the status of each, filed with any court or governmental authority by or on behalf of any employee of Seller. No work stoppage exists at Seller or, to the knowledge of Seller, is threatened.

7.4.2 Employee Benefit Plans and Arrangements. The attached Schedule 7.4.2 is a true and complete list of all employment, profit sharing, deferred compensation, severance pay, bonus, stock option, stock purchase, pension, retainer, consulting, retirement, welfare, or incentive plans, contracts, arrangements or practices maintained or contributed to by Seller and in which any one or more employees of Seller participates or is eligible to participate, including, without limitation, a complete list of all plans, agreements, arrangements or practices which constitute "fringe benefits" to any of the employees of Seller, including, but not limited to, vacation plans or programs, sick leave plans or programs, group medical insurance, group life insurance, disability insurance, workmen's compensation, supplemental unemployment benefits, other insurance coverage (including any self-insured arrangements) and related benefits, including, without limitation, any employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERlSA), to which Seller is a party or by which it is bound (collectively, the "Employee Plans"). Copies of such plans (and, if applicable, related trust agreements) and all amendments and written interpretations thereto, if any, have been furnished to Buyer together with (i) the three most recent annual reports (Form 5500 including, if applicable, Schedule B thereto) prepared in connection with any such plan and (ii) the three most recent actuarial valuation reports prepared in connection with any such plan. Each Employee Plan has been maintained in substantial compliance with the requirements prescribed by any and all statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"), that are applicable to such Plans. No "prohibited transaction", as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any Employee Plan or any other employee benefit plan or arrangement maintained by Seller that is covered by Title I of ERISA and that could have a material adverse effect. No "accumulated funding deficiency", as defined in Section 412 of the Code, has been incurred with respect to any pension plan, whether or not waived. No condition exists that could constitute grounds for

13

termination of the pension plan under Section 4042 of ERISA. Seller has not incurred any liability under Title IV of ERISA arising in connection with the termination of, or complete or partial withdrawal from, any plan covered or previously covered by Title IV of ERISA, which liability, or any portion thereof, could constitute a liability of Buyer on or after the Closing Date. No civil or criminal action brought pursuant to Part V of Title I of ERISA is pending or, to the knowledge of Seller, is threatened against Seller, or any fiduciary of any Employee Plan. All contributions and payments accrued under each Employee Plan will be discharged and paid on or prior to the Closing Date. All compensation and other benefit expenses arising with respect to employees of Seller have been charged appropriately to Seller. Except as set forth in the Schedule 7.4.2, there has been no amendment to, written interpretation or announcement (whether or not written) relating to, or change in employee participation or coverage under, any Employee Plan that would increase materially the expense of maintaining such Plan or Arrangement above the level of the expense incurred in respect of such Plan or Arrangement for the year ended December 31, 2005. Seller is not in breach of any term or provision of, or in default under, any Employee Plan and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute such a breach or default.

7.4.3 Insurance. The attached Schedule 7.4.3 is a true and complete list of all insurance policies owned by Seller, all of which are in full force and effect in the amounts stated in Schedule 7.4.3. Except as otherwise provided in Schedule 7.4.3, Seller shall have delivered to Buyer at the Closing all such insurance policies and binders from Seller's brokers or insurance companies naming Buyer as a named insured.

7.4.4 Other Contracts and Agreements. Except for the agreements referred to in Schedules 7.4.1 and 7.4.2, the leases described in Schedule 7.3.4, and the insurance policies listed in Schedule 7.4.3, the attached Schedule 7.4.4 is a true and complete list categorized by subject matter, of any and all contracts, agreements, arrangements or understandings, written or oral, or other documents, if any, to which Seller is, as of the date of this Agreement, a party, or by which it or any of its assets or properties are bound. The Schedule shall include, without limitation, all:

(a) purchase orders and agreements to or with any one customer or supplier for the sale of materials, products or supplies, except for those that are for a term of less than 12 months and that involve aggregate payments by or to such Seller of less than $5,000;

14

(b) all employment contracts with any officer, consultant, director or employee except for those terminable at will without penalty or legal obligation to make payments;

(c) all contracts for construction or for the purchase of equipment, machinery and other items that under generally accepted accounting principles constitute capital expenditures;

(d) all contracts relating to the rental or use of equipment, other personal property or fixtures, except for such contracts involving payment of annual rentals or sums in any one case of less than $1,000;

(e) all contracts relating in any way to direct or indirect indebtedness for borrowed money, including intercompany debt between Seller and any of Seller's affiliates or equity owners, or evidenced by a bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness (whether secured or unsecured) of or to Seller, including, but not limited to, indebtedness by way of lease or installment purchase arrangement, guarantee, purchase price discount obligations, undertaking on which others rely in extending credit, or otherwise, and all conditional sales contracts, chattel and purchase money mortgages and other security arrangements with respect to any equipment, other personal property or fixtures, used or owned by such Seller, except in each case for contracts individually involving not more than $1,000;

(f) all contracts substantially limiting the freedom of Seller to engage in or to compete in any line of business or with any person or in any area or to use or disclose any information in its possession (other than routine supplier and customer confidentiality agreements);

(g) all license agreements, either as licensor or licensee;

(h) all joint venture contracts and agreements involving a sharing of profits;

(i) all agreements granting to others the right to manufacture or distribute Seller's products, including sales agency agreements, to the extent not included above;

(j) all other contracts, except those that (i) are cancelable on 30 day's or less notice without any penalty or other financial obligation or (ii) if not so cancelable, involve annual aggregate payments by or to Seller of $5,000 or less.

15

All of the agreements and contracts listed in Schedules 7.4.1, 7.4.2 and 7.4.4, the leases described in Schedule 7.3.4, and the insurance policies listed in Schedule 7.4.3 (collectively, together with those contracts omitted from Schedule 7.4.4 solely pursuant to the express exceptions contained in Sections 7.4.4(a), (b), (d), (e) and (j), the "Contracts") are valid and binding obligations of the parties to them, and there are no liabilities arising from any breach or default prior to the date of this Agreement of any provision of any such contract or agreement by any party. No event has occurred that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a breach or default by any party to any such contract or agreement or would cause the acceleration of any obligation of any party or the creation of a lien or encumbrance upon any asset of Seller or used in its business, or would give rise to any right of termination. Seller is not a party to, nor is Seller or any of its properties bound by, any contract, lease, agreement or commitment, the performance of which could have a materially adverse effect on the business condition, financial or otherwise, operations or prospects of Seller.

7.4.5 Third Party Consents. Except as described in Schedule 7.4.5, no consent or other agreement of any persons other than Seller is required for the transfer and assignment to Buyer of the assets to be transferred under this Agreement and the Other Seller Instruments. Any such consent or agreement that is required shall, as of the Closing Date, have been duly obtained by Seller and copies supplied to Buyer.

7.5 Conduct of Operations.

7.5.1 Customers. The attached Schedule 7.5.1 is a true and complete list of all customers that purchased inventory from Seller for the 24-month period ending December 31, 2005.

7.5.2 Suppliers. The attached Schedule 7.5.2 is a true and complete list of all suppliers of goods and services to Seller (except that employees of Seller shall be excluded from the Schedule).

7.5.3 Employees. Seller neither believes nor has reason to believe that any officer or executive of, or any group of employees of, Seller has or have any plans to terminate his, her, or their employment with Seller. Attached as Schedule 7.5.3 is a list of all employees of Seller and their respective wages.

7.5.4 Accrued Employee Benefits. None of Seller's employees is now, or will by the passage of time hereafter become, entitled to receive any vacation time, vacation pay or severance pay attributable to services rendered prior to the Closing except as set forth in the Schedule 7.5.4.

7.5.5 Product and Field Warranties. Seller has provided Buyer true and accurate copies of each of Seller's standard form of product warranty and

16

guaranty now outstanding and now being issued by Seller with respect to its products. Schedule 7.5.5 attached hereto contains Seller's policy with respect to the return of goods sold by Seller.

7.5.6 Litigation. Except as stated in the attached Schedule 7.5.6, there is no action, proceeding, governmental investigation or other legal or administrative proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of Seller, threatened, against or relating to Seller, or its officers or employees, or its properties, assets or business or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and Seller knows of no basis for the same.

7.5.7 Taxes. Seller has no tax deficiency or claim outstanding, proposed or assessed against it with respect to any taxes, including, without limitation, income, property, sales, use, franchise, added value, employee's income withholding and social security taxes, imposed by the United States or by any foreign country or by any state, municipality, subdivision or instrumentality of the United States or of any foreign country, or by any other taxing authority, and Seller has made timely filings of all tax returns due to all such taxing authorities. The federal income tax returns of Seller have been examined and accepted by the Internal Revenue Service (or closed by applicable statutes) for its fiscal years as set forth in Schedule 7.5.7.

7.5.8 Permits; Governmental Approvals. Seller possesses all franchises, licenses, permits and other authority as are necessary for the conduct of Seller's business and is not in default under any of such franchises, permits, licenses or other authority. Except as specified in Schedule 7.5.8, no approval, consent, authorization or other order of, and no consent, designation, filing, registration, qualification or recordation with, any governmental authority is required (i) in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (ii) to enable Buyer to continue the operation of Seller's business in all material respects as conducted prior to the Closing Date.

7.5.9 Operations in Conformity With Law. Except as provided in the attached Schedule 7.5.9, Seller's operations, as presently conducted, are not in material violation of any law or regulation, including, without limitation, any applicable building code, zoning ordinance, law relating to the employment of labor (including provisions thereof relating to wages, hours, equal opportunity, collective bargaining, age, pregnancy, disability and sex discrimination and the payment of social security and other taxes), regulation of the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or any law regarding protection of the environment or the use, storage or disposal of hazardous wastes. Seller does not know or have reason to know of any basis on which Seller's present operations when continued by Buyer would be held to violate any such law or

17

regulation now in effect or scheduled to become effective. Schedule 7.5.9 contains a list of all notices from and related reports to government authorities within three years prior to the date hereof relating to the subject matter of this Section 7.5.9.

7.5.10 Environmental Matters. Except as provided in attached Schedule 7.5.10:

(a) Seller is in compliance in all material respects with applicable Environmental Laws (as defined below) and has not received either written or oral notice from any governmental entity that Seller is a potentially responsible party for a federal or state environmental clean-up or for corrective action, nor received any request for information from any governmental entity under any Environmental Law with respect to any of the real property described in Schedule 7.3.4 or any part thereof.

(b) There is no litigation or other proceeding pending or threatened against Seller under any Environmental Law with respect to any of the real property described in Schedule 7.3.4 or any part thereof.

(c) No Regulated Substances have been or are being generated, used, processed, treated, stored, released, transported or disposed of by Seller, except in compliance in all material respects with applicable Environmental Laws.

(d) Seller has no knowledge of any unresolved notice, citation, summons, complaint, demand or other communication (written or oral) from any governmental entity or other person regarding (i) any alleged violation of any Environmental Law with respect to any of the real property described in Schedule 7.3.4 or any part thereof, or (ii) any alleged liability in connection with any release or remediation of any Regulated Substances, including any investigatory, remedial, or corrective obligations related in any way to the real property described in Schedule 7.3.4 or any part thereof.

(e) None of the following exist at any of the real property described in Schedule 7.3.4 or any part thereof: (i) underground storage tanks, (ii) asbestos-containing materials in any form or condition, (iii) materials or equipment contain polychlorinated biphenyls, or (iv) landfills, surface impoundments or disposal areas.

(f) No person who has owned, leased, occupied or used any of the real property described in Schedule 7.3.4 or any part thereof has generated, used, processed, treated, stored, released or disposed of any

18

Regulated Substances on such properties in violation of Environmental Laws.

(g) No Regulated Substances are present on, under or at any of the real property described in Schedule 7.3.4 or any part thereof (including without limitation any body of water located thereon, or adjacent thereto or any groundwater located thereunder), or in any improvement located thereon in quantities or at levels that require reporting or remediation under any applicable Environmental Law.

(h) Neither this Agreement nor consummation of the transactions that are the subject of this agreement will result in any obligations for state investigation or clean-up, or notification to or the consent of governmental entities or third-parties, pursuant to any of the "transaction triggered" or "responsible property transfer" provisions of any Environmental Law.

(i) The Seller has not assumed, guaranteed or otherwise become responsible for the liability of any other person or entity for any liability under any Environmental Law with respect to any of the real property described in Schedule 7.3.4 or any part thereof.

As used herein the term "Environmental Laws" shall mean any Law as amended and as now in effect (including but not limited to the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, 33 U.S.C. Sections 1251 et seq., the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. Sections 2601 et seq., the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. Sections 7401 et seq., the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. Sections 9601 et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq., the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. Sections 1801 et seq., and the Federal Insecticide Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, 7 U.S.C. Section 136 et seq. and their state, county, and municipal counterparts), or permit, license or other operating authorization relating to (i) the protection of the environmental or natural resources, (ii) clean air, clean water, hazardous and solid waste disposal, safe drinking water, endangered species, oil spill prevention, groundwater protection, and toxic substances control, the protection of the public health, safety or welfare from actual or potential exposure (or the effects of exposure) to any actual or potential release, presence, discharge, disposal or emission (whether past or present) of any Regulated Substance, or
(iii) the production, generation, manufacture, processing, labeling, testing, control, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of any Regulated Substance.

As used herein the term "Regulated Substances" shall mean any petroleum hydrocarbons or petroleum products or byproducts, any pesticides, toxic chemicals, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls,

19

toxic mold and any other chemical material, substance or waste that is identified (by listing or characteristic) and any other substance regulated by (or the clean-up of which can be required under) or that constitutes, in whole or in part, a pollutant, contaminant or toxic or hazardous substance or waste under, or the generation handling, use, processing, treatment, storage, release, transport or disposal of which is regulated by, any Environmental Law.

7.5.11 Absence of Certain Business Transactions. Except as set forth on Schedule 7.5.11, all transactions by Seller with third parties are and have been conducted on an arm's length basis. Seller has no knowledge of any favorable pricing, purchase or lease arrangements that will not continue to be available to Buyer after the Closing. Except as disclosed in Schedule 7.5.11, neither Seller nor any manager, officer or employee of Seller or any relative or company controlled individually or collectively by Seller, has any interest in
(i) any property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, including, but not limited to, any invention, patent, trade name or trademark used in connection with or pertaining to Seller's Business or (ii) any creditor, supplier, customer, manufacturer, representative or distributor of Seller's products.

7.5.12 Brokers and Finders. Neither Seller nor any person acting on behalf of Seller has employed any broker, agent or finder or incurred any liability for any brokerage fees, agent's commissions or finder's fees in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

7.6 Adequacy of Representations and Warranties. Neither the warranties and representations made by Seller in this Agreement and the Other Seller Instruments, nor the financial statements furnished by Seller, nor any certificate or memorandum furnished or to be furnished by Seller, or on its behalf, contains or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements herein or therein not misleading. All representations and warranties of the Seller shall be true on and as of the Closing Date with substantially the same effect as if made on and as of such date.

7.7 Affirmation by Guarantors. The Guarantors affirm, represent and warrant that all of the representations and warranties of Seller enumerated in this Section 7 are true and correct in all material respects.

8. COVENANTS OF SELLER AND GUARANTORS.

8.1 Covenant Not to Compete; Confidential Information.

8.1.1 After the Closing Date, neither Seller nor the Guarantors shall compete directly or indirectly with the business of Buyer in any country in which any product manufactured, marketed or sold by Buyer is sold (the "Geographic Area"). In addition, neither the Seller nor any of the Guarantors shall (without

20

limiting the generality of the restriction from competing in the Geographic Area) (a) engage in or be interested in, directly or indirectly (whether as owner of, partner, stockholder or capital investor in, lender, advisor or consultant to, sales or marketing representatives for, or otherwise, either alone or in association with others) any business or enterprise competitive with the Business currently conducted by Seller; (b) solicit any employees of Buyer to leave the employ of Buyer; (c) solicit any customer of Buyer with respect to any product or service currently furnished, made or sold by Seller; or (d) disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets relating to the Business purchased by Buyer to any party; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any of the Guarantors from owning in the aggregate less than 5% of the outstanding publicly traded stock of any corporation. The obligations of Seller and the Guarantors under this Section 8.1.1 shall continue in full force and effect and be binding on the Guarantors, their respective successors, heirs, executors, administrators and assigns for a period of two years commencing with the Closing or such longer period of time as is set forth in the respective Employment Agreements (as such term is defined in Section 12.3 below) entered into by Dennis M. Schreier and Robert F. Bauchiero and the Buyer. To the extent that any clause, covenant, limitation or restriction contained in this Section 8.1.1 is inconsistent with any clause, covenant, limitation or restriction set forth in Section 8 of the Employment Agreements, the Employment Agreements shall govern the duties and obligations of the parties.

8.1.2 Seller and the Guarantors acknowledge that a breach of the covenant not to compete contained in this Section will cause irreparable harm to Buyer in an amount or amounts difficult to ascertain and accordingly, in the event of a default under this Section, in addition to any other relief to which Buyer may be entitled, Buyer shall be entitled to injunctive relief offered by any court of competent jurisdiction.

8.1.3 Seller and the Guarantors shall hold in strict confidence all confidential data and information obtained from Buyer, or any officer, agent or representative of Buyer.

8.2 Change of Name. It being understood by the parties that among the assets being acquired by Buyer is the name of Seller and all contractions or variations of that name, Seller agrees not to use any such name after the Closing Date. As of the Closing Date, Seller will amend its certificate of organization and take such other steps as may reasonably be required so as to comply with this Section, and will assist Buyer in taking any action that will preserve the unlimited use of Seller's name by Buyer. Seller agrees to take any and all reasonable action requested by Buyer so as to enable Buyer to secure all of Seller's right, title and interest in and to the use of all such names in any jurisdiction in which Seller has used such name and elsewhere in connection with all business or activities that are or may be conducted by Buyer, including, without

21

limitation, furnishing a written consent to the adoption by Buyer of the name "Bear Linear" for filing in any jurisdiction in which such consent is required to be filed.

8.3 Access to Premises and Information. Prior to the Closing, Seller shall permit Buyer and its authorized representatives to have full access to the premises and books and records of Seller and shall allow Buyer at any time to make copies of such financial and operating data and other information with respect to Seller's business and properties as Buyer shall reasonably request. Any investigation or inquiry made by Buyer shall not in any way affect or lessen the representations and warranties made by Seller in this Agreement or their survival of the Closing. Seller's obligations to provide information to Buyer shall be subject to Seller's receipt of undertakings satisfactory to Seller that Buyer will keep such information, including business information as well as technical information, in confidence until the Closing, and in the event that Closing does not take place, that Buyer will return all copies of non-public documentary information, will not use any of such information, and will hold all confidential information in confidence until the same shall become public by or through persons other than Buyer. Seller shall, for a period of seven
(7) years from the Closing Date, keep available for Buyer's inspection those records, if any, retained under Section 2.

8.4 Limited Liability Company Approvals. At the Closing, Seller will furnish to Buyer copies of (i) the resolutions of Seller's Board of Managers appropriately certified by Seller's Secretary, reciting that the execution and delivery of this Agreement has been authorized and that appropriate action has been taken to approve this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by it, and (ii) certified copies of the resolutions of its members approving and authorizing this Agreement and its implementation.

8.5 Expenses of Acquisition Transactions; Transfer Taxes. Seller shall pay all its expenses in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of its legal counsel and accountants and its liquidation expenses, if any. Seller shall also pay any taxes payable in connection with the transfer of assets contemplated by this Agreement.

8.6 Accounts Receivable Certificate. Seller shall furnish to Buyer at the Closing, as Schedule 8.6, an Accounts Receivable Certificate signed by Seller's President or Treasurer, which Certificate shall be a complete schedule of all of Seller's accounts receivable dated no earlier than seven
(7) days prior to the Closing, describing, in the case of each account debtor, the name of the account debtor, the amounts owed and the agings of the account. Seller shall also deliver to Buyer, as a portion of the records to be transferred to Buyer at Seller's place of business, records indicating the address of each such account debtor and the dates on which all shipments to such account debtor were made prior to the date of Seller's Accounts Receivable Certificate for which full payment has not been received.

8.7 Notice of Breach of Representation or Warranty. Promptly upon Seller becoming aware of the occurrence of, or the impending or threatened occurrence of, any

22

event that would cause or constitute a breach, or would have caused or constituted a breach had such event occurred prior to the date hereof, of any of the representations and warranties of the Seller contained in or referred to in this Agreement, Seller shall give detailed written notice thereof to Buyer and shall, prior to the Closing Date, use its best efforts to prevent or promptly remedy the same.

8.8 Additional Information. Seller shall deliver such additional information and documents, and shall revise schedules to this Agreement, as Buyer may reasonably request.

9. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER. Buyer represents and warrants that:

9.1 Organization of Buyer. Buyer is a limited liability company duly organized and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the limited liability company power to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement.

9.2 Limited Liability Company Approvals. Buyer has obtained all limited liability company authorizations and approvals, including, without limitation, the authorization and approval of its Members and Managers, required for the execution and delivery of this Agreement, as well as the execution and delivery of all other instruments that are to be executed by Buyer in connection with this transaction (the "Other Buyer Instruments") and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. This Agreement and the Other Buyer Instruments are the valid and binding obligations of Buyer, enforceable against Buyer in accordance with their respective terms, except to the extent that enforceability may be limited or affected by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws relating to or affecting generally the enforcement of debtor's or contracting parties' rights, and to the extent that the availability of the remedy of specific performance or of injunctive relief or other equitable relief with respect to the enforceability of such obligations is subject to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

9.3 Brokers and Finders. Neither the Buyer nor any person acting on behalf of the Buyer has employed any broker, agent or finder or incurred any liability for any brokerage fees, agent's commissions or finder's fees in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

10. COVENANTS OF BUYER.

10.1 Information Kept Confidential by Buyer. Until the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated, Buyer and its respective Members, Managers, officers, agents and representatives shall hold in strict confidence all confidential data and information obtained from Seller or any of Seller's officers, agents, or representatives, except as may be necessary to arrange for Buyer's financing of the

23

transactions contemplated by this Agreement or as otherwise agreed by Buyer and Seller in writing.

10.2 Records of Seller. Buyer shall, for a period of seven (7) years from the Closing, permit Seller or Seller's authorized representatives to have reasonable access for purposes not inconsistent with this Agreement to those records of Seller transferred from Seller to Buyer under the terms of this Agreement.

11. THE CLOSING; ACQUISITION PROVISIONS.

11.1 Definition. The closing shall take place at the offices of Altra Industrial Motion, Inc., at 11:00 a.m. on May 18, 2006 (sometimes referred to as the "Closing Date" or as the "Closing"). The parties may by mutual agreement set forth in writing any different time or place for the Closing and may, but shall not be required to, extend the Closing Date. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement.

11.2 Transfer of Title. On the Closing Date, Seller will deliver to Buyer bills of sale with appropriate warranties of title, assignments of leasehold interests and deeds to real property interests, certificates of ownership of vehicles and such other good and sufficient evidence of transfer and conveyance as, in the reasonable opinion of Buyer's counsel, shall be sufficient to transfer all the assets, properties and rights to be transferred under this Agreement, including without limitation, patents, copyrights, trademarks, and other intangibles, and to vest in Buyer good and merchantable title to such property, subject only to the liens, encumbrances and claims reflected in Schedules 7.3.2, 7.3.4, and 7.3.5. At any time and from time to time after the Closing Date, upon request of Buyer and without the payment of any further consideration, Seller shall duly execute, acknowledge and deliver all such further assignments, conveyances, and other instruments of transfer and other assurances and documents and will take such other action consistent with the terms of this Agreement as reasonably may be required by Buyer for the purpose of better assigning, transferring, and conveying to Buyer or reducing to possession of Buyer any or all of the assets transferred under this Agreement. At the request of Buyer, Seller shall also prosecute or otherwise enforce in its own name but for the benefit of Buyer, and at Buyer's expense (unless prosecution or enforcement is necessitated by default of Seller), any and all claims or rights in the name of Seller which, or the benefits of which, are intended or purported to be transferred to Buyer under this Agreement and which are required to be prosecuted or otherwise enforced in such Seller's name. To the extent that the assignment of any contract whose assignment to Buyer is provided for by this Section is not permitted without the consent of any other party and such consent is not obtained prior to Closing, (1) Seller shall use its best efforts to obtain such consent and, if such consent is obtained, shall execute and deliver an appropriate instrument effecting such assignment; and (2) if such consent is not obtained, Seller shall cooperate with Buyer in any reasonably requested manner to provide to and for Buyer the benefits under any such contract, including, without limitation, enforcement of any and all rights of Seller arising out of any breach or cancellation by any other party.

24

Nothing contained in this section shall be construed as modifying the provisions of Section 7.4.5.

12. CONDITIONS OF BUYER'S OBLIGATION TO CLOSE. The obligations of Buyer are subject to the satisfaction, on or prior to the Closing Date, of all of the following conditions, compliance with which, or the occurrence of which, may be waived in whole or in part by Buyer in writing.

12.1 Representations, Warranties and Covenants; Certificates.

12.1.1 All representations and warranties of the Seller contained in this Agreement shall be true and complete as of the Closing Date as if made at and as of such date, except for changes permitted by the provisions of this Agreement.

12.1.2 Seller shall have performed and satisfied all covenants and conditions required by this Agreement to be performed or satisfied by it on or prior to the Closing Date.

12.1.3 Buyer shall have received a certificate dated the Closing Date to the effect that all representations and warranties of the Seller contained in this Agreement are true and complete on such Date, with the same effect as if made on such Date, except for changes permitted by the provisions of this Agreement, and that Seller has performed and satisfied all covenants and conditions required to be performed or satisfied by it on or prior to the Closing Date, which certificate shall be signed by Seller's President and Treasurer. The delivery of any such certificate shall in no way diminish any warranties and representations of the Seller contained in this Agreement.

12.1.4 Seller shall have achieved cumulative revenues of Four Million Four Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($4,450,000.00) and EBITDA of Two Hundred Seventy-One Thousand Dollars ($271,000.00) for the calendar year ended on December 31, 2005.

12.1.5 As of Closing, Seller shall have sufficient Working Capital as determined by Buyer, in its sole discretion, to operate the Business in the ordinary course and to pay the Assumed Liabilities as they become due and payable. Buyer and Seller have agreed that working capital in the amount of Four Hundred Sixty-Nine Thousand Eight Hundred Sixty-Four Dollars ($469,864.00) is sufficient to satisfy the foregoing condition provided that the sale and purchase transaction is consummated on or before May 19, 2006, and that the minimum working capital requirement shall increase by Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00) per week if Closing is postponed until after May 19, 2006.

25

12.2 Opinion of Counsel. Sellers shall have furnished Buyer a favorable opinion of Seller's counsel, Pearson Van Houten PLC, dated the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to Buyer and Buyer's counsel, to the effect that:

12.2.1 Seller is a limited liability company duly organized and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Illinois and has all requisite power to own its assets and conduct its Business as it is now being conducted, to execute and deliver this Agreement and all agreements provided for in this Agreement, and to consummate the transactions contemplated by it;

12.2.2 The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Other Instruments by Seller and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement do not and will not:

(a) result in a breach of any term or provision of or constitute a default under the certificate of organization or the operating agreement of Seller, or under any indenture, mortgage, lease, agreement, instrument or understanding to which Seller is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound;

(b) result in the acceleration of any commitment or obligation of Seller;

(c) result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any asset or property of Seller; and

(d) violate any provisions of law or rule or regulation, or violate any order, decree or other requirement or restriction or require the consent or approval of any court or any judicial, arbitral or governmental authority or other regulatory authority.

12.2.3 The assets of Seller and those used in the Business (including, without limitation, those located on the property of third parties) are not subject to any liability, chattel mortgage, conditional sales agreement, pledge, lien, charge or encumbrance, except as set forth in this Agreement or in Schedules 7.3.2, 7.3.4, and 7.3.5;

12.2.4 No consent or other agreement of any persons other than Seller is required for the transfer and assignment to Buyer of the assets to be transferred under this Agreement or, if required, all such consents and agreements have been duly obtained by Seller and copies supplied to Buyer; and the bills of sale and other instruments of transfer, assignment and delivery tendered to Buyer on the Closing Date are in all respects in compliance with this Agreement and are sufficient in form to vest Buyer with good title to all such assets and business as provided to be transferred;

26

12.2.5 No consent, approval, authorization, or order of any governmental agency or body or of any court not obtained and in effect on the Closing Date is required for the execution and delivery by Seller of this Agreement or for the consummation by Seller of the transactions contemplated by it;

12.2.6 This Agreement and the Other Seller Instruments have been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by Seller and are valid and binding agreements of Seller, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except to the extent limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application relating to the enforcement of creditor's rights; and, if so required, the members of Seller have approved this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by it, and no further action or actions on the part of the members is required;

12.2.7 To the knowledge of counsel, after due inquiry, but not including, unless otherwise indicated, review of the docket of any court, no action, suit or proceeding has been instituted or threatened prior to or at the Closing Date in or before any court or governmental authority (i) against or in any other way pertaining to the sale by Seller to Buyer of the Purchased Assets and the Business to be transferred under this Agreement or that would enjoin or make illegal the performance and consummation of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby; or (ii) that, if adversely determined, would have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, business or prospects of Seller, except as set forth in the attached Schedule 12.2.7.

12.3 Employment Agreements and/or Noncompetition Agreements by Key Employees. Dennis M. Schreier and Robert F. Bauchiero shall have entered into an employment and non-competition agreement with Buyer in the form of Exhibit 12.3 attached hereto (the "Employment Agreement(s)").

13. CONDITIONS OF SELLER'S OBLIGATION TO CLOSE. The obligations of Seller under this Agreement are subject to the condition that all representations and warranties of Buyer contained in this Agreement shall be true as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as if made as of such date, and Buyer shall have performed and satisfied all covenants and conditions of this Agreement to be performed or satisfied by Buyer at or prior to the Closing Date.

14. TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT.

14.1 Permitted Termination. This Agreement may be terminated:

(a) by the mutual consent of Seller and Buyer;

27

(b) by either Seller or Buyer if Closing has not occurred on or before May 31, 2006; provided, however, that a party then in breach of its obligations under this Agreement shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement;

(c) by Buyer if any of the representations and warranties of Seller contained in Section 7 hereof were incorrect in any material respect when made or become incorrect in any material respect; and

(d) by Seller if any of the representations and warranties of Buyer contained in Section 9 hereof were incorrect in any material respect when made or become incorrect in any material respect.

14.2 Return of Documents. If this Agreement is terminated for any reason pursuant to Section 14.1 above, each party shall return to the other party all documents and copies thereof which shall have been furnished to it by such other party, or with the agreement of the other party, shall destroy all such documents and copies thereof and certify in writing to the other party any such destruction.

14.3 Limitations on Remedies. If this Agreement is terminated by Seller or Buyer as permitted under Section 14.1 above and not as a result of a breach of a representation or warranty or the failure of any party to perform its obligations hereunder, such termination shall be without liability of any party. If a party terminates this Agreement as a result of a breach of a representation or warranty by the other party or the failure of the other party to perform its obligations hereunder, the nonbreaching party shall, in addition to other remedies provided by this Agreement, at law, or in equity, be entitled to reimbursement from the breaching party for all expenses incurred by the nonbreaching party in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

15. SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND INDEMNIFICATION.

15.1 Statements Deemed Representations and Warranties. All statements contained in any exhibit, schedule, document, or certificate or Other Seller Instrument or Other Buyer Instrument delivered by or on behalf of any party, or in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, shall be deemed representations and warranties by such party. All representations and warranties made by the parties to this Agreement or made in this Agreement shall survive (i) any investigations made by or on behalf of the parties; (ii) the execution and delivery of this Agreement; and (iii) the Closing.

15.2 Indemnification of Buyer by Seller. Seller agrees to indemnify Buyer and hold it harmless against and in respect of any and all claims, losses, expenses, obligations and liabilities (including costs of collection and reasonable attorney's fees) that arise or result from or are related to (i) the failure of any representation or warranty of Seller under this Agreement, or any agreement provided for by it, to be accurate or complete,

28

(ii) any liability or liabilities of Seller, whether known or unknown, accrued or contingent, not assumed by Buyer under Section 5.0, (iii) the failure of the Seller to perform any of its covenants under this Agreement or any Other Seller Instrument, (iv) the failure of any account debtor to pay in full the amount of any account receivable included in Seller's Accounts Receivable Certificate, as defined in Section 8.6, or any portion of any account receivable, within six months of shipment, provided that Buyer shall use its best efforts to collect all accounts receivable purchased from Seller, but that such best efforts shall not include instituting legal proceedings, and provided further that, if Seller indemnifies Buyer for any account receivable under this section or if Buyer invokes the provisions of Section 15.4 regarding any account receivable, Buyer shall assign to Seller all of Buyer's rights to such account.

15.3 Guaranty of Seller's Indemnity Obligation. The Guarantors, absolutely, unconditionally, jointly and severally as between themselves with Seller, guarantee the complete, full and prompt performance by Seller of its obligations to indemnify Buyer as provided in Section 15.2 above.

15.4 Set-Off. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Buyer shall have the right to reduce any payment or payments otherwise owed to Seller or the Guarantors under this Agreement or any of the agreements executed in connection herewith by an amount or amounts equal to any or all of the claims, losses, expenses, obligations and liabilities (including costs of collection and reasonable attorney's fees) incurred by Buyer for which Seller has agreed to indemnify Buyer as provided in Section 15.2. Furthermore, Dennis M. Schreier and Robert F. Bauchiero shall forfeit all amounts that would otherwise be payable to them (regardless of whether any portion of such amount has accrued before the due date for payment) if the employment of either of them is terminated pursuant to Section 6.1 or 6.2 of their respective Employment Agreements before the due date of any Deferred Purchase Price Payment that would become payable under Section 3.5.5 of this Agreement; provided, however that neither Dennis M. Schreier nor Robert F. Bauchiero shall forfeit the right to receive a Deferred Purchase Price Payment because of termination of the employment of the other individual pursuant to Section 6.1 or 6.2 of the Employment Agreement between the Buyer and the other such individual.

15.5 Indemnification of Seller by Buyer. Buyer agrees to indemnify Seller and hold harmless against and in respect of any and all claims, losses, expenses, obligations and liabilities (including costs of collection and reasonable attorney's fees) that arise after the Closing Date and result from and are related to the Assumed Liabilities.

16. ENTIRE AGREEMENT, NOTICES, MODIFICATION, WAIVER, HEADINGS.

16.1 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties pertaining to the subject matter it describes and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions, whether

29

oral or written, of the parties. No supplement, modification or waiver or termination of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the party to be bound. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver unless otherwise expressly provided.

16.2 Notices. Any notice or other communication required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing, and shall be given by personal delivery, via facsimile transmission, by a nationally recognized overnight courier service or by registered or certified United States mail, postage prepaid, with return receipt requested. Notices shall be addressed to the parties as follows:

Seller:  Bear Linear LLC
         Attn: Dennis M. Schreier
         6593 Revlon Drive, Unit 1
         Plant #1
         Belvidere, IL 61008
         Telephone: 815.547.1106
         Telecopy: 815.547.7206

Copy to: Pearson Van Houten PLC
         Attn: Margaret Van Houten
         1415 28th Street, Suite 160
         West Des Moines, IA 50266
         Telephone: 515.327.0101
         Telecopy: 515.327.8514

Buyer:   Altra Industrial Motion, Inc.
         Attn: David Wall
         14 Hayward Street
         Quincy, MA 02171
         Telephone: 617.689.6380
         Telecopy: 617.689.6202

Copy to: Eric L. Brossman, Esquire
         Saul Ewing LLP
         2 North 2nd Street, 7th Floor
         Harrisburg, PA 17101
         Telephone: 717.257.7570
         Telecopy: 717.237.7438

30

Any party hereto shall be entitled to specify a different address by giving notice to the other party.

16.3 Headings. Section and subsection headings are not to be considered part of this Agreement, are included solely for convenience and are not intended to be full or accurate descriptions of the content of any section or subsection.

16.4 Multiple Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

16.5 Amendment or Modification. The parties may amend or modify this Agreement in such manner as may be agreed upon by a written instrument executed by such parties.

16.6 Severability. If any term, covenant, condition or provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any circumstance, shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remaining terms, covenants, conditions and provisions shall not be adversely affected thereby, and each remaining term, covenant, condition and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, such provision shall be interpreted to be only as broad as is enforceable.

16.7 Exhibits and Schedules. Exhibits, schedules and documents referred to in this Agreement are an integral part of this Agreement.

17. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective transferees, successors and assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, this Agreement and the obligations of the Seller and the Guarantors hereunder shall not be assigned or delegated to any other person. Buyer reserves the right, and is hereby authorized, to assign all of its right, title and interest herein and hereunder to an affiliate or person under common control with Buyer.

18. GOVERNING LAW. The parties agree that this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois.

19. CONSENT TO JURISDICTION. The parties hereby consent to the jurisdiction of the state courts of the State of Illinois and the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois (Western Division). With respect to any such court action, all of the parties to this Agreement (a) submit to the personal jurisdiction of such courts; (b) consent to service of process, and (c) waive any other requirement (whether imposed by statute, rule of court, or otherwise) with respect to personal jurisdiction or service of process.

31

The parties have executed this Agreement or, acting under authority given by their respective Board of Managers, have caused this Agreement to be executed in their respective entity names by their respective Presidents or Vice Presidents, all as of the date and year first set forth above.

                                        SELLER:

ATTEST:                                 BEAR LINEAR LLC


                                        By
-------------------------------------      -------------------------------------
                                        Title:
                                               ---------------------------------


WITNESS:                                GUARANTORS:


                                                                          (SEAL)
-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
                                        Dennis M. Schreier


                                                                          (SEAL)
-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
                                        Robert F. Bauchiero


                                                                          (SEAL)
-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
                                        J. Chris Arvidson


                                        BUYER:

ATTEST:                                 WARNER ELECTRIC, LLC


                                        By
-------------------------------------      -------------------------------------
                                        Title:
                                               ---------------------------------

32

List of Schedules

Schedule 1.2      Purchased Assets
Schedule 2.0      Retained Assets
Schedule 3.3      Allocation of Purchase Price
Exhibit 4.0       Acquisition Notes
Schedule 5.0      Assumed Liabilities
Schedule 7.1.1    Organization and Standing of Seller
Schedule 7.1.4    Assumed and Fictitious Names
Schedule 7.2.2    Absence of Certain Changes
Schedule 7.2.3    Undisclosed Liabilities
Schedule 7.2.4    Indebtedness to and from Officers, Directors and Others
Schedule 7.2.5    Backlog
Schedule 7.3.1    Inventory
Schedule 7.3.2    Machinery, Equipment and Other Tangible Personal Property
Schedule 7.3.3    Accounts Receivable
Schedule 7.3.4    Real Property
Schedule 7.3.5    Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks, Etc.
Schedule 7.4.1    Labor and Employment Contracts
Schedule 7.4.2    Employee Benefit Plans and Arrangements
Schedule 7.4.3    Insurance
Schedule 7.4.4    Other Contracts and Agreements
Schedule 7.4.5    Third Party Consents
Schedule 7.5.1    Customers
Schedule 7.5.2    Suppliers
Schedule 7.5.3    Employees
Schedule 7.5.4    Accrued Employee Benefits
Schedule 7.5.5    Product and Field Warranties
Schedule 7.5.6    Litigation
Schedule 7.5.7    Taxes
Schedule 7.5.8    Permits; Governmental Approvals
Schedule 7.5.9    Operations in Conformity with Law
Schedule 7.5.10   Environmental Matters
Schedule 7.5.11   Absence of Certain Business Transactions
Schedule 8.6      Accounts Receivable Certificate
Schedule 12.2.7   Pending and Threatened Litigation
Exhibit 12.3      Employment and Non-Competition Agreement(s)


LIST OF DEFINED TERMS

"ACQUIRED BUSINESS" shall mean the Purchased Assets, the Business and the Assumed Liabilities.

"ADJUSTED CLOSING BALANCE SHEET" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2 of the Agreement.

"ADJUSTED NET ASSET VALUE AT CLOSING" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3.2 of the Agreement.

"AGREEMENT" shall mean the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of May 18, 2006.

"ANNUAL EBITDA EXCESS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.5.2 of the Agreement.

"ANNUAL MINIMUM DEFERRED PURCHASE PRICE PAYMENT" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.5.1 of the Agreement.

"ANNUAL PAYMENT RATE" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.5.2 of the Agreement.

"ASSUMED LIABILITIES" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5 of the Agreement.

"BEAR LINEAR" shall mean Bear Linear LLC, an Illinois limited liability company.

"BUSINESS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 of the Agreement.

"BUYER" shall mean Warner Electric, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

"CLOSING BALANCE SHEET" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3 of the Agreement.

"CLOSING DATE" or "CLOSING" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.1 of the Agreement.

"CODE" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.4.2 of the Agreement.

"CONTINGENT DEFERRED PURCHASE PRICE PAYMENTS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.5.2 of the Agreement.

"CONTRACTS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.4.4 of the Agreement.

"DEFERRED PURCHASE PRICE PAYMENTS" shall mean the Minimum Deferred Purchase Price Payments and the Contingent Deferred Purchase Price Payments as such terms are defined in Section 3.5.1 and 3.5.2 of the Agreement.

"EBITDA" shall mean the Buyer's operating income less operating expenses (but excluding


interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization).

"EBITDA Base Amount" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.5.2 of the Agreement.

"EMPLOYEE PLANS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.4.2 of the Agreement.

"EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT(S)" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.3 of the Agreement.

"ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.5.10 of the Agreement.

"GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles for financial reporting in the United States applied on a consistent basis.

"GUARANTORS" shall mean Dennis M. Schreier, Robert F. Bauchiero and J. Chris Arvidson.

"MAXIMUM ANNUAL EBITDA EXCESS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.5.3 of the Agreement.

"MINIMUM DEFERRED PURCHASE PRICE PAYMENT" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3.5.1 of the Agreement.

"OTHER BUYER INSTRUMENTS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2 of the Agreement.

"OTHER SELLER INSTRUMENTS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.2 of the Agreement.

"PURCHASE PRICE" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 of the Agreement.

"PURCHASED ASSETS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.2 of the Agreement.

"REGULATED SUBSTANCE" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.5.10 of the Agreement.

"RETAINED ASSETS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2 of the Agreement.

"RETAINED LIABILITIES" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5 of the Agreement.

"SELLER" shall mean Bear Linear.

"WORKING CAPITAL" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.3 of the Agreement.

"WORKING CAPITAL CERTIFICATE" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.2 of the Agreement.

2

EXHIBIT 4.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement (this "AGREEMENT") is made and entered into as of January 6, 2005, by and among Altra Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY"), Genstar Capital Partners III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("GENSTAR"), Stargen III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("STARGEN"), Caisse de depot et Placement du Quebec ("CDPQ"), and each of the other persons listed on the signature pages hereto.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, on November 30, 2004, the Company, Genstar, Stargen, CDPQ and certain of the Holders (as defined herein) entered into a Subscription Agreement (the "SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT"), pursuant to which the Company agreed to issue and sell, and Genstar, Stargen, CDPQ and such Holders agreed to purchase, shares of the Company's Series A Preferred Stock;

WHEREAS, on or about the date hereof, certain of the Holders (the "NEW HOLDERS") are purchasing from Genstar and Stargen certain shares of the Company's Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the "STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT"), among the New Holders, Genstar and Stargen;

WHEREAS, the Company, Genstar, Stargen, CDPQ and certain of the Holders had previously entered into that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2004 (the "PRIOR AGREEMENT"); and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend and restate the Prior Agreement to add the New Holders and to provide the Holders with certain rights to register shares of the Company's Common Stock (including shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of shares of the Company's Series A Preferred Stock), as set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings:

"AFFILIATE" means, with respect to a specified Person, any other Person, directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, the term "control," including the terms "controlling," "controlled by" and "under common control," means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or


cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities or otherwise.

"BOARD" means the board of directors of the Company.

"COMMON STOCK" means the Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.

"DEMAND NOTICE" is defined in Section 3(a) hereof.

"DEMAND REGISTRATION" is defined in Section 3(a) hereof.

"EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

"GENSTAR HOLDERS" means each of Genstar and Stargen and any Affiliate thereof that holds Registrable Securities.

"HOLDER" means any party hereto (other than the Company) and any holder of Registrable Securities who agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, including by executing and delivering a counterpart signature page to this Agreement.

"NASD" means the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

"PERSON" means an individual, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, a government or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.

"PIGGYBACK NOTICE" is defined in Section 4(a) hereof.

"PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION" means a registration pursuant to Section 4 hereof.

"PROSPECTUS" means the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement and by all other amendments and supplements to the prospectus, including post-effective amendments and all material incorporated by reference in such prospectus.

"PUBLIC OFFERING" means the issuance and sale of shares of Common Stock to the public pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act which has been declared effective by the SEC (other than a registration statement on Form S-4, Form S-8 or any other similar form).

"QUALIFIED PUBLIC OFFERING" means a Public Offering (which may be the initial Public Offering) having an aggregate offering value of at least $50,000,000.

"REGISTRABLE SECURITIES" means shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and any securities of the Company which may

2

be issued or distributed with respect to, or in exchange or substitution for, or conversion of, such Common Stock and such other securities pursuant to a stock dividend, stock split or other distribution, merger, consolidation, recapitalization or reclassification or otherwise; provided, however, that any Registrable Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (x) a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such Registrable Securities has been declared effective under the Securities Act and such Registrable Securities have been disposed of in accordance with the plan of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement, (y) such Registrable Securities are distributed pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in force) under the Securities Act or (z) such Registrable Securities shall have been otherwise transferred to a Person other than a Holder and new certificates for them not required to bear a legend restricting further transfer under the Securities Act shall have been delivered by the Company; and provided, further, that any securities that have ceased to be Registrable Securities cannot thereafter become Registrable Securities and any security that is issued or distributed in respect of securities that have ceased to be Registrable Securities is not a Registrable Security.

"REGISTRATION" means a Demand Registration or a Piggyback Registration.

"REGISTRATION EXPENSES" means all expenses incident to the Company's performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including without limitation
(i) all registration and filing fees, and any other fees and expenses associated with filings required to be made with any stock exchange, the SEC and the NASD (including, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any "qualified independent underwriter" and its counsel as may be required by the rules and regulations of the NASD), (ii) all fees and expenses of compliance with state securities or blue sky laws (including fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters or selling Holders in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities and determination of their eligibility for investment under the laws of such jurisdictions as the managing underwriters or the majority of the Holders of the Registrable Securities being sold may designate), (iii) all printing and related messenger and delivery expenses (including expenses of printing certificates for the Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and of printing prospectuses), (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of all independent certified public accountants of the Company (including the expenses of any special audit and cold comfort letters required by or incident to such performance), (v) Securities Act liability insurance if the Company so desires or the underwriters so require, (vi) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities on any securities exchange and all rating agency fees, (vii) all reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel selected by the Holders of the Registrable Securities being registered to represent such Holders in connection with such registration,
(viii) all fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by the issuers or sellers of securities, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, and fees and disbursements of counsel to underwriters (other than such fees and disbursements incurred in connection with any registration or qualification of Registrable Securities under the securities or blue sky laws of any state), and (ix) fees and expenses of other Persons retained by the Company in connection with the Registration.

"REGISTRATION STATEMENT" means any registration statement of the Company which covers any of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement,

3

including post-effective amendments, all exhibits and all material incorporated by reference in such Registration Statement.

"REQUESTING HOLDER" is defined in Section 3(a) hereof.

"SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

"SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

"SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK" means the Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.

"UNDERWRITTEN REGISTRATION" or "UNDERWRITTEN OFFERING" means a sale of

securities of the Company to an underwriter for re-offering to the public.

2. Securities Subject to this Agreement.

(a) Registrable Securities. The securities entitled to the benefits of this Agreement are the Registrable Securities.

(b) Holders of Registrable Securities. A Person is deemed to be a Holder of Registrable Securities whenever such Person owns Registrable Securities or has the right to acquire such Registrable Securities, whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected and disregarding any legal restrictions upon the exercise of such right.

3. Demand Registration.

(a) Right to Demand; Demand Notices. Subject to the provisions of this
Section 3, at any time and from time to time commencing after the first anniversary of the date hereof, one or more Genstar Holders holding a majority of all Registrable Securities held by all Genstar Holders (collectively a "REQUESTING HOLDER") may make a written request to the Company for registration under and in accordance with the Securities Act (which request may require that such registration be underwritten) of all or part of the Registrable Securities held by it (a "DEMAND REGISTRATION"). Promptly upon receipt of any such request from any Requesting Holder (but in no event more than ten (10) business days thereafter), the Company will serve written notice (the "DEMAND NOTICE") of such registration request to all Holders who did not make such written request, and, subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Company will include in such Demand Registration all Registrable Securities of any Holder with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within ten (10) business days after the Demand Notice has been given to the applicable Holder. All requests made pursuant to this Section 3 will specify the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities to be registered and will also specify the intended methods of disposition thereof.

(b) Company's Right to Defer Registration. If the Company is requested to effect a Demand Registration and the Company furnishes to the Holders requesting such Demand Registration a copy of a resolution of the Board certified by the secretary of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board it would be seriously detrimental

4

to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request for such registration from the Requesting Holder; provided that, in such event, the Company may postpone a Demand Registration pursuant hereto only twice in any 365-day period. If the Company shall so postpone the filing of a Demand Registration and if the Requesting Holder within thirty (30) days after receipt of the notice of postponement advises the Company in writing that the Requesting Holder has determined to withdraw such request for registration, then such Demand Registration shall be deemed to be withdrawn and such request shall be deemed not to have been exercised for purposes of determining whether the Requesting Holder included in such Demand Registration is required to pay its pro rata portion of the Registration Expenses pursuant to Section 3(d) hereof and the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with such Demand Registration.

(c) Registration Statement Form. Registrations under this Section 3 shall be on such appropriate registration form of the SEC (i) as shall be selected by the Company and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Requesting Holder and (ii) as shall permit the disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition specified in the Requesting Holder's request for such registration. If, in connection with any registration under this Section 3 which is proposed by the Company to be on Form S-3 or any successor form to such Form, the managing underwriter, if any, shall advise the Company in writing that in its opinion the use of another permitted form is of material importance to the success of the offering, then such registration shall be on such other permitted form.

(d) Expenses. All Registration Expenses in connection with the first two (2) Demand Registrations of Registrable Securities effected pursuant to this
Section 3 shall be borne by the Company, regardless of whether the Registration Statement becomes effective (except as provided in Section 3(e) hereof). All expenses for any subsequent Demand Registrations of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 3 shall be paid pro rata by the Company and all other Persons participating in such Demand Registration on the basis of the relative number of shares of Common Stock of each such Person included in such registration. The Company will, in any event, pay its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any audit and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the Company.

(e) Effective Registration Statement. The Company shall be deemed to have effected a Demand Registration if (i) the Registration Statement relating to such Demand Registration is declared effective by the SEC; provided, however, that no Demand Registration shall be deemed to have been effected if (x) such registration, after it has become effective, is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or other governmental agency or court by reason of an act or omission by the Company, or (y) the conditions to closing specified in the purchase agreement or underwriting agreement entered into in connection with such registration are not satisfied because of an act or omission by the Company, or (ii) at any time after any Requesting Holder requests a Demand Registration and prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, the preparation of such Registration Statement is discontinued or such Registration Statement is withdrawn or abandoned at the

5

request of such Requesting Holder, unless the Requesting Holder has paid to the Company in full the Registration Expenses in connection with such Registration Statement.

(f) Priority on Demand Registrations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Registration pursuant to this Section 3 involves an Underwritten Offering and the managing underwriter or underwriters of such proposed Underwritten Offering determines in writing that the total or kind of securities which such Holders and any other persons or entities intend to include in such offering would be reasonably likely to adversely affect the price, marketability or distribution of the securities offered in such offering, then the Company shall include in such Registration (i) first, to the extent of the amount of securities that all Holders have requested to be included in such Registration, which, in the opinion of the managing underwriter or underwriters, can be sold without such adverse effect referred to above, such amount to be allocated pro rata among all such Holders based upon the relative aggregate amount of gross proceeds to be received by such Holders in the offering and (ii) second, the securities of any other Person, which, in the opinion of the managing underwriter or underwriters, can be sold without such adverse effect referred to above.

(g) Selection of Underwriters. If any offering pursuant to a Demand Registration involves an Underwritten Offering, the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such Demand Registration shall have the right to select the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer the offering, which managing underwriters shall be a firm of nationally recognized standing and reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

(h) Form S-3 Registration Statement. In case the Company shall receive from any Requesting Holder a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 or any successor form to such Form and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities held by such Requesting Holder, the Company will:

(i) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders; and

(ii) as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Requesting Holder's Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within ten (10) business days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this
Section 3(h): (A) if Form S-3 or any successor form to such Form is not available for such offering; or (B) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders requesting such registration no later than ten (10) business days after such request a copy of a resolution of the Board certified by the secretary of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board such registration statement would materially interfere with any pending material financing, acquisition or corporate reorganization or other material corporate development involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries or would require premature disclosure thereof, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration

6

statement for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Requesting Holder under this Section 3(h).

(iii) The Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with a registration under this Section 3(h).

(i) Other Registration Rights. Except as provided in this Agreement, the Company shall not grant to any Persons the right to request the Company to register any equity securities of the Company, or any securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such securities, without the prior written consent of Genstar.

4. Piggyback Registrations.

(a) Participation. Subject to Sections 4(b) and 10 hereof, if at any time after the date hereof the Company files a Registration Statement (other than (w) a registration on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor form to such Forms or any similar form, (x) any registration of securities as it relates to an offering and sale to management of the Company pursuant to any employee stock plan or other employee benefit plan arrangement, (y) any registration as it relates to the registration for exchange or otherwise of debt securities of the Company or its Subsidiaries or (z) subject to the proviso below, a registration which is the Company's initial Public Offering of securities) with respect to an offering that includes any shares of Common Stock, then the Company shall give prompt notice (the "PIGGYBACK NOTICE") to the Holders, and the Holders shall be entitled to include in such Registration Statement the Registrable Securities held by them. The Piggyback Notice shall offer the Holders the opportunity to register such number of shares of Registrable Securities as each Holder may request and shall set forth (i) the anticipated filing date of such Registration Statement and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock that is proposed to be included in such Registration Statement. Subject to Section 4(b), the Company shall include in such Registration Statement such shares of Registrable Securities for which it has received written requests to register such shares within fifteen (15) days after the Piggyback Notice has been given.

(b) Underwriter's Cutback. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Registration pursuant to this Section 4 involves an Underwritten Offering and the managing underwriter or underwriters of such proposed Underwritten Offering determines that the total or kind of securities which the Holders and any other persons or entities intend to include in such offering would be reasonably likely to adversely affect the price, marketability or distribution of the securities offered in such offering, then the Company shall include in such Registration (i) first, 100% of the securities that the Company (if the Person initiating such Registration is the Company) proposes to sell and (ii) second, to the extent of the amount of securities which all Holders have requested to be included in such Registration, which, in the opinion of the managing underwriter or underwriters, can be sold without such adverse effect referred to above, such amount to be allocated pro rata among all such Holders based upon the relative aggregate amount of gross proceeds to be received by such Holders in the offering, which, in the opinion of the managing underwriter or underwriters, can be sold without such adverse effect referred to above and (iii) third, the securities of any other Person, which, in the opinion of the managing underwriter or underwriters, can be sold without such adverse effect referred to above.

7

(c) Expenses. The Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with each registration of Registrable Securities requested pursuant to this Section 4, regardless of whether any such registration becomes effective.

(d) Company Control. Other than with respect to a Demand Request pursuant to Section 3 hereof, the Company may decline to file a Registration Statement to be prepared and filed by the Company after giving the Piggyback Notice, or withdraw such a Registration Statement after filing, but prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, provided that the Company shall promptly notify each Holder in writing of any such action and provided further that the Company shall bear all reasonable expenses incurred by such Holder or otherwise in connection with such withdrawn Registration Statement.

(e) No Effect on Demand Registrations. No registration effected under this Section 4 shall be deemed to have been effected pursuant to Section 3 hereof or shall relieve the Company of its obligation to effect any registration upon request under Section 3 hereof.

5. Hold-Back and Other Agreements.

(a) Restrictions on Public Sale by Holder of Registrable Securities. Each Holder agrees, if so requested by any managing underwriter in an Underwritten Offering, not to sell, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, hypothecate, hedge or otherwise dispose of, securities of the Company or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, including a sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (except as part of such Underwritten Registration), during the thirty (30) day period prior to, and during the ninety day period (or such longer period of up to 180 days, subject to research and analyst reporting "blackout" extensions, as may be required by such underwriter) beginning on, the effective date of such Registration Statement (except as part of such Registration) or the commencement of the public distribution of securities, to the extent timely notified in writing by the Company or any managing underwriter; provided, however that the foregoing restrictions shall only be applicable to CDPQ and its Affiliates to the same extent that the Genstar Holders are also subject to such restrictions.

(b) Restrictions on Public Sale by the Company and Others. The Company agrees not to effect any public sale or distribution of any securities the same as or similar to those being registered by the Company, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during the thirty (30) day period prior to, and during the 90-day period (or such longer period of up to 180 days, subject to research analyst reporting "blackout" extension, as may be required by such underwriter) beginning with, the effective date of a Registration Statement filed under Sections 3 and 4 hereof or the commencement of the public distribution of securities to the extent timely notified in writing by a Holder or the managing underwriters (except as part of such registration, if permitted, or pursuant to registrations on Forms S-4 or S-8 or any successor form to such Forms or any similar form, or any registration of securities for offering and sale to management of the Company pursuant to any employee stock plan or other employee benefit plan arrangement). The Company agrees to use reasonable efforts to obtain from each Holder the same as or similar to those being registered by the Company, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of such securities, an agreement not to sell, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of,

8

or otherwise dispose of such securities (other than securities purchased in a Public Offering) during such period, except as part of any such registration if permitted.

(c) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company will not enter into any agreement with respect to its securities which is inconsistent with, or which is reasonably likely to impair, the rights granted to the Holders by this Agreement.

6. Registration Procedures.

In connection with the Company's Registration obligations pursuant to Sections 3 and 4 hereof, the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to effect such Registration to permit the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company will as expeditiously as possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement or Registration Statements relating to the applicable Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration including all exhibits and financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective; provided, that the Company will furnish copies of any amendments or supplements in the form filed with respect to any Piggyback Registration, simultaneously with the filing of such amendments or supplements;

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to the Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep the Registration Statement effective for a period of not less than 180 days (or such shorter period which will terminate when all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold or withdrawn), or, if such Registration Statement relates to an Underwritten Offering, such longer period as in the opinion of counsel for the underwriters a Prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer; cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus;

(c) notify the selling Holders and the managing underwriters, if any, and (if requested) confirm such advice in writing, as soon as practicable (but in any event within two (2) business days) after notice thereof is received by the Company (i) when the Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been filed or becomes effective, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus has been filed, and, to furnish such selling Holders and managing underwriters with copies thereof, (ii) of any request by the SEC for amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information, (iii) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for such purposes, (iv) if at any

9

time the representations and warranties of the Company contemplated by paragraph
(m) below cease to be true and correct and (v) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose;

(d) promptly notify the selling Holders and the managing underwriters, if any, at any time prior to nine (9) months after the time of issue of the Prospectus, when the Company becomes aware of the happening of any event as a result of which the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (as then in effect) contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus and any preliminary Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) when such Prospectus was delivered not misleading or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such time period to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the Securities Act and, in either case as promptly as practicable thereafter, prepare and file with the SEC, and furnish without charge to the selling Holders and the managing underwriters, if any, a supplement or amendment to such Prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance;

(e) make every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal of any stop order or other order suspending the use of any preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus or suspending any qualification of the Registrable Securities;

(f) if requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters or a Holder of Registrable Securities being sold in connection with an Underwritten Offering, promptly incorporate in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the managing underwriters and the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold agree should be included therein relating to the plan of distribution with respect to such Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, information with respect to the amount of Registrable Securities being sold to such underwriters, the purchase price being paid therefor by such underwriters and with respect to any other terms of the Underwritten (or best efforts underwritten) Offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

(g) furnish to each selling Holder and each managing underwriter, without charge, as many conformed copies as they may reasonably request, of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits thereto (including those incorporated by reference);

(h) deliver to each selling Holder and the underwriters, if any, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary Prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Persons may reasonably request (it being understood that the Company consents to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto) and

10

such other documents as such selling Holder may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder;

(i) on or prior to the date on which the Registration Statement is declared effective, use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify, and cooperate with the selling Holders, the managing underwriter or agent, if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of such Registrable Securities for offer and sale under the securities or blue sky laws of each state and other jurisdiction of the United States as any such seller, underwriter or agent reasonably requests in writing and do any and all other acts or things reasonably necessary or advisable to keep such registration or qualification in effect for so long as such Registration Statement remains in effect and so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement; provided that the Company will not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action which would subject it to general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;

(j) cooperate with the selling Holders and the managing underwriter or agent, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not required to bear any restrictive legends; and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriters may request at least two (2) business days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities to the underwriters;

(k) use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary, including under Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders, to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

(l) not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration, provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities and provide the applicable trustee or transfer agent with printed certificates for the Registrable Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company;

(m) make such representations and warranties to the Holders of Registrable Securities being registered, and the underwriters or agents, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers in primary underwritten public offerings;

(n) enter into such customary agreements (including an underwriting agreement) and take all such other actions as the majority of the Holders of any Registrable Securities being sold or the managing underwriter or agent, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the Registration and disposition of such Registrable Securities;

(o) obtain for delivery to the Holders of Registrable Securities being registered and to the underwriter or agent an opinion or opinions from counsel for the Company, upon consummation of the sale of such Registrable Securities to the underwriters (the "CLOSING

11

DATE") in customary form and in form, substance and scope reasonably satisfactory to such Holders, underwriters or agents and their counsel;

(p) obtain for delivery to the Company and the underwriter or agent, with copies to the Holders, a cold comfort letter from the Company's independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by cold comfort letters as the managing underwriter or the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold reasonably request, dated the effective date of the Registration Statement and brought down to the Closing Date;

(q) cooperate with each seller of Registrable Securities and each underwriter or agent participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with the NASD;

(r) make available for inspection by a representative of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration, and any attorney or accountant retained by such Holders or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause the Company's officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative, underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with such Registration; provided that any records, information or documents that are designated by the Company as confidential shall be kept confidential by such Persons unless disclosure of such records, information or documents is required by law;

(s) use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and make generally available to its securityholders, as soon as reasonably practicable (but not more than eighteen
(18) months) after the effective date of the Registration Statement, an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

(t) as promptly as practicable after filing with the SEC of any document which is incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, provide copies of such document to counsel for the selling Holders and to the managing underwriters, if any;

(u) provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement from and after a date not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement; and

(v) use its reasonable best efforts to list (if such Registrable Securities are not already listed) all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement on The New York Stock Exchange or the American Stock Exchange or to cause such Registrable Securities to be included for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market.

The Company may require each Holder of Registrable Securities as to which any Registration is being effected to furnish to the Company such information regarding the distribution of such securities and such other information relating to such Holder and its ownership of Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in

12

writing. Each Holder agrees to furnish such information to the Company and to cooperate with the Company as necessary to enable the Company to comply with the provisions of this Agreement.

Each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 6(c)(iv) or (v) or Section 6(d) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement until such Holder's receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(d) hereof, or until it is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings which are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus, and, if so directed by the Company, such Holder will deliver to the Company (at the Company's expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder's possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.

7. Indemnification.

(a) Indemnification by Company. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the full extent permitted by law, each Holder, its officers, directors, partners, members, employees and agents and each Person who controls such Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act), and the officers, directors, partners, members, employees and agents of each such controlling Person against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees) caused by any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement, Prospectus, amendment or supplement thereto or preliminary Prospectus or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as the same are caused by or contained in any information furnished in writing to the Company by such Holder expressly for use therein, or any violation by the Company of any federal, state or common law rule or regulation applicable to the Company relating to the action required of, or inaction by, the Company in connection with any such registration. The Company will also indemnify underwriters, selling brokers, dealer managers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders, if requested. Each indemnity and reimbursement of costs and expenses shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Holder.

(b) Indemnification by Selling Holder. In connection with each Registration, each selling Holder will furnish to the Company in writing such information and affidavits as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any Registration Statement or Prospectus and agrees to indemnify (severally and not jointly) and hold harmless, to the full extent permitted by law, the Company, its directors, officers, employees and agents and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities and expenses resulting from any untrue statement of a material fact or any omission of a material fact required to be stated in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any

13

information or affidavit so furnished in writing by such selling Holder to the Company specifically for inclusion in such Registration Statement or Prospectus and has not been corrected in a subsequent writing prior to or concurrently with the sale of the Registrable Securities to the Person asserting such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense and was relied upon by the Company in the preparation of such Registration Statement or Prospectus. In no event shall the liability of any selling Holder hereunder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder upon the sale of the Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation. The Company shall be entitled to receive indemnities from underwriters, selling brokers, dealer managers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, to the same extent as provided above with respect to information so furnished in writing by such Persons specifically for inclusion in any Prospectus or Registration Statement.

(c) Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings. Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder will (i) give prompt (but in any event within 30 days after such Person has actual knowledge of the facts constituting the basis for indemnification) written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification and (ii) permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party; provided, however, that any delay or failure to so notify the indemnifying party shall relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations hereunder only to the extent, if at all, that it is prejudiced by reason of such delay or failure; provided, further however, that any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall have the right to select and employ separate counsel and to participate in the defense of such claim, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Person unless (a) the indemnifying party has agreed in writing to pay such fees or expenses, or
(b) the indemnifying party shall have failed to assume the defense of such claim within a reasonable time after receipt of notice of such claim from the Person entitled to indemnification hereunder and employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Person or (c) in the reasonable judgment of any such Person, based upon advice of its counsel, a conflict of interest may exist between such Person and the indemnifying party with respect to such claims (in which case, if the Person notifies the indemnifying party in writing that such Person elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such claim on behalf of such Person). If such defense is not assumed by the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made without its consent (but such consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), provided that an indemnified party shall not be required to consent to any settlement involving the imposition of equitable remedies or involving the imposition of any material obligations on such indemnified party other than financial obligations for which such indemnified party will be indemnified hereunder. No indemnifying party will be required to consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation. Whenever the indemnified party or the indemnifying party receives a firm offer to settle a claim for which indemnification is sought hereunder, it shall promptly notify the other of such offer. If the indemnifying party refuses to accept such offer within twenty (20) business days after receipt of such offer (or of notice thereof), such claim shall continue to be contested and, if such claim is within the scope of the indemnifying party's indemnity contained herein, the indemnified party shall be indemnified pursuant to the terms hereof. If the indemnifying party notifies the

14

indemnified party in writing that the indemnifying party desires to accept such offer, but the indemnified party refuses to accept such offer within twenty (20) business days after receipt of such notice, the indemnified party may continue to contest such claim and, in such event, the total maximum liability of the indemnifying party to indemnify or otherwise reimburse the indemnified party hereunder with respect to such claim shall be limited to and shall not exceed the amount of such offer, plus reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements) to the date of notice that the indemnifying party desires to accept such offer, provided that this sentence shall not apply to any settlement of any claim involving the imposition of equitable remedies or to any settlement imposing any material obligations on such indemnified party other than financial obligations for which such indemnified party will be indemnified hereunder. An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim will not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim in any one jurisdiction, unless in the written opinion of counsel to the indemnified party, reasonably satisfactory to the indemnifying party, use of one counsel would be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim, in which event the indemnifying party shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of one such additional counsel.

(d) Other Indemnification. Indemnification similar to that specified in this Section 7 (with appropriate modifications) shall be given by the Company and each seller of Registrable Securities with respect to any required registration or other qualification of securities under federal or state law or regulation of governmental authority other than the Securities Act.

(e) Contribution. If for any reason the indemnification provided for in the preceding clauses (a), (b) and (d) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient to hold it harmless as contemplated by the preceding clauses
(a), (b) and (d), then the indemnifying party shall, on a several (and not joint and several) basis, contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits received by the indemnified party and the indemnifying party, but also the relative fault of the indemnified party and the indemnifying party, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations, provided that no selling Holder shall be required to contribute in an amount greater than the dollar amount of the net proceeds received by such selling Holder with respect to the sale of any securities. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

8. Rule 144. Following the Company's initial Public Offering and for so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act, the Company covenants that it will: (a) file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder, (b) take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request in writing to the extent required from time to time to enable the sale of Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemption provided by Rule 144 (or any similar rule or rules then in effect) of the Securities Act, and (c) upon the reasonable written request of any Holder, deliver to such Holder all information regarding the Company required to be delivered in connection with Rule 144 (or any similar rule or rules then in effect) of the Securities Act. Notwithstanding

15

anything contained in this Section 8, the Company may deregister under Section 12 of the Exchange Act if it then is permitted to do so pursuant to the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

9. Participation in Underwritten Registrations. No Person may participate in any Underwritten Registration hereunder unless such Person (a) agrees to sell such Person's securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. Nothing in this Section 9 shall be construed to create any additional rights regarding the Registration of Registrable Securities in any Person otherwise than as set forth herein.

10. Miscellaneous.

(a) Remedies. Remedies for breach by the Company of its obligations to register the Registrable Securities shall be as set forth herein. Each Holder, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided herein or granted by law, including recovery of damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agrees to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.

(b) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company has obtained the written consent of the Holders of at least 66-2/3% of the then outstanding Registrable Securities; provided that no amendment, modification, supplement or waiver that treats any Holder or group of Holders adversely and in a manner that is different from any other Holder shall be effective without the consent of such Holder or group of Holders; provided, however, that Section 4 and Section 7 of this Agreement shall not be amended, modified or waived in any manner which would be adverse to CDPQ without CDPQ's prior written consent.

(c) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, telex, telecopier, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:

If to the Company, Genstar Capital III, L.P. or Stargen to:

Altra Holdings, Inc.
c/o Genstar Capital Partners III, L.P.

Four Embarcadero Center, Suite 1900
San Francisco, CA 94111-4191

Attention: Jean-Pierre L. Conte Telecopy No.: (415) 834-2383

16

with a copy to:

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP
201 Redwood Shores Parkway
Redwood Shores, CA 94065
Attention: Craig W. Adas, Esq. Fax No.: (650) 802-3100

If to CDPQ to:

Caisse de depot et placement du Quebec

1000, place Jean-Paul-Riopelle Montreal (Quebec) H2Z 2B3
Attention: Luc Houle, Senior Vice President Fax No.: (514) 847-2493

with a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP
Citigroup Center
153 East 53rd Street
New York, NY 10022-4675
Attention: Kimberly P. Taylor, Esq. Fax No.: (212) 446-4900

if to any other Holder, to the address of such Holder set forth on the signature pages of this Agreement;

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; four (4) business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when confirmation of fax transmission is received, if by facsimile transmission; and on the next business day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.

(d) Successors and Assigns. Subject to Section 10(k), this Agreement including, without limitation, all registration rights in connection with the ownership of all or a portion of the Registrable Securities pursuant to Sections 3 and 4 hereof, shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including, without limitation, and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders of Registrable Securities.

(e) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

17

(f) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(g) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws.

(h) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

(i) Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Subscription Agreement and the Stock Purchase Agreement constitute the entire agreement between or among the Company and the Holders concerning the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the registration rights granted by the Company with respect to the securities issued or sold pursuant to the Subscription Agreement or the Stock Purchase Agreement. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matters, including, without limitation, the Prior Agreement.

(j) Limited Liability of Partners and Members. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, neither the general partner nor the limited partners nor any future general or limited partner of any Holder, and no member, partner or shareholder of any such general partner or limited partner, shall have any personal liability for performance of any obligation of such Holder under this Agreement in excess of the respective capital contribution of such general partner and limited partners to such Holder.

(k) Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register securities granted Holders under Sections 3 and 4 may be assigned to a transferee or assignee in connection with any transfer or assignment of Registrable Securities by a Holder; provided that (a) such transfer may otherwise be effected in accordance with applicable securities laws and restrictions on transfer agreed upon by the Holder and the Company (including those set forth in the Stockholders Agreement dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company and the Holders), (b) notice of such assignment is given to the Company, and (c) such transferee or assignee agrees to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement.

(l) Termination. No Holder shall be entitled to exercise any registration rights provided for in this Agreement after a Public Offering and after such time as Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such Holder's shares during a three-month period without registration, without reference to Rule 144(k).

(m) Additional Sales of Series A Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company shall issue additional shares of its Series A Preferred Stock, any purchaser of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this

18

Agreement and shall be deemed a signatory hereto, and such shares shall be deemed Registrable Securities, hereunder, and such purchaser and such shares shall be entitled to all the rights and subject to all the obligations and restrictions set forth herein.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

19

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

COMPANY:                                ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.,
                                        a Delaware corporation


                                        By: /s/ Michael Hurt
                                            ------------------------------------
                                        Name: Michael Hurt
                                        Its:
                                             -----------------------------------


HOLDERS:                                GENSTAR CAPITAL PARTNERS III, L.P.,
                                        a Delaware limited partnership

                                        By: Genstar Capital III, L.P.
                                        Its: General Partner

                                        By: Genstar III GP LLC
                                        Its: General Partner


                                        By: /s/ J.P. Conte
                                            ------------------------------------
                                        Name: J.P. Conte
                                        Title:
                                               ---------------------------------


                                        STARGEN III, L.P.

                                        By: Genstar Capital III, L.P.
                                        Its: General Partner

                                        By: Genstar III GP LLC
                                        Its: General Partner


                                        By: /s/ J.P. Conte
                                            ------------------------------------
                                        Name: J.P. Conte
                                        Title:
                                               ---------------------------------

                 [Registration Rights Agreement Signature Page]

                                        CAISSE DE DEPOT ET PLACEMENT DU QUEBEC


                                        By: /s/ Louise Lalonde
                                            ------------------------------------
                                        Name: Louise Lalonde
                                        Title:
                                               ---------------------------------


                                        By: /s/ [not legible]
                                            ------------------------------------
                                        Name: [not legible]
                                        Title:
                                               ---------------------------------

                 [Registration Rights Agreement Signature Page]

                                        /s/ Michael Hurt
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Michael L. Hurt
                                        Address:
                                                 -------------------------------


                                        /s/ William Duff
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        William J. Duff
                                        Address:
                                                 -------------------------------


                                        /s/ Thomas Tatarczuch
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Thomas F. Tatarczuch
                                        Address:
                                                 -------------------------------


                                        /s/ Donald Wierbinski
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Donald S. Wierbinski
                                        Address:
                                                 -------------------------------


                                        /s/ Charles Nims
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Charles W. Nims
                                        Address:
                                                 -------------------------------


                                        /s/ Craig Schuele
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Craig Schuele
                                        Address:
                                                 -------------------------------


                                        /s/ Gerald Ferris
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Gerald Ferris
                                        Address:
                                                 -------------------------------

                 [Registration Rights Agreement Signature Page]

                                        /s/ Matthew Taylor
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Matthew F. Taylor
                                        Address:
                                                 -------------------------------


                                        /s/ Edward Novotny
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Edward L. Novotny
                                        Address:
                                                 -------------------------------


                                        /s/ Mark Stuebe
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Mark Stuebe
                                        Address:
                                                 -------------------------------


                                        /s/ Timothy McGowan
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Timothy McGowan
                                        Address:
                                                 -------------------------------


                                        /s/ Larry McPherson
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Larry McPherson
                                        Address:
                                                 -------------------------------


                                        /s/ Lee Hess
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Lee Hess
                                        Address:
                                                 -------------------------------


                                        /s/ Thomas Hunt
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Thomas Hunt
                                        Address:
                                                 -------------------------------

                 [Registration Rights Agreement Signature Page]

                                        FRANK BAUCHIERO MKC WORLDWIDE


                                        By: /s/ Frank Bauchiero
                                            ------------------------------------
                                        Name: Frank Bauchiero
                                        Title:
                                               ---------------------------------
                                        Address:
                                                 -------------------------------

                 [Registration Rights Agreement Signature Page]


EXHIBIT 4.12

EXECUTION COPY


NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

BY AND BETWEEN

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.

AND

CAISSE DE DEPOT ET PLACEMENT DU QUEBEC

NOVEMBER 30, 2004



TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS....................................................     1
   1.1     CAPITALIZED TERMS.............................................     1
   1.2     ACCOUNTING TERMS..............................................     7

ARTICLE II AUTHORIZATION AND SALE OF NOTE................................     8
   2.1     AUTHORIZATION.................................................     8
   2.2     SALE OF NOTE TO THE PURCHASER.................................     8

ARTICLE III CLOSING; DELIVERY............................................     8
   3.1     CLOSING.......................................................     8
   3.2     DELIVERY......................................................     8

ARTICLE IV CONDITIONS TO CLOSING BY THE PURCHASER........................     8
   4.1     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES................................     8
   4.2     PERFORMANCE...................................................     8
   4.3     NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE....................................     8
   4.4     ACQUISITION...................................................     9
   4.5     SENIOR CREDIT FACILITY........................................     9
   4.6     SENIOR NOTE FINANCING.........................................     9
   4.7     INVESTMENT IN THE COMPANY.....................................     9
   4.8     LEGAL OPINION OF COMPANY'S COUNSEL............................     9
   4.9     CLOSING DOCUMENTS.............................................     9
   4.10    LEGAL INVESTMENT; COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS........................    10
   4.11    PROCEEDINGS...................................................    10
   4.12    QUALIFICATIONS................................................    10
   4.13    CONSENTS......................................................    10
   4.14    FEES AND EXPENSES.............................................    11
   4.15    IRS FORM W-8..................................................    11

ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY..................    11
   5.1     ORGANIZATION, POWER, AUTHORITY AND GOOD STANDING..............    11
   5.2     AUTHORIZATION, EXECUTION, ENFORCEABILITY AND NO CONFLICTS.....    11
   5.3     SUBSIDIARIES..................................................    12
   5.4     CAPITALIZATION................................................    12
   5.5     NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE....................................    12
   5.6     LITIGATION....................................................    12
   5.7     COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS..........................................    13
   5.8     COMMENCEMENT OF BUSINESS......................................    13
   5.9     BROKER'S FEES.................................................    13
   5.10    MARGIN REGULATIONS............................................    13
   5.11    PUBLIC UTILITY HOLDING COMPANY ACT............................    13

ARTICLE VI REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER...............    13
   6.1     AUTHORIZATION, EXECUTION, ENFORCEABILITY AND NO CONFLICTS.....    13


   6.2     PURCHASE FOR INVESTMENT.......................................    14
   6.3     INVESTOR QUALIFICATIONS.......................................    14
   6.4     BROKER'S FEES.................................................    14

ARTICLE VII REPORTING AND INSPECTION RIGHTS..............................    14
   7.1     ACCOUNTING....................................................    14
   7.2     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND OTHER INFORMATION....................    14
   7.3     INSPECTION RIGHTS.............................................    17

ARTICLE VIII MATURITY, INTEREST AND PREPAYMENT...........................    17
   8.1     MATURITY......................................................    17
   8.2     INTEREST......................................................    17
   8.3     PREPAYMENT AT THE OPTION OF THE PURCHASER.....................    17
   8.4     MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS.........................................    18
   8.5     OPTIONAL PREPAYMENTS..........................................    18
   8.6     PREPAYMENT PREMIUMS...........................................    18
   8.7     PAYMENT SET ASIDE.............................................    19

ARTICLE IX AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.........................................    19
   9.1     COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS..........................................    19
   9.2     MAINTENANCE OF ASSETS; EXISTENCE..............................    19
   9.3     FEES AND EXPENSES.............................................    20
   9.4     USE OF PROCEEDS...............................................    20

ARTICLE X NEGATIVE COVENANTS.............................................    20
   10.1    CONDUCT OF BUSINESS...........................................    20
   10.2    DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS...................................    20
   10.3    TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES..................................    21
   10.4    REGULATION U AND X............................................    21

ARTICLE XI EVENTS OF DEFAULT.............................................    21
   11.1    EVENTS OF DEFAULT DEFINED; ACCELERATION OF MATURITY...........    21
   11.2    SUITS FOR ENFORCEMENT.........................................    22
   11.3    INDEMNIFICATION...............................................    22
   11.4    DELAYS OR OMISSIONS...........................................    23
   11.5    REMEDIES CUMULATIVE...........................................    23

ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS................................................    23
   12.1    CONSENT TO AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS................................    23
   12.2    SURVIVAL OF TERMS.............................................    23
   12.3    SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS........................................    23
   12.4    SEVERABILITY..................................................    24
   12.5    DESCRIPTIVE HEADINGS..........................................    24
   12.6    NOTICES.......................................................    25
   12.7    GOVERNING LAW.................................................    25
   12.8    EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES........................................    26
   12.9    EXCHANGE, TRANSFER, OR REPLACEMENT OF SECURITIES..............    26

ii

12.10   FINAL AGREEMENT...............................................    26
12.11   EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS.....................................    26
12.12   NO SETOFFS, ETC...............................................    26
12.13   CONSTRUCTION..................................................    27
12.14   FURTHER COOPERATION...........................................    27
12.15   WAIVERS BY THE COMPANY........................................    27

iii

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made as of November 30, 2004, by and between ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation formerly known as CPT Acquisition Corp. (the "Company"), and CAISSE DE DEPOT ET PLACEMENT DU QUEBEC, a Quebec corporation (the "Purchaser").

RECITALS

A. On or about the date hereof, Altra Industrial Motion, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company ("Altra"), is purchasing, directly and indirectly, all of the issued and outstanding limited liability company interests of Power Transmission Holding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("PTH"), pursuant to a LLC Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 25, 2004 (the "LLC Purchase Agreement"), by and among the Company, Warner Electric Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Colfax Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Acquisition"), following which PTH will be merged with and into Altra.

B. Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc. has agreed to provide a certain credit facility to Altra consisting of a revolving line of credit in the aggregate principal amount of $30,000,000, to, among other things, provide working capital for the Company and its Subsidiaries.

C. Altra will also issue $165,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes (as defined below), the proceeds of which will be used in connection with the Acquisition.

D. To further fund the Acquisition and to otherwise provide working capital, (i) the Purchaser desires to purchase from the Company, and the Company desires to issue and sell to the Purchaser, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, a subordinated note of the Company in the original principal amount of $14,000,000.

AGREEMENTS

In consideration of the recitals and the mutual covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.1 CAPITALIZED TERMS. In addition to the capitalized terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following respective meanings when used in this Agreement:

"ACQUISITION AGREEMENTS" has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.4.


"AFFILIATE" as applied to any specified Person means any other Person (and all natural Persons related by blood, adoption or marriage to such other Person) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such specified Person. The term "control" (including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled by" and "under common control with"), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of the voting power (or in the case of a Person which is not a corporation, 10% or more of the ownership interest, beneficial or otherwise) of such Person or the power otherwise to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that Person, whether through voting, by contract or otherwise. For purposes of this paragraph, "voting power" of any Person means the total number of votes which may be cast by the holders of the total number of outstanding shares of stock of any class or classes of such Person in any election of directors of such Person. For purposes of this Agreement, all executive officers and directors of a Person and all managers and members of any board of managers or similar board of committee of a Person organized as a limited liability company shall be deemed to be Affiliates of such Person.

"ASSETS" means, with respect to any Person, all businesses, properties, assets, machinery, equipment, furniture, fixtures, goodwill and other rights of such Person, of every nature, kind and description, tangible and intangible, owned or leased, wheresoever located and whether or not carried or reflected on the books or records of such Person, used, held for use or useful in connection with the operation of the business of such Person.

"BOARD" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

"BUSINESS" means the Company's operation of the business of designing, producing and marketing mechanical power transmission products and the other businesses described in the Offering Circular.

"BUSINESS DAY" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or required by law or other governmental action to close.

"CAPITALIZED LEASE" means any lease of property (whether real, personal or mixed) which, in conformity with GAAP, is accounted for as a liability on the balance sheet of the lessee.

"CHANGE OF CONTROL EVENT" means (i) the Permitted Holders fail to own and control, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the capital stock of the Company having the right to vote for the election of members of the Board, or
(ii) the Company ceases to own, directly or indirectly, and control 100% of the outstanding capital stock of Altra.

"CHANGE OF CONTROL NOTICE" has the meaning given to such term in Section 8.4.

"CLOSING" means the closing of the sale and purchase of the Note pursuant to this Agreement.

"CLOSING DATE" has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.1.

2

"CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

"COMMISSION" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

"CONTRACT" means any written or binding oral contract, agreement, credit agreement, note, bond, indenture, lease, sublease, purchase order, Permit, or other binding agreement or binding understanding.

"CONTROLLED AFFILIATE" as applied to any specified Person means any other Person (and all natural Persons related by blood, adoption or marriage to such other Person) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such specified Person. The term "control" (including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled by" and "under common control with"), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the voting power (or in the case of a Person which is not a corporation, 50% or more of the ownership interest, beneficial or otherwise, or as provided below) of such Person or the power otherwise to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that Person, whether through voting, by contract or otherwise. For purposes of this paragraph, "voting power" of any Person means the total number of votes which may be cast by the holders of the total number of outstanding shares of stock of any class or classes of such Person in any election of directors of such Person. For purposes of this Agreement, all executive officers and directors of a Person and all managers and members of any board of managers or similar board or committee of a Person organized as a limited liability company and all general partners of a Person organized as a partnership shall be deemed to be Controlled Affiliates of such Person.

"DEFAULT" means any event or condition, the occurrence of which would, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, constitute an Event of Default.

"DOLLARS," "DOLLARS" and "$" each mean lawful money of the United States.

"EQUITY DOCUMENTS" means, collectively, the Subscription Agreement, the Stockholders' Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement.

"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

"EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

"EVENT OF DEFAULT" has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 11.1.

"FACILITIES" means any and all real property (including, without limitation, all buildings, fixtures or other improvements located thereon) owned, leased or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. "Facility" means any one of the Facilities.

"FIRPTA AFFIDAVIT" means an affidavit, sworn under penalty of perjury and in form and substance required under Treasury Regulations Section 1.897-2(h), stating that the Company is not, and

3

immediately following the Acquisition will not be, a "United States real property holding corporation" as defined in Code Section 897(c)(2).

"FISCAL YEAR" means any 12-month period ending on December 31st of each year.

"GAAP" means United States generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

"GOVERNING DOCUMENT(S)" means the legal document(s) by which any Person (other than an individual) establishes its legal existence or which govern its internal affairs. For example, the "Governing Documents" of a corporation would be its charter and by-laws, the "Governing Document" of a limited partnership is its limited partnership agreement and the "Governing Document" of a limited liability company is its operating agreement.

"GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY" means any federal, state, local, or other governmental or administrative body, instrumentality, board, department, or agency or any court, tribunal, administrative hearing body, arbitration panel, commission, or other similar dispute-resolving panel or body.

"GUARANTEE" means any guarantee of the payment or performance of any Indebtedness or other obligation and any other arrangement whereby credit is extended (or continued) to one obligor on the basis of any promise of another Person, whether that promise is expressed in terms of an obligation to (i) pay the Indebtedness or other liabilities of such obligor, (ii) purchase an obligation owed by such obligor, (iii) purchase goods and services from such obligor for the purpose of enabling such obligor to make payment of such Indebtedness or to assure the owners of the Indebtedness against loss, (iv) maintain the equity capital, working capital, solvency or general financial condition of such obligor, or (v) otherwise assure any creditor of such obligor against financial loss (including by way of an agreement to repurchase or reimburse), whether or not any such arrangement is listed on the balance sheet of such other Person or referred to in a footnote thereto. The amount of any Guarantee shall be equal to the amount of the obligation so guaranteed or otherwise supported or, if not a fixed or determined amount, the maximum amount guaranteed or supported.

"HOLDER" means the Purchaser, together with its successors and permitted registered assigns pursuant to Section 12.3(b).

"INDEBTEDNESS" of any Person shall mean the principal of, premium, if any, and unpaid interest on (without duplication): (a) indebtedness for borrowed money; (b) obligations for which a Person is obligated pursuant to a Guarantee;
(c) all indebtedness secured by any Lien upon property owned by such Person, even though such Person has not in any manner become liable for the payment of such indebtedness; (d) all indebtedness of such Person created or arising under any Capitalized Lease, conditional sale or other title retention or security agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person even though the rights and remedies of the seller, lessor or lender under such agreement or lease in the event of default may be limited to repossession or sale of such property; (e) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed for the deferred purchase price of property or services, including all trade payables; (f) all obligations of

4

such Person under or with respect to letters of credit; and (g) any unsatisfied obligations for Withdrawal Liability to a Multiemployer Plan.

"INDENTURE" means the indenture, dated November 30, 2004, by and among Altra, the guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee and as collateral agent.

"INTEREST" has the meaning given to such term in Section 8.2.

"INVESTORS" means Genstar Capital, L.P. and its Affiliates, the Purchaser and certain management investors.

"INSOLVENCY PROCEEDING" means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person under any provision of the Bankruptcy Code or under any other national, state or federal bankruptcy or insolvency law, assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, or proceeding seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other similar relief.

"INTEREST PAYMENT DATE" means January 15th, April 15th, July 15th and October 15th of each year (or, if any such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately succeeding Business Day), beginning on April 15, 2005.

"LIEN" means any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, security interest, pledge, lease, conditional sale contract, claim, charge, easement, right of way, assessment, restriction and other encumbrance of every kind.

"LOAN DOCUMENTS" means this Agreement and the Note.

"MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT" means the advisory services agreement, dated November 30, 2004, by and among Genstar Capital, L.P., the Company and Altra, as such agreement may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

"MANDATORY PREPAYMENT" has the meaning given to such term in Section 8.4.

"MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" means (i) any circumstance, change in, or effect on the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is materially adverse to the Business, properties, Assets, liabilities, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, earnings or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and (ii) a material impairment of the Company's ability to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party in all material respects.

"MATURITY DATE" means November 30, 2019.

"MULTIEMPLOYER PLAN" means a "multiemployer plan" as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, and to which any Person is making, is obligated to make, has made or been obligated to make, contributions on behalf of participants who are or were employed by any of them or to which such person has any current or potential liability.

5

"NOTE" means the Subordinated Note of the Company in the original principal amount of $14,000,000 in favor of the Purchaser dated as of the date hereof, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, as amended and in effect from time to time, and any note or notes issued in exchange for such note.

"OFFERING CIRCULAR" means the final offering circular, dated November 22, 2004, as amended and supplemented, delivered to investors in connection with the issuance by Altra of its 9% Senior Secured Notes due 2011.

"OPTIONAL PREPAYMENT" has the meaning given to such term in Section 8.5.

"PERMIT" means all permits, licenses, authorizations, registrations, franchises, approvals, consents, certificates, variances and similar rights obtained, or required to be obtained, from Governmental Authorities.

"PERMITTED BUSINESS" means any business that is the same as or similar, reasonably related, complementary or incidental to the business in which the Company and its Subsidiaries are engaged on the date hereof.

"PERMITTED HOLDERS" means Genstar Capital Partners III, L.P., Genstar Capital, L.P., Stargen III, L.P. and each of their Controlled Affiliates.

"PERSON" means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization or a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

"PIK INTEREST" has the meaning given to such term in Section 8.2.

"PREPAYMENT OPTION" has the meaning given to such term in Section 8.3.

"PREPAYMENT OPTION NOTICE" has the meaning given to such term in Section 8.3.

"PREPAYMENT NOTICE" has the meaning given to such term in Section 8.4.

"PURCHASER" means Caisse de depot et placement du Quebec, a Quebec corporation, and any Person to whom all or any portion of the Note is assigned.

"REGISTER" has the meaning given to such term in Section 12.3(c).

"REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT" means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among Genstar Capital Partners III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Stargen Capital Partners III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, the Purchaser, and each of the other persons listed on the signature pages thereto, as such agreement may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

"SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

"SENIOR LENDERS" means those lenders party to the Senior Credit Agreement.

6

"SENIOR CREDIT AGREEMENT" means the Credit Agreement, dated November 30, 2004, by and among Altra, each of its Subsidiaries that are signatories thereto, the lenders that are signatories thereto and Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc., as the arranger and administrative agent.

"SENIOR CREDIT DOCUMENTS" means the Senior Credit Agreement and each agreement and instrument referred to therein executed in connection with the Senior Credit Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date, as such documents may be amended, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time after the Closing Date.

"SENIOR NOTE DOCUMENTS" means the Indenture and all other agreements, documents and instruments referred to therein entered into or delivered in connection therewith.

"SENIOR NOTES" means the 9% senior secured notes due 2011, each dated as of the date hereof, to be issued by Altra.

"SENIOR NOTES PAYMENT DATE" means the earlier to occur of (i) December 1, 2011 or (ii) the date that 100% of the principal, interest and other amounts then due under the Senior Notes is repaid or redeemed pursuant to terms of the Indenture.

"STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT" means the Stockholders Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company and each of the parties named on Exhibit A thereto, as such agreement may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

"SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT" means the Subscription Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company and the Investors, as such agreement may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

"SUBSIDIARY" means any corporation, association, limited liability company, partnership or other business entity of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the ordinary voting power or profits interest are, at the time as of which any determination is being made, owned or controlled by such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

"TREASURY REGULATIONS" means the regulations promulgated or proposed by the United States Treasury Department under the Code.

"WITHDRAWAL LIABILITY" means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the liabilities, if any, pursuant to Section 4201 of ERISA, and any increase in contributions pursuant to Section 4243 of ERISA with respect to all Multiemployer Plans.

1.2 ACCOUNTING TERMS. All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP.

7

ARTICLE II

AUTHORIZATION AND SALE OF NOTE

2.1 AUTHORIZATION. Prior to the Closing, the Company will authorize the issuance and sale to the Purchaser of the Note.

2.2 SALE OF NOTE TO THE PURCHASER. Subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions set forth herein and in reliance upon the respective representations and warranties of the parties set forth herein or in any other document delivered pursuant hereto, at the Closing, the Company agrees to sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Company, the Note.

ARTICLE III

CLOSING; DELIVERY

3.1 CLOSING. The Closing will be held at the offices of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, 767 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York, on November 30, 2004 (the "Closing Date"), at 10:00 a.m., local time, or at such other time, date and place as may be mutually agreed to by the Company and the Purchaser.

3.2 DELIVERY. At the Closing, the Company will deliver the Note to the Purchaser, duly executed and registered in the name of the Purchaser, against payment by the Purchaser of the aggregate purchase price therefor paid by wire transfer of funds to an account designated by the Company. The Note shall be dated the Closing Date and shall be executed by an executive officer of the Company.

ARTICLE IV

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING BY THE PURCHASER

The obligation of the Purchaser to purchase and pay for the Note at the Closing is subject to the fulfillment to its satisfaction at or prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions:

4.1 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. The representations and warranties contained in Article V shall be true and correct when made, and shall be so true and correct in all material respects (except for those representations and warranties which are qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, which shall be true and correct in all respects) as of the Closing as if made at the Closing.

4.2 PERFORMANCE. All covenants, agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement to be performed or complied with by the Company at or prior to the Closing shall have been performed or complied with in all material respects.

4.3 NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE. Since October 1, 2004, there has been no event, act, condition or occurrence that has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

8

4.4 ACQUISITION. Concurrently with, or prior to, the issuance of the Note,
(i) Altra shall have acquired all of the ownership interests of PTH pursuant to the terms and conditions of the LLC Purchase Agreement and (ii) the Company shall have acquired all of the outstanding shares of The Kilian Company pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Subscription Agreement (together with the LLC Purchase Agreement, the "Acquisition Agreements"). Each Acquisition Agreement will be in full force and effect, will not have been amended or modified in any material respect and the conditions set forth in each Acquisition Agreement will have been satisfied in full unless waived by the Company with the prior consent of the Purchaser, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. At or prior to the Closing, the Company shall have delivered to the Purchaser true and complete copies of the Acquisition Documents.

4.5 SENIOR CREDIT FACILITY. Altra and the Senior Lenders shall have entered into the Senior Credit Agreement providing for loans to Altra in the aggregate principal amount of up to $30,000,000, and the closing of the transactions under the Senior Credit Agreement shall have been consummated prior to or simultaneously with the Closing hereunder. The Purchaser shall have received and reviewed copies of each of the Senior Credit Documents, and the terms and conditions of such Senior Credit Documents shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser.

4.6 SENIOR NOTE FINANCING. Altra shall have received gross cash proceeds of $165,000,000 from the issuance and sale of the Senior Notes. The Purchaser shall have received and reviewed copies of each of the Senior Note Documents, and the terms and conditions of such Senior Note Documents shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser.

4.7 INVESTMENT IN THE COMPANY. At the Closing, (i) Genstar Capital, L.P. and its Affiliates shall have purchased capital stock of the Company for an aggregate purchase price of $19,334,400 payable in cash, (ii) the Purchaser shall have purchased capital stock of the Company for an aggregate purchase price of $7,000,000 payable in cash and (iii) the management investors shall have acquired capital stock of the Company with an aggregate value of $859,443.07, in each case pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Subscription Agreement. The Investors shall have executed and delivered the Equity Documents on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Purchaser.

4.8 LEGAL OPINION OF COMPANY'S COUNSEL. The Purchaser shall have received from Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, counsel for the Company, an opinion addressed to the Purchaser, dated as of the Closing Date and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser.

4.9 CLOSING DOCUMENTS. The Company shall have delivered to the Purchaser each of the following documents:

(a) the Note, duly completed and executed by the Company;

(b) an officer's certificate from the Company, dated as of the Closing Date, stating that the conditions specified in Sections 4.1 through 4.7 hereof (other than with respect to the Purchaser's receipt or review of the documents required to be delivered thereunder) have been fully satisfied;

9

(c) certified copies of resolutions duly adopted by the Board, authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of each of the Loan Documents, the issuance, sale and delivery of the Note and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(d) a certificate of the Secretary of the Company, certifying the names and the signatures of the officers of the Company authorized to sign this Agreement, the Note and each of the other agreements, documents and instruments contemplated hereby;

(e) certified copies of the Governing Documents of the Company and Altra, as in effect at the Closing;

(f) a certificate of good standing of the Company, dated as of a recent date, issued by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and each other state in which the Company is qualified to do business, and a telegram, telex or other acceptable method of confirmation from said Secretary and the Secretary of State of such other states as of the close of business on the next Business Day preceding the date of the Closing as to the continued good standing of the Company;

(g) certified copies of the Senior Credit Documents and the Senior Note Documents;

(h) FIRPTA Affidavit dated as of the Closing Date from the Company; and

(i) copies of all third party and governmental consents, approvals and filings required in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

4.10 LEGAL INVESTMENT; COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. The purchase of the Note by the Purchaser shall be legally permitted by all applicable material laws and regulations to which the Purchaser and the Company are subject. The purchase of the Note shall not subject the Purchaser to any penalty or liability under or pursuant to any applicable material law, rule, or regulation.

4.11 PROCEEDINGS. All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, by the other Loan Documents, and all documents and instruments incident to such transactions, shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Purchaser.

4.12 QUALIFICATIONS. All authorizations, approvals or permits of, or filings with any Governmental Authority that are required by law in connection with the lawful sale and issuance of the Note to the Purchaser shall have been duly obtained by the Company, and shall be effective on and as of the Closing.

4.13 CONSENTS. The Company shall have received in writing consents required of third parties for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents pursuant to any law, contract, agreement or instrument by which it is bound or to which it is subject.

10

4.14 FEES AND EXPENSES. The Company shall have paid to the Purchaser the fee and all costs and expenses that the Company is obligated to pay pursuant to
Section 9.3.

4.15 IRS FORM W-8. The Purchaser shall have delivered a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN and/or W-8EXP and/or W-8IMY establishing a complete exemption from U.S. withholding taxes on all payments made under the Note or under this Agreement.

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

As a material inducement to the Purchaser to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Company hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser as set forth below, and acknowledges that the Purchaser is entering into this Agreement in reliance on the truth and accuracy of such representations and warranties.

5.1 ORGANIZATION, POWER, AUTHORITY AND GOOD STANDING.

Each of the Company and Altra is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation and has all requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its Assets and to carry on its business as presently conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted by it. Each of the Company and Altra is duly licensed or qualified to transact business and is in good standing to transact business as a foreign entity in each jurisdiction in which the character of its business makes such qualification necessary, except for those jurisdictions where the failure to be so licensed, qualified or in good standing would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.2 AUTHORIZATION, EXECUTION, ENFORCEABILITY AND NO CONFLICTS.

(a) The Company has all requisite power and authority (corporate or otherwise) to execute and deliver the Loan Documents and any and all instruments necessary or appropriate in order to fully effectuate the terms and conditions of each Loan Document and to perform and consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The Loan Documents, and the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, have been duly and validly authorized by all requisite action on the part of the Company, and each Loan Document has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company, and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms and conditions, except as enforceability thereof may be limited by any applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, preferential transfer or distribution laws or other laws now or hereinafter in effect relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally or by general principles of equity.

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Loan Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, will not (i) violate any law applicable to the Company or Altra or any of their Assets or (ii) conflict with, or result in any breach of, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time, a default or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration, or result in the creation of any Lien upon any of their Assets or under any provision

11

of (A) the Loan Documents, (B) the Governing Documents of the Company or Altra,
(C) any Permit or (D) any other material Contract to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which any of their Assets is or may be bound except, in the case of clause (D), where such conflict or breach would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.2(b), the Company is not required to give any notice to, or make any filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person, or obtain any Permit, in each case for the valid execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Loan Documents.

5.3 SUBSIDIARIES. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.3, the Company does not have any Subsidiaries and does not own any interest in or control, directly or indirectly, any other corporation, association or business entity.

5.4 CAPITALIZATION.

(a) Set forth on Schedule 5.4(a) is a complete and accurate description of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date. Other than as described on Schedule 5.4(a), there are no subscriptions, options, warrants or calls relating to any shares of the Company's or any of its Subsidiary's capital stock, including any right of conversion or exchange under any outstanding security or other instrument, or any phantom stock or stock appreciation rights. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company is subject to any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase or otherwise acquire or retire any shares of its capital stock or any security convertible into or exchangeable for any of its capital stock, other than pursuant to the Company's 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.

(b) Other than the Note and except as set forth on Schedule 5.4(b), the Company has no Indebtedness.

5.5 NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE. Since October 1, 2004, there has been no change in the operating results, assets, liabilities, operations, business, condition (financial or otherwise), employee relations or customer or supplier relations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, which has had or could reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

5.6 LITIGATION. Except as disclosed on Schedule 5.6, (i) there are no actions, suits, proceedings, orders, injunctions, decrees, claims or investigations pending or, to the Company's knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective assets, or pending or, to the Company's knowledge, threatened by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries against any third-party, at law or in equity, or before or by any Governmental Authority, and (ii) none of the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to any arbitration proceedings under collective bargaining agreements or otherwise or any governmental investigations or inquiries, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above which has had or could reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

12

5.7 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Except as disclosed on Schedule 5.7, none of the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has violated any law or any governmental regulation or requirement which violation has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and none of the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received notice of any such violation.

5.8 COMMENCEMENT OF BUSINESS. Since the date of its inception, the Company has not engaged in any activity other than such actions in connection with (i) its organization, (ii) the ownership of capital stock of Altra, (iii) the preparation, negotiation and execution of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and (iv) the other transactions disclosed in the Offering Circular.

5.9 BROKER'S FEES. Except as disclosed on Schedule 5.9, there are no claims for brokerage commissions, finders' fees or similar compensation in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents based on any arrangement or agreement binding upon the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. The Company shall pay, and hold the Purchaser harmless against, any liability, loss or expense (including reasonable attorneys' fees and out-of-pocket expenses) arising in connection with any such claim.

5.10 MARGIN REGULATIONS. The Company does not own any "margin stock," as the term is defined in Regulation U of the Federal Reserve Board, and the proceeds of the Note will be used only for the purposes contemplated hereunder. None of the proceeds of the Note will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin security, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any indebtedness which was originally incurred to purchase or carry any margin security or for any other purpose which might cause the loans hereunder to be considered "purpose credit" within the meaning of Regulations U or X of the Federal Reserve Board. The purchase of the Note will not constitute a violation of such Regulations U or X.

5.11 PUBLIC UTILITY HOLDING COMPANY ACT. The Company is not a "holding company," or a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company," or an "affiliate" of a "holding company," or an "affiliate" of a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company," all within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended.

ARTICLE VI

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER

As a material inducement to the Company to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company as set forth below, and acknowledges that the Company is entering into this Agreement in reliance on the truth and accuracy of such representations and warranties.

6.1 AUTHORIZATION, EXECUTION, ENFORCEABILITY AND NO CONFLICTS. The Purchaser has all requisite power and authority (corporate or otherwise) to execute and deliver the Loan Documents to which it is a party and any and all instruments necessary or appropriate in order to fully effectuate the terms and conditions of each such Loan Document and to perform and

13

consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The Loan Documents to which the Purchaser is a party, and the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, have been duly and validly authorized by all requisite action on the part of the Purchaser, and each such Loan Document has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Purchaser, and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable against the Purchaser in accordance with its terms and conditions, except as enforceability thereof may be limited by any applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, preferential transfer or distribution laws or other laws now or hereinafter in effect relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally or by general principles of equity.

6.2 PURCHASE FOR INVESTMENT. The Purchaser is acquiring the Note for investment for its own account and not with a view to the public resale of all or any part thereof in any transaction which would constitute a "distribution" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

6.3 INVESTOR QUALIFICATIONS. The Purchaser (a) is an "accredited investor" (as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act), (b) is able to bear the complete loss of its investment in the Note, and (c) acknowledges that the Note has not been registered under the Securities Act. The Purchaser is not an entity formed solely to make this investment.

6.4 BROKER'S FEES. Except as disclosed on Schedule 6.4, there are no claims for brokerage commissions, finders' fees or similar compensation in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents based on any arrangement or agreement binding upon the Purchaser. The Purchaser shall pay, and hold the Company harmless against, any liability, loss or expense (including reasonable attorneys' fees and out-of-pocket expenses) arising in connection with any such claim.

ARTICLE VII

REPORTING AND INSPECTION RIGHTS

7.1 ACCOUNTING. The Company will maintain and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP and all financial statements or information delivered under
Section 7.2 will be prepared in accordance with GAAP except as otherwise set forth in Section 7.2.

7.2 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND OTHER INFORMATION. The Company will deliver to the Purchaser:

(a) to the extent available and as soon as available, unaudited statements of income and cash flows of the Company and unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of Altra and its Subsidiaries for such monthly period (as well as unaudited statements of income of the Company and unaudited consolidated statements of income of Altra and its Subsidiaries for the period from the beginning of the Fiscal Year to the end of such month) and unaudited balance sheets of the Company and unaudited consolidated balance sheets of Altra and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such monthly period (and such financial statements shall set forth in each case comparisons to the Company's and Altra and its Subsidiaries' corresponding period in the preceding Fiscal Year, with an explanation of any material differences between them).

14

Such monthly financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP (subject to the absence of footnotes and normal year-end adjustments) and on a basis consistent with the annual audited statements delivered pursuant to
Section 7.2(c) and on a basis consistent with such statements prepared in prior periods. In addition, all such financial statements shall be accompanied by an officer's certificate, certified by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company and the Chief Financial Officer of Altra, as the case may be, stating that there is no Event of Default in existence and that none of the Company nor Altra and any of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, is in Default under any of the Loan Documents or any of their other material Contracts or, if any Event of Default exists, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what actions the Company and its Subsidiaries have taken and propose to take with respect thereto. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any obligations under this Section 7.2(a) (other than with respect to the financial statements of the Company) shall not be in effect during such time as Altra is filing such information pursuant to its reporting requirements under Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

(b) as soon as available, but no later than 45 days after the end of each quarterly accounting period in each Fiscal Year of the Company (other than any quarterly accounting period ending on the last day of a Fiscal Year of the Company), unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such quarterly period (as well as unaudited consolidated statements of income of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the period from the beginning of the Fiscal Year to the end of such quarter) and unaudited consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such quarterly period (and such financial statements shall set forth in each case comparisons to the Company's and its Subsidiaries' corresponding period in the preceding Fiscal Year, with an explanation of any material differences between them). Such quarterly financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP (subject to the absence of footnotes and normal year-end adjustments) and on a basis consistent with the annual audited statements delivered pursuant to Section 7.2(c) and on a basis consistent with such statements prepared in prior periods. In addition, all such financial statements shall be accompanied by an officer's certificate, certified by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, stating that there is no Event of Default in existence and that none of the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is in Default under any of the Loan Documents or any of their other material Contracts or, if any Event of Default exists, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what actions the Company and its Subsidiaries have taken and propose to take with respect thereto. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any obligations under this Section 7.2(b) shall not be in effect during such time as the Company is filing such information pursuant to its reporting requirements under Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

(c) as soon as available, but no later than 90 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Company, audited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, and audited consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Year (and such financial statements shall set forth in each case comparisons to the Company's and its Subsidiaries' corresponding period in the preceding Fiscal Year). Such audited financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP and shall be accompanied by an unqualified opinion of a public accounting firm of national reputation reasonably acceptable to the Purchaser. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any obligations under this Section 7.2(c) shall

15

not be in effect during such time as the Company is filing such information pursuant to its reporting requirements under Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

(d) not later than the last business day of January of each Fiscal Year of the Company, a consolidated month by month projected operating budgets, projections, profit and loss statements, income statements, balance sheets and cash flow reports of and for the Company and its Subsidiaries for that Fiscal Year. All such financial information shall be prepared on a basis consistent with the financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 7.2(b);

(e) promptly after receipt or delivery thereof, copies of each notice, demand, statement, report, certificate or other communication or document delivered in connection with the Senior Note Documents or the Senior Credit Documents;

(f) promptly upon receipt thereof, any additional reports, management letters or other detailed information concerning significant aspects of the operations or financial affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries provided to the Company by its accountants (and not otherwise contained in the other materials provided hereunder) unless such delivery is prohibited by the policies of such accountants or by any applicable law, rule or regulation;

(g) within ten (10) Business Days after transmission thereof, copies of all financial statements, proxy statements, reports and any other general written communications which the Company sends to its stockholders and copies of all registration statements and all regular, special or periodic reports which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries files, or any of its officers file with respect to the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, with the Commission or with any securities exchange on which any of the Company's or any of the Subsidiaries' securities are then listed to the extent not otherwise available on the Commission's website;

(h) promptly, but in any event within five (5) Business Days after the Company has knowledge of any event or condition that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default, notice thereof and a statement of the curative action that the Company proposes to take with respect thereto;

(i) promptly after the commencement thereof, but in any event within five (5) Business Days after service of process with respect thereto on the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, notice of all actions, suits or proceedings brought by or against the Company or any of the Subsidiaries before any Governmental Authority which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(j) with reasonable promptness, any other information reasonably requested by the Purchaser relating to the financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

The Purchaser agrees that it will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge or use for any purpose, other than (x) to monitor its investment in the Company and (y) to comply with its reporting requirements under applicable law or regulation, any confidential information obtained from the Company (including the information delivered pursuant to this Section 7.2) pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, unless such confidential information
(i) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Section 7.2 by the Purchaser), (ii) is or has been independently developed or conceived by the

16

Purchaser without use of the Company's confidential information or (iii) is or has been made known or disclosed to the Purchaser by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided, however, that the Purchaser may disclose confidential information to its attorneys, accountants and employees to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company, or as may otherwise be required by law, provided that the Purchaser takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure.

7.3 INSPECTION RIGHTS. The Company shall permit, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to permit, any representative designated by the Purchaser, at the Purchaser's expense, upon reasonable notice and during normal business hours, to: (i) visit and inspect any of the assets or properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries, (ii) examine the business and financial records of the Company and its Subsidiaries and make copies thereof or extracts therefrom and
(iii) discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of any such entities with the officers, key employees and independent accountants (to the extent they are permitted under internal policy) of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not be obligated to provide access to any information (a) which the Company reasonably believes to be a trade secret or similar confidential information, (b) which the Company is prohibited from disclosing pursuant to an agreement with a third party, or (c) if access to such information could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or its Subsidiaries and such Subsidiary's counsel.

ARTICLE VIII

MATURITY, INTEREST AND PREPAYMENT

8.1 MATURITY. All amounts outstanding under the Note shall be due and payable in full in cash, if not earlier paid in accordance with this Agreement, on the Maturity Date.

8.2 INTEREST. Interest ("Interest") shall accrue at the rate of seventeen percent (17%) per annum (computed on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year and the actual number of days elapsed in any year) on the unpaid principal amount of the Note outstanding from time to time from and including the date of issuance until the date paid, or (if less) at the highest rate then permitted under applicable law. The Company shall pay Interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Note on each Interest Payment Date as follows: (i) Interest at a rate of seventeen percent (17%) per annum (computed on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year and the actual number of days elapsed in any year) shall be paid-in-kind (the "PIK Interest"), provided, however, that the Company, in its sole discretion, may elect to pay all or a portion of such Interest in cash to the extent permitted under the terms of the Indenture and
(ii) to the extent that the Company makes such election in clause (i), any remaining Interest not paid in cash shall be PIK Interest. Any PIK Interest that is paid shall be capitalized, compounded and added to the then unpaid principal amount of the Note as of each Interest Payment Date.

8.3 PREPAYMENT AT THE OPTION OF THE PURCHASER. At any time after the six
(6) month anniversary of the Senior Notes Payment Date, the Purchaser shall have the right (the "Prepayment Option") to demand prepayment of, and upon such demand the Company must prepay, the Note for an amount in cash equal to the then outstanding principal amount of the

17

Note held by such Holder subject to such demand for prepayment plus all of the accrued and unpaid interest on such Note to the date of such prepayment. The Prepayment Option shall be exercisable upon delivery of a written notice (the "Prepayment Option Notice") by the Purchaser to the Company. The Prepayment Option Notice shall specify the date of prepayment, which shall not be earlier than twenty (20) Business Days after the Company's receipt of the Prepayment Option Notice.

8.4 MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS. The occurrence of a Change of Control Event shall give any Holder of the Note, at its option, the right to demand prepayment of, and upon such demand the Company must prepay, the Note for an amount in cash equal to 101% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Note held by such Holder subject to such demand for prepayment plus all of the accrued and unpaid interest on such Note to the date of such prepayment (a "Mandatory Prepayment"), such prepayment being due on the effective date of the Change of Control Event. The Company agrees to give the Holder(s) of the Note written notice of a Change of Control Event (specifying the details thereof, to the extent known), as soon as reasonably practical after the Company has made a good faith determination that a Change of Control Event is reasonably likely to occur, but in any event not less than 30 days prior to the effective date of the Change of Control Event (the "Change of Control Notice"), and further to provide prompt written notice of any material change in the terms of any such Change of Control Event. The prepayment option described above may be exercised by such Holder's giving the Company written notice to that effect (the "Prepayment Notice") not more than 15 days after the Company sends the Change of Control Notice. The Prepayment Notice shall specify the date of prepayment which date shall not be earlier than the date of the Change of Control Event. The Prepayment Notice can be revoked any time prior to the date of prepayment if a material change occurs in the terms of the Change of Control Event.

8.5 OPTIONAL PREPAYMENTS. The Company may, at its option, prepay the Note in whole or in part at any time and from time to time by giving written notice thereof to the Holder of the Note not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for such prepayment in such notice (an "Optional Prepayment"), provided that there is no Event of Default continuing and such Optional Prepayment does not cause a Default or Event of Default. Each such prepayment (other than a prepayment in full) shall be in an aggregate amount not less than, and shall be in increments of, $250,000. Each Optional Prepayment shall be made by delivering to the Holder of the Note the principal amount to be prepaid together with accrued and unpaid interest on such principal amount to the date of prepayment, plus any applicable prepayment premium as set forth in Section
8.6. All notices of prepayment shall specify the amount to be prepaid, together with the premium (if any) to be paid thereon and the date fixed for such prepayment.

8.6 PREPAYMENT PREMIUMS. In the event of any Optional Prepayment, the following premiums shall be paid in addition to the amount of the prepayment required by such Optional Prepayment:

(a) for any Optional Prepayment occurring on or prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date, six percent (6%) of the principal amount to be prepaid;

18

(b) for any Optional Prepayment occurring after the second anniversary of the Closing Date but on or prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date, five percent (5%) of the principal amount to be prepaid;

(c) for any Optional Prepayment occurring after the third anniversary of the Closing Date but on or prior to the fourth anniversary of the Closing Date, four percent (4%) of the principal amount to be prepaid;

(d) for any Optional Prepayment occurring after the fourth anniversary of the Closing Date but on or prior to the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date, three percent (3%) of the principal amount to be prepaid;

(e) for any Optional Prepayment occurring after the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date but on or prior to the sixth anniversary of the Closing Date, two percent (2%) of the principal amount to be prepaid;

(f) for any Optional Prepayment occurring after the sixth anniversary of the Closing Date but on or prior to the seventh anniversary of the Closing Date, one percent (1%) of the principal amount to be prepaid; and

(g) for any Optional Prepayment occurring after the seventh anniversary of the Closing Date, there shall be no premium payable by the Company.

8.7 PAYMENT SET ASIDE. If and to the extent the Company makes a payment or payments to the Purchaser hereunder or under the Note or the Purchaser enforces its rights or exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or payments or the proceeds of such enforcement or setoff or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside, recovered from, disgorged by, or are required to be refunded, repaid or otherwise restored to the Company, a trustee, receiver, or any other Person under any law (including any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause of action), then to the extent of any such restoration the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such enforcement or setoff had not occurred.

ARTICLE IX

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

9.1 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to comply, and shall cause each Subsidiary of the Company to comply, in all material respects with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority.

9.2 MAINTENANCE OF ASSETS; EXISTENCE. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to, and shall cause each Subsidiary of the Company to use commercially reasonable efforts to, (i) maintain and preserve all of its Assets which are necessary or useful in the proper conduct of their businesses in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and (ii) preserve and keep in full force and effect each of the Company's and each

19

of its Subsidiary's valid corporate existence and good standing and any rights and franchises material to their businesses.

9.3 FEES AND EXPENSES.

(a) The Company shall pay the Purchaser a closing fee of $280,000 in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, which fee shall be payable on the Closing Date and shall be contingent upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.

(b) The Company shall bear all of its own expenses in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The Company shall pay and reimburse the Purchaser on demand as and when incurred: (i) all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Purchaser in connection with its due diligence review of the Company and its Subsidiaries, the preparation, negotiation, execution and interpretation of this Agreement, the Note and the other agreements contemplated hereby and thereby, and the consummation of all of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (including reasonable fees and expenses of its legal counsel), which costs and expenses shall be payable at the Closing; provided, however, that if the Closing does not occur, the Company shall not be obligated to reimburse the Purchasers pursuant to this Section 9.3(b), (ii) all reasonable fees and expenses incurred with respect to any amendments or waivers (whether or not the same become effective) under or in respect of each of the Loan Documents and the other agreements and instruments contemplated hereby and thereby, and (iii) the reasonable fees and expenses incurred with respect to the interpretation and enforcement of the rights granted in the Loan Documents (including costs of collection).

9.4 USE OF PROCEEDS. The Company agrees to use the proceeds from the sale of the Note to (a) pay the consideration required by the Acquisition Agreements and transaction expenses related thereto, and (b) for general business purposes, including working capital.

ARTICLE X

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

10.1 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS. The Company will not engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses.

10.2 DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS. The Company shall not (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution (by reduction of capital or otherwise), whether in cash, property, securities or a combination thereof, with respect to any of its capital stock or directly or indirectly redeem, purchase, retire or otherwise acquire for value with respect to any of its capital stock or set aside any amount for any such purpose; provided, however, that the Company may pay dividends to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock so long as all amounts then due and payable under the Note are paid in cash in full, including all accrued and unpaid interest and any PIK Interest that has been added to the unpaid principal amount of the Note, and there is no Event of Default at the time of such payment, and (ii) make any payment of any management fee; provided, however, that the Company may pay the management fees

20

pursuant to, and accordance with, the Management Agreement so long as the Company pays 12% of the Interest in cash for the Fiscal Year in which the management fee is paid and there is no Event of Default at the time of such payment.

10.3 TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES. The Company shall not enter into or maintain, or permit any Subsidiary of the Company to enter into or maintain, any transaction or agreement with its Affiliates or any of its Subsidiaries' Affiliates, except as otherwise permitted under the Senior Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof (it being understood that the Company shall be deemed a "Borrower" under the Senior Credit Agreement solely for purposes of interpreting this Section 10.3).

10.4 REGULATION U AND X. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of the Subsidiaries to, use or permit any proceeds of the purchase price of the Note to be used, either directly or indirectly, for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of "purchasing or carrying margin stock" within the meaning of Regulations U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as amended from time to time.

ARTICLE XI

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

11.1 EVENTS OF DEFAULT DEFINED; ACCELERATION OF MATURITY. If any one or more of the following events (herein called "Events of Default") shall have occurred:

(a) the Company fails to pay when due and payable (whether at maturity or otherwise) the full amount of any principal payment (together with any applicable premium) on the Note, the full amount of interest then accrued on the Note or any other amounts payable under this Agreement or the Note, an Event of Default shall occur if such payment has not been made prior to ten (10) Business Days after the date such payment is due;

(b) any representation, statement or warranty made or deemed made by the Company in any Loan Document or in any other certificate, document or report delivered to the Purchaser by the Company in conjunction with any Loan Document, shall not be true and correct in all respects or shall have been false or misleading in any respect on the date when made or deemed to have been made except those made as of a specific date (without giving effect to any materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifier), to the extent such breaches could reasonably be likely to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) (i) if the Company fails to perform, keep or observe any term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in Article X and Sections 9.3 and 9.4, (ii) if the Company fails to perform, keep or observe any term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in Sections 7.1, 7.2(a), 7.2(b), 7.2(c), 7.2(d), 7.2(e), 7.2(h), 7.2(i) and 7.3 and such failure continues for a period of five (5) Business Days, (iii) if the Company fails to perform, keep or observe any term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in Sections 7.2(f), 7.2(g) and Article IX (other than Section 9.3 and 9.4) and such failure continues for a period of ten (10) Business Days, or (iv) if the Company fails to perform, keep or observe

21

any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, and such failure continues for a period of sixty (60) days;

(d) if an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

(e) if an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced against the Company or Altra, and any of the following events occur: (i) the Company or Altra consents to the institution of such Insolvency Proceeding against it; (ii) the petition commencing the Insolvency Proceeding is not timely controverted; (iii) the petition commencing the Insolvency Proceeding is not dismissed within sixty (60) days of the date of filing thereof; (iv) an interim trustee is appointed to take possession of all or any substantial portion of the properties or assets of, or to operate all or any substantial portion of the business of, the Company or Altra; or (v) an order for relief shall have been entered therein;

(f) if the Company or Altra is enjoined, restrained, or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct all or any material part of its business affairs; and

(g) the Company or Altra makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or consents to the appointment of a receiver, conservator, custodian, liquidator or trustee of the Company or any Subsidiary, or of all or any part of the assets of any of them;

then, when any Event of Default described in clause (a), (b), (c) or (f) above has occurred and shall be continuing, the principal of the Note and the interest accrued thereon and all other amounts due hereunder (the "other payments") shall, upon written notice from the holder of the Note, forthwith become and be due and payable, if not already due and payable, without presentment, further demand or other notice of any kind. When any Event of Default described in clause (d), (e) or (g) above has occurred, the principal of the Note, the interest accrued thereon and the other payments shall immediately become due and payable, upon the occurrence thereof, without presentment, demand, or notice of any kind.

11.2 SUITS FOR ENFORCEMENT. If any Event of Default specified in Section 11.1 above has occurred and is continuing, the Purchaser may proceed to protect and enforce such holder's rights either by suit in equity or by action at law, or both, whether for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement, or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Agreement, or to enforce any other legal or equitable right or remedy of the Purchaser.

11.3 INDEMNIFICATION. The Company shall indemnify, defend and hold the Purchaser, its Controlled Affiliates (other than limited partners or members), officers and agents harmless from, against and in respect of any and all claims, demands, losses, costs, expenses, obligations, liabilities, damages, recoveries and deficiencies, including interest, penalties and reasonable attorneys' fees (collectively, "claims"), that the Purchaser shall incur or suffer, which arise, result from, or relate to (i) the Acquisition, (ii) the execution, delivery, performance or enforcement of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, and
(iii) any breach of, or failure

22

by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company to perform, any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

11.4 DELAYS OR OMISSIONS. No failure to exercise or delay in the exercise of any right, power or remedy accruing to the Purchaser upon any breach or default of the Company under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy of the Purchaser nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.

11.5 REMEDIES CUMULATIVE. All remedies under either this Agreement, the Note, by law or otherwise, afforded to the Purchaser shall be cumulative and not alternative.

ARTICLE XII

MISCELLANEOUS

12.1 CONSENT TO AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived at any time only by the written agreement of the Company and the Purchaser. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of such holder of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be made in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing.

12.2 SURVIVAL OF TERMS. All representations, warranties and covenants contained herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and any investigation made at any time by or on behalf of any party hereto.

12.3 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

(a) The Company shall not assign all or any portion of the Note and its rights and obligations hereunder and thereunder, except for an assignment to Altra; provided that Altra shall become a party to the Loan Documents and, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it, shall have the rights and obligations of the Company under the Loan Documents.

(b) Any Holder may assign all or a portion of its Note and its rights and obligations hereunder and thereunder to (i) any Affiliate of such Holder and
(ii) any Person that is reasonably acceptable to the Company; provided, however, that (a) the Company's consent shall not be required under clause (ii) above during an Event of Default and (b) in the event of a proposed assignment pursuant to clause (ii) above, the Company or its Affiliates shall have a right of first refusal to purchase all or a portion of the Note which the Holder proposes to assign on the same terms and conditions as the proposed assignment by the Holder pursuant to clause (ii) above. No assignment pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall be in an aggregate amount less than $500,000 unless the entire loan of the assigning Holder is so assigned. If any Holder so sells or assigns all or a part of its rights hereunder or under any Note, any reference in this Agreement or in such Note to such assigning Holder shall thereafter refer to such Holder and to the respective assignee to the extent of their respective interests and the

23

respective assignee shall have, to the extent of such assignment (unless otherwise provided therein), the same rights and benefits as it would if it were such assigning Holder. Each assignment pursuant to this Section 12.3(b) shall be effected by (1) the assigning Holder and the assignee Holder executing an assignment agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to such Holders and the Company, (2) delivering such assignment agreement to the Purchaser and giving the Company and the Purchaser written notice thereof, and (3) the Register (as hereinafter defined) being updated pursuant to Section 12.3(c). Each assigning Holder shall deliver its Note to the Company, who shall cancel such Note, and the Company shall deliver a new Note to the assignee Holder and, if applicable, to the assigning Holder. Each Holder and the Company agree to execute such documents (including, without limitation, amendments to this Agreement and any other applicable documents) as shall be necessary to effect the foregoing. Any Holder may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Holder and this Section 12.3 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Holder from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such assignee for such Holder as a party hereto.

(c) The Company hereby designates the Purchaser to serve as its agent, solely for purposes of this Section 12.3(c), to maintain a register (the "Register"), on which it will record from time to time the loans made hereunder by each of the Holders, each repayment in respect of the principal amount of, and interest on, each loan of each Holder. Failure to make any such recordation, or any error in such recordation, shall not affect the Company's obligations in respect of such loans. With respect to any Holder, the assignment of the rights to all or part of the principal of, and interest on, any loan made hereunder (i) shall not be effective until such assignment is recorded on the Register maintained by the Purchaser with respect to ownership of such loans and until the other requirements pursuant to Section 12.3(b) are met and (ii) prior to such recordation and other requirements being met shall remain owing to the transferor. The registration of assignment of all or part of any Note shall be recorded by the Purchaser on the Register only upon the acceptance by the Purchaser of a properly executed and delivered assignment agreement pursuant to
Section 12.3(b).

(d) Each Holder must, if legally able to do so, furnish the Company with a properly executed IRS Form W-9 or W-8, as applicable, establishing a complete exemption from U.S. withholding taxes on all payments made under the Note.

12.4 SEVERABILITY. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement unless the consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby is materially adversely affected thereby.

12.5 DESCRIPTIVE HEADINGS. The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and do not constitute a part of and shall not be utilized in interpreting this Agreement.

24

12.6 NOTICES. Any notices required or permitted to be sent hereunder shall be delivered personally or mailed, certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, or delivered by commercial overnight courier service, with charges prepaid, to the following addresses, or such other address as any party hereto designates by written notice to the Company, and shall be deemed to have been given upon delivery, if delivered personally, three (3) days after mailing, if mailed, or one business day after delivery to the courier, if delivered by overnight courier service:

If to the Company, to:

Altra Holdings, Inc.
c/o Genstar Capital Partners III, L.P.

Four Embarcadero Center, Suite 1900
San Francisco, CA 94111-4191

Attention: Jean-Pierre L. Conte Facsimile: (415) 834-2383

with a copy to:

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP
201 Redwood Shores Parkway
Redwood Shores, CA 94065
Attention: Curtis L. Mo
Craig W. Adas
Facsimile: (650) 802-3100

If to the Purchaser, to:

Caisse de depot et placement du Quebec

1000, place Jean-Paul-Riopelle Montreal (Quebec) H2Z 2B3
Attention: Luc Houle
Facsimile: (514) 847-2493

with a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP
153 E. 53rd Street
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Kimberly P. Taylor
Facsimile: (212) 446-6460

Any party may change the address to which notices to it are to be sent by written notice given to the other parties hereto.

12.7 GOVERNING LAW. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto shall be governed by the

25

internal law, and not the law of conflicts, of the State of New York, applicable to contracts made and wholly to be performed in that state.

12.8 EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES. All exhibits and schedules hereto are an integral part of this Agreement.

12.9 EXCHANGE, TRANSFER, OR REPLACEMENT OF SECURITIES.

(A) Upon surrender by any Holder to the Company of any instrument evidencing a Note, together in each case with a duly executed assignment, the Company, at its own expense, will issue in exchange therefor and deliver to such Holder, a new instrument(s) evidencing such Note that is being exchanged, in such denominations as may be requested by the Holder. Upon surrender for transfer of the Note, the Company, at its own expense will execute and deliver, in the name of the transferee designated by the then holder of the Note, one or more notes of the same type and of a like aggregate principal amount. All notes issued upon any exchange or transfer, upon issuance, will be the legal and valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits as the note surrendered for transfer or exchange.

(B) Upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Note and such other documents that the Company may reasonably request, the Company at its expense, will issue and deliver to the Holder a new Note of like tenor, in lieu of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated security. Any new Note issued in exchange for, or upon the loss, theft or destruction of the Note, all as provided herein, shall be in substantially the form of the Note so exchanged, lost, stolen or destroyed.

12.10 FINAL AGREEMENT. This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, and all the documents and certificates delivered herewith or therewith, constitute the final agreement of the parties concerning the matters referred to herein, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral).

12.11 EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, and such counterparts together shall constitute one instrument.

12.12 NO SETOFFS, ETC. All payments hereunder and under the Note shall be made by the Company without setoff, offset, deduction or counterclaim, free and clear of all taxes, levies, imports, duties, fees and charges, and without any withholding, restriction or conditions unless imposed by any Governmental Authority. If the Company shall be required by any law to deduct, setoff or withhold any amount from or in respect of any payment to the Purchaser or any Holder hereunder or under the Note, then within fifteen (15) days after notice and demand from the Purchaser or such Holder, the Company shall pay to the Purchaser or such Holder an amount sufficient to compensate the Purchaser or such Holder for such deduction, setoff or withholding. No payment amount shall be paid to the Purchaser or any Holder under the preceding sentence if such Purchaser has not furnished to the Company, at the time such person becomes a party to this Agreement or a Holder of the Note, a properly executed IRS Form W-9 or W-8, as applicable,

26

establishing a complete exemption from U.S. withholding taxes on payments made under the Note.

12.13 CONSTRUCTION. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement. The parties intend that each representation, warranty, and covenant contained herein shall have independent significance. If any party has breached any representation, warranty or covenant contained herein in any respect or any Event of Default shall occur, the fact that there exists another representation, warranty or covenant or Event of Default relating to the same subject matter (regardless of the relative levels of specificity) which such party has not breached shall not detract from or mitigate the fact that such party is in breach of the first representation, warranty or covenant or that the first Event of Default shall have occurred.

12.14 FURTHER COOPERATION. At any time and from time to time, and at its own expense, the Company shall promptly execute and deliver all such documents and instruments, and do all such acts and things, as the Purchaser may reasonably request in order to further effect the purposes of this Agreement.

12.15 WAIVERS BY THE COMPANY. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR IN THIS AGREEMENT OR AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE COMPANY HEREBY WAIVES: (I) PRESENTMENT, DEMAND AND PROTEST, AND NOTICE OF PRESENTMENT WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE NOTE AND (II) ITS RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL IN THE EVENT OF ANY LITIGATION INSTITUTED IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTE OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. THE COMPANY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE FOREGOING WAIVERS ARE A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO THE PURCHASER'S ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THAT THE PURCHASER IS RELYING UPON THE FOREGOING WAIVERS IN ITS FUTURE DEALINGS WITH THE COMPANY. THE COMPANY WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THE FOREGOING WAIVERS WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL AND HAS KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVED ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS.]

27

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Note Purchase Agreement on the date first set forth above.

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.

By:

Name:
Title:

CAISSE DE DEPOT ET PLACEMENT DU QUEBEC

By:

Name:
Title:

By:
Name:
Title:

EXHIBIT 4.13

DRAFT 7/21/04; NOT A
COMMITMENT; SUBJECT TO
DUE DILIGENCE AND
CREDIT COMMITTEE
REVIEW AND APPROVAL;
FOR DISCUSSION PURPOSES
ONLY

THE SECURITY REPRESENTED HEREBY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE ASSIGNED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT AND THE REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION.

PROMISSORY NOTE

U.S. $14,000,000 November 30, 2004

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY"), hereby promises to pay to CAISSE DE DEPOT ET PLACEMENT DU QUEBEC, a Quebec corporation (the "PURCHASER"), the aggregate principal amount of $14,000,000 (FOURTEEN MILLION DOLLARS) in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds, with interest thereon, all at times and in the manner set forth in the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2004, by and between the Company and the Purchaser (as such agreement may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the "PURCHASE AGREEMENT"). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Purchase Agreement.

1. INTEREST AND INTEREST PAYMENTS. The Company promises to pay interest on the outstanding principal amount of this Promissory Note (this "NOTE") from the date hereof pursuant to, and as required by, the Purchase Agreement. Any cash payments of interest and/or principal or other amounts due under this Note shall be made only by wire transfer on the date when due, without deduction, offset or counterclaim, in U.S. dollars, in immediately available funds as required in the Purchase Agreement.

2. MATURITY AND PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS. Unless earlier due and payable in accordance with the Purchase Agreement, this Note shall mature, and all amounts outstanding hereunder, shall become due and payable in full on the Maturity Date.

1

The Company shall make payments on the principal amount outstanding hereunder as required pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

3. PURCHASE AGREEMENT. This Note is referred to in, made pursuant to, and entitled to the benefits of, the Purchase Agreement. The Purchase Agreement, among other things, (i) provides for the making of the loan by the Purchaser to the Company in the aggregate principal amount first mentioned above, (ii) contains provisions for the acceleration of the maturity of this Note upon the happening of certain stated events upon the terms and conditions therein specified, and (iii) contains provisions defining an Event of Default and the rights and remedies of the parties thereto.

4. PREPAYMENTS. This Note may be prepaid in whole or in part only as permitted in the Purchase Agreement.

5. PAYMENTS DUE ON A DAY OTHER THAN A BUSINESS DAY. If any payment to be made on or under this Note is stated to be due or becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to, and such payment shall be made on, the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time in such case shall be included in the computation of payment of any interest (at the interest rate then in effect during such extension) and/or fees, as the case may be.

6. WAIVERS. The Company hereby agrees that the provisions of the Purchase Agreement relating to waivers, and rights and remedies of the parties thereto shall apply to this Note.

7. LAWFUL LIMITS. This Note is expressly limited so that in no contingency or event whatsoever, whether by reason of acceleration or otherwise, shall the interest and other charges paid or agreed to be paid by the Company for the use, forbearance or detention of money hereunder exceed the maximum rate permissible under applicable law which a court of competent jurisdiction shall, in a final determination, deem applicable hereto. If, due to any circumstance whatsoever, fulfillment of any provision hereof, at the time performance of such provision shall be due, shall exceed any such limit, then, the obligation to be so fulfilled shall be reduced to such lawful limit, and any interest or any other charges of any kind received which might be deemed to be interest under applicable law in excess of the maximum lawful rate, then such excess shall be applied in accordance with the Purchase Agreement.

8. GOVERNING LAW. This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York without giving effect to its choice of laws provisions.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Note is executed as of the date first written above.

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
a Delaware corporation

By:

Name:
Title:

EXHIBIT 10.8

BASIC AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
Warner Electric, LLC
and
United Steelworkers
and
Local Union No. 3245
For Contract Years
May 17, 2006 through February 1, 2009


WARNER ELECTRIC BRAKE SAFETY POLICY

- Safety is our first priority. Safety concerns must be managed before other business concerns can be successfully accomplished.

- Working safely is a condition of employment. All employees are required to work safely and follow all safety rules and regulations.

- No job is so important that it cannot be done safely. Safety precautions must be taken before and during any job.

- All injuries can be prevented. With management taking responsibility to ensure a safe environment and all of us working safely, this is a realistic goal.

- Every employee is responsible for preventing injuries. When we all work safely, act safely, and report any unsafe condition, we are doing our part to prevent injuries.

- Training employees to work safely is essential. For every employee to be responsible for safety, he/she must know what safe conditions, acts, and operations are. To achieve that level of understanding, appropriate training will be given.

- All operating exposures can be safeguarded. To ensure safe working conditions, all areas or points that are dangerous and cannot be practically eliminated, will be safeguarded by way of safety devices, warnings, guards, personal protective equipment or other appropriate means.

2

INDEX

Article                                                                     Page
-------                                                                     ----
I    Intent, Purpose and Scope of Agreement                                   5
II   Recognition                                                              5
III  Hours of Work                                                            7
IV   Overtime and Allowed Time                                                7
     Holidays - Paragraph 26                                                  8
     Overtime Distribution - Paragraph 30                                     9
     Call-In/Report-In Pay - Paragraph 34                                    10
     Bereavement Pay - Paragraph 35                                          10
V    Vacations                                                               11
VI   Seniority                                                               13
     General                                                                 13
     Rule for Applying Seniority                                             14
     Seniority Defined                                                       14
     Transfer of Seniority                                                   14
     Decrease in Forces                                                      14
     Recall to Occur As Follows                                              16
     Loss of Seniority                                                       17
     Probationary Period                                                     18
     Information to the Union                                                18
     Shift/Job Transfers                                                     19
     Temporary Transfer                                                      19
     Job Posting                                                             19
VII  Military Service                                                        20
VIII Leave of Absence                                                        20
     Jury Service - Paragraph 81                                             21
IX   Adjustment of Grievances                                                21
     To File a Grievance - Paragraph 86                                      22
     Suspension - Paragraph 102                                              24
X    Bulletin Boards                                                         25
XI   Wages                                                                   25
     Job Descriptions/Evaluations -
     Paragraph 106                                                           25
     Temporary Transfer Rate - Paragraph 116                                 26
     Shift Differential - Paragraph 117                                      26
XII  Cost-of-Living                                                          27
XIII Safety and Health                                                       29
XIV  Insurances and Pensions                                                 31
XV   Severance Allowance                                                     31
XVI  Termination, Expiration and Scope                                       32
XVII Compliance with Law                                                     33
Appendix A - Classification by Pay Rate                                      37
Appendix B - Rate Retention Groups                                           39
Appendix C - Overtime Distribution Agreement                                 39
Appendix D - Overtime Groups                                                 42
Appendix E - Insurances                                                      43
Insurance Agreement                                                          45

3

NOTICE TO ALL EMPLOYEES

WHEN UNABLE TO

REPORT FOR WORK

CALL

(815) 389-4300

OR YOUR SUPERVISOR'S

DIRECT PHONE NUMBER.

THIS WILL ENABLE THE

COMPANY TO ACCURATELY

MAINTAIN YOUR

ATTENDANCE RECORD.

TO LEAVE AN EMERGENCY MESSAGE

CALL

(815) 389-7777

LEAVE YOUR NAME, TELEPHONE #,

AND MESSAGE AND HANG UP.

YOUR EMERGENCY MESSAGE WILL BE

RESPONDED TO.

4

AGREEMENT

1. This Agreement is made and entered into May 17, 2006 by and between WARNER ELECTRIC, LLC, or its successors or assigns, (hereinafter referred to as the "COMPANY") and the UNITED STEELWORKERS (hereinafter referred to as the "UNION") on behalf of itself and Local Union No. 3245. The Company will furnish each present or new employee with a copy of this Agreement.

ARTICLE I
INTENT, PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF AGREEMENT

2. It is the intent and purpose of this Agreement to set forth herein the basic rules covering rates of pay, hours of work, and conditions of employment to be observed by the parties hereto. It is further understood and agreed that this Agreement together with any written appendices, supplements or letters of understanding hereto contains all understandings between the Company and the Union. This Agreement cannot be modified or amended except in writing signed by the Company and the Union. No individual shall have any right to modify, amend or revoke this Agreement.

3. This Agreement relates to the South Beloit plant of the Company located at 449 Gardner Street, South Beloit, Illinois.

4. The Company and Union will apply the provisions of this Agreement to all employees, without discrimination as to age (as provided in appropriate laws), sex, color, national origin, race or religion.

5. COOPERATION - The Union, the Company and all employees covered by this Agreement mutually agree to make every reasonable effort to maintain and improve the skill, efficiency, ability, and production of all employees, the quality of products, the methods and facilities of production, and to eliminate accidents, waste, conserve material and supplies and improve quality of workmanship.

ARTICLE II
RECOGNITION

6. The Company hereby recognizes the Union as the exclusive bargaining agent for all its production, maintenance, and service employees, excluding Sales Persons, Service Manager, Assistant Service Manager, Service School Instructors, office and plant clerical employees, technical employees, timekeepers, Industrial Engineering Department employees, security personnel, plant superintendents, assistant superintendents, supervisors, assistant supervisors, and other supervisory employees with authority to hire, promote, discharge, discipline or otherwise effect changes in the status of the employees, or effectively recommend such action, in all those matters specifically provided for herein pertaining to wages, hours, and working conditions.

7. The Union hereby recognizes that the Management of the plant and the direction of the working forces including the right to direct, plan, and control plant operations, and establish and change production schedules, the right to hire, promote, demote, transfer, suspend or discharge employees for proper cause, or to relieve employees because of lack of work or for other legitimate reasons, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, or the right to introduce new and improved methods or facilities, or to change existing production methods or facilities, and to manage the properties, is vested in the Company.

5

8. No employee shall engage in any activity not authorized by the Company, which shall interfere with production. This section shall not restrict the legitimate activities of the Shop Committee members pursuant to Article IX, Par. 97, Safety Committee members pursuant to Article XIII Par. 134, and the members of the Job Evaluation Committee, Worker's Compensation Committee, Civil Rights Committee, Group Insurance Committee, Pension Committee and Apprenticeship Committee as authorized by the appropriate Company representatives.

9. Any employee who is a member of the Union in good standing on the effective date of this Agreement shall, as a condition of employment, maintain membership in the Union to the extent of paying the periodic membership dues uniformly required of all Union members.

10. Any employee who, on the effective date of this Agreement, is not a member of the Union and any employee thereafter hired, shall, as a condition of employment, starting thirty (30) days after the effective date of this Agreement, or thirty (30) days following the beginning of their employment, whichever is the later, acquire and maintain membership in the Union to the extent provided in Paragraph 9 above.

11. The Union agrees that it will make membership in the Union available to all employees covered by this Agreement on the same terms and conditions as are generally applicable to other members of the Union. At the instance of the Company, termination of Union membership for reasons other than the failure of the employee to tender the dues, assessments and initiation fees specified in this Agreement, may be submitted to an impartial arbitrator under the grievance procedure of the Agreement for determination only as to whether such termination conforms to the Constitution of the United Steelworkers.

12. On receipt of a voluntary written assignment authorizing such deduction from the employee on whose account such deductions are made, the Company shall deduct union dues, initiation fee, and assessments in accordance with the Constitution of the United Steelworkers, as certified to the Company by the International Treasurer of the Union. The Company shall deduct Union dues on a weekly basis, based on the employee's earnings from that week. Any sum deducted by the Company pursuant to this paragraph shall be remitted promptly by it to the International Treasurer of the Union.

13. Should the International Treasurer of the Union certify to the Company in writing that changes in dues or initiation fees have been duly adopted by the United Steelworkers, during the term of this Agreement, the Company shall deduct the changed dues or initiation fees have duly adopted by the United Steelworkers, during the term of this Agreement, the Company shall deduct the changed dues or initiation fees in the manner provided in Par. 12.

14. The Union shall indemnify and hold the Company harmless against all suits, claims, demands and liabilities that shall arise out of or by reason of any action that shall be taken by the Company for the purpose of complying with these foregoing provisions or in the reliance on any list or certificate which shall have been furnished by the Company under these provisions.

15. During the life of this Agreement, the Union agrees that there will be no strikes, stoppages, or slowdowns; the Company agrees that there shall be no lockouts. Both parties promise and agree that they shall, in an endeavor to prevent such events from taking place, charge their representatives, committees, and agents with full responsibility for the performance of each and every promise and undertaking herein contained. No meetings of the Union's membership

6

shall be scheduled during regular working hours without mutual agreement of the parties in writing.

16. Except during an emergency, employees excluded from the provisions of this agreement shall not perform production or maintenance work. Instruction, engineering analysis, continuous improvement team activities, assistance in debugging machinery, product demonstrations, lab work, and safety and ergonomic evaluations do not constitute production or maintenance work.

ARTICLE III
HOURS OF WORK

17. This article defines the normal hours of work and shall not be construed as a guarantee of hours of work per day or per week. This Article shall not be considered as any basis for the calculation or payment of overtime, which is covered solely by Article IV, "Overtime."

18. The normal workday shall be eight (8) hours of work in a twenty-four (24) hour period. The hours of work shall be consecutive except when an unpaid lunch period is provided in accordance with prevailing practices.

19. Rest periods shall be provided and taken as follows:

First Shift: 9:30 a.m. to 9:45 a.m. - 15 minutes 12:30 p.m. to 12:40 p.m. - 10 minutes

Second Shift: 5:30 p.m. to 5:45 p.m.   - 15 minutes
              9:00 p.m. to 9:10 p.m.   - 10 minutes

Third Shift:  1:00 a.m. to 1:15 a.m.   - 15 minutes
              4:40 a.m. to 4:50 a.m.   - 10 minutes

On regular six (6) hour shifts on Saturday and Sunday, rest periods shall be provided and taken as follows:

All Shifts: Three (3) hours into the six (6) hour shift. - 15 minutes

except that rest periods shall be staggered by the Company where necessary to insure continuous production operations. Relief personnel will be assigned to the continuous production operation to provide the relief period for the operator.

20. The normal work pattern shall be five (5) consecutive workdays beginning at 12:01 a.m. Monday of each week, or at the time on Monday at which the employee begins work. Seven (7) consecutive days beginning at 12:01 a.m. Monday shall constitute a payroll week.

ARTICLE IV
OVERTIME AND ALLOWED TIME

21. This Article provides the basis for the calculation of, and payment for, overtime and shall not be construed as a guarantee of hours of work per day or per week, or a guarantee of days of work per week.

The payroll week shall consist of seven (7) consecutive days commencing at 12:01
a.m. Monday for the purpose of computing the pay of employees.

7

22. Time and one-half shall be paid for hours worked in excess of forty (40) hours in a payroll week; all contractual paid time and union time, shall for purposes of this provision, be treated as time paid.

23. Double time shall be paid for all hours worked on Sunday.

24. In all instances of premium pay for work on a day as such, the employee's entire shift shall be considered as having been worked on the day on which their shift is regularly scheduled to commence, except if the employee's first regular shift of the work week begins between 10:00 p.m. and 12:00 midnight on Sunday, during such week, each shift shall be considered as having been worked on the day their shift is scheduled to end.

25. Work performed by employees on their floating holiday, or on a Holiday, will be on a voluntary basis, and will be paid at double time plus holiday pay. The scheduling of floating holidays during the Christmas period will be at the employee's discretion.

26. Holidays

Contract Year 2006

April 14 - Good Friday (Friday)
May 29 - Memorial Day (Monday)
July 3 - Day Before Independence Day (Monday) July 4 - Independence Day (Tuesday)
September 4 - Labor Day (Monday)
November 23 - Thanksgiving (Thursday)
November 24 - Day after Thanksgiving (Friday) December 24 - Christmas Eve (Sunday) Celebrated December 25 December 25 - Christmas Day (Monday) Celebrated December 26 December 31 - New Years Eve (Sunday) Celebrated January 1 January 1, 2007 - New Years Day (Monday) Celebrated January 2

Contract Year 2007

April 6 - Good Friday (Friday)
May 28 - Memorial Day (Monday)
July 4 - Independence Day (Wednesday)
September 3 - Labor Day (Monday)
November 22 - Thanksgiving (Thursday)
November 23 - Day after Thanksgiving (Friday) December 24 - Christmas Eve ( Monday)
December 25 - Christmas Day (Tuesday)
December 31 - New Years Eve (Monday)
Jan. 1, 2008 - New Year's Day (Tuesday)

CONTRACT YEAR 2008

March 21 - Good Friday (Friday)
May 26 - Memorial Day (Monday)
July 4 - Independence Day (Friday)
September 1 - Labor Day (Monday)
November 27 - Thanksgiving (Thursday)

8

November 28 - Day after Thanksgiving (Friday) December 24 - Christmas Eve (Wednesday)
December 25 - Christmas Day (Thursday)
December 31 - New Years Eve (Wednesday)
January 1, 2009 - New Years Day (Thursday)

One (floating) holiday to be scheduled in accordance with current vacation scheduling process and paid as 8 hr. of classification rate as holiday pay for employees hired on or before May 17, 2006.

27. The regular earned hourly rate shall be the average straight time hourly earnings for the day on which the overtime was worked. The "average straight time hourly earnings" shall be the employee's total straight time hourly earnings for the day, divided by the actual hours worked for the day (including any hours paid for under a guarantee of hours). Overtime rates as outlined above shall be paid the employees for such hours worked in the following manner:

(A) Time and one-half shall be one and one-half times the regular earned hourly rate of the employee.

(B) Double time shall be twice the regular earned hourly rate of the employee.

28. The overtime and/or the premium payments provided for in this Article shall not be duplicated for the same hours worked and to the extent that hours are compensated for at overtime or premium rates under one provision, they shall not be counted as hours worked in determining overtime or premium pay under the same or any other provisions.

29. When two or more rules are applicable, the one more favorable to the employee will apply, but nothing contained herein shall be construed to require or permit the pyramiding of premium and/or overtime rates.

30. Both parties agree that overtime shall be worked when necessary to permit the proper operation of the Company. Overtime will be distributed among employees in the overtime distribution groups identified in Appendix C, which groups may be changed from time to time in recognition of new or revised job classification and new or revised cost centers, subject to the grievance procedure.

31. Holidays defined in Par. 26 of this Article will be paid for at the employee's classification rate and the Cost-of-Living adjustment if not worked.

32. During the term of this Agreement the days (defined above) will be paid holidays. To qualify for holiday pay, an employee must have completed the first thirty (30) calendar days of their probationary period and must have worked their assigned shift on their last scheduled workday before the holiday (which may not be mandated to exceed 8 hours) and their assigned shift on their first scheduled workday following the holiday. In cases of holidays which are observed on Friday or Monday, neither the adjoining Saturday nor the adjoining Sunday shall be considered as a "scheduled work day before" nor a "scheduled work day after" the holiday for purposes of qualifying for holiday pay, and work on such Saturday or Sunday shall be voluntary except that concerted refusal of such overtime work and failure to work by an employee who had agreed to work shall be disciplinable offenses. If an employee desires to be absent from work the scheduled work day before or after a holiday, they must give reasonable notice prior to the holiday; provided, however, if they are absent from work the scheduled work day before or after a

9

holiday due to circumstances beyond their control, they will not be disqualified from receiving unworked holiday pay. Otherwise eligible employees on disability leaves of absence are eligible for holiday pay up to and including one consecutive year of such leave(s) provided, however, that otherwise eligible employees hired on or after January 28, 1984 on disability leaves of absence shall be eligible for holiday pay up to and including thirty (30) consecutive days following the commencement of such leave(s).

33. The classification rate shall be that of the payroll week in which the holiday falls. If an employee is absent and does not have wages earned during the holiday week, then the classification rate to be used shall be that of the last payroll week the employee worked prior to the holiday week.

34. Employees who report for regular work, (unless notified not to do so, including announcements by local news media) or who are called back to work from off the plant, shall be given either a minimum of four (4) hours' work at the applicable contract rate (with applicable premiums, if any) for the current payroll period, (provided, that if the employee refuses an assignment of work which they are qualified to do, they shall receive no pay). The provisions of this Paragraph shall not apply in cases of strikes, work stoppages, in connection with labor disputes, failure of utilities beyond the control of the Company, or any acts of God which interfere with work being provided or an outside cause which prevents access, egress or occupancy to the extent that work cannot be provided to the employees.

35. Employees actively at work will be granted three (3) work days off with pay at their classification rate to attend or make arrangements for the funeral of their spouse, mother, father, sister, brother (including half-brothers and half-sisters), son, daughter, grandchild, mother-in-law, father-in-law, or other than a blood-related parent if it can be demonstrated without a reasonable doubt that the employee's parent is other than the blood-related mother or father. Such employee will receive bereavement pay entitlement for only one mother and one father. Employees actively at work will be granted three (3) days off with pay at their classification rate to attend or make arrangements for the funeral of their brother-in-law or sister-in-law (defined as the brother(s) and/or sister(s) of the employee's spouse, and the spouse(s) of the employee's brother(s) and/or sister(s). The in-law relationship ceases to exist when the marriage, which created the relationship, is terminated by divorce, annulment, legal separation or death followed by remarriage. Employees actively at work will be granted one (1) day off with pay at their classification rate to attend or make arrangements for the funeral of the employee and spouses grandmother or grandfather. An employee who has not previously been granted work days off with pay for the funeral of his mother or father may notify the Company that he elects, instead, such pay rights for the funerals of his maternal grandparents or his paternal grandparents. In the event of such election, the funeral pay rights otherwise applicable to the designated grandparents shall apply to the employee's parents. Should the death occur during any of the employee's scheduled weeks or days of vacation, the vacation thus interrupted will be extended by the period of authorized bereavement. Should the death occur during any of the employee's vacation, or a paid holiday, the vacation or holiday thus interrupted will be extended by the period of authorized bereavement effected.

10

ARTICLE V
VACATIONS

36. An employee who has been on the payroll of the Company as of the anniversary date of their employment, and prior to May 17, 2006 shall retain their current earned vacation entitlement.

Employees hired on or after May 17, 2006 shall receive the following vacation with pay:

Service                          Vacation
-------                          --------
1 but less than 3 years     1 week (5 days)

3 but less than 10 years    2 weeks (10 days)

10 but less than 20 years   3 weeks (15 days)

20 and over                 4 weeks (20 days)

Full weeks of vacation are to be taken as full weeks; extra days may be taken individually. However, employees with two weeks of vacation or more may take their vacation time off entitlement in excess of one week as individual days. Two (2) of the individual days may be taken in (1/2) day increments, subject to the scheduling rules of Paragraph 38.

Employees on the active payroll of the Company on their 30th year of service anniversary date shall receive a $100.00 award and on each such anniversary date thereafter while on the active payroll.

The Company will issue vacation checks under the following guidelines. Full week(s) vacation checks will be issued on the pay period preceding the start of vacation. Pay for individual vacation days taken will be included in the employee's regular check for the week it was taken. If an employee takes vacation for all the days in a week when a holiday(s) occurs, except the holiday(s) themselves, the vacation days will be paid in advance as if it were a full week and the holiday(s) will be paid in the week after their occurrence.

37. Vacation pay shall be paid for all employees, beginning January 1, 2007, at their base hourly rate. Base hourly rate to include shift differential.

38. (A) During any calendar year employees shall be permitted to select the time for vacation subject to (B), (C), (D), (E) and (F) below so far as practicable, provided the employee gives written notice to the Human Resources Department of their preference before April 1, and provided that the Company may schedule in a manner which takes into consideration the operating and maintenance needs of the plant. Conflicts in requests shall be resolved on the basis of seniority. When taking single days of vacation, you must notify your supervisor before the end of your prior shift. Failure to do so will result in an absence. When taking half (1/2) days vacation you must notify your supervisor before the end of your prior shift. Failure to do so will result in an absence.

(B) The Company may schedule a vacation shutdown of 1 week's duration. In years that the Company schedules a shutdown, notification to employees will be made by March 15.

11

VACATION SHUTDOWN

YEAR 2006   Wednesday   July 5
            Thursday    July 6
            Friday      July 7

YEAR 2007   Monday      July 2
            Tuesday     July 3
            Thursday    July 5
            Friday      July 6

YEAR 2008   Monday      June 30
            Tuesday     July 1
            Wednesday   July 2
            Thursday    July 3

(C) When a vacation shutdown is scheduled, shutdown work requirements will be announced at the time the shutdown is announced. Shutdown work requirements will be filled voluntarily from the top of the seniority list in each classification required, and if volunteerism does not meet the need, the balance of the requirements will be met by assignment from the bottom of the seniority list up. Shutdown work requirements that arise subsequent to March 15 will be filled by volunteers from the top of the seniority list. Any employees asked to work will be charged in accordance with Appendix C. Employees not asked to work during the shutdown period will not be charged for any overtime. If an out of overtime spread condition occurs because of the overtime worked during the shutdown period, the Company shall have 30 days to bring the effected employees back into the 30 hour overtime spread.

(D) Employees who are entitled to vacation and who work during vacation shutdown will be permitted to request their vacation so far as practicable, and in consideration of the operating and maintenance needs of the Company, at any other time of the year. In instances where employee vacation requests conflict with the Company's needs, vacations will be scheduled on the basis of seniority.

(E) In order to qualify for the vacation defined in Par. 36, an employee must have worked not less than seventy (70) percent of the regular days of work available to them during the twelve (12) months immediately preceding January 1 of any calendar year, except in the case of any employee who completes one (1) year of service in the calendar year, it shall be twelve (12) months immediately preceding their anniversary date. It is understood and agreed for this purpose that the absence from work because of Company layoffs due to lack of work (not to exceed ten [10] work weeks), occupational accidents, certified illness, holidays, shall be considered as time worked for the purpose of computing eligibility for vacation privileges.

(F) An employee may take pay in lieu for any earned vacation, not to exceed five
(5) days in any year. Such scheduling should be handled with the normal April 1 vacation scheduling procedure. Changes after the vacation schedule is established must be consistent with production needs. Pay in lieu will normally be included in the vacation check at the time the vacation is taken. This shall not change the practice of paying for unused vacation at the end of each calendar year. The Union will be informed of all pay in lieu arrangements. No employee shall be discriminated against based upon his exercise or nonexercise of this understanding.

12

39. In the event of the death of an employee eligible for vacation pay at the time of their death, such vacation due the employee shall be paid to their surviving spouse or other legal heir.

40. If any employee is laid off for a period equal to or longer than their vacation, the employee may designate the equivalent portion of such layoff period as their vacation with pay.

41. Vacation periods may not be postponed from one year to another and made accumulative, and will be forfeited unless completed within each calendar year, but in any event the employee will receive their vacation pay.

42. An employee entering military service who is eligible for vacation in the year in which they enter and who has not received such vacation shall receive the vacation pay to which they are entitled under this Article.

43 Any employee returning from military service who is eligible for vacation in the year in which they return shall receive a vacation subject to the provisions of this Article, except Par. 38 above, provided it is not in the same year in which they enter. Their vacation pay will be paid in accordance with Paragraph 37.

44. In the event an employee has their vacation scheduled immediately upon beginning work and therefore does not have any hours worked, their vacation pay is computed by multiplying their rate for the job classification to which they are assigned by their vacation hours.

45. Vacation Pay for Layoffs.

During any calendar year, if an employee is on layoff through no fault of their own and solely as a result of such layoff they have not fulfilled the requirements of Par. 38 (A) of this Article, and such an employee has had earnings in the preceding calendar year, they shall be entitled to receive vacation pay in accordance with Paragraph 37 as provided in Par. 36 of this Article. Employees who are laid off may elect to receive their vacation pay at the time of layoff under Paragraph 40 and, in accordance with Paragraph 40, a corresponding portion of the layoff will be considered as the employee's vacation time off at the time of layoff. If the employee does not elect his vacation pay and time off at the time of layoff and is recalled in the same calendar year, they will receive their vacation pay in accordance with Paragraph
46. If the employee does not elect their vacation pay at the time of layoff and is not recalled during the calendar year, they will be paid any vacation pay owing at the end of the calendar year.

46. In the event an employee has been on layoff and is recalled to work during any calendar year, and such an employee has had earnings in the preceding calendar year, but solely because of such layoff has not fulfilled the requirements of Par. 38 (A) of this Article, they shall be entitled to vacation pay as outlined in Par. 45 above. Upon returning to work anytime in the year, such employee will be eligible to receive their vacation pay upon giving one week's notice but vacation time off will be granted (if requested) consistent with Paragraph 38 of this Article.

ARTICLE VI
SENIORITY

47. GENERAL. The Company and the Union recognize that promotional opportunity and job security in the event of promotions, decreases of forces, and rehirings after layoffs should increase in proportion to length of continuous service, and that in the administration of this Article, full consideration shall be given continuous service in such cases. "Continuous service"

13

as referred to herein, means a period of employment not interrupted by a break sufficient to terminate the employee's seniority.

48. RULE FOR APPLYING SENIORITY. In all cases of promotion or increase or decrease in forces except when a different rule is stated, the following factors shall be considered; however, only where factors (B) and (C) are relatively equal shall length of continuous service govern:

(A) Length of continuous service;
(B) Ability to perform the work;
(C) Physical fitness.

49. SENIORITY DEFINED. Length of continuous service as outlined in this Article is defined herein as years, months, and days of service with the Company since the last date of hire. In cases where two or more employees commence work on the same date, the following method will determine the most senior employee:

Shift 3 = Most Senior

Shift 1 = Senior to employee who started on Shift 2

Shift 2 = Least Senior

In the case of two or more employees starting on the same shift and same date, at the orientation, between the Union, employees, and the Company, the employees will draw a card from a deck of cards and the high card will determine the most senior employee, which determination shall be final and govern all future issues of relative seniority during their employment with the Company. All affected employees who have not established permanent seniority shall do so as outlined by the card drawing provisions of this article. When seniority is established the Company will provide to the Union a listing of the employees affected and a copy to the employee.

50. TRANSFER OF SENIORITY. Employees transferred from one classification to another classification, by job bid or promotion shall transfer their seniority to the new classification after twenty (20) working days on the job to which they had bid or transferred, provided it is the last classification to which they have bid or have been promoted. An employee thus transferred shall serve a trial period of not less than one working day and not more than twenty (20) working days, which period may be extended by mutual agreement. In cases covered by the above employees will be allowed to wash themselves out during the trial period (on the job to which they had bid or been promoted) by giving notice to the Company not later than the twentieth (20th) day, provided they had not previously held the classification in the previous two (2) years.

51. Employees who wash themselves out as above specified or who are washed out by the Company shall be entitled to return to their former job classification with full seniority. If there have been other personnel moves which have resulted from their bid or promotion, the employees involved will be returned to their former job classifications (to the extent that this is necessary in order to accommodate the washout) with full seniority, and the Company will be entitled to postpone the reverse moves caused by the washout until all resulting personnel moves may be accomplished without the necessity of paying premium pay.

52. Employees who are transferred in lieu of layoff will immediately transfer their seniority to the new classification.

53. DECREASE IN FORCES. When a reduction in force is necessary, forces shall be reduced in the following manner: (Subject to the exceptions in Article XI, Par. 111).

14

54. The Company will allow in certain situations for a voluntary layoff to occur. If this happens, the following guidelines will apply on a seniority basis:

a) The voluntary layoff period will be for a maximum of four (4) weeks. This time period may be extended when the Company, Union and an employee mutually agree.

b) The voluntary layoff option will be made available to those Employees in the classification whose work assignments are being immediately affected by the reduction. No employee on voluntary layoff will be allowed to exercise their seniority in any classification.

c) When it is determined that a recall is needed, the person who went out on involuntary layoff would be recalled prior to a person who volunteered.

d) If it is determined that production needs change and all other options have been exhausted, the Company would have the option to recall a person on voluntary layoff.

e) Upon return from voluntary layoff the employee will return to his/her previous classification and shift.

f) During a voluntary layoff, a person would retain their Insurance consistent with the Insurance Agreement in the contract.

g) In the event there are insufficient volunteers for a required layoff, the procedures prescribed in this article concerning decreases in forces will apply.

55. (1) Probationary employees will be the first to be displaced from the classification(s) to be reduced; (2) Next, employees who have not acquired seniority in the classification as provided in Par. 50 shall be displaced from the classification(s) to be reduced and shall be returned to the classification in which they still hold seniority. (Employees who have been transferred into the classification pursuant to Par. 56 shall be excepted from this group and shall be considered on the basis of their total seniority as part of the group considered in subparagraph (3) hereof). (3) Next, employees will be displaced from such classification(s) on the basis of their seniority in the classification, on the basis of the factors in Par. 48.

56. Employees who are displaced from their regular classification shall be offered a job opportunity in a vacant job or in a job held by an employee with less seniority, as follows:

(1) To a job classification for which the employee is fully qualified by previous classification and satisfactory performance in the job classification for the Company, or

(2) To a job classification for which the employee qualifies under the factors set forth in Par. 48, without any training period.

57. Employees displaced in the above process shall be considered on the same basis as specified in Par. 55 hereof for reduction of forces in a classification. Such employees who are displaced in this process shall be given a similar opportunity. Employees who are displaced under the above procedure and who do not have sufficient seniority and qualification to secure another job under the above procedure shall be laid off from the Company.

58. In the event of partial or complete shutdown of manufacturing operations during straight-time hours for the purpose of taking inventory, seniority by shift shall apply only among employees in the same job classification doing the same type of work. Employees performing

15

such work will be paid at their classification rate. During overtime hours for the purpose of taking inventory, the Appendix "C" Overtime Distribution Agreement shall apply.

59. Employees who have completed their probationary period and who are scheduled for a layoff for a period exceeding three (3) working days, shall be notified at least three (3) working days prior to such layoff. The Union shall be notified as soon as practicable after the Company makes the determination to lay off employees. In the event an employee is temporarily laid off for a period of not more than three (3) working days, due to lack of work or other legitimate causes, the employee with the least continuous service in the classification affected shall be laid off.

60. Employees may elect layoff instead of exercising their seniority rights to displace a less senior employee in a different classification. (The Company will provide the employee and Union with a list of the different classifications that have less senior employees.) Employees electing layoff under this paragraph will only be eligible for recall to their regular assigned classification or to such other classifications as they designate in writing to Human Resources at the time of layoff. Such employees shall be notified by certified mail that their rights are due to expire. Such notice will state that they must accept the next recall for which they are eligible or terminate their seniority and all employment rights. In no event shall the employee's seniority be extended for a period greater than that specified in 62(E). The president of the local union shall appoint two (2) committee members to be present in the Layoff & Recall meeting prior to notice being given to employees of such Layoff or Recall. Only one (1) of the appointed members may be present at the meeting with the employees.

61. RECALL TO OCCUR AS FOLLOWS:

I. When increasing the workforce in an area without adding to the overall plant headcount, both shift preference and recalls, direct and indirect, will be honored based on seniority. If the position is not filled through this process, then the position will be posted.

II. Opening occurs in classification that has employees on layoff and most senior person on layoff is from the classification that is being recalled.

A. The person with the most seniority with the Company shall be recalled by telephone or certified mail.

B. The person recalled is expected to advise the Company of their availability for recall upon contact by telephone, or if unable to be contacted by telephone, shall have forty-eight (48) hours after sending certified mail to notify the Company of their availability for work and must report for work not later than the beginning of their shift on the third working day following the day the notice to report was sent.

(1) In the event the employee does not accept recall or fails to report for work, their seniority and all employment rights will be terminated.

III. Opening occurs in classification that has employees on layoff. However, there are more senior employees on layoff from other classifications.

A. The Company shall recall the most senior person, regardless of their classification, who are fully qualified to perform the work of that classification by:

16

(1) Previous classification and satisfactory performance in the job classification for the Company, or

(2) Under the factors set forth in Paragraph 48, Article VI of the Basic Agreement, without any training period.

B. The person recalled is expected to advise the Company of their availability for recall upon contact by telephone, or if unable to be contacted by telephone, shall have forty-eight (48) hours after sending certified mail to notify the Company of their availability for work and must report for work not later than the beginning of their shift on the third working day following the day the notice to report was sent.

In the event the employee does not accept recall or fails to report for work, their seniority and all employment rights will be terminated.

IV. Opening occurs in classification that has no employees on layoff. However, there are employees on layoff from other classifications.

A. That job shall be posted in accordance with Article VI, Par. 69 of the Basic Agreement.

B. After job posting and selection procedures have occurred, persons on layoff will be recalled to the job vacancy that would then exist in accordance with Part I and Part II, if applicable. If Part I and Part II are not applicable, persons will be recalled in accordance with length of continuous service, physical fitness and ability to perform the work, without any training period.

C. The person recalled is expected to advise the Company of their availability for recall upon contact by telephone, or if unable to be contacted by telephone, shall have forty-eight (48) hours after sending certified mail to notify the Company of their availability for work and must report for work not later than the beginning of their shift on the third working day following the day the notice to report was sent.

In the event the employee does not accept recall or fails to report for work, their seniority and all employment rights will be terminated.

NOTE: Employee's recalled from layoff who are unable to return to work due to medical reasons shall be placed on medical leave of absence provided the employee accepts the recall.

62. LOSS OF SENIORITY. Continuous service as outlined in this Article shall be broken and employees shall not be considered as having any length of continuous service or any employment relationship whatsoever with the Company:

(A) If they shall quit;

(B) If they shall have been discharged for proper cause;

(C) If they fail to report for work, or make satisfactory explanation of such failure within forty-eight (48) hours after notification has been sent to report for work by certified mail, one

17

copy of such notification being tendered to the Union Committee. Such notice shall not be sent unless such employee has been absent and has failed to notify the Company by the middle of the employee's shift on the second consecutive working day of the reason for such absence, or;

(D) If they fail to report on schedule following a vacation or an authorized leave of absence without giving a reasonable excuse (employees who present an excuse for such absence will be permitted to work after the presentation of the excuse until such time as the Company decides whether to honor the excuse as an exception to the rule) or;

(E) If they shall have been absent from the service of the Company for any reason (except for a leave of absence for military service) for a period of two
(2) years, where such employee has been continuously employed for over ninety
(90) calendar days and not over two (2) years shall be considered as having lost their seniority and employment relationship if they have been absent from the service of the Company for a period equal to their length of service with the Company. Absence due to a compensable disability incurred during the course of employment shall not break continuous service provided such individual is returned to work within thirty (30) days after final payment of statutory compensation for such disability, or after the end of the period used in calculating a lump sum payment.

63. PROBATIONARY PERIOD. A new employee, and others re-employed following a break in continuous service, as outlined in Par. 62 above, will acquire seniority after they have completed ninety (90) calendar days of employment, exclusive of any periods of absence due to medical reasons of five or more consecutive days, from the date of their employment or re-employment with the Company. Such employees shall be considered probationary employees until they have acquired seniority. There shall be no responsibility for the re-employment of probationary employees if they are laid off or discharged during this period. Probationary employees may file and process grievances after thirty (30) calendar days from date of employment or re-employment but may be laid off or discharged during their probationary period as exclusively determined by Management.

64. INFORMATION TO THE UNION. Every three months the Company shall furnish the Union with copies of a seniority list and post copies on the bulletin boards of the Company. Once each month between the quarterly lists, the Company will furnish the Union one copy of an updated seniority listing. The company will also continue to provide the union with an updated list of shift preferences and recalls periodically.

(A) No more than once per month, at the request of the union, the Company will provide a list of hires, terminations, promotions, transfers and seniority of bargaining unit employees during the preceding calendar month

(B) The Company will continue to provide the Union with copies of written leave of absence forms, written disciplines, names of employees who are to be laid off or who have been recalled (including the date of notice and the name of the job classification involved), "employee record change requests" and notices that appear on Company bulletin boards that pertain to the bargaining unit. The Company will transmit this information within two (2) weeks after the action is taken or, in the case of leave of absence, within one (1) week after the form is completed. Inadvertent failure to transmit the information or failure of the Union to receive it shall not invalidate the action involved, since the purpose of this provision is only to keep the Union informed. Errors shall be corrected when discovered.

18

65. SHIFT/JOB TRANSFERS. Employees who have completed their probationary period who desire to change shifts or jobs shall indicate their preference on a form provided by the Company. When a vacancy occurs in a classification, an employee performing the same type of work in the classification, with a written preference form on file, shall be given preference based on their seniority for transfer where the vacancy exits, subject to the following conditions.

(A) In the event it is not possible to transfer the employee in accordance with their preference due to there not being an adequately qualified crew on the shift from which the transfer is to be made, the transfer will be made as quickly as possible.

(B) The Company shall have the right to train new employees to the classification on the day shift for a period of not to exceed thirty (30) working days (except that such period may be extended by agreement of the parties), and any transfers shall not take place until this training is completed.

(C) In the event an employee is promoted in a classification, the employee thus promoted will remain on the same shift and area unless there is a more senior employee in the classification where the promotion occurs with a preference form on file. If this should occur the two employees will exchange places.

(D) In the event the Company decides to decrease the number of employees in a classification on a shift and increase the number of employees in the same classification on another shift within the same area, the Company will utilize this Paragraph to achieve the necessary results. If openings exist after all preferences have been utilized, the least senior employees (being decreased) will be transferred and shall exercise their seniority rights regardless of shift or area. All employees (direct or indirect) may utilize their seniority to bump a less senior employee, and shall not be required to remain within their classification.

66. Employees granted a preference change under this paragraph to their first choice shall not be entitled to a preference change for a period of one hundred twenty (120) days. Employees granted their second choice will continue to have their first choice on file unless changed by Paragraph 67.

67. Employees may withdraw or change their written preference at any time. However, the preference form on file before Wednesday of any work week shall govern any changes to be effective in the following work week and thereafter unless changed by subsequent preference form. In the event of a reduction or recall from layoff in the work force in any department or shift, the Company will notify the Union of these reductions or recalls at which time the preferences shall be frozen effective midnight the day immediately preceding such notice. They shall remain frozen until the displacements resulting from such reductions or recalls are complete.

68. TEMPORARY TRANSFER. Vacancies of 45 days or less in a classification shall be considered as temporary. The Company may fill such temporary vacancies as follows. Employees farmed into a classification on any one shift will be considered one occurrence. The Company shall not exceed 45 occurrences in any individual classification in a 120 day period. Job vacancies in excess of 45 days may also be considered temporary such as the case where the vacancy is due to an employee being on leave of absence due to occupational accidents and certified illness.

69. JOB POSTING. When a vacancy occurs or is expected to occur, (other than a temporary vacancy), which has not been filled either by promotion, preference form or recall from layoff, the Company shall, to the greatest degree practicable, post the job vacancy on bulletin boards

19

throughout the Company for a period of two (2) working days. Such posting will include the job title, the location of the job, the pay rate, the shift, and the job description.

70. Non-probationary employees desiring such job shall apply for the job on a form prescribed by the Company. The employee selected by the Company (such selection governed by Par. 48 of this Article) shall be given a trial period of not less than one working day and not more than twenty (20) working days, which period may be extended by mutual agreement. If it is determined by the Company that they are not satisfactorily performing the job, or if employees wash themselves out pursuant to the terms of Article VI, Par. 50, they shall be returned to their former classification and the Company shall continue to make selections by seniority from the bidders and again provide a trial period under the same procedure. If the next employee is washed out by the Company or washes out pursuant to the terms of Article VI, Par.50, the Company after exhausting all bidders may recruit from any available source. Upon bidding the job and being selected, the employee will not be entitled to bid on another permanent job opening for a period of six (6) months, except in the event the employee is not on the job they obtained through bidding due to a decrease in forces as set forth in Par. 53.

71. An employee may withdraw a bid within one (1) working day after bids have been closed by giving written notice to Human Resources or their supervisor. An employee withdrawing a bid in a timely manner and/or an employee who is washed out by the Company during the trial period shall not be subject to a bidding bar.

72. An eligible bidder shall be placed on their job within ten (10) working days after their selection. Such ten (10) day period may be extended by mutual agreement between the Company and Union.

73. A list of successful bidders shall be posted following the week in which the selections are made. If posted jobs are not filled, and if the vacancy still exists, the Company shall re-post the position within thirty (30) days.

74. An employee promoted from the bargaining unit may be returned but once by the Company to the bargaining unit, provided such option is exercised by the Company not later than six months after such promotion. Upon their return, the employee will be credited with the amount of accumulated seniority they had as of the date of their promotion from the bargaining unit, and shall immediately resume the accumulation of seniority.

ARTICLE VII
MILITARY SERVICE

75. The Company shall accord to each employee who applies for re-employment after conclusion of military service with the United States such re-employment rights as they shall be entitled to under then existing statutes. If the position of such employee has been eliminated, the Company will use every reasonable effort to provide for the employee employment for which they can satisfactorily qualify.

ARTICLE VIII
LEAVE OF ABSENCE

76. The Company, in cases where production requirements permit or unusual circumstances warrant, may grant, at its discretion, a leave of absence upon written request made in the form

20

prescribed by the Company and upon good cause being shown for such leave for a definite period of not more than eight (8) weeks. Additional leave may be granted in writing upon written request where deemed justified, but in any event, no succession of leaves shall extend beyond one (1) year; provided that in exceptional cases of extended absence because of illness or accident a longer leave of absence may be granted at the Company's discretion.

77. Up to three (3) employees at any one time (unless otherwise mutually agreed), as designated by the Union, may request leave from the Company to serve as a delegate to a union convention or for other official union business or training. Whenever possible, the Company will be provided at least thirty days advance notice of any such leave. Notice given less than 30 days in advance of a leave will not be unreasonably denied. There shall be no deduction from "continuous service" (under this Agreement or the Pension Agreement) for leaves granted under this Paragraph.

78. Any employee (not exceeding three in number at any one time) selected by the Union to act as a full-time official representative will be given a leave of absence by the Company for the duration of such office. There shall be no deduction from "continuous service" (under this Agreement or the Pension Agreement) for the first twelve (12) months (accumulative) of leave(s) of absence granted under this paragraph. After the first twelve (12) months of leave(s) of absence under this paragraph, "continuous service" will be frozen for the duration of such leave(s).

79. Pregnancy shall be treated the same as any other total or temporary disability and leave of absence under the terms of this agreement.

80. In the event an employee on leave of absence accepts substitute gainful employment or self-employment without the prior consent of the Company, their leave shall automatically be considered cancelled and employment terminated without recourse, except in the following cases:

(A) As an official representative of the Union, or

(B) In some section of the United States (other than Winnebago County, Illinois, or Rock County, Wisconsin), where such employee is residing temporarily because the illness of a member of their immediate family.

81. An employee who is called for jury service shall be excused from work for the days on which they serve and they shall receive, for each day of such service on which they otherwise would have worked, the difference between eight
(8) times their classification rate (plus shift premium and supper pay if applicable) and the payment they receive for jury service. The employee will present proof of such service and the amount of pay received therefor. An employee who is subpoenaed for court appearance and is not the plaintiff or defendant shall be excused from work for the court appearance and shall be paid for each day lost for which they otherwise would have worked in the same manner as provided for jury service, above. The employee will present proof of such appearance and the amount of any pay received therefor.

ARTICLE IX
ADJUSTMENT OF GRIEVANCES

82. It is agreed that the Union will establish a Shop Committee from employees in the bargaining unit to meet with representatives of the Management for the purpose of presenting and participating in the adjustment of grievances, and, when established, shall furnish the Company

21

with the names of the Committee members.

83. Such committee shall consist of three (3) members from the day shift and one
(1) members each from the second and third shifts, provided there are at least ten (10) or more employees for each committee member on the second and third shifts. An additional committee member will be added at such time, and for as long as, the bargaining unit exceeds 200 employees. Thereafter, an additional committee member will be designated for every 100 employees added to the bargaining unit.

84. The Company shall recognize alternates appointed to fill a vacancy caused by the vacation or leave of absence of a committee member, and such alternate shall be allowed to attend regular monthly union meetings if they so request.

85. At such time as the entire committee is absent from the plant due to Labor Contract negotiations, two (2) alternate committee members per shift affected may be appointed by the Union and shall be recognized by the Company.

86. Should any difference or dispute arise between the Company and its employee(s) concerning the meaning and application of the provisions of this Agreement, (or should the Union contend that the Company has violated its obligations under the Agreement to the Union, as such) an earnest effort shall be made to settle the difference orally. This oral effort shall be made by the aggrieved employee (or in the case of a breach of obligation to the Union, as such, by a committee member) and/or not to exceed two committee members at the option of the employee. If the matter is not resolved orally, it shall be taken up in the following manner:

87. FIRST: In writing to the supervisor involved. A meeting shall be held within one (1) working day after receipt of the written grievance. The Company will normally be represented at this meeting by the supervisors involved, provided that the Company may designate alternate or additional First Step Representatives in appropriate cases. The Union will be represented by the grievant and up to two (2) shop committee members. The written grievance shall be answered by one of the Company First Step Representative within two (2) working days after the first step meeting. If the answer is not satisfactory the grievance shall be appealed to the next step by the Union within four (4) working days of the written answer.

88. SECOND: Second step meetings will be held within (7) calendar days of the Union's request unless otherwise mutually agreed. The Company shall make its written answer within seven (7) working days after the meeting at which the grievance is discussed. If the answer is not satisfactory, the grievance shall be appealed to the next step by the Union within ten (10) working days of the written answer.

89. THIRD: Between an International Representative of the Union, the Local Union President and/or the two Chairpersons of the Shop Committee and the Managers of the Company and/or other Company Representatives at a regular or special meeting. One or more witnesses may be called into the meeting by agreement of the parties. The Company shall make its written answer within ten (10) working days after the third step meeting in which the grievance is discussed.

90. FOURTH: If the Union is not satisfied with the third step answer of the Company, it may, within thirty (30) calendar days of the date of the answer give notice of its intention to refer the grievance to arbitration. (If the Company fails to give an answer within the time limit prescribed at Step Three, the Union may elect to treat the grievance as having been denied and

22

may give notice of its intent to refer the matter to arbitration.) After such notice is given, the Company and the Union will attempt to agree upon an impartial arbitrator. If no agreement is reached within thirty (30) calendar days thereafter the Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service (FMCS) will thereafter be asked to submit a panel of seven (7) arbitrators to the parties. The parties shall, upon receipt of said panel, strike names alternately until one (1) name remains on the panel; this remaining person shall serve as the impartial arbitrator. The arbitrator shall have jurisdiction and authority only to interpret, apply, or determine compliance with the provisions of this agreement insofar as shall be necessary to the determination of grievances appealed to the arbitrator. The arbitrator shall not have jurisdiction or authority to add to, detract from or alter in any way the provisions of this Agreement.

91. Each party shall assume its own expenses in connection with arbitration, and the fee of the arbitrator shall be paid by the two (2) parties, one-half (1/2) by each.

92. Grievances reduced to writing shall be dated and signed by the aggrieved employee(s) or their Shop Committee Member, except that grievances relating to more than two (2) employees shall be signed by at least two (2) aggrieved employees and the Shop Committee Member for the area(s) involved. All answers by the Company and all appeals by the Union shall be in writing, dated and signed by the Company or Union representative involved.

93. In the event an employee dies, the Union may process on behalf of their legal heirs any claim they would have had relating to any monies due under the provisions of this Agreement.

94. Grievances settled shall be signed off by a Shop Committee Member and/or International Representative.

95. Written grievances and appeals shall be answered by the Company Representative or their designee within the time limit fixed therein or the Union may pass the grievance to the next step, except that in Step 2, if the Company fails to answer within the time limits fixed therein it shall be considered adjudicated in favor of the employee. Grievances not appealed within the specified time limits shall not be eligible for further appeal. All time limits in this Article may be extended with the written consent of the other party.

96. Meetings between the International Representative of the Union, the Local Union President and/or the two Chairpersons of the Shop Committee or their alternates, and Managers of the Company and/or other Company Representatives provided for in the third step of the grievance procedure, shall be held at least once each month, prior to the fifteenth (15th) of the month to consider all grievance appeals submitted during the preceding month. Special meetings will be arranged on a date and at a time mutually satisfactory in regard to difficulties which may arise and which need immediate attention.

97. Members of the Shop Committee will be afforded time off at their classification rate for the purpose of attending meetings with the Company pursuant to the first three steps of the grievance procedure. A member of the Shop Committee shall also be allowed time off when necessary at their classification rate, to aid in the settlement of grievances in the area which they represent. A committee member on Union activity shall obtain permission from their supervisor (which shall not be unreasonably denied) and properly record their absence prior to leaving their work station to conduct these activities; shall report their presence and their purpose to the supervisor of the department in which they wish to conduct this activity; and shall report their return to their supervisor at the conclusion of this activity. Members of the Shop Committee shall do their utmost to see that their absence from their work station due to handling of grievances

23

shall be as little as practicable and shall do their utmost to see that their absence from the work station does not interfere with production. Company paid time under this section is limited to a weekly maximum of the sum of seven (7) hours times the number of active committee members ("the pool"). All time used by the committee members will be deducted from the pool. Unused hours will not be carried over from week to week.

98. All grievances must be presented promptly and not later than thirty (30) days after the cause of the grievance arises unless the circumstances of the case made it impossible for the employee or the Union to know that they had grounds for such claim prior to that date, in which case the retroactivity shall not exceed thirty (30) days prior to the date the grievance was filed in writing. Grievances involving discharge must be presented within three (3) working days of the action (subject to Par. 102). Grievances alleging improper layoff must be presented within two (2) working days of the Company notice to the employee of this intended layoff or there shall be no retroactivity prior to the date of the grievance.

99. Grievances alleging improper recall must be presented within two (2) working days after notice is given to the employee (at the address last given by them to the Human Resources Department) that a less senior employee was recalled to a job classification to which they were entitled, or there shall be no retroactivity prior to the date of the grievance. In cases of retroactivity the employee will be paid at the rate of the job classification to which they were entitled.

100. The Grievance Committee of the Union shall be notified and given a list of all employees scheduled for layoff or recall prior to such layoff or recall taking place. The layoff list proposed by the Company shall not become final until one working day after the Union has been provided with the list.

101. The assignment of Shop Committee Members to their respective plant areas shall be a matter of full knowledge to both the Union and the Company immediately. It is further agreed, for the purpose of prompt settlement of grievances, that, where necessary, committee members will handle grievances without restriction as to area.

102. Under the provisions of this Agreement, no employee, after their probationary period provided in Par. 63 of Article VI, Seniority, shall be discharged or given a disciplinary layoff in excess of five (5) days, without first being suspended. Such initial suspension shall be for not more than five
(5) working days. During this period of initial suspension, the employee may, if they believe that they have been unjustly dealt with, request a hearing and a statement of the offense before their supervisor or their superintendent or the Human Resources Department Representative, with a Grievance Committee member or the plant committee present if they so desire. At such hearing, the facts concerning the case shall be made available to both parties. After such hearing or if no such hearing is requested, the management may conclude whether the suspension shall be converted into discharge or disciplinary layoff, or dependent upon the facts of the case, whether such suspension shall be extended, or revoked, or modified or affirmed. If the suspension is revoked, the employee shall be returned to employment and made whole in the absence of mutual agreement to the contrary; but in the event a disposition shall result in the affirmation, extension or modification of the suspension, or in the discharge of the employee, the employee may within three (3) working days after such disposition allege a grievance in writing on a regular grievance form which shall be handled in accordance with the procedure outlined in this Article, beginning with Step Two. Should any employee as a result of this grievance, have their discipline or discharge revoked, they shall be returned to work and made whole. In the event of arbitration the arbitrator shall determine what, if any, substitute earnings or compensation are

24

to be offset.

103. Where discipline of an employee is involved or there is a dispute as to the correctness of an employee's record of absence/tardiness, an employee or (with the employee's permission) their Shop Committee Member may review their record of absence/tardiness in the presence of a supervisor.

ARTICLE X
BULLETIN BOARDS

104. The Company agrees to provide up to two (2) glassed in bulletin boards with locks to be placed at the South Beloit plant which may be used exclusively by the Union for posting notices signed by the Union Secretary or the President of the Local Union and restricted to:

1. Notices of Union recreational and social affairs.

2. Notices of Union appointments and results of Union elections.

3. Notices of Union meetings.

4. Notices of Union elections.

5. Notices, which shall be non-controversial in nature, approved by Company Representatives.

105. It is agreed that the Company may remove any notice which is not in accordance with the above restrictions.

ARTICLE XI
WAGES

106. New and/or changed jobs shall be described and classified in accordance with the National Position Evaluation Program, which may be modified as necessary by mutual agreement. The new or changed description and classification shall then be submitted to the job evaluation committee and, if agreed to, shall then be established. If no agreement is reached, the Company may place the description and classification in effect, after which a grievance may be filed at any time within the next thirty (30) days, contending that the job has been improperly described and/or classified.

107. Job evaluation points assigned to a job classification shall be changed only when it has been established that there have been changes in the job content or by mutual agreement.

108. The standard hourly wage schedule of rates for the respective job classes set forth in Appendix "A" shall become effective and shall remain in full force and effect for the duration of this Agreement. A schedule of jobs in each job class is also included in Appendix "A." Appendix "A" constitutes the minimum rates of pay for the applicable job classification (direct and indirect as applicable) and are incorporated by reference and are fully made a part of this Agreement.

109. Employees hired on or after May 17, 2006 for all job classifications, shall serve a progression period where applicable, or will enter at the starting wage rate set forth in Appendix "A". Progression increases may be subject to demonstration of required skills on milestone dates. Bidding into a higher classification will result in applicable new hire rate.

25

110. Effective on or after August 6, 2006, employees hired prior to May 17, 2006 bumping into a lower classification will result in applicable Incumbent rate. Bidding into a higher classification will enter at the 6 month progression rate for new classification set forth in Appendix "A".

111. It is understood and agreed that nothing contained in this Article shall prevent the Company from paying a present employee or a new employee the rate of the job classification to which they are transferred or assigned, provided they are qualified and able to perform the work satisfactorily.

112. When a reduction of employees occurs in a classification or in the Company, an employee who has attained a classification above the lowest grade in an occupational group (see Appendix B) shall not be reduced in rate as long as they are retained at work within that occupational group. Such rate retention shall also apply in the event such an employee is recalled to the occupational group from a job classification outside of the occupational group or from layoff out of the plant.

113. An employee wishing to be reduced in classification within an occupational group may exercise this right but once and only in the event there is a posted opening.

114. When an employee is transferred to a classification outside their occupational group in lieu of layoff, they shall receive the rate of the classification to which they are assigned.

115. Indirect. When an indirect employee is temporarily assigned to another indirect job classification outside their own occupational group, they shall be paid on the basis of either the indirect rate of their regular job classification or the indirect rate of the classification to which they are assigned, whichever is greater. When an indirect employee is temporarily assigned to a direct job classification outside their own occupational group, they shall be paid the higher of the rate of their regular job classification or the rate of the job classification to which they are assigned.

Direct. When a direct employee is temporarily assigned to another direct job classification outside their own occupational group, they shall be paid the higher of the direct rate of their regular job classification or the direct rate of the job classification to which they are assigned. An employee who is classified in a direct labor classification and who is temporarily transferred to an indirect labor classification, other than pursuant to Article VI, shall be paid either the rate of their regular classification or the rate of the classification to which they are assigned, whichever is greater.

Employees hired on or after January 28, 1984, who are working under the new hire rate progression, will be paid the appropriate rate provided for in this paragraph when temporarily transferred, reduced to the applicable rate based upon their time in the new hire rate progression.

116. No employee shall be temporarily transferred to another classification outside their occupational group (unless they consent) if there is an employee from another occupational group working in the group and shift and in the Operation to which they are regularly assigned; provided that this limitation shall not apply when an employee has been temporarily transferred out of the occupational group because of disability or their own request.

117. It is agreed that a shift differential shall be paid to an employee regularly assigned to other than the day shift as follows: an employee who works four or more hours after 3:00 p.m.

26

and before 11:00 p.m. shall receive a differential of fifty-five (.55) cents per hour for each hour worked; an employee who works four or more hours after 11:00
p.m. and before 7:00 a.m. shall receive a differential of sixty-five (.65) cents per hour for each hour worked. An employee regularly assigned to the first shift shall not receive a shift differential for overtime work. No change in method of shift differential pay will be made for an employee temporarily transferred from one shift to another for a period not exceeding one day. If such transfer exceeds one day, the shift differential shall be, or shall not be, paid in accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph relating to the shift on which they are temporarily working.

118. Saturday and Sunday shall be as defined in Article IV, Par. 24.

119. In the event the work of a job classification as set forth in Appendix "A" is discontinued or becomes inoperative, the Union will be immediately notified of the reason thereof. Such notification does not preclude the filing of a grievance should any disagreement arise between the parties.

120. Pay Adjustments and Corrections. Where a "retro" adjustment involves a deduction from the employee's pay, no more than $50 will be deducted from any one check. In the case of gross errors the $50 maximum will not apply and other arrangements will be made.

ARTICLE XII
COST-OF-LIVING

121. For the term of this contract, the cost-of-living provisions will be frozen.

122. (A) Except as set forth below in sub-paragraph (C)(3) and (4), all cost-of-living adjustments provided in this Article shall be accumulated in a cost-of-living float which shall be an "add-on," and shall not be part of an employee's classification rate. Such adjustments shall be payable only for clock hours actually worked and for reporting allowances and shall be included in the calculation of overtime premium, but, except as provided below, shall not be part of the employee's pay for any other purpose and shall not be used in calculation of any other pay, allowance, or benefit. Cost-of-living adjustments will be included in the calculation of holiday pay as defined in paragraph 31 of this Agreement. Vacation pay in any year will be calculated from the prior year's earnings as stated on the Wage and Tax Statement (Form W2) in accordance with paragraph 37 of the Agreement.

123. (B) The United States Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics, Consumer Price Index for Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers - C.P.I. - W U.S. City Average: All items 1982-84 = 100 shall be used as the basis for cost-of-living adjustments provided for in sections (C), (D) and (E) below. Such index shall be referred to as the "BLS-CPI."

124. (C) (1) During the calendar year 1999, there shall be four (4) cost-of-living adjustment dates: February 1, 1999, May 1, 1999, August 1, 1999, and November 1, 1999.

(2) The cost-of-living adjustment added to the cost-of-living float on such date (if a Monday) or on the first Monday following such 1999 adjustment dates, if any, will be an adjustment of one cent ($.01) for each full four-tenths (.4) points movement in the BLS-CPI index figures (after the six cent [$.06] "set off" or "corridor" set forth in [C] [3] below) based upon the following calculation months for the following 1999 adjustment dates:

February 1, 1999 - Subtract September, 1998 index figure from the December, 1998 index figure.

May 1, 1999 - Subtract December, 1998 index figure from the March, 1999 index figure.

27

August 1, 1999 - Subtract the March, 1999 index figure from the June, 1999 index figure.

November 1, 1999 - Subtract the June, 1999 index figure from the September, 1999 index figure.

If the calculation for any quarterly adjustment when dividing four-tenths (.4) into the applicable BLS-CPI index change between calculation month indexes results in tenths of the index left over, such tenths will be carried over into the BLS-CPI index change between the calculation month indexes for the next quarterly adjustment.

(3) The first six cents ($.06) which the above formula would otherwise generate for 1999 cost-of-living adjustments on the 1999 adjustment dates will not be paid in any form. No 1999 cost-of-living adjustments will be added to the cost-of-living float until the first six cents ($.06) which the application of the formula would produce has been exceeded and then only the amount generated in excess of six cents ($.06) shall be added to the cost-of-living float.

125. (D) (1) During the calendar year 2000, there shall be four (4) cost-of-living adjustment dates: February 1, 2000, May 1,2000, August 1, 2000, and November 1, 2000.

(2) The cost-of-living adjustment added to the cost-of-living float on such date (if a Monday) or on the first Monday following such 2000 adjustment dates, if any, will be an adjustment of one cent ($.01) for each full four-tenths (.4) points movement in the BLS-CPI index figures (after the six cent ($.06) "set off" or "corridor" set forth in (D) (3) below based upon the following calculation months for the following 2000 adjustment dates:

February 1, 2000 - Subtract the September, 1999 index figure from the December, 1999 index figure.

May 1, 2000 - Subtract the December, 1999 index figure from the March, 2000 index figure.

August 1, 2000 - Subtract the March, 2000 index figure from the June, 2000 index figure.

November 1, 2000 - Subtract the June, 2000 index figure from the September, 2000 index figure.

If the calculation for any quarterly adjustment when dividing four-tenths (.4) into the applicable BLS-CPI index change between calculation month indexes results in tenths of the index left over, such tenths will be carried over into the BLS-CPI index change between the calculation month indexes for the next quarterly adjustment.

(3) The first six cents ($.06) which the above formula would otherwise generate for 2000 cost-of-living adjustments on the 2000 adjustment dates will not be paid in any form. No 2000 cost-of-living adjustments will be added to the cost-of-living float until the first six cents ($.06) which the application of the formula would produce has been exceeded and then only the amount generated in excess of six cents ($.06) shall be added to the cost-of-living float.

126. (E) (1) During the calendar year 2001, there shall be four (4) cost-of-living adjustment dates: February 1, 2001, May 1, 2001, August 1, 2001, and November 1, 2001.

(2) The cost-of-living adjustment added to the cost-of-living float on such date (if a Monday) or on the first Monday following such 2001 adjustment dates, if any, will be an adjustment of one cent ($.01) for each full four-tenths (.4) points movement in the BLS-CPI index figures (after the three cent ($.03) "set off" or "corridor" set forth in (E) (3) below) based upon the following calculation months for the following 2001 adjustment dates:

February 1, 2001 - Subtract September, 2000 index figure from the December, 2000 index figure.

May 1, 2001 - Subtract December, 2000 index figure from the March, 2001 index figure.

August 1, 2001 - Subtract the March, 2001 index figure from the June, 2001 index figure.

November 1, 2001 - Subtract the June, 2001 index figure from the September, 2001 index figure.

If the calculation for any quarterly adjustment when dividing four-tenths (.4) into the applicable BLS-CPI index change between the calculation month indexes results in tenths of the index left over, such tenths will be carried over into the BLS-CPI index change between the calculation month indexes for the next quarterly adjustment.

28

(3) The first three cents ($.03) which the above formula would otherwise generate for 2001 cost-of-living adjustments on the 2001 adjustment dates will not be paid in any form. No 2001 cost-of-living adjustments will be added to the cost-of-living float until the first three cents ($.03) which the application of the formula would produce has been exceeded and then only the amount generated in excess of three cents ($.03) shall be added to the cost-of-living float.

127. (F) In no event will a reduction of the BLS-CPI and the application of the formulas set forth in Subsection (C), (D) and (E) provide the basis for a reduction of an employee's base rate and such reduction shall reduce the cost-of-living "add on" only to the extent of the amount accumulated in the cost-of-living float for the quarter or quarters involved.

128. (G) No adjustments, retroactive or otherwise, shall be made due to any revision which may later be made in the published BLS-CPI index for any month or months specified in Subsections (C), (D) and (E) above.

129. (H) Should the BLS-CPI, in its present form and on the same basis (including composition of the "Market Basket" and Consumer Sample) as the last index published prior to January 1, 1999 become unavailable, the parties shall attempt to adjust this Article or, if agreement is not reached, request the Bureau of Labor Statistics to provide the appropriate conversion or adjustment which shall be applicable thereafter. The purpose of such conversion shall be to produce as nearly as possible the same result as would have been achieved using the BLS-CPI in its present form.

130. (I) In the event the Bureau of Labor Statistics does not issue the Consumer Price Index on or before the beginning of the pay periods referred to above, any adjustments required will be made at the beginning of the first pay period after receipt of the Index.

ARTICLE XIII
SAFETY AND HEALTH

131. The Company and the Union will cooperate in the objective of eliminating accidents and health hazards. The Company shall continue to make reasonable provisions for the safety and health of its employees at the plants during the hours of their employment. The Company, the Union and the employees recognize their obligations and/or rights under existing federal and state laws with respect to safety and health matters.

132. Protective devices and safety apparel necessary to properly protect employees from injuries shall be provided by the Company. Complaints concerning inadequate heating and/or ventilation will be given prompt and due consideration.

133. The Company will request a physical examination of each and every new employee hired before they report for work. They may from time to time request a physical examination of employees now on the payroll of the Company. It is expressly understood and agreed that any physical examination of employees on the payroll shall be made at the Company's expense and shall not be done for the express purpose of separating the employee from the payroll of the Company.

134. Employees injured at work who, upon direction of the Company approved medical provider or facility, are unable to complete their shift shall be paid at their classification rate for the difference between the hours actually worked on that day and

29

1) On Monday through Friday, the hours they were actually scheduled to work that day, but not more than eleven; or

(2) On Saturday, Sunday or holiday if the injury took place during the first four (4) hours of work, four (4) hours at the applicable premium rate of pay; or, if the injury took place after four (4) hours of work, the number of hours for which they were scheduled (not in excess of eight) at the applicable premium rate of pay.

Nothing herein is intended to prevent employees from seeing a doctor of their own choice, but if they do so on the day of the injury payment under this clause shall require the concurrence of the Company.

135. A Safety Committee consisting of three employees designated by the Union and at least two management members designated by the Company shall be established to cover the plant. The Safety Committee shall hold monthly meetings at times determined by the Committee. The Committee may engage in periodic safety tours of the items agendaed as part of its regular safety meetings. Time spent in committee meetings and official committee plant tours shall be considered hours worked to be compensated by the Company. The function of the Safety Committee shall be to advise the plant management concerning safety and health and to discuss legitimate safety and health matters but not to handle grievances. In the discharge of its function, the Safety Committee shall:
consider existing practices and rules relating to safety and health, formulate suggested changes in existing practices and rules, recommend adoption of new practices and rules, review proposed safety and health programs developed by management and review accident severity and frequency statistics. All accidents involving fatalities or serious disabling injuries, or such other serious situations as merit investigation, such as fires, explosions, or like catastrophes shall be agendaed to the Safety Committee for consideration. Upon request, the Union Safety Committee will be given access on a confidential basis to reports or studies that directly relate to safety hazards, health or dangerous conditions that exist in the plant (e.g., air sampling and noise monitoring). A Union Safety Committee Member upon notice to the Management Safety Council shall be given affordable time to present issues pertaining to safety, at the Management Safety Council meeting.

136. The Union Chairperson or a designee shall be notified immediately when a serious accident has occurred. By the tenth of each month the Company will provide the Union a list of all employees who were sent from work to the physician for treatment during the prior month for work related (or claimed work related) injuries claimed at work during that month.

137. The Union Chairperson or a designee will be afforded time off from their job as may be required to visit departments at all reasonable times for the purpose of transacting the legitimate business of the Committee, after notice to the supervisor of the department to be visited and the permission (which shall not be withheld) from their own supervisor. The Company will pay up to four (4) hours/week toward the time spent in such activity.

138. New rules and regulations applicable to safety and health will be posed and discussed with the Safety Committee with the objective of increasing employee cooperation.

139. Recommendations of the Safety Committee shall be submitted to the appropriate Manager for their consideration and for such action that they may consider consistent with the Company's responsibility to provide for the safety and health of its employees during the hours of their employment and the mutual objective set forth in Par. 130.

30

140. Grievances involving safety matters shall first be raised orally between the grieving employee and their supervisor as provided in the grievance procedure. If the grievance is not satisfactorily resolved, the employee may immediately (within two (2) working days) file in writing in the second step under such procedure.

ARTICLE XIV
INSURANCE AND PENSIONS

141. Any benefits payable under said provisions will be coordinated so that the total Benefits Payable under all such group plans will not exceed 100% of the charges for such services.

142. The term "employer group or prepayment plan" is defined as any group plan for which any employer makes contributions or for which any employer provides a means of collecting contributions required by employees (including payroll deduction).

143. The Pension Agreement, separately executed, shall remain in effect for the term of this Agreement.

ARTICLE XV
SEVERANCE ALLOWANCE

144. When in the sole judgment of the Company it decides to permanently discontinue the operation of a plant or a substantial section of a plant and finds it necessary to terminate the employment of employees as a result thereof, any employee whose employment is terminated either directly or indirectly as a result thereof and who is not entitled or indirectly as a result thereof and who is not entitled to other employment with the Company under the provisions of Article VI of this Agreement or Par. 146 below will be entitled to a severance allowance in accordance with and subject to the provisions of this Article.

145. Eligibility. To be eligible for a severance allowance an employee must have accumulated one or more years of seniority at the time of termination, as computed in accordance with Article VI of this Agreement.

146. As an exception to Par. 145 above, however, any employee otherwise eligible for a severance allowance who is offered a job within the bargaining unit under the provisions of Article VI of this Agreement will not be entitled to severance allowances whether they accept or reject the job offer. If such a transfer results directly in the permanent termination of some other employee, that employee will then be eligible for a severance allowance, subject to all of the other provisions of this Article.

147. In lieu of severance allowance, the Company may offer an eligible employee a job outside the bargaining unit. The employee will have the option of either accepting the job offered or receiving severance allowance.

148. Scale of Allowance - An eligible employee will receive a severance allowance based on his seniority at the time of termination as follows:

                                   Weeks of
Seniority as of Date              Severance
of Termination                    Allowance
--------------------              ---------
1 year but less than 2 years        2 weeks

31

2 years but less than 5 years       4 weeks
5 years but less than 10 years      6 weeks
10 years but less than 20 years     8 weeks
20 years or more                   12 weeks

149. Calculation of Allowance - A week of severance allowance will be calculated in accordance with the provisions for calculating a week of paid vacation as set forth in Article V of the Agreement.

150. Payment of Severance Allowance - Payment of any severance allowance for which an employee may be eligible will be made in a lump sum at the time of termination.

151. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Article, any employee who is eligible for a severance allowance under the provisions of this Article, may, at the time of termination, elect to be placed on layoff status for a period of one
(1) year, rather than to be terminated and receive severance allowance. At the end of such period, such an employee may elect to remain on layoff status or to be terminated and receive the severance allowance to which they are entitled. If such an employee elects to remain on layoff at the expiration of such period, they will forfeit their right to the severance allowance to which they would otherwise be eligible.

152. An employee who voluntarily terminated their employment with the Company before they are terminated by the Company will not be entitled to a severance allowance.

153. Nonduplication of Allowance. Severance allowance shall not be duplicated for the same severance, whether the other obligation arises by reason of contract, law, or otherwise. If an individual is or shall become entitled to any discharge, liquidation, severance or dismissal allowance or payment of similar kind by reason of any law of the United States of America or any of the states, districts, or territories thereof subject to its jurisdiction, the total amount of such payments shall be deducted from the severance allowance to which the individual may be entitled under this Article, or any payment made by the Company under this Article may be offset against such payments. Statutory unemployment compensation payments shall be excluded from the nonduplication provisions of this Section, except that the severance allowance will be allocated by the Company to the equivalent number of weeks immediately following termination.

ARTICLE XVI
TERMINATION, EXPIRATION AND SCOPE

154. The terms and conditions of the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until 12:01 a.m. February 1, 2009, and shall continue in full force and effect indefinitely thereafter, provided, however, that either party may terminate this Agreement at any time on or after February 1, 2009 by giving to the other party at least sixty days prior written notice by certified mail of its election to terminate. In the event the Company shall desire such termination of the Agreement, such notice shall be sent by certified mail to the District Office of the United Steelworkers, 1126 South 70th Street, Suite S106A, West Allis, WI 53214 and a copy shall be sent to the offices of Local Union 3245 at 1620 Shore Drive, Beloit, Wisconsin, 53511. In the event the Union shall desire such termination of the Agreement, notice of such desire shall be sent by the Union by certified mail to the offices of the Company, 449 Gardner Street, South Beloit, IL 61080. Either party may by written notice change the address to which certified mail notice to it shall be given.

32

ARTICLE XVII
COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

155. It is understood and agreed that if any of the terms and provisions of this Agreement are, or become in violation of any State or Federal laws, they are null and void so long as they may be in violation, and it is further agreed that the parties hereto shall immediately meet for the purpose of resolving any term or provisions so indicated.

33

UNITED STEELWORKERS                     WARNER ELECTRIC, LLC.


-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
Leo W. Gerard                           Stan Owens
President United Steelworkers           Operation's Manager


-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
James D. English                        Charles Evans
Secretary-Treasurer                     Human Resources Manager


-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
Thomas Conway                           Gary Simpler
Vice President (Administration)         Legal Counsel


-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
Fred Redmond                            Tim McGowan
Vice President (Human Affairs)          Vice President
                                        Human Resources

-------------------------------------
Jon Geenen                              ----------------------------------------
Director District 2                     Judy Crandall
                                        Human Resource
                                        Representative
-------------------------------------
Bill Breihan
Staff Representative


-------------------------------------
Steve Reynolds
President, Local 3245


-------------------------------------
Robert Caples
Committeeperson


-------------------------------------
Gary Gillett
Committeeperson


-------------------------------------
James Elliott
Committeeperson


-------------------------------------
Jada Hammond
Committeeperson


-------------------------------------
Phil Sholes
Committeeperson

34

September 19, 1986

MR. LAWRENCE DUNCAN
STAFF REPRESENTATIVE

United Steelworkers of America
Beloit, Wisconsin 53511

Dear Mr. Duncan:

Our policy is to utilize our own employees to the maximum practical extent in production and maintenance work. At the same time, it is recognized that problems of skill, equipment, time, economy, and know-how may render it necessary or expedient to subcontract. Whenever the Union feels that subcontracting involves work which could be done economically and within the prescribed time limits by bargaining unit employees, the Company will discuss and explain the matter upon request to the Union. It is further agreed that the Company will notify the Union in writing prior to subcontractors coming into the plant to perform such work or such work being sent out, or contracts to perform such work being signed by management. This letter is not merely meant to constitute a notification procedure but it is intended to, where possible, provide sufficient advance notice so as to allow the Union to, upon request, discuss the decision.

Sincerely,


Donald F. Sorensen
Manager - Employee Relations
Warner Electric Brake & Clutch Company

35

Pension

For employees who retire or otherwise become eligible on or after January 30, 2005 the following formulas apply:

Formula to be used for benefits received effective January 30, 2005: $31.00 multiplied by years of accrued service.

For purposes of pension accrual years of continuous service will be frozen July 3, 2006. Employees who reach 30 years of service and who are at least 57 years of age, will be eligible to receive a lump sum payment based on frozen pension accrued .

36

APPENDIX "A"

       ASSEMBLER A (DIRECT LABOR)          8/6/06   1/28/07   1/27/08
       --------------------------          ------   -------   -------
Incumbent Rate                              14.20    14.48     14.77
Starting Wage Rate                          13.20    13.48     13.77
Wage Progression (3 months post hire)       13.45    13.73     14.02
Wage Progression (6 months post hire)       13.70    13.98     14.27
Wage Progression (9 months post hire)       13.95    14.23     14.52
Wage Progression (12 months post hire)      14.20    14.48     14.77

       ASSEMBLER B (DIRECT LABOR)          8/6/06   1/28/07   1/27/08
       --------------------------          ------   -------   -------
Incumbent Rate                              13.51    13.78     14.06
Starting Wage Rate                          10.50    10.71     10.92
Wage Progression (3 months post hire)       10.75    10.97     11.19
Wage Progression (6 months post hire)       11.00    11.22     11.44
Wage Progression (9 months post hire)       11.25    11.48     11.71
Wage Progression (12 months post hire)      11.50    11.73     11.96

        MACHINIST (DIRECT LABOR)           8/6/06   1/28/07   1/27/08
        ------------------------           ------   -------   -------
Incumbent Rate                              16.84    17.01     17.18
Starting Wage Rate                          14.00    14.28     14.57
Wage Progression (3 months post hire)       14.55    14.84     15.14
Wage Progression (6 months post hire)       15.10    15.40     15.71
Wage Progression (9 months post hire)       15.65    15.96     16.28
Wage Progression (12 months post hire)      16.20    16.52     16.85

     SHOP COORDINATOR (DIRECT LABOR)       8/6/06   1/28/07   1/27/08
     -------------------------------       ------   -------   -------
Incumbent Rate                              17.30    17.47     17.64
Starting Wage Rate                          14.50    14.79     15.09
Wage Progression (3 months post hire)       15.03    15.33     15.64
Wage Progression (6 months post hire)       15.56    15.87     16.19
Wage Progression (9 months post hire)       16.09    16.41     16.74
Wage Progression (12 months post hire)      16.62    16.95     17.29

    MATERIAL HANDLER (INDIRECT LABOR)      8/6/06   1/28/07   1/27/08
    ---------------------------------      ------   -------   -------
Incumbent Rate                              12.80    13.06     13.32
Starting Wage Rate                          10.50    10.71     10.92
Wage Progression (3 months post hire)       10.75    10.97     11.19
Wage Progression (6 months post hire)       11.00    11.22     11.44
Wage Progression (9 months post hire)       11.25    11.48     11.71
Wage Progression (12 months post hire)      11.50    11.73     11.96

37

       INSPECTOR (INDIRECT LABOR)          8/6/06   1/28/07   1/27/08
       --------------------------          ------   -------   -------
Incumbent Rate                              15.54    15.70    15.86
Starting Wage Rate                          13.00    13.26    13.53
Wage Progression (3 months post hire)       13.55    13.82    14.10
Wage Progression (6 months post hire)       14.10    14.38    14.67
Wage Progression (9 months post hire)       14.65    14.94    15.24
Wage Progression (12 months post hire)      15.20    15.50    15.81

      TRUCK DRIVER (INDIRECT LABOR)        8/6/06   1/28/07   1/27/08
      -----------------------------        ------   -------   -------
Incumbent Rate                              15.19    15.34    15.49
Starting Wage Rate                          14.00    14.28    14.57

  TRUCK DRIVER DIESEL (INDIRECT LABOR)     8/6/06   1/28/07   1/27/08
  ------------------------------------     ------   -------   -------
Incumbent Rate                              15.72    15.88    16.04
Starting Wage Rate                          14.25    14.54    14.83

    TOOL & DIE MAKER (INDIRECT LABOR)      8/6/06   1/28/07   1/27/08
    ---------------------------------      ------   -------   -------
Incumbent Rate                              18.69    18.69    18.88
Starting Wage Rate                          17.62    17.97    18.33

SENIOR TOOL & DIE MAKER (INDIRECT LABOR)   8/6/06   1/28/07   1/27/08
----------------------------------------   ------   -------   -------
Incumbent Rate                              19.07    19.07    19.26
Starting Wage Rate                          17.62    17.97    18.33

    MASTER MECHANIC (INDIRECT LABOR)       8/6/06   1/28/07   1/27/08
    --------------------------------       ------   -------   -------
Incumbent Rate                              18.45    18.45    18.63
Starting Wage Rate                          17.39    17.74    18.09

 SENIOR MASTER MECHANIC (INDIRECT LABOR)   8/6/06   1/28/07   1/27/08
 ---------------------------------------   ------   -------   -------
Incumbent Rate                              18.89    18.89    19.08
Starting Wage Rate                          17.39    17.74    18.09

      ELECTRICIAN (INDIRECT LABOR)         8/6/06   1/28/07   1/27/08
      ----------------------------         ------   -------   -------
Incumbent Rate                              19.48    19.48    19.67
Starting Wage Rate                          18.36    18.73    19.10

   SENIOR ELECTRICIAN (INDIRECT LABOR)     8/6/06   1/28/07   1/27/08
   -----------------------------------     ------   -------   -------
Incumbent Rate                              19.88    19.88    20.08
Starting Wage Rate                          18.36    18.73    19.10

38

APPENDIX "B"
(RATE RETENTION GROUPS)

1. Material Handler

2. Assembler A, Assembler B

3. Machinist

4. Shop Coordinator

5. Inspector

6. Truck Driver

7. Truck Driver Diesel

8. Senior Tool & Die, Tool & Die

9. Senior Master Mechanic, Master Mechanic

10. Senior Electrician, Electrician

APPENDIX "C"
OVERTIME DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

1. Supervisors shall be responsible for the equilization of overtime and for maintaining and the daily posting of overtime distribution records; each group showing the names of the employees in the group and the overtime hours worked and/or declined by each employee, total overtime hours charged, and the employee's shift and overtime group to which assigned. Overtime hours charged but not worked will be identified with a circle around the hours charged.

2. Overtime within each overtime group shall be maintained within the thirty straight time hour spread, regardless of shift.

3. Only overtime that is offered to an employee on or before his shift prior to the shift on which the overtime is to be worked will be charged to an employee who declines the offered overtime. It is agreed that in the event an employee is scheduled to work overtime for any of the reasons spelled out below, they shall be charged. There is no intent to allow anyone to arbitrarily schedule an employee to work overtime just for the sake of charging them to bring their overtime in line without working anyone. For the purpose of charging overtime, it is understood that, the overtime period begins at the time the employee completes a normal work day (8 hours).

4. No employee shall be discriminated against or disciplined for their inability to work overtime, except that an employee shall be required to work overtime if they have agreed to do so, or if they have been notified to work overtime at least forty (40) hours ahead of time and have not been excused.

5. Overtime hours worked or declined by the employee shall be charged on the basis of straight time for each hour.

6. When an employee new to the Company has passed sixty days of their probationary period, they shall be charged with the average overtime hours in the overtime group to which they are assigned. The new employee will not work overtime hours prior to their 60th day unless all employees in their overtime group are assigned to work overtime, or unless all other available employees in their overtime group have been asked to work.

39

7. When an employee is transferred (other than temporary transfers) they shall be charged with the average of the overtime group to which they are assigned on the first day of their transfer.

8. When an employee in an overtime group is absent for any reason, they shall be charged for the overtime hours that they could have worked had they been available.

9. When the Company attempts, but is unable to contact any employee not on Company premises, the employee shall not be charged with the overtime hours which the Company was attempting to offer them.

10. The Company may schedule employees to continue work during overtime hours which they were performing during straight-time hours even though this may create a temporary imbalance of overtime opportunities within the limitations specified in Paragraph 2 above.

11. When an overtime group is exhausted the Company will use an employee from that same occupational group provided there is not an experienced employee currently in the area.

12. If an overtime group is not exhausted, and an employee from another overtime group performs overtime work in that overtime group (except as is provided in Paragraph 34, Article IV) the Company shall reimburse the low employee in the overtime group for the actual overtime hours they would otherwise have worked, at the appropriate overtime premium rate. It is recognized that time to time an employee scheduled for overtime may fail to report as scheduled, and the Company may assign an employee from another overtime group if necessary, or an employee from the proper overtime group, whichever is practicable, without incurring any violation of these overtime distribution provisions, until such time as with reasonable diligence a proper employee from the proper overtime group can be assigned. For purposes of this Appendix, the availability of an employee in an overtime group shall be considered exhausted if all hours of overtime opportunity are offered to the employees within the overtime group in a twenty-four (24) hour period in accordance with the provisions of Article III and Article IV of this Agreement.

13. If the Company bypasses the lowest available employee in the overtime group (and the overtime hours of such employee are lower than the permissible spread at the time the overtime begins), the Company shall be liable to reimburse such employee at the appropriate overtime premium rate for the actual overtime hours they otherwise would have worked. Employees who receive reimbursement without working shall be charged with the appropriate number of hours on the overtime list.

14. The overtime distribution total shall continue from year to year without a cutoff date being applicable. In other words, if an employee is behind on their overtime opportunities for the previous contract year, they shall have first opportunity for overtime hours in the succeeding year. The overtime totals shall be carried over at the end of each contract year in the same manner as they are carried over from month to month during the contract year.

15. For purposes of overtime distribution only, a vacation taken in weekly increments will be considered to start on Friday after the completion of the employee's shift and finishing at the start of the employee's shift on Monday following the week or the multiple of weeks vacation. In the case of a day or day's vacation immediately before a weekend, the weekend shall be considered as part of the employee's vacation with work commencing on their regular shift on Monday. If

40

the employee elects to take a day or day's vacation starting Monday, the vacation will be considered as having started on the previous Friday at the end of the employee's shift. In the case of single day's vacation taken on Friday or Monday, an employee may at their option, if asked, work weekend overtime.

16. In scheduling weekend overtime the following procedure shall apply:

(A) The supervisor involved will, in accordance with normal practice, determine how many, and which employees are required for Friday, Saturday, and Sunday overtime.

Should the supervisor determine to ask an employee who would be "on vacation" (which, in accordance with this paragraph 15 of the Overtime Distribution Agreement, begins at the end of their shift on Friday) the employee will be charged for overtime if asked. If the employee's entire overtime group has been scheduled, the employee will be considered "asked."

(B) The Company may, either by asking the employee as an individual or by scheduling their entire overtime group, offer an employee overtime work on the Friday or Saturday or Sunday which begins their vacation. No disciplinary action will be taken if the employee refuses this overtime unless they have accepted the overtime assignment and fail to report.

When the Company schedules or asks an entire overtime group for a week or more at a time all employees in that overtime group will be charged for all hours scheduled or asked unless the employees overtime is cancelled by a supervisor. When an employee is on leave of absence or vacation they will be charged for overtime hours worked if one employee above the employee on leave of absence or vacation and all the employees below are asked to work.

(C) With the exception of the Friday or Saturday or Sunday which begins as employee's vacation, an employee on vacation will not be eligible for overtime assignments during their vacation, but will however be charged for overtime in accordance with Paragraph 8 of the Overtime Distribution Agreement.

17. If an employee has a physical limitation, known to the supervisor, due to a dermatitis condition, back or weight limitation, or legal restriction, etc., so that they are precluded from these tasks during straight time hours, they will not be permitted to work at these tasks on overtime hours. However, they shall be charged for all overtime hours that would have been available to them, provided that another employee actually performs the work. Such limitation shall be noted on the overtime record.

18. The Company shall make every attempt to notify employees of overtime as soon as possible.

41

APPENDIX "D"
OVERTIME GROUPS

Group #1  - Material Handler
Group #2  - Assembler A
Group #3  - Assembler B
Group #4  - Machinist
Group #5  - Shop Coordinator
Group #6  - Inspector
Group #7  - Truck Driver
Group #8  - Truck Driver Diesel
Group #9  - Senior Tool & Die, Tool & Die

Group #10 - Senior Master Mechanic, Master Mechanic Group #11 - Senior Electrician, Electrician

LETTER OF UNDERSTANDING

Any overtime groups agreed to, are subject to change as new cells are developed.

42

ENROLLMENT DATES

Group Health Insurance

The participant can re-enroll on January 1st of each year. The participants cannot make a change in plan coverage unless there is a qualifying event such as marriage, birth, etc. Changes such as adding a dependent, dropping a dependent may be made at any time during the year.

Option Life

Participants may enroll or increase their coverage once a year during the first two calendar weeks of December. They may stop at any time with 30 days advanced notice.

401(k)

Initial enrollments, changes in the amount of contribution, investment elections, and investment transfers can be done at any time. Contributions may be stopped at any time. Participants may reenroll the first day of the following month after they stop deductions.

401(K) PROGRAM EFFECTIVE JULY 1, 2006, COMPANY MATCHES 50% UP TO 6% (FOR TOTAL OF 3% OF ELIGIBLE WAGES)

Employee Contribution    Employer Contribution            Total
---------------------   ----------------------   ----------------------
 1% of eligible wages   0.5% of eligible wages   1.5% of eligible wages
          2%                     1.0%                     3.0%
          3%                     1.5%                     4.5%
          4%                     2.0%                     6.0%
          5%                     2.5%                     7.5%
          6%                     3.0%                     9.0%

APPENDIX "E" INSURANCE
SCHEDULE OF BENEFITS

               FOR YOU                             FOR YOUR DEPENDENTS
               -------                             -------------------
Life insurance:                         Life insurance: Spouse $4,000 Each
$35,000 effective 1/30/05               dependent child $2,000

Additional life and AD&D:               Additional spouse and dependent life
In $1,000 increments combined maximum   insurance: Spouse $10,000/dependent
coverage $55,000 through payroll        $4,000 available through payroll
deduction.                              deduction.

Sickness & Accident:                    Not applicable.
67% of base pay up to a maximum of
$380 per week effective 8/1/2006.

Life insurance and accidental death and dismemberment insurance benefits are both occupational and non-occupational. All other benefits are non-occupational.

No benefits for A.D. & D. shall be payable for any loss resulting from taking poison, asphyxiation, or inhalation of gas, self-destruction, acts attributable to war and other causes

43

specified in the policy; or, when the date of accidental bodily injury is more than one hundred twenty days from the date the loss is sustained.

Accident and sickness benefits begin on the first day of accident, first day of hospitalization or outpatient surgery, and eighth day of sickness, and continue for a maximum of twenty-six weeks during any one period of disability. Worker's Compensation to be supplemented by Accident and Sickness Benefit including a payment at the per diem Sickness and Accident level (1/5th of the Sickness and Accident Weekly Benefit Amount) for the Worker's compensation waiting period (not including the day of the accident which is covered by Paragraph 133 of the Collective Bargaining Agreement). Such supplement for the waiting period may be by direct payment or insured with the Sickness and Accident carrier and if the waiting period is subsequently paid by any other insurance, by any governmental agency or from any other source, the Company shall be entitled to reimbursement from the employee by payroll deduction, set off from future Worker's compensation payments from the Worker's Compensation insurance carrier or any other reasonable method of recoupment, other than recoup from a private policy carried by the individual employee where he or she is paying the full premium.

The individual certificate will define a continuous disability or confinement.

"Dependents" include only, your spouse and unmarried children from the date of live birth until nineteen years, stepchildren and legally adopted children are eligible dependents; but parents or other relatives are not eligible for dependent coverage even though supported by you. Children after attainment of age nineteen while incapable of self support because of a disabling sickness or injury that commenced prior to age nineteen are covered provided such child was eligible for coverage as a dependent prior to age nineteen. Such children must otherwise meet the definition of dependent children, must legally reside with you, and must be principally supported by you. Children until age twenty seven are eligible dependents if they are full-time students at an accredited school provided they are unmarried and otherwise a dependent.

Eligibility - A regular employee actively at work will be eligible immediately. Future new regular employees will become eligible on the first day of the month after hire.

Employees and dependents who retire between the ages of 57 and 65 shall have their coverage continued (except for regular life insurance, A.D. & D., and weekly sickness and accident benefits) until such time as they are qualified for Medicare or Medicaid or in the case of children until they no longer qualify because of age, disability, marriage, etc.

44

INSURANCE AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into this 17th day of May 2006 by and between WARNER ELECTRIC, LLC or its successors or assigns (hereinafter referred to as the "Company") and the UNITED STEELWORKERS (hereinafter referred to as the "Union") on behalf of itself and LOCAL UNION NO. 3245.

Definitions

1. Wherever used herein:

(a) "Employee" means an individual in the bargaining unit who has completed their first 60 days (except for health care);

(b) "Program" means the program of insurance benefits established by this Agreement;

Program of Insurance Benefits

2. The Program shall be applicable to Employees while this Agreement is in effect in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, subject to the following provisions:

(a) Employees not actively at work on May 17, 2006 shall not be eligible to participate under the Program until they return to active work on or May 17, 2006 provided, however, that any Employee who shall return to work and who shall subsequently become eligible for benefits due to a recurrence of a disability or claim which commenced prior to May 17, 2006, will be eligible for benefits at the applicable rates of benefits provided for under the Program, but only for the balance of the period for which he would have been entitled to benefits under the Prior Program.

(b) The amounts of life insurance after retirement provided for under the Program shall be applicable in accordance with the Benefit Continuation Clause for Early Retirement Window Plan.

45

Medical & Dental Plan

3. (a) Effective August 1, 2006, a comprehensive Preferred Provider Organization (PPO) medical, offering both in and out of network benefits, will become effective for all employees. A summary of the plan benefits is outlined below:

ALTRA BASIC PLAN
SCHEDULE OF BENEFITS

BENEFIT                                   IN-NETWORK               OUT-OF-NETWORK
-------                                   ----------               --------------
Annual Deductible               $500/$1,000                     $1,000/$3,000
Coinsurance                     80%/20%                         60%/40%
Out of Pocket Maximum           $2,000/$4,000                   $4,000/$8,000
Lifetime Maximum                Unlimited                       Unlimited

OFFICE VISIT COPAYMENTS
Primary Care Physician          $15 per visit                   N/A
Specialist                      $30 per visit                   N/A

INPATIENT HOSPITAL SERVICES
Inpatient Care                  20% after deductible            40% after deductible
Surgery & Anesthesia            20% after deductible            40% after deductible
Physicians Services             20% after deductible            40% after deductible
X-ray & Lab Services            20% after deductible            40% after deductible

OUTPATIENT SERVICES
Outpatient Surgery              20% after deductible            40% after deductible

MATERNITY SERVICES
Hospital Services               20% after deductible            40% after deductible
Prenatal-Postpartum             Office Visit Copay $15 or $30   40% after deductible

MENTAL HEALTH/SUBSTANCE ABUSE
Inpatient                       20% after deductible            40% after deductible
                                As many days as medically
                                necessary.
Outpatient                      Office Visit Copay $15 or $30   40% after deductible

EMERGENCY ROOM                  $50 Copay                       40% after deductible
                                *(waived if admitted)

MEDICAL SERVICES
Office Visits                   Office Visit Copay $15 or $30   40% after deductible
Gynecological Visits            Office Visit Copay $15 or $30   40% after deductible
Specialist Visit                Office Visit Copay $15 or $30   40% after deductible
Well Child (Immunizations)      Office Visit Copay $15 or $30   40% after deductible
Annual Physical                 Office Visit Copay $15 or $30   40% after deductible
X-ray & Lab                     20% after deductible            40% after deductible
Allergy Tests & Treatment       Office Visit Copay $15 or $30   40% after deductible

PRESCRIPTION DRUG
Generic                                   $10 Copay

46

Brand                                     $25 Copay
Non-Formulary                             $40 Copay
Mail Order                       90-day supply, $20, $50, $80
Retail                                  Not Available

VISION CARE
Eye Exam                                   $60 - per plan year, no network
Eyewear                                     $100 allowance per plan year

OTHER SERVICES
Skilled Nursing Facility        20% after deductible            40% after deductible
Home Health Care                20% after deductible            40% after deductible
Durable Medical Equipment       No Copay, no deductible         40% after deductible
Chiropractic Services, $500     Office Visit Copay $15 or $30   40% after deductible
Maximum

Weekly Medical Plan Contribution

                        8/6/2006   1/28/2007   1/27/2008   1/4/2009
                        --------   ---------   ---------   --------
Single                   $20.35      $28.81      $34.00     $ 40.12
Employee& Spouse         $38.06      $53.90      $63.60     $ 75.04
Employee & Child(ren)    $36.39      $51.53      $60.81     $ 71.76
Family                   $53.07      $75.15      $88.67     $104.63

On an annual basis, if an additional plan is made available to non-bargaining unit employees, this plan will be made available to bargaining unit employees subject to bargaining with the union.

Contributions will be set at the lesser of 30% of the actual premium or a guaranteed maximum as stated in the medical and dental charts.

Year 2006 deductibles will be prorated to 5/12 of the plan's requirement ($208 per person/$416 per family for in-network care).

47

Dental Plan

Dental benefits are provided based on the schedule below:

Annual Deductible:              $25/$75
Benefit Type:
Preventive ($0 Ded.)            100%
Basic                           80%*
Major                           50%*
Orthodontic Benefit ($0 Ded.)   50%*
Maximum Annual Benefit          $1,000 per person
Orthodontic Lifetime
Maximum                         $1,500 per person

* DeltaPreferred and DeltaPremier dentists will accept Delta Dental's payment, plus any required employee coinsurance and any applicable deductible as payment in full. These dentists will file your claims for you. If you go to a non-network dentist, payment will be made directly to you unless you assign benefits to the dentist. Delta Dental will pay the lower of usual, reasonable, and customary as determined by the Plan of the state in which services are rendered or the fee the dentist bills for covered services. You will be responsible for paying the difference between the non-participating dentist's charge and Delta Dental's payment.

Weekly Dental Plan Contribution

         1/1/2006   1/1/2007   1/1/2008   1/1/2009
         --------   --------   --------   --------
Single     $1.76      $2.00      $2.00      $2.00
Couple     $3.01      $3.39      $3.39      $3.39
Family     $5.15      $5.80      $5.80      $5.80

Hearing aids and the associated examination will be self-funded at 50/50 to a maximum Company payment of $2,500 every three (3) years. Eligible dependents are covered.

(a) Employees with life insurance and AD & D coverage shall have the right, at their option, to increase both coverages equally through payroll deduction, at their own expense, in $1,000 increments, at $.44/month per $1000, up to a maximum of $55,000 life insurance coverage and $55,000 AD & D coverage. Coverage shall be on a monthly basis. Employees may initiate, increase, or decrease such additional coverages during the first two (2) weeks of December and may terminate at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice.

(b) The dental program shall not be subject to the insurance continuation provisions of Section 11 of this Agreement, nor shall this program be provided for future retirees.

(c) Employees with dependent life insurance coverage shall have the right, at their option, to increase the coverage through payroll deduction, at their own expense at the rates listed below. The additional $10,000 spouse/$4,000 dependent insurance coverage shall be paid on a monthly basis through payroll deduction.

48

Employees may initiate, increase, or decrease such additional coverages during the first two (2) weeks of December and may terminate at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice.

                  Cost
Age of         Per Family
Employee        Per Month
--------       ----------
Less than 30     $ 1.50
Age 30-34        $ 1.60
Age 35-39        $ 1.90
Age 40-44        $ 2.60
Age 45-49        $ 3.80
Age 50-54        $ 5.60
Age 55-59        $ 8.40
Age 60-64        $12.20
Age 65-69        $18.70

Cost of Benefits

4. The cost of the benefits under the Program shall be paid by the Company, except as provided below in this Paragraph 4 and 7 hereof:

(a) Any employee on layoff who elects to continue basic life insurance after the last month of layoff for which such life insurance is continued without contribution by him will be required to pay $.44 per month (or the applicable group premium rate at the time of the layoff) per $1,000 of basic life insurance for each month as to which he is eligible in order to continue such insurance.

(b) The amounts required to be paid for benefits provided under law in excess of basic Program benefits shall be paid entirely by the Employees.

Participation by Employees

5. Each employee shall be a participant in the Program and the amount, if any, which he shall be required to contribute to the cost thereof shall be deducted by the Company from his pay. Each Employee shall furnish to the Company any such written authorization or assignment (in a form agreed to by the Company and the Union) as shall be necessary to authorize the deduction from his pay of the amount of any contributions.

Changing selection during plan year is possible only if you have a change in your family situation. This would include:

- The birth or adoption of a child.

- Marriage or divorce.

- Death of your spouse or other dependent.

- Significant change in employee or spousal health coverage attributable to the spouse's employment.

- Employee or spousal employment status change.

49

Other major changes may be considered, depending on the circumstances.

Requirements of Law

6. It is intended that the provisions for the insurance benefits which shall be included in the Program shall comply with and be in substitution for the provisions for similar benefits which are or shall be made by any applicable law or laws. Where, by agreement, certain basic benefits under the Program are provided under law rather than under the Program, the Company will pay the amount required to be paid therefor, including any employee contribution required by law on account of such benefits. The Company shall, after consultation with the Union, reduce the benefits of the Program to the extent that benefits provided under any law would otherwise duplicate any of the Program benefits.

Effective January 30, 2005, active and retired employees and their dependents, who are 65 years or older and who are entitled to Medicare, will not be reimbursed for the Part B monthly premium, if they are paying such premium under the Medicare Program. In addition, the Company will not reimburse the monthly Part B premium for disability retirees retiring on or after January 30, 2005 if they are paying such premium under the Medicare program.

Additional and Alternate Benefits

7. The Program shall be in substitution for any and all insurance benefits or payments to or on behalf of Employees for death, sickness or accident, hospitalization, medical or surgical service provided by the Company in whole or in part, except as the Company and the Union have agreed or may agree in writing.

Administration of the Program

8. The Program shall be administered by the Company or through arrangements provided by it. Except as may otherwise be provided in this Agreement, the Company will arrange to have the hospitalization and physicians' services benefits under the Program provided through contracts with carriers selected by the Company, which contracts, respectively, shall be consistent with this Agreement and shall provide benefits in the amounts listed in Appendix E. Sickness and accident benefits and life insurance shall be provided by such method and through such carriers, if any, as the Company in its sole discretion shall determine.

All benefits except life insurance, accidental death and dismemberment and weekly income benefits shall be paid directly to the provider of the service for which benefits are payable.

Administration of Sickness and Accident Benefits

9. The payment of sickness and accident benefits is an obligation of the Company, but the Agreement with the Union permits the Company to provide the payment through a policy with an insurance company. The Company performs important administrative functions in connection with the handling of claims, including the issuance of benefit checks. In the typical case, such handling is routine and a claim is paid within two weeks after it is received by the Company. The Company is authorized to make benefit payments on claims without prior approval of the insurance company when Company personnel engaged in claims work determine the claim meets

50

the standards established by the insurance company for Company approval. If you have a claim which does not meet these standards it is referred to the insurance company for decision and you are notified of such action within two weeks after the claim is received by the Company. In reaching its decision, the insurance company may take reasonable steps to investigate the medical and other factual aspects of the claim.

Life Insurance for Disability Retirees

10. An employee who shall retire on or after January 30, 2005 under the disability provisions of the Company Pension Plan at or after age 57 and prior to age 62 will have his life insurance (in the full amount set forth in Appendix
E) continued until age 62 at which time it will be reduced to $5,000.00

An employee who shall retire under the disability provisions of the Company Pension Plan prior to age 57 will receive in equal monthly installments over a five year period the full face value of his life insurance benefit then in effect. If death occurs before the full face value has been paid, his beneficiary will be paid the difference between said full face value and the amount already paid.

At the time an employee in any of the above categories leaves the employment of the Company, Accidental Death & Dismemberment coverage will cease.

BENEFIT CONTINUATION CLAUSE FOR EARLY RETIREMENT WINDOW PLAN

The Company and the Union have agreed to an early retirement window plan which shall be available to designated employees who notify the Company of their election to retire by August 1, 2006 and retire before December 31, 2006.

Employees who retire in accordance with the above-described early retirement window plan ("early retirees"), and employees who have retired between December 1, 2004 and May 5, 2006, shall be eligible for continued coverage under the Company's medical and retiree life insurance plans until they reach age 65.

Early retirees who elect continued coverage shall make the same contributions and receive the same medical benefits as active employees. Early retirees shall be eligible for single, couple or family coverage, subject to the applicable contribution. Contributions to the cost of insurance shall be made by the retiree by sending in a monthly check to the Company by the 1st of each month.

Early retirees between the ages of 57 and 65, who elect single, couple or family coverage under the medical plan, shall have their medical coverage continued until such a time they are qualified for Medicare or Medicaid or in the case of children until they no longer qualify because of age, disability, marriage, etc.

Early retirees shall be subject to the same plan terms and rules as active employees, including but not limited to dates for changing coverage, contributions, exclusions, co-pays, deductibles, benefits, limits on benefits, etc. Such terms and rules may be amended, subject only to the Company's duty to negotiate with the Union over changes in benefits affecting active employees. If any amendments are made to the terms affecting active employees, early retirees

51

will be subject to the same amendments as active employees. In the event coverage for active employees is terminated, coverage for early retirees shall also be terminated.

For purposes of COBRA coverage, retirement shall be treated as a qualifying event and the maximum period for COBRA coverage shall be measured from the date of retirement.

This clause shall survive expiration of the collective bargaining agreement. This clause shall be binding on the Company and its successors.

RETIREMENT OPTION 1.
SPECIAL RETIREMENT PROGRAM

- Employees age 57+ with 30 years of service as of December 31, 2006

- Must elect to retire by August 1, 2006

- Still eligible for $2,000 ratification payment

- Retiree healthcare benefits remain intact. Retiree healthcare available at applicable (currently 25%, 30% effective 1/1/2007) active employee contribution rate, OR a one-time $13,000 cash payment in lieu of healthcare benefits.

- Lump sum pension payment option is available.

- Retiree healthcare assurance letter provided.

- Warner Electric management will determine last day worked, which will be prior to 12/31/2006 or a later date by mutual agreement.

RETIREMENT OPTION 2.
EARLY RETIREMENT PROGRAM

- Employees age 57+ with 5 years of service as of December 31, 2006

- Must elect to retire by August 1, 2006

- Still eligible for $2,000 ratification payment

- $13,000 cash payment

- Retiree healthcare and retiree life insurance is no longer available

- Plan does not allow a lump sum pension payment for employees with less than 30 years of service.

- Warner Electric management will determine last day worked, which will be prior to 12/31/2006 or a later date by mutual agreement.

Extension of Benefits

11. If an employee shall be absent from the service of the Company for a period not to exceed thirty (30) months, due to non-occupational disability (validated by doctor's certificate) the insurance program shall be kept in effect for such employees during such thirty (30) month's period only. In cases of absence due to occupational disability, the insurance program shall be kept in effect for up to five (5) years.

52

In cases of layoff of employees with less than two (2) years of seniority, the group insurance program shall cease on the last day worked except that such employee shall have the conversion privileges provided for in the master insurance policy. In cases of layoff of employees with two (2) or more years of seniority, sickness and accident benefit coverage will cease on the last day worked; life insurance, hospitalization benefits, and surgical benefits shall be kept in effect for two (2) months after the end of the month in which the employee last worked; life insurance may be continued thereafter for a period of an additional twelve (12) months by paying the required premiums in advance to the Company in the amount specified in Paragraph 4 (a) above.

In cases where an active employee dies with five (5) but less than ten (10) years of seniority with dependent coverage in effect at the time of death, the dependent coverage (hospital, surgical, medical, dental and drug only) will be continued for the dependents during the month of death and the following six months assuming continued payment of the monthly premium contribution provided for in the group insurance program. This extension shall be the month of death and the twelve following months in the case of an active employee who dies with ten (10) or more years of seniority and with dependent coverage in effect at the time of death.

Extent of Company Obligation

12. The failure of any carrier to provide for benefits under the Program shall not result in any liability to the Company, nor shall such failure be considered a breach by the Company of any of the obligations which it has undertaken by this or any other agreement with the Union. In the event of any such failure, the Company and the Union shall immediately take action to provide substitute coverage in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Differences between claimants and the insurance carrier or their agents shall not be subject to the grievance procedure provided in the Basic Agreement. In the event of a disputed claim the Company will assist in communicating with the insurance carrier to assure compliance with the Master Insurance Contract.

Insurance Reports

13. The Union shall be furnished, upon request, an annual report regarding the Program. From time to time during the term of this Agreement, the Union shall be furnished such additional information as shall be reasonably required for the purpose of enabling it to be properly informed concerning the operation of the Program. Any accounting under the Program shall make no distinction between the experience with respect to Employees and other employees who may be covered, except that experience of employees who participate in the Program on a different basis or are entitled to different benefits from those provided for employees represented by the Union shall be included in such accounting only to the extent that the Company and the Union agree to such inclusion. The Company will continue the present arrangements under which it undertakes the keeping of insurance records of individual employees, the completion of individual employees' certificates, the recording of changes in insurance classifications and a major portion of the investigation and payment of claim. The cost to the Company of performing such work will not, for any accounting under the Program, be deemed to be a cost of the Program.

Job Security Agreement

- South Beloit manufacturing operations will remain open for the life of the collective bargaining agreement (through January 31, 2009), subject to paragraph 3 of the Job Security Agreement.

53

- In the event that any bargaining unit employee of the active payroll as of the date of ratification of this collective bargaining agreement is laid off without expectation of recall during the term of the collective bargaining agreement, he/she will have the right to elect severance pay at two times the rate provided in the collective bargaining agreement. Election of severance pay will terminate the employee's seniority rights.

- This agreement will become null and void in the event the plant is closed due to an Act of God, or in the event the plant fails to perform at least a 5% EBITDA level for two (2) consecutive quarters.

TERM OF AGREEMENT

The Insurance Agreement dated May 17, 2006 shall remain in effect through February 1, 2009. This Agreement shall become effective as of May 17, 2006 and shall remain in effect until February 1, 2009 in accordance with the Basic Agreement.

54

.

.
.

EXHIBIT 10.9

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE 1 - AGREEMENT                                              P. 6
1.1   Dates and Names
1.2   Preamble

ARTICLE 2 - RECOGNITION                                            P. 6
2.1   Explained

ARTICLE 3 - MANAGEMENT PREROGATIVES                                P. 6
3.1   Explained

ARTICLE 4 - NO STRIKE-NO LOCKOUT                                   P. 6 - P. 7
4.1   Explained
4.2   Arbitrator power

ARTICLE 5 - UNION SHOP                                             P. 7
5.1   Explained
5.2   Indemnification

ARTICLE 6 - CHECK-OFF                                              P. 7 - P. 9
6.1   Authorization
6.2   Initial Deduction
6.3   Wage Period
6.4   Remittance
6.5   Authorization Cards
6.6   Collecting More Than One Month
6.7   Liability
6.8   Check-Off Wording
6.9   Retiree Check-off Opportunity

ARTICLE 7 - SENIORITY                                              P. 9 - P. 15
7.1   Job Classifications
7.2   "Cell" Defined
7.3   "Cell Operator -Primary" Defined
7.4   "Cell Operator - Secondary" Defined
7.5   "Cell Operator-Support" Defined
7.6   Seniority of Cell Operators
7.7   Filling of Posted Cell Vacancies
7.8   Rates for Cell Operators
7.9   Overtime Equalization of Cell Operators
7.10  Work Force Reduction & Layoff
7.11  Readjustment of the Work Force
7.12  Reassignment to a Previous Classification
7.13  Prohibition on Bumping into Higher Base Rate Job
7.14  Relinquishing Seniority in Prior Classification
      When Recalled
7.15  Only Low Seniority Employees Should Be Laid Off
7.16  Recall in Reverse Order of Layoff
7.17  Temporary Assignments
7.18  Rates Paid For Temporary Assignments
7.19  Necessity For Temporary Shift Changes
7.20  Shift Preference Rules
7.21  Cross Training; Seniority List
7.22  Probationary Employees
7.23  Temporary or Vacation Replacements
7.24  When Employee Becomes "Seniority Employee"
7.25  Trainees for Excluded Positions
7.26  Temporary Excluded Positions (Temporary Supervisors)
7.27  Transfers or Promotions to an Excluded Status
7.28  Excluded Personnel Doing Bargaining Unit Work
7.29  Seniority Date
7.30  Loss of Seniority Provisions
7.31  Temporary Layoffs Not to Exceed Four Working Days

1

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

ARTICLE 8 - HOURS AND PREMIUM PAY                                  P. 15 - P. 17
8.1   Forty Hour Week and Allowable Exceptions
8.2   Overtime Pay Rules
8.3   Voluntary Overtime
8.4   Weekend Work and Absenteeism
8.5   Overtime Equalization Statement
8.6   Notice to Cancel Already Scheduled Overtime
8.7   Notice to Employees for Saturday or Sunday Overtime
8.8   Union Representation on Overtime
8.9   Overtime Equalization Rules
8.10  Reporting and Call-In Pay

ARTICLE 9 - BIDDING                                                P. 17 - P. 18
9.1   General Bidding and Posting Requirements
9.2   Hiring From Outside
9.3   Prohibition on Bidding After Giving Up a Bid
9.4   Probation Period After Bid
9.5   Medical Restricted Employee Returning to Classification
      After Temporary Assignment
9.6   Posting for Qualified Persons
9.7   Training Schedule
9.8   Effective Dates of Wage Rate Changes

ARTICLE 10 - REPRESENTATION                                        P. 18 - P. 19
10.1  Bargaining Committee
10.2  No Individual Bargaining
10.3  Shift Stewards
10.4  Chief Committeeman
10.5  Compensation During Working Hours
10.6  Union Representatives and Seniority List
10.7  Listing of Union Officers
10.8  Leaving to Go To Local 155 Office
10.9  Furnishing of Contracts
10.10 Union Officers Entrance Into Premises
10.11 Union Leave of Absence

ARTICLE 11 - GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE                                   P. 19 - P. 22
11.1  Definition of "Grievance"
11.2  Writing a Signed Grievance
11.3  Discussion With Supervisor Required
11.4  First Level
11.5  Second Level
11.6  Third Level
11.7  Fourth Level (Arbitration)
11.8  Time Limits and Extension of Time Limits
11.9  Disciplinary Action
11.10 Arbitration Rules
11.11 Time Limit for Retroactivity
11.12 Notice of Discharges and Disciplinary Layoffs
11.13 Grievance Meetings
11.14 Employees in Grievance Meetings.

ARTICLE 12 - SUBCONTRACTING                                        P. 22
12.1  Explained

ARTICLE 13 - NEW CLASSIFICATIONS                                   P. 22 - P. 23
13.1  New Jobs
13.2  New Classification and Rate
13.3  Grievance and Arbitrators Power

2

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

ARTICLE 14 - GENERAL                                               P. 23 - P. 24
14.1  Tools of the Trade
14.2  Inventory
14.3  Rates of Pay and Benefits Are Fixed
14.4  No Further Bargaining Required
14.5  When Employees Are Paid
14.6  Short Term Loan When On S&A
14.7  Employee Responsibility to Maintain Address and
      Phone Number
14.8  Option to Be Paid By Automatic Deposit
14.9  Responsibility to Share Knowledge
14.10 Improving Productivity and Related Goals
14.11 Recording of Employment Status
14.12 Change of Address; Company Reliance on Last Address
14.13 Unclaimed Wages
14.14 Union Bulletin Board
14.15 Work Rule Changes

ARTICLE 15 - EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY                          P. 24 - P. 27
15.1 Explained

ARTICLE 16 - VACATION
16.1  Qualifying Vacation Year
16.2  Seniority Definition for Vacation Year
16.3  Formula for Computing Lump Sum Vacation Pay
16.4  Paying Vacation Pay to a Retiree
16.5  Quarterly Payout Option
16.6  Formula for Determining Unpaid Vacation Time Off
16.7  Maximum Vacation Time Off Provided Full Entitlement
      is Earned
16.8  Extra Five Day Unpaid Vacation Block
16.9  Scheduling Vacation Time Off and Advance Preference
16.10 Timetable for Announcing Vacation Shutdown
16.11 Timetable for Submitting Vacation Time-Off Requests

ARTICLE 17 - HOLIDAYS                                              P. 27 - P. 32
17.1  Holiday Schedule
17.2  Holiday Pay
17.3  Holiday Eligibility Regulations Which Apply Only to
      Holidays Other Than Christmas Period
17.4  Holiday Eligibility Regulations Which Apply Only to
      the Christmas Holiday Period
17.5  Christmas Holiday Period - Miscellaneous
17.6  Holiday Eligibility Regulations Which Apply to Both
      the Christmas Holiday Period and Other Holidays
17.7  Special Christmas Holiday Procedures - Days of Work
      Scheduled by December 10th.

ARTICLE 18 - BEREAVEMENT PAY                                       P. 32
18.1  Explanation of Coverage
18.2  Death Occurring During Vacation
18.3  Straight Time Rate Used
18.4  Stillborn Birth
18.5  Delaying Excused Absence Dates
18.6  Death While Employee on Leave

ARTICLE 19 - PAY FOR JURY DUTY                                     P. 32 - P. 33
19.1  Explanation of Coverage
19.2  Subpoenaed Witness Rules
19.3  Rules for Shift Workers

ARTICLE 20 - SHORT-TERM MILITARY DUTY PAY & RE-EMPLOYMENT          P. 33
20.1  Explanation of Coverage
20.2  Notice to Company and Statement of Military Pay
20.3  Re-Employment Rights

ARTICLE 21 - PERSONAL LEAVE OF ABSENCE                             P. 33 - P. 34
21.1  Explanation

3

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

ARTICLE 22 - MEDICAL LEAVE OF ABSENCE                              P. 34
22.1  Explanation
22.2  Substantiation Required
22.3  Disability Plan

ARTICLE 23 - ON THE JOB INJURY                                     P. 34
23.1  Transportation on Day of Injury
23.2  Doctor Determination on Day of Injury
23.3  Compensation During Working Time
23.4  Re-visits
23.5  Discussion of Workers Compensation Claims and
      Union Representative
23.6  Lost Time When Scheduled on Holiday or Weekend

ARTICLE 24 - SAFETY AND HEALTH                                     P. 34 - P. 35
24.1 Requirement to Meet Laws
24.2 Safety Committee Members
24.3 Pay While Meeting on Safety Committee
24.4 OSHA Log
24.5 Reporting an Unsafe Condition
24.6 Grievance Procedure
24.7 Protective Equipment
24.8 Hazardous Communication Program
24.9 Protective Gloves

ARTICLE 25 - INSURANCE                                             P. 36 - P. 39
25.1  Medical Insurance Options and Rates
25.2  Schedule of Benefits
25.3  Opt Out Bonus
25.4  Dental Insurance Options and Rates
25.5  Retiree Health Insurance and VEBA, and
      Retiree Dental Insurance
25.6  Disability - S&A and LTD Plans
25.7  Continuation of Insurance Benefits While Laid Off or
      On Disability
25.8  Life Insurance and AD&D  Schedule of Benefits
25.9  Optional Dependent Life Insurance
25.10 Employee Eligibility for Insurances
25.11 Dependent Eligibility for Insurances
25.12 Status Changes - Requirement to Notify Company
25.13 Beneficiary - Requirement to Keep Up To Date
25.14 Summary Plan Descriptions
25.15 Flexible Spending Accounts

ARTICLE 26 - 401(K) PLAN                                           P. 39 - P. 40
26.1  Continuation for Life of Agreement
26.2  Special 401(k) Contribution for Pension Participants
26.3  Ongoing Participation in 401(k) Plan for Pensioners
26.4  New Hire Eligibility and Contributions

ARTICLE 27 - PENSION                                               P. 40
27.1  Continuation With Modifications
27.2  Basic Benefit and When Frozen
27.3  Early Retirement Supplement
27.4  Interim Supplement
27.5  Medicare Benefit
27.8  Survivor Pension Benefit Option
27.9  Temporary Benefit Supplement - Eliminated

ARTICLE 28 - WAGES                                                 P. 40 - P. 41
28.1  Explained Each Year of Contract
28.2  COLA - Eliminated
28.3  Rate Schedule Effective Date and Classifications

ARTICLE 29 - TRANSFER OF AGREEMENT                                 P. 41
29.1  Explanation

4

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

ARTICLE 30 - SEPARABILITY CLAUSE                                   P. 41
30.1  Explanation

ARTICLE 31 - TERMINATION                                           P. 41 - P. 42
31.1  Dates
31.2  Sixty Day Notice Requirement
31.3  Agreement Replaces Previous Agreements
31.4  Signature Page

LETTER NO. 1                                                       P. 43
Equal Opportunity Program

LETTER NO. 2                                                       P. 44
Working Hours

LETTER NO. 3                                                       P. 45
Combination or Elimination of Classifications

LETTER NO. 4                                                       P. 46
Holiday Pay and Disciplinary Suspension

LETTER NO. 5                                                       P. 47
Notice of Plant Closing and Severance Pay

ADDENDUM NO. 1                                                     P. 48
Traditional Health Insurance Weekly Co-Pay Projection

ADDENDUM NO. 2                                                     P. 49
HMO Health Insurance Weekly Co-Pay Projection

CALENDARS                                                          P. 50 - P. 53
2005
2006
2007
2008

5

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

ARTICLE 1 - AGREEMENT

1.1 This Agreement is entered into on this June 6, 2005 between Formsprag LLC, hereinafter referred to as the "Company" and the International Union, United Automobile, Aerospace and Agricultural Implement Workers of America, UAW Local No. 155, hereinafter referred to as the "Union." This is a three and one half year Agreement starting December 6, 2004.

1.2 The parties to this Agreement, in consideration of their mutual promises and agreements, herein set forth in consideration of their desire to stabilize employment, eliminate strikes, boycotts, lockouts, and a discontinuance of work, and of their desire of securing closer cooperation between the Company, the Union, and the Employees represented by it, promise and agree that:

ARTICLE 2 - RECOGNITION

2.1 The Union is recognized as the sole and exclusive representative for the purpose of collective bargaining for all production, and maintenance, employees employed at the Company's 23601 Hoover Road, Warren, Michigan plant, including janitors and truck drivers, but excluding engineers, office clerical employees, professional employees, guards and supervisors as defined in the National Labor Relations Act, as amended. Former practices and oral and written understandings which may have been in effect prior to this Agreement shall not constitute part of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 3 - MANAGEMENT PREROGATIVES

3.1 The parties recognize that the management of the Company has the responsibility for conducting the affairs of the Company in the interests of its owners, its employees and its customers. The parties agree that in order to carry out this responsibility, management retains the sole right, subject only to the express provisions of this Agreement, to manage the business and to direct the working forces of the Company. The Company's right to manage its business includes, but is not limited to: the right to hire, promote, demote, transfer, assign and direct associates; to discipline, suspend, and discharge for just cause; to layoff employees due to lack of work or other legitimate reasons; to make and enforce reasonable plant rules of conduct and regulations not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, to enforce company rules equally and fairly; to increase or decrease the working force; to determine the number of products to be manufactured and the methods, processes and materials to be used; to determine the need for and layout of machinery and equipment; to determine quality and establish reasonable work standards; to determine the number of hours per day or week operations shall be carried out; to establish and change work schedules and assignments; to subcontract, discontinue or relocate all or any portion of the operations now or hereafter carried on at the present facility; to schedule hours of work, including overtime, to determine job content and to maintain safety, efficiency and order in the plant.

ARTICLE 4 - NO STRIKE-NO LOCKOUT

6

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

4.1 The Company agrees that so long as this Agreement is in effect there shall be no lockout. The Union, its officers, agents, members, and employees covered by this Agreement agree that so long as the Agreement is in effect, there shall be no strikes, partial or complete, sit-downs, slowdowns, stoppages or cessation of work, including actions of a sympathy nature, boycotts, or any unlawful acts of any kind that interfere with the Company's operation or the production or sale of its products. The Company shall have the right to discipline (including discharge) any employee who instigates, participates in, or gives leadership to an unauthorized strike in violation of this Agreement.

4.2 The Arbitrator shall have power to review the reasonableness of penalties imposed under this Section.

ARTICLE 5 - UNION SHOP

5.1 Each employee covered by this Agreement shall be or become a member of the Union as a condition of employment not later than the 30th consecutive calendar day following the effective date of this Agreement, or not later than the 30th consecutive calendar day following the beginning of his employment, whichever is later. Each such employee, as a condition of continued employment, shall remain a member of the Union in good standing to the extent provided in the Union's International Constitution and as authorized by the Labor Management Relations Act of 1947, or as that Act has been or is amended. The Union shall notify the Company in writing of any employee who fails to become or remain a member of the Union as required above. If after receipt of such notice by the Company the employee does not become a member or remain a member of the Union within five
(5) days (whichever is applicable) he shall be terminated.

5.2 The Union shall indemnify and save the Company harmless against any and all claims, demands, suits or other forms of liability that shall arise out of or by reason of action taken in reliance upon the information furnished to the Company by the Union for the purpose of complying with Section 5.1, above.

ARTICLE 6 - CHECK-OFF

6.1 Upon receipt of the authorization of check-off of dues, the Company will deduct from wages earned including jury duty pay, bereavement pay, and paid absence allowance, and turn over to the proper Union official, initiation fees, reinstatement fees and/or current monthly dues of such members of the Union or Agency Shop fees of such employees as individually and voluntarily certify in writing that they authorize such deduction for the term of the contract.

6.2 The initial deduction from the pay of an employee signing a new authorization shall be from the second pay period following the date of his authorization.

6.3 The deduction of Union dues shall be made from wages earned during the first full pay period that an employee works in a calendar month and in a manner agreed upon with the International Union. The Financial Secretary-Treasurer, or other duly authorized Union official of each local unit will notify the Company in writing on Union stationery, of the amount of dues each month by each employee who has authorized a deduction and this amount will remain in effect until changed by a similar written authority. In case of an error, proper adjustment will be made by the Union with the employee.

7

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

6.4 All dues deducted will be remitted to the Financial Secretary-Treasurer or other such duly authorized Union official of each local unit not later than the twenty-fifth day of the calendar month in which such deductions are made or as may be otherwise agreed. The Company will furnish the aforesaid Union official of the local union monthly a record of the employees from whose wages deductions have been made together with the amounts of such deductions.

6.5 The Company will also furnish the Union a record of those employees who have signed authorization cards but who have been removed from the unit payroll since the last check-off date and for whom no dues have been collected.

6.6 In the event the Union wants the Company to collect more than one month's regular dues from an employee it will furnish the Company with written notification listing each employee and the amount to be collected.

6.7 The Company shall not be liable to the International Union or its locals by reason of the requirements of this article for the remittance or payment of any sum other than that constituting actual deductions made from employee wages.

6.8 The following wording will be used on the check-off authorization.

AUTHORIZATION FOR CHECK-OFF OF DUES

Date __________________________

I hereby assign Local Union No. _______, International Union, United Automobile, Aerospace, and Agricultural Implement Workers of America (UAW), from any wages earned or to be earned by me as your employee while engaged in employment within the Bargaining Unit, such sums as the Financial Officer of said Local Unit No. 155 may certify as due and owing from me as initiation fees, reinstatement fees and membership dues as may be established from time to time by said local union in accordance with the Constitution of the International Union, UAW. I authorize and direct you to deduct such amounts from my pay and to remit same to the Union at such times and in such manner as may be agreed upon between you and the Union at any time while this authorization is in effect.

This assignment, authorization and direction shall be irrevocable for the period of one (1) year from the date of delivery hereof to you or until the termination of the collective agreement between the Company and the Union which is in force at the time of delivery of this authorization, whichever occurs sooner; and I agree and direct that this assignment, authorization and direction shall be automatically renewed and shall be irrevocable for successive periods of one (1) year each or for the period of each succeeding applicable collective agreement between the Company and the Union, whichever shall be shorter, unless written notice is given by me to the Company and the Union not more than twenty (20) days and not less than ten (10) days prior to the expiration of each period of one (1) year, or of each applicable collective agreement between the Company and the Union whichever occurs sooner.

8

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

This authorization is made pursuant to the provisions of Section 302(c) of the Labor Management Relations Act of 1947 and otherwise.

6.9 It is agreed that an employee who retires will be provided the opportunity to complete a retiree's dues check-off authorization.

ARTICLE 7 - SENIORITY

7.1 Seniority shall be by Classification Seniority within Occupational Groups. The Occupational groups shall be as follows:

                   GROUP I

101   Cell Operator - Primary (*)
102   Tool Room Machine Operator
103   Turning/Mill/Drill
104   Grind
105   Heat Treat Operator and Maintenance
106   Maintenance
107   Inspection
108   Auto Cutoff & Notch
109   Sprag Grind

                   GROUP II

201   Cell Operator - Secondary (*)
202   Aircraft Clutch Rebuild
203   Grotnes & Punch Press
204   Magnaflux
205   Tumble/Deburr/Bench
206   Assembly/Rebuild

                   GROUP III

301   Cell Operator - Support
302   Ship/Receive/Stock Handle /Truck Driver
303   Tool Crib/Stock Room
304   Clutch Test/Parts Clean
305   Janitor

7.2 A CELL is defined as technology consisting of one or more operations during the manufacturing process of the same component in an equipment layout sequentially linking one or more like or unlike machines or operations.

9

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

7.3 CELL OPERATOR-PRIMARY - A Primary Cell Operator shall be qualified to perform a Group 1 classification operation in a cell and any other operation in such cell as assigned.

7.4 CELL OPERATOR-SECONDARY - A Secondary Cell Operator shall be qualified to perform a Group 2 classification operation in a cell and any other equivalent or support operations in such cell as assigned.

7.5 CELL OPERATOR-SUPPORT - A Support Cell Operator shall be qualified to perform Group 3 operations in a cell as assigned.

7.6 SENIORITY OF CELL OPERATORS - ( A) Seniority begins in a Cell Operator classification as of the date the operator enters the cell (Job Bid) (B) Seniority continues concurrently in the last classification.

7.7 FILLING OF POSTED CELL VACANCIES - "Qualified" Cell Operator posting shall be by plant seniority of all those who have qualified at Formsprag in at least one of the classification jobs included in the cell (and who have not waived recall rights to such classification), ranking first all of those individuals with previous qualification in a job from the top job group in the cell, and next ranking the individuals from the next lower job group in the cell (if any), and finally ranking those in the next and lowest job group in the cell (if any). "Trainee" Cell Operator posting shall be by plant seniority following the normal procedures in Local Article 8.

7.8 RATES FOR CELL OPERATORS - Rates for Cell Operators shall be equal to the highest rated job assigned to such operator in the cell.

7.9 OVERTIME EOUALIZATION OF CELL OPERATORS - Cell Operators will be equalized within their own specific cell.

7.10 WORK FORCE REDUCTION/LAYOFF - When there is a reduction of the working force or a readjustment of the work force, the following procedure shall be observed in the following order:

1. Notification to the Union, in writing twenty-four (24) hours in advance.

2. Probationary employees in the affected classification shall be laid off first.

3. If additional layoffs are necessary in the classification, the employee with the least classification seniority shall return to his last previous classification provided he has previously attained seniority in such classification and provided there is an employee with less classification seniority in the previous classification. For purposes of this paragraph only, where an employee has in excess of two (2) years seniority in his previous classification, that seniority will be adjusted to equal his plant seniority and, as a result, he will bump the junior employee in point of hire date in that previous classification.

4. When an employee has no previous classification and is laid off from his present classification, he may take a voluntary layoff or shall be permitted to "bump" the junior employee in point of hiring date in his present Group, except that if the lowest employee is in a higher base rate classification he will bump the next lowest employee (if any) in his

10

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

present Group, and then the next lowest rated Groups provided he is capable of performing the remaining available work in such classification.

5. Following the above steps, the youngest employee in point of date of hire in the remaining Group will be laid off and considered an inactive employee. Employees will be expected to complete their day's work in a normal manner after receiving layoff notice.

7.11 When a readjustment of the work force is necessary for a period in excess of one (1) week and a layoff does not result, reductions in a classification will be by classification seniority, and the same procedure as provided above will be followed except that instead of layoff, the employee remaining without an assignment will be placed on the available work.

7.12 An employee who is reassigned to a previous classification shall receive the corresponding or appropriate number-of-months rate on Schedule 2005.

7.13 No Employee shall be permitted to exercise their seniority to bump into a higher base rate job.

7.14 A seniority employee who has gone into other classifications due to a readjustment of the work force and/ or layoff will return to his/her previous classifications when recalled. However, as an exception to the above an employee working out of a classification for a period in excess of six months, may, if recalled, remain in his current job and relinquish classification seniority in his previous classification. Additionally, an employee laid off to a lower classification who subsequently bids up to a classification between the original classification and the one from which he was laid off, may relinquish classification seniority at any time when recalled.

7.15 Only the lowest seniority employee, or employees, in a classification should be laid off.

7.16 Seniority Employees shall be recalled in reverse order of the layoff provisions before any new employees are hired.

7.17 TEMPORARY ASSIGNMENT - Employees may be transferred from one classification to another provided they are capable of doing the job and do not infringe on the seniority rights of the employees regularly employed in the classification to which such transfer is made. Employees on layoff in the affected classification need not be recalled unless there is a reasonable likelihood of one (1) week's work. Abuses of this provision shall be subject to the Grievance Procedure. The Company will notify the Union of all temporary assignments as soon as possible. If employees do not volunteer for temporary assignment, the employee in the affected classification with the least seniority, who is qualified to do the work required, shall be temporarily assigned. For all temporary assignments scheduled, a Union representative will be notified of the temporary assignment prior to the change in assignment, except in emergencies when the Union will be notified as soon as possible. If a job is vacant due to sick leave, the Company will post the job after 45 days, unless the Company and Union agree otherwise.

7.18 Employees working in a lower classification, except by reason of seniority displacement, shall continue to receive their own rate. Employees working in a higher rate classification for thirty (30) minutes or more shall continue to receive their regular rate for all time worked during the

11

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

temporary assignment, or the corresponding numbers-of-months rate on Schedule 2005, whichever is greater. As an exception to the above, employees reduced from a classification and then subsequently reassigned to work in such classification for one (1) hour or more, shall receive the corresponding or appropriate number-of-months rate on Schedule 2005.

7.19 It may be necessary, from time to time, for day people to work nights, or vice versa, in order to maintain an efficient balance of shifts, or temporarily to schedule additional shift operations in certain classifications. If employees do not volunteer to change shifts, the employee in the affected classification with the least seniority, who is qualified to do the work required, shall be temporarily required to change shifts or forfeit his/her seniority.

7.20 SHIFT PREFERENCE - When a vacancy occurs on any shift by reasons of any available opening, except for a position to be filled by a trainee, the employee with the most classification seniority on another shift shall be given preference for transfer to other shifts within his classification.

1. Employees shall be eligible for transfer under this procedure after having completed their probationary period.

2. Employees will be permitted to bump another employee working on another shift in the same classification provided he- has more classification seniority. Individuals may exercise seniority for shift preference at any time with two weeks written notice. Providing that they have not exercised a shift bump in the prior six months, and providing that no shift bumps are allowed during the month of December. All shift bumps will take place on Monday unless the Company agrees otherwise.

3. The above shift bump will not apply to trainees with less than six (6) months in such classification

7.21 MISCELLANEOUS -

1. The Company and Union agree that cross training is desirable, as time permits.

2. The Company shall keep a true seniority list and a rate list of all employees having seniority rights, which shall be open to the inspection of the Bargaining Committee at all reasonable times. A copy of the seniority list shall be given to the Chief Bargaining Committeeman once every six (6) months for posting.

4. The Company agrees to submit to Local 155 on July 1st and January 1st of each year the following data: The name of each employee covered by this Agreement, his occupation and current hourly rate (including cost-of-living but excluding night shift premium) and the payroll period from which the data is taken. Rates of individuals that have been adjusted by other than a general or automatic increase during the previous six (6) months will be identified by an asterisk. .

7.22 PROBATIONARY EMPLOYEES - A new employee will be considered probationary for a period of sixty (60) calendar days from date of last hire.- There will be no responsibility for the

12

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

rehiring or recalling of a probationary employee who is discharged or laid off during his probationary period. If requested, the Company will discuss the discharge or layoff with the Union.

7.23 A new employee hired as a temporary or vacation replacement will be considered as a probationary employee for the first one hundred twenty (120) days of his employment.

7.24 Immediately following his probationary period, an employee will become a seniority employee and will be entered on the seniority list of the Bargaining Unit and will rank for seniority from the date and hour of his last hire. A probationary employee will not have seniority.

7.25 TRAINEES FOR EXCLUDED POSITIONS - The Company will have the right to exempt from all seniority and wage requirements an employee enrolled for the purpose of training and experience with the expectation that such trainee ultimately will be assigned to permanent employment other than that covered by this Agreement. The total of such trainees may not exceed two (2) in number at any one time, nor may any trainee displace an employee covered by this Agreement. The Bargaining Committee shall be notified before the training begins as to the names of the trainees and when they will begin training.

7.26 TEMPORARY EXCLUDED EMPLOYEES - The Company may select a temporary supervisor without regard to seniority for a period not to exceed forty-five
(45) calendar days within a calendar year and will notify the Union in writing of the effective date of such temporary assignment. An extension of such period may be granted by mutual agreement. Where necessary, the parties may agree to more than one forty-five (45) calendar-day period in a calendar year. Such employee will not be excluded from the Bargaining Unit, and at the termination of temporary duty he will be reinstated to the job he had prior to the temporary assignment. Stewards, Committeemen, and members of the Executive Board shall be prohibited from accepting a position of temporary supervisor.

7.27 EXCLUDED EMPLOYEES

1. For an employee promoted to an excluded status, a three (3) month period will be established beginning with the effective date of his promotion. Should he return to the Bargaining Unit on or before the end of the three (3) month period he will do so with accumulated seniority. An excluded employee who does not return to the Bargaining Unit on or before the end of the three (3) month period will forfeit all Bargaining Unit seniority and will have no right to return to the Bargaining Unit except as a new hire.

2. An employee who has previously been promoted to an excluded status and returned to the Bargaining Unit with accumulated seniority, will forfeit all seniority with any subsequent promotion to an excluded status and will have no right to return to the Bargaining Unit except as a new hire.

2. An employee with Bargaining Unit seniority who transfers to an excluded status in a facility other than the facility in which he holds seniority will forfeit all such seniority effective with his transfer.

13

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

7.28 EXCLUDED PERSONNEL WORKING - Production and maintenance work shall not be performed by supervisors or by any other persons excluded from the bargaining unit, except for the purpose of performing work involving the following situations:

1. The instruction or training of employees.

2. The performance of necessary work when production difficulties are encountered on a job, but such work will not displace a member of the bargaining unit. Further, when such work is done, a member of the bargaining unit will stand by for instructional purposes.

3. The performance of research work or work of an experimental nature, or work involving special mechanical training.

4. The development of new processes.

7.29 SENIORITY DATE - Seniority records on file with the Company on the effective date of the signing of this Agreement will establish the seniority date of each employee. Seniority lists and recall lists shall be available at all times and be kept up to date.

7.30 LOSS OF SENIORITY - An employee will lose his seniority:

1. If he quits.

2. If he is discharged for just cause and the discharge is not reversed through the Grievance Procedure.

3. If he has been laid off and has less than ten (10) years seniority at the time of layoff, he will lose seniority when the layoff period is equal to the seniority he had at time of layoff. For those with at least ten (10) years of service, seniority will expire after ten (10) years.

4. If he has been unable to work due to a medical leave of absence and has less than ten (10) years seniority at the time the leave begins, he will lose seniority when the leave of absence period is equal to the seniority he had at the time the leave began. For those with at least ten (10) years of service, seniority will expire after ten (10) years.

5. If he has been on a workers compensation leave of absence and has less than ten (10) years seniority at the time the leave begins, he will lose seniority when the leave of absence period is equal to the seniority he had at the time the leave began. For those with at least ten (10) years of service, seniority will expire after ten (10) years.

6. Failure to call in for three (3) consecutive work days will be considered as having voluntarily quit, unless such failure to call in is for good and sufficient reasons.

7. If he fails to have his leave of absence renewed by an extension in writing before three (3) calendar days have elapsed after his leave has expired, unless such failure to secure extension of leave was for good and sufficient reason.

14

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

8. If he has been laid off and is recalled to work but fails to report for work within five (5) working days from the date of signing the certified or registered letter receipt or telegram receipt, unless the Company agrees to extend this period or he will lose his seniority if the registered letter or telegram is returned as undeliverable from the last known Company address.

9. If he accepts employment elsewhere during a leave of absence unless otherwise agreed to between the Company and the Union.

10. On the effective date of his retirement. If an employee retired for reasons stated herein, and lost seniority in accordance with this section, and is rehired, such employee will have the status of a new employee and without seniority, and he shall not acquire or accumulate any seniority thereafter, except for the purpose of applying the provisions governing Holiday Pay and Vacation Pay.

7.31 TEMPORARY LAYOFFS - A temporary layoff due to breakdown, shortage of material or other emergency conditions may be made for a period not to exceed four (4) regular working days, without regard to seniority or shift. During such temporary layoff, an employee may not exercise seniority transfer privileges.

ARTICLE 8 - HOURS AND PREMIUM PAY

8.1 SCHEDULE

1. It is recognized that to operate the plant below a forty-hour week is not desirable and therefore the Company and Union agree that if the Company's work dictates that it is necessary to schedule the work week for any plant, department or classification below forty hours, the Company may do so for not over six weeks in any calendar year (holiday weeks excluded) unless agreement is reached with the Union for an extension of this time.

2. For the purpose of defining the weekly payroll period an employee's work week will begin on calendar Monday at the regular starting time of the shift to which the employee is assigned, except for those employees whose regular work week begins on calendar Sunday night, in which case their regular work week will begin at their regular starting time on calendar Sunday night. To improve payroll processing and accounting processes, the Company will change the pay period from "Monday through Sunday" to "Saturday through Friday. Advance discussion with the Union on the implementation date will occur.

8.2 OVERTIME

1. Straight time is paid for:

a. The first eight (8) hours of work performed on Monday through Friday.

2. Time and one-half is paid for:

a. The first three (3) hours of work performed over eight (8) hours Monday through Friday.

b. Work performed for the first eight (8) hours on Saturday.

15

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

3. Double time is paid for:

a. Work performed over eleven (11) hours Monday through Friday.

b. Work performed over eight (8) hours on Saturday.

c. Work performed on Sunday.

d. Work performed on any of the paid holidays.

8.3 Although overtime work is not compulsory, the Union will not restrict overtime in any manner, and employees will cooperate when requested by the Management to perform overtime work. Individual refusal to work overtime (but not concerted refusal) will not be subject to disciplinary action.

8.4 An employee who accepts an overtime assignment on a Saturday or Sunday, and who fails to report for the assigned overtime, will be considered an absentee under the plant rules or absentee control procedure -. Overtime and premium rates of pay will not be pyramided.

8.5 Every effort will be made to arrange job assignments so that overtime may be equalized within sixteen (16) hours among employees in a classification, on the shift to which overtime becomes available. Individuals on nonstandard shift hours will be equalized together with their classification on the standard shift which contains the majority of their regular working hours. A uniform record system shall be maintained. The Company will make every effort to equalize between shifts. The employee with the lowest number of overtime hours in a classification on the shift involved shall be asked first to work overtime, provided the employee is able to perform the work assigned. A uniform record system shall be maintained. The Company will make every effort to equalize between shifts.

8.6 When possible, the Company will provide twenty-four (24) hour notification to cancel already scheduled overtime.

8.7 The Union will be notified on Thursday for Saturday scheduled overtime and on Friday for Sunday scheduled overtime. For all overtime scheduled, a Union representative will be notified of the overtime prior to employee solicitation, except in emergencies when the Union will be notified as soon as possible.

8.8 The Company will provide for at least one (1) Union representative on assignments for overtime hours on all shifts. When a Committeeman's regular job is needed on such overtime, he will be called in as the Union representative. If his regular job is not scheduled to work, he will be permitted to work on another job scheduled provided he is capable of performing such work as determined by the Plant Superintendent. In lieu of this procedure, the Union may appoint an alternate representative for the overtime in question.

8.9 Effective with the signing of the Labor Agreement, the following uniform record system will be utilized in all departments:

1. The Company shall maintain an overtime chart, by classification, on each shift covering overtime worked in or out of an employee's classification. The chart shall be open for

16

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

inspection to the Bargaining Committee, and shall be reviewed quarterly between the Bargaining Committee and the Company

2. The Company will record overtime hours by calendar year.

6. Overtime offered to an employee and declined will be charged as overtime worked.

7. Overtime solicitation missed by an employee due to his absence from work will be charged as overtime worked.

8. Overtime missed by an employee where he has accepted the overtime shall be charged as overtime worked.

9. New seniority employees in a classification will begin to equalize overtime as of the date of permanent transfer to the new classification and shall take the amount then on record for the highest employee in the new classification.

10. Probationary employees will begin to equalize overtime in a classification upon completion of their probationary period, and shall take the amount then on record for the highest employee in the new classification.

8. Overtime for purposes herein shall mean all overtime made available beyond the hours the classification is scheduled.

8.10 REPORTING AND CALL-IN PAY - An employee called to work and not retained or an employee reporting for work on any scheduled day on his regularly scheduled shift without having previously notified not to report, and not retained, will receive his regular hourly rate for four (4) hours, and shall receive shift premium and premium pay on premium days. The Company may require the employee to work at a job other than his regular classification during this four (4) hour period. Alternatively, the employee may elect to leave after the call-in work is completed and the company will pay the greater of two (2) hours or actual time worked. Additionally, minimum emergency warehouse call-in pay for shipping or delivery employees is two (2) hours.

ARTICLE 9 - BIDDING

9.1 Bidding, and assignment to vacant or new jobs shall be based on seniority. Such a vacancy shall be posted for a period of three (3) working days during which time all active employees may indicate their desire to be considered by signing the posting provided they have been in their current classification for a period of six (6) months or more at the time of the posting. Seniority employees with less than six (6) months following their initial plant hire date will be eligible to bid for posted jobs, provided they are on the seniority list and provided they meet other contractual requirements.

17

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

9.2 This procedure shall not prohibit the Company from hiring from the outside after discussion with the Union when employees capable of performing the necessary jobs are not available.

9.3 If an employee accepts a bid and then elects to return to their former job during probation in the new classification, they will be prohibited from bidding on any other job for a period of six months from the date they gave up the bid.
9.4 A probation period of sixty (60) calendar days shall apply from the date the job bid is awarded.

9.5 Any employee who is transferred to a classification because of his physical condition as evidenced by a medical certificate shall not be precluded from returning to his regular classification as soon as the Company doctor certifies he is able to return to that regular classification.

9.6 The Company reserves the option of posting for a qualified person in the following classifications: Cell Operators, Tool Room Machine Operator, Heat Treat Operator and Maintenance, and Maintenance. All other job bids will be awarded on Plant seniority.

9.7 TRAINING SCHEDULE - For all promotions, those employees not yet at maximum rate on Schedule 2005 will advance to the corresponding number-of-months rate for the new job and continue progressing on the chart from that point in the new classification. However, employees at maximum position or one increase away from maximum position on Schedule 2005 in their new classification on a bid up will receive their old rate for six months at which time they will be moved to maximum in their new classification.

9.8 Permanent changes in wage rates will be made effective only at the beginning of a pay period following the date as determined on Schedule 2005.

ARTICLE 10 - REPRESENTATION

10.1 Employees shall be represented by a Bargaining Committee of no more than three (3) members. The Bargaining Committee shall be selected from a group of nominees on the seniority list, excluding employees laid off in excess of one
(1) year, chosen pursuant to Local Union by-laws.

10.2 An agreement reached between the Management and the Bargaining Committee is binding on all workers affected and cannot be changed by an individual.

10.3 If there are employees on the night shift or shifts, they will be represented by an elected Night Steward who must be able to perform the work required. Such Night Steward shall be compensated for necessary time spent adjusting grievances in accordance with the first and second steps of the Grievance Procedure.

10.4 One (1) Committeeman to be designated "Chief Bargaining Committeeman" will be the last laid off when the work force is reduced, provided the Company has work available which he is capable of performing and he is available for such work. If the Chief bargaining Committeeman does not qualify under the above rule, the Union may designate another employee who has been assigned to such work to represent the employees for that period.

18

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

10.5 Members of the Bargaining Committee shall be compensated during regular working hours for necessary time spent adjusting grievances, contract negotiations, including meetings with the Company. AIl Committeemen will be permitted to leave their work after reporting to their respective supervisor. It is further agreed that such Committeemen shall give the Company an accurate accounting of time lost adjusting grievances in the same manner as the job records are kept.

10.6 The Chief Bargaining Committeeman shall head the seniority list for the plant and shall work upon the day shift, provided he is capable of doing the work available. The two (2) other members of the Bargaining Committee shall head the seniority list for their respective groups, provided they are capable of doing the work available. Committeemen shall be returned to their regular standing on seniority upon termination of service on the Committee. Special seniority privileges provided for committeemen, officers and stewards apply in all cases, except recall, overtime, upgrading, vacation, and job bidding. In the event of second or third shift operations, the shift Steward shall be the last laid off and the first recalled, provided he is capable of performing the available work.

10.7 LISTING OF UNION OFFICERS - Upon the signing of this Agreement and thereafter as changes occur the International Union will notify the Company of the names of the International Representatives it is to negotiate with and the Union will furnish the plant with a list of Union or Unit officers, their Executive Committee, their Bargaining Committee, and their stewards.

10.8 BARGAINING COMMITTEE ROOM - The Bargaining Committee will be permitted to leave the Company premises to go to Local 155 offices on Union business or to meetings and receive payment for such time at straight time rate when an official request from the Local Union President is received.

10.9 FURNISHING OF CONTRACTS - The Company will furnish each employee with a copy of this Agreement.

10.10 International and Local Union Representatives other than employees of the Company shall be permitted to enter the plant if advance notice has been given to the Human Resource Department and by registering under the regular plant admission procedure. Union Representatives who are employees of the Company shall be permitted access to the premises on a shift other than their own if notice is given to the Human Resource Department or if such department is not open, by registering under the regular plant admission procedure.

10.11 UNION LEAVE OF ABSENCE - An employee appointed or elected to a full or part-time position in the International Union, United Automobile, Aerospace, Agricultural Implement Workers of America, or a Local or Unit of a Local covered by this Agreement, or any other office in the UAW will apply for and be given a leave of absence without loss of seniority until the termination of such office.

ARTICLE 11 - GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

11.1 As used in this Agreement, the term "grievance" shall mean any misunderstanding, difference, or dispute between the Company and the Union, or one or more of the employees

19

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

represented by the Union arising out of this Agreement, or any supplemental agreements thereto, or concerning or relating to the interpretation and application thereof and filed subsequent to the effective date of this Agreement.

11.2 This Grievance Procedure is divided into four levels. The Bargaining Committee may write and sign a grievance in behalf of an employee or group of employees. If the issue raised is not appropriate for resolution at the first or second level, the grievance may be referred by the Bargaining Committee directly to the 3rd level.

11.3 If, after the employee and his immediate supervisor have discussed the complaint, the matter is not resolved to the satisfaction of the employee, it may be considered a grievance and then the employee will be allowed to review his/her complaint with his/her Committeeperson without delay.

11.4 FIRST LEVEL - The grievance shall be discussed between the employee, the employee's immediate supervisor and a Union representative. If the grievance is not resolved, it shall be reduced to writing within two (2) working days, signed by the grievant, and submitted to the immediate supervisor for transmission to the Production Manager.

11.5 SECOND LEVEL - The Production Manager will, within two (2) working days of its receipt, unless otherwise agreed to, arrange a conference on the matter between himself, the immediate supervisor, the Chief Bargaining Committeeman and one other member of the Bargaining Committee for day shift grievances. A conference on night shift grievances will be arranged in the same manner between the Production Manager, the immediate supervisor, Chief Bargaining Committeeman, and the night shift Steward. The Production Manager will give a written answer to the grievance and return it to the Chief Bargaining Committeeman within twenty-four (24) hours after the conference unless otherwise agreed.

11.6 THIRD LEVEL - If a satisfactory adjustment is not reached at the 2nd level conference, the matter will, within five (5) working days after receipt of the written answer, be taken up at a meeting between the full bargaining committee and the management representative(s). The Union and the Company may have outside representatives present at this meeting.

11.7 FOURTH LEVEL- ARBITRATION - If a grievance remains unsettled after the Third Level answer by the designated representative of the Company, it may at any time within fourteen (14) days be referred to arbitration by the Union. .

11.8 If at any level of the Grievance Procedure the grievance is not referred to the next level, within the time limits set forth, it will be considered settled upon the terms of the last answer. By mutual consent, time limits at any level of the Grievance Procedure may be extended.

11.9 Any disciplinary action against an employee not previously removed from the employee's record shall become invalid after a one year period from the date the discipline was issued.

11.10 ARBITRATION RULES

20

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

1. The party seeking arbitration shall within the time limits specified above request a panel of Arbitrators from the American Arbitration Association. Such panel will include nine (9) Arbitrators who will all be members of the National Academy of Arbitrators and who have been active Arbitrators in the private sector for at least ten (10) consecutive years from the date the panel is requested. The Union and Company will each have one (1) preemptory challenge of a submitted panel.

2. The Union and Company will first attempt to mutually agree upon a selection from the panel. Should no agreement be reached, the Union and Company shall, in turn, strike an arbitrator's name until only one name remains. A single coin toss shall determine whether the Union or Company will make the first strike.

3. The non-prevailing party shall pay the cost of the Arbitrator's services and expenses. In the event of a split decision, the Arbitrator shall make as part of his/her decision, a ruling as to how the cost of his/her services shall be apportioned. All other expenses, including but not limited to wages of the participants, witness fees, attorney's fees or cost of exhibits will be borne by the party who incurred the expense.

4. It shall be the duty of the Arbitrator within thirty (30) days after the oral hearing is concluded to issue his/her decision in writing and to furnish a copy thereof to each of the parties. His/her decision shall be final and binding upon the parties.

5. The Union and the Company will make available for the Arbitrator's inspection and examination such records and data which he may deem necessary to inspect or examine in order to decide the issue. In deciding a case, it shall be the function of the Arbitrator to interpret the Agreement and all Supplemental Agreements thereto and to decide whether or not there has been a violation thereof. He shall have no right to change, add to, subtract from, or modify any of the terms of this Agreement or any Supplemental Agreements thereto or to establish or change any wage rates except for newly created classifications.

11.11 TIME LIMIT FOR RETROACTIVITY - The Company will not be required to pay any claims for monies which accrue more than ninety (90) days before the date of delivering the written grievance to the first supervisor provided in the Grievance Procedure. In all cases where back wages are awarded, deduction will be made of all outside wages and/or monetary benefits including Unemployment compensation.

11.12 NOTICE OF DISCHARGES AND DISCIPLINARY LAYOFFS - Written notice of all discharges and disciplinary layoffs will be given to the Bargaining Committee before such action is to become effective. However, written notice of violation of the Attendance Program will be given to the Bargaining Committee twenty-four
(24) hours before such action is to become effective. In the absence of a written grievance within seven (7) calendar days on any of these notices, the action of the Company will be considered final.

11.13 GRIEVANCE MEETINGS - The Human Resource Manager and/or designated, authorized representatives of the Company will meet regularly with the Bargaining Committee of the Unit each week if one or more grievances or problems remain unsettled, and both parties shall make every

21

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

effort to effect just and speedy settlement of every complaint or grievance. When an emergency arises on a matter that cannot be handled at the regular weekly grievance meeting, the emergency shall be taken up at a special meeting agreed to by the Bargaining Committee and the Company. Meetings under this section shall be held during the regular working hours.

11.14 EMPLOYEES IN GRIEVANCE MEETINGS

1. The Committee, upon due notice to the management, may be accompanied to meetings with the management by the Department Committeeman or Steward, upon the request of the Local Union Committee. If the Company concurs in the attendance of such an employee it shall pay him, but if the Union requests his presence without Company concurrence the Union shall pay him.

2. It is understood that only interested parties will appear at the grievance meetings since any other arrangement would merely retard the ability to settle the grievance.

3. When the Union desires to have present a witness or witnesses other than the Department Committeeman or Steward, they shall notify the Human Resource Manager, in writing, in advance of the grievance meetings, of the names of the proposed witnesses. If the Human Resource Manager makes no objection to the proposed witnesses they may be present and be paid by the Company for the time spent at the meeting during their scheduled working hours. If the Human Resource Manager takes objection to the presence of any of the witnesses, he shall notify the Union of his objection, but upon such notice of objection, the Union may present the witnesses but such witnesses shall be paid for by the Union. Such employees will be paid the rate in accordance with the local plant custom.

ARTICLE 12 - SUBCONTRACTING

12.1 The Company will continue the present practices on sub contracting. In the event of a layoff the Company will meet with the Union and discuss outside contracting with the objective of returning to a full employment level. In the event an employee is assigned to work out of classification continuously for a period of two weeks, the Company and Union will meet to discuss the situation as to the effect that outside contracting may have had, or will have on such situations, and attempt to remedy the circumstances.

ARTICLE 13 - NEW CLASSIFICATIONS

13.1 When a new job is created, the Company will set up a new classification and rate covering the job in question and notify the Bargaining Committee of the classification and rate it has established.

13.2 The new classification and rate will be considered temporary for a period of thirty (30) calendar days following the date of notification to the Bargaining Committee. During this period, but not thereafter, the Bargaining Committee may request the Company to negotiate a different rate for the classification. The negotiated rate, if higher than the temporary rate, shall be applied retroactively to the date of the establishment of the temporary classification and rate unless

22

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

otherwise mutually agreed. If no request has been made by the Union to negotiate the rate within the thirty (30)day period, or if within sixty (60) days from the date of notification to the Bargaining Committee no grievance is filed concerning the temporary classification and rate, the temporary classification and rate shall become permanent.

13.3 If a grievance is filed on the temporary classification and rate the grievance shall be handled according to the Grievance Procedure outlined in this contract. If the grievance is referred to the Arbitrator, he will be empowered to determine the proper classification and/or rate for the new job, using as a basis of comparison other jobs in the plant where the dispute exists, taking into consideration the effort and/or skill required of the employee on the new job. This paragraph may not be interpreted that a dispute on a production standard is to be referred to arbitration without specific agreement by the parties in writing.

ARTICLE 14 - GENERAL

14.1 Employees must possess the tools of the trade.

14.2 During inventory shutdowns, employees who are not assigned to their normal jobs, will be given first opportunity to take inventory by seniority (length of service). If sufficient employees do not volunteer, then employees with least amount of plant seniority will be required to work.

14.3 The rates of pay are fixed for the life of this Agreement and the Parties will not be required to bargain under the claim of intra-plant or inter-plant inequities, or upon any other basis whatsoever, for increases in rates of pay or other benefits, fringes, or otherwise. The classifications and rates are set forth in Schedule 2005.

14.4 The Company and the Union each agrees that the other shall not be obligated to bargain collectively with respect to any subject or matter specifically referred to or covered in this Agreement, or with respect to any subject or matter not specifically referred to or covered by this Agreement.

14.5 Employees will be paid during their regular working hours as per present practice.

14.6 Upon presentation of a properly completed sickness and accident (S&A) claim form to the Human Resources Department, the Company will provide a short term loan (upon request) until the S&A payments begin.

14.7 It is the responsibility of the employee to maintain their current address and telephone number on file with the company.

14.8 Employees have the option of being paid by automatic deposit into the checking or savings account of their choice, or receiving a conventional paycheck.

14.9 The Company and Union agree that all employees have a responsibility to share knowledge as a part of their job.

14.10 The Company and Union will discuss in detail during the life of the Agreement regarding ways to improve productivity, with the goal of reducing set-up times, eliminating scrap, and increasing general plant efficiency.

23

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

14.11 RECORDING OF EMPLOYMENT STATUS - A record will be kept of any action where a change is made in the employment status of an employee and in each such case the Company will furnish a copy to the Bargaining Committee and to the employee.

14.12 CHANGE OF ADDRESS - An employee will notify the Human Resource Department of any change in address and telephone number in person, by certified or registered mail, telegram, or mailgram, or by an authority countersigned by the affected employee, and will receive verification of such notification on a Company form. The extent of the Company's liability is to rely upon the last address reported to the Company. The Bargaining Committee will be given a copy of each change of address. When a recall is necessary the Company shall notify the employee by certified or registered mail. Telephone, telegram, or mailgram may be used but in such cases a certified or registered letter will be used to confirm

14.13 UNCLAIMED WAGES - Upon request by the financial officer of the Local Union, the Company will furnish at least once a year the names, last known address and the amount of unclaimed wages due to such individuals.

14.14 BULLETIN BOARDS - The Company will furnish bulletin boards for the use of the Union who may post notices which have been approved by the Bargaining Committee. Such notices shall be signed by the Chairman or Secretary of the Bargaining Committee and shall have a date for posting and a date for removal.

14.15 WORK RULES - The- Bargaining Committee will receive one week's advance notice of new rules or changes in existing rules. Any protest over the new rule will be handled through the grievance procedure.

ARTICLE 15 - EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY

15.1 The Company has pledged and the Union has agreed to cooperate in any and all efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity. It is understood that the word he or she as used throughout this Agreement will designate an employee.

ARTICLE 16 - VACATION

16.1 The qualifying vacation year shall be from July 1st to June 30th. Only employees on the seniority list on the last day in June are entitled to vacation pay.

16.2 For the purposes of this article only, an employee whose seniority falls on the first day of the month immediately following the completion of a full year of service in the bargaining unit, shall receive credit for vacation purposes for such full year of service.

16.3 Vacation will be computed on the basis of seniority on the last day of June as follows:

1. Six months and under one year: 1 1/2% of gross earnings during the qualifying vacation year.

24

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

2. One year and under three years: 5% of gross earnings during the qualifying vacation year.

3. Three years and under five years: 6% of gross earnings during the qualifying vacation year.

4. Five years and under fifteen years: 7% of gross earnings during the qualifying vacation year.

5. Fifteen years and over: 8% of gross earnings during the qualifying vacation year.

6. In addition to the above, eligible employees will receive an additional 2/5% of gross earnings for each year of service over twenty years up to a maximum of an additional 2% of gross earnings for twenty-five years of service or more. These employees will receive vacation pay as follows:

7. Twenty-one Years and Under Twenty-two: 8-2/5% of gross earnings during the qualifying vacation year.

8. Twenty-two Years and Under Twenty-three: 8-4/5% of gross earnings during the qualifying vacation year.

9. Twenty-three Years and Under Twenty-four: 9-1/5% of gross earnings during the qualifying vacation year.

10. Twenty-four Years and Under Twenty-five: 9-3/5% of gross earnings during the qualifying vacation year.

11. Twenty-five Years and Over: 10% of gross earnings during the qualifying vacation year.

12. This additional vacation pay over 8% of gross earnings is for pay purposes only and is not to be equated to additional vacation time off.

16.4 Vacation pay will be paid to an employee who retires pursuant to the Pension Agreement made between the parties for the vacation year in which such employee retires. Any accumulated vacation pay will be paid as soon as practical after the effective date of retirement. Vacation pay will be paid to the estate of a deceased employee.

16.5 Employees may elect to receive their vacation pay in one check to be received by July 15, or in four quarterly payments to be received by July 15, October 15, January 15, and April 15. Employees interested in the quarterly payment option must request it by June 15 and may not change their election after that date. Those who do not request the quarterly option by June 15 will be paid out in full by July 15. No interest will be paid on monies held back for those employees requesting the quarterly payment option.

25

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

16.6 For the purpose of determining available time off, the following procedures will apply:

1. If an employee has worked for the Company more than six (6) months prior to July 1st of the vacation year, and less than five (5) years total, he will be granted 6-2/3 hours vacation time off for each month worked for the Company since July 1st of the previous year.

2. Employees who have more than five (5) years seniority with the Company prior to July 1st of the vacation year, will be granted 8-2/3 hours vacation time off for each month worked for the Company since July 1st of the previous year.

3. Employees who have more than ten (10) years seniority with the Company prior to July 1st of the vacation year, will be granted 10 hours vacation time off for each month worked for the Company since July 1st of the previous year.

4. Employees who have more than fifteen (15) years seniority with the Company prior to July 1st of the vacation year, will be granted 12-2/3 hours vacation time off for each month worked for the Company since July 1st of the previous year.

5. Employees who have more than twenty (20) years seniority with the Company prior to July 1st of the vacation year, will be granted 15 hours vacation time off for each month worked for the Company since July 1st of the previous year.

6. A month worked is any calendar month during which the employee works at least one half (1/2) the work days of such month. Work is defined as time spent on the job and shall include weeks during which employees are absent receiving weekly disability benefits pursuant to Supplement B of the Master Agreement up to a maximum of 52 weeks.

16.7 MAXIMUM VACATION TIME OFF PROVIDED FULL ENTITLEMENT IS EARNED:

   SENIORITY           VACATION TIME OFF
As of June 30th   For Year Starting July 1st
---------------   --------------------------
    6-Months               10 days
    5-Years                13 days
    10-Years               15 days
    15-Years               19 days
    20-Years               23 days*

* indicates rounding up since vacations are taken only in full day increments.

16.8 EXTRA FIVE DAY UNPAID VACATION BLOCK - Employees with at least fifteen (15) years of seniority prior to the start of the vacation year will be allowed to take five (5) extra unpaid vacation days during the year, provided that (a) they must be used as a full week block of five consecutive days, and (B) they cannot be requested until all paid vacation has been used.

26

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

16.9 The Company reserves the right to schedule vacation time off, provided there shall be no discrimination and seniority will be a factor. Employees submitting vacation request for the next vacation year prior to May 15 will be given preference on the basis of classification seniority. For vacation requests made after May 15, the originally scheduled vacation takes precedence over seniority. Vacation time off requests must be in eight (8) hour increments. The intent of the above is that as many as possible schedule vacation time off before May 15 and those that do shall have preference by seniority; those that schedule later than May 15 shall not be allowed to use seniority as a means of bumping those who schedule before May 15.

16.10 Vacation shutdowns will be announced prior to May 1 of any year scheduled.

16.11 All vacation time off requests must be submitted by the end of the regular shift time the scheduled work day prior to the start of the desired vacation, except that five days of employee vacation time off will be designated as "short notice vacation time off days." These short notice time off vacation days may be requested no later than the starting time of the scheduled shift on the day of the vacation, provided that no short notice vacation time off days may be requested on any of the last five regularly scheduled working days of any calendar month, or the day prior to any paid holiday, or any of the days scheduled for annual plant inventory. Employees calling in for short notice vacation time off days prior to the shift start must either speak directly with a supervisor, or leave a clear message including their name, department, and exactly what day(s) are requested on the supervisor's voice mail.

ARTICLE 17 - PAID HOLIDAYS
PAID HOLIDAYS

17.1 An employee with seniority will be paid for the following holidays:

1.  First Year Of Contract (14 Holidays)
----------------------------------------
(1)  Monday, July 4, 2005                             Independence Day
(2)  Monday, September 5, 2005                        Labor Day
(3)  Thursday, November 24, 2005                      Thanksgiving Day
(4)  Friday, November 25, 2005                        Day After Thanksgiving
(5)  Friday, December 23, 2005                        In lieu of Christmas Eve
(6)  Monday, December 26, 2005                        In lieu of Christmas Day
(7)  Tuesday, December 27, 2005                       Shutdown Day #1@
(8)  Wednesday, December 28, 2005                     Shutdown Day #2@
(9)  Thursday, December 29, 2005                      Shutdown Day #3@
(10) Friday, December 30, 2005                        In lieu of New Years Eve
(11) Monday, January 2, 2006                          In lieu of New Years Day
(12) Monday, January 16, 2006 (or Floating Holiday)   Martin Luther King Day or FH*
(13) Friday, April 14, 2006                           Good Friday
(14) Monday, May 29, 2006                             Memorial Day

* FH must be requested in writing 2 days in advance.

2. Second Year of Contract (14 Holidays)
----------------------------------------
(1)  Tuesday, July 4, 2006                            Independence Day
(2)  Monday, September 4 2006                         Labor Day

27

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

(3)  Thursday, November 23, 2006                      Thanksgiving Day
(4)  Friday, November 24, 2006                        Day After Thanksgiving
(5)  Friday, December 22, 2006                        In lieu of Christmas Eve
(6)  Monday, December 25 2006                         Christmas Day
(7)  Tuesday, December 26, 2006                       Shutdown Day #1@
(8)  Wednesday, December 27, 2006                     Shutdown Day #2@
(9)  Thursday, December 28, 2006                      Shutdown Day #3@
(10) Friday, December 29, 2006                        In lieu of New Years Eve
(11) Monday, January 1, 2007                          New Years Day
(12) Monday, January 15, 2007 (or Floating Holiday)   Martin Luther King Day or FH*
(13) Friday, April 6, 2007                            Good Friday
(14) Monday, May 28, 2007                             Memorial Day

* FH must be requested in writing 2 days in advance.

3. Third Year of Contract (14 Holidays)
---------------------------------------
(1)  Wednesday, July 4, 2007                          Independence Day
(2)  Monday, September 3, 2007                        Labor Day
(3)  Thursday, November 22, 2007                      Thanksgiving Day
(4)  Friday, November 23, 2007                        Day After Thanksgiving
(5)  Monday, December 24, 2007                        Christmas Eve
(6)  Tuesday, December 25, 2007                       Christmas Day
(7)  Wednesday, December 26, 2007                     Shutdown Day #1@
(8   Thursday, December 27, 2007                      Shutdown Day #2@
(9)  Friday, December 28, 2007                        Shutdown Day #3@
(10) Monday, December 31, 2007                        New Years Eve
(11) Tuesday, January 1, 2008                         In lieu of New Years Day
(12) Monday, January 21 2008 (or Floating Holiday)    Martin Luther King Day or FH*
(13) Friday, March 21, 2008                           Good Friday
(14) Monday, May 26, 2008                             Memorial Day

* FH must be requested in writing 2 days in advance.

@ Note: Shutdown Days 1, 2, and 3 are subject to rules of special scheduling.

17.2 Employees who qualify under the provisions set forth in this Article will be paid eight (8) hours straight-time pay exclusive of night shift and overtime premiums for each such holiday. In the case of an incentive worker, the employee's average rate exclusive of night shift and overtime premium for the week in which the holiday falls will be used. For holidays which comprise the Christmas Holiday Period, the incentive worker's average rate exclusive of night shift and overtime premium for the last full week immediately preceding the shutdown period will be used.

17.3 HOLIDAY ELIGIBILITY REGULATIONS WHICH APPLY ONLY TO PAID HOLIDAYS OTHER THAN THE CHRISTMAS HOLIDAY PERIOD

1. An employee must work at least twenty-three and one-half (23 1/2) hours during a work week in which a holiday falls (fifteen and one half (15 1/2) hours in a week in which two (2) holidays are celebrated during the regular five (5) day work week.

28

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

2. Regular working hours during a holiday week excluding the paid holiday itself, in which the plant is shut down will be credited toward fulfilling the twenty-three and one-half (23 1/2) hour requisite in determining eligibility for holiday pay, or: seniority employees on layoff or approved leave of absence when the holiday occurs who return to work following the holiday but during the week in which the holiday falls shall receive pay for such holiday.

3. Notwithstanding the provisions above, seniority employees who have been laid off but who worked in the work week in which the holiday falls, or the work week prior to the week in which the holiday falls, shall receive pay for such holiday.

17.4 HOLIDAY ELIGIBILITY REGULATIONS WHICH APPLY ONLY TO THE CHRISTMAS HOLIDAY PERIOD

1. An employee on approved Personal Leave of Absence or an employee on an Illness Leave of Absence, who is cleared by his doctor to return to work during the Christmas holiday period, shall be eligible for paid holidays for which he was available for work, providing he works his first scheduled work day following the holiday period.

2. Seniority employees on layoff during the Christmas Holiday Period, but who worked in the work week in which the Christmas Holiday Period begins, or in the first, second, third or fourth work week prior to the week in which the Holiday Period begins, will receive holiday pay for each of the holidays in the Holiday Period, provided they work on their last scheduled work day.

3. An employee on layoff during the Christmas holiday period who is scheduled to return to work during the week in which the holiday period ends shall be eligible for paid holidays which fall in such week providing he works his first scheduled work day in such week.

4. The twenty-three and one half (23 1/2) hours of work requirement does not apply to the Christmas holiday periods.

5. Employees must work the last scheduled work day in the week immediately preceding the shutdown period and the first scheduled work day in the week immediately following the shutdown period. An employee will be expected to work his entire scheduled shift on these two days. Time not at work due to emergency or due to causes beyond the control of the employee may merit consideration at the discretion of the Company.

6. A seniority employee absent without approval of his supervisor on either the last scheduled working day prior to or the next scheduled working day after a Christmas holiday period, shall be ineligible for pay for two (2) of the holidays in the Christmas holiday period, but shall, if otherwise eligible, receive pay for the remaining holidays in the Christmas holiday period. The two (2) days of ineligibility are designated to be the two (2) days closest to the day in which the employee was absent.

29

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

7. If an employee is scheduled for and accepts an assignment to work on a Saturday or Sunday immediately prior to a day of holiday such assignment shall be considered to be his last scheduled work day.

8. The parties to this Agreement recommend the exchange of paid holidays, on a voluntary local basis, in those cases where some work has to be performed during the Christmas holiday period.

9. The requirement that an employee work the first scheduled work day in the week immediately following the holiday period shall not apply to an employee who retires with a January 1 effective date.

17.5 CHRISTMAS HOLIDAY PERIOD

1. In order for employees to have maximum time off during the Christmas holiday period, employees will be called in to work only in emergencies on the following days which are not paid holidays under this Agreement:

Saturday, December 31, 2005 Sunday, January 1, 2006
Saturday, December 30, 2006 Sunday, December 31, 2006 Saturday, December 29, 2007 Sunday, December 30, 2007

2. An employee shall not be disqualified for holiday pay if he does not accept work on such days. This statement does not apply to employees on necessary continuous seven day operations.

3. It is the purpose of the Holiday Pay provisions of this Agreement to enable eligible employees to enjoy the specified holidays with full straight-time pay. If, with respect to a week included in the Christmas holiday period an employee supplements his Holiday Pay by claiming and receiving an unemployment compensation benefit, or claims and receives waiting period credit, to which he would not have been entitled if his Holiday Pay had been treated as remuneration for the week, the employee shall be obligated to pay to the Corporation the lesser of the following amounts: (A) an amount equal to his Holiday Pay for the week in question, or (B) an amount equal to either the unemployment compensation paid to him for such week or the unemployment compensation which would have been paid to him for such week if it had not been a waiting period. The Corporation will deduct from earnings subsequently due and payable the amount which the employee is obligated to pay as provided above.

17.6 HOLIDAY ELIGIBILITY REGULATIONS WHICH APPLY TO BOTH THE CHRISTMAS HOLIDAY PERIOD AND TO OTHER PAID HOLIDAYS

1. An employee must have seniority as of the date of the holiday.

30

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

2. Only emergency crews will be worked on a holiday unless otherwise agreed prior to a holiday. An employee working on a holiday will be paid holiday pay under this section and in addition will be paid double time for hours worked on the Holiday. Notwithstanding the provisions above, an employee scheduled to work and accepting a work assignment on any of the listed holidays but failing to report for and to perform work will not receive pay for the holiday.

3. When an employee is eligible for holiday pay and also for a Weekly Disability Benefit for the same day, the Disability Benefit less any applicable Workers' Compensation Benefit will be paid and the excess of holiday pay over the Disability Benefit or Workers' Compensation Benefit, whichever is greater, will be paid as soon as practicable in the form of make-up holiday pay.

4. In the event a holiday falls within an employee's approved vacation period, he shall be paid for that holiday in addition to his vacation pay.

5. Approved time off for jury duty service, short-term military service and funeral leave will be considered as hours worked for holiday pay eligibility purposes.

11. Notwithstanding the provisions above, seniority employees who have gone on an approved leave of absence during the work week prior to, or during the work week in which the holiday falls, shall receive pay for such holiday.

17.7 SPECIAL CHRISTMAS HOLIDAY PROCEDURES - The following will apply to up to three holidays that fall between Christmas and New Years Eve, provided the Company posts a tentative work crew roster by December 10th:

1. Employees will be voluntarily solicited by classification to perform necessary work during the holiday period.

2. Employees working during this period shall be given the option to receive either double time pay or straight time pay with an equal amount of floating holidays to be taken with two (2) days notice at any time up to December 24th of the following year. If these floating holidays are not utilized they will be paid in lieu of time off in the first full pay period of the following calendar year.

3. Employees working during this period will be required to work in other classifications if the need arises.

4. Restrictions of overtime sharing within classifications will be waived for this holiday period.

5. If an emergency situation arises that requires additional manpower, the Company will attempt to contact the employee within the needed classifications on the basis of seniority. If no additional help can be obtained through this procedure, the Company reserves the right to use salaried employees to do the required work.

31

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

6. A tentative work crew roster will be completed by December 10 of each year preceding the holiday period and the Union will be informed.

ARTICLE 18 - BEREAVEMENT PAY

18.1 When death occurs in his immediate family (current spouse, parent, stepparent, parent or stepparent of current spouse, child, stepchild, brother, stepbrother, sister, stepsister, grandparents, grandparents of current spouse, grandchild, step grandchild) an active employee with seniority, on request, will be excused for up to three (3) regularly scheduled days of work during the three
(3) days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays and paid holidays) immediately following the death. After making written application within 30 days following the death, the employee shall receive 24 hours pay. Days of layoff, leave of absence, and short-term military duty are days for which the employee is not entitled to Bereavement Pay.

18.2 When a death occurs prior to or during a vacation which is scheduled, up to one week of vacation shall be cancelled and rescheduled, should the employee so desire.

18.3 Payment shall be made at the employee's regular straight-time hourly rate at the time of the death. Time thus paid will not be counted as hours worked for purposes of overtime.

18.4 Bereavement Pay will be paid in instances involving stillborn birth after seven months.

18.5 When the date of the funeral or memorial service is outside the initial three-day period following the death, the employee may have his excused absence from work delayed until the period of three normally scheduled working days, which includes the date of the funeral.

18.6 In the event an employee is granted a leave of absence because of the illness of a member of his immediate family and such family member dies within the first seven (7) calendar days of the leave, the requirement that the employee otherwise would have been scheduled to work will be waived.

ARTICLE 19 - PAY FOR JURY DUTY

19.1 Any employee with seniority who is called to and reports to qualify or serve on Jury Duty (including coroner's juries) or who is subpoenaed to appear as a witness, shall be paid the difference between his regular wages for the number of hours, up to eight (8) that he otherwise would have been scheduled to work -and the money he receives for each day partially or wholly spent in performing the duties of a juror or a witness, if the employee otherwise would have been scheduled to work for the Company. In order to receive payment under this section, an employee must give the Human Resources Department prior notice that he has been summoned or subpoenaed and must furnish satisfactory evidence of the summons or subpoena and the fact that he reported and as a result lost time on the days for which he claims such payment.

19.2 An employee who is subpoenaed to serve as a witness in a Federal or State court of law in the state in which he is working or residing will not be eligible for pay under this article If he:

a) is called as a witness against the Company or its interests; or

32

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

b) is called as a witness on his own behalf in an action in which he is a party; or

c) voluntarily seeks to testify as a witness; or

d) is a witness in a case arising from or related to his outside employment or outside business activities.

19.3 An employee assigned to the third shift will not be required to work on the shift immediately preceding the time such employee is to report or if the hours scheduled or the distance to be traveled substantially results in such employee losing the scheduled workday prior to or following the day of duty, such employee will be paid his regular wages for such day. An employee assigned to the first shift, and an employee assigned to the second shift will not be required to work on the day such employee is to report.

ARTICLE 20 - SHORT-TERM MILITARY DUTY PAY AND RE-EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

20.1 An employee with one or more years of seniority who is called to and performs short-term active duty of thirty (30) days or less, including annual active duty for training, as a member of the United States Armed Forces Reserve or National Guard shall be paid by the Company for each day partially or wholly spent in performing such duty, if the employee otherwise would have been scheduled to work for the Company and does not work, an amount equal to the difference, if any, between the employee's regular straight-time hourly rate on the last day worked and his daily military earnings (including all allowances except for rations, subsistence and travel). The Company's obligation to pay an employee for performance of military duty under this Section is limited to a maximum of ten (10) scheduled working days in any calendar year, except that short term active duty for call-outs by state or federal authorities in case of public emergency shall be limited to a maximum of thirty (30) scheduled working days in any calendar year.

20.2 In order to receive payment under this Section an employee must give the Company prior notice where possible of such military duty and upon his return to work must furnish the Company with a statement of his military pay while on such duty.

20.3 RE-EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS AND BENEFITS FOR EMPLOYEES IN MILITARY SERVICE Any employee who enters into the Armed Forces of the United States under existing Federal Regulations shall be granted a leave of absence and will be accorded reinstatement rights as provided by the applicable laws then in force. While in military service, the Company agrees to continue, at the option of the employee, the same Hospital-Surgical-Medical-Drug coverage for dependents of the employee as the Company furnishes to other employees in the Bargaining Unit from which he left. For this coverage the employee will pay the Company the actual Company rate. The maximum time limit for continuance of this insurance is three (3) years.

ARTICLE 21 - PERSONAL LEAVE OF ABSENCE

21.1 An employee shall be granted a personal leave of absence provided such leave is for good and sufficient cause as determined by the Company and is approved by the Company, and

33

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

such employee will accumulate seniority during such leave. Such leave will be for a period not to exceed six (6) months with the privilege of requesting an extension.

ARTICLE 22 - MEDICAL LEAVE OF ABSENCE

22.1 An employee with seniority who is unable to work because of injury or illness shall be granted a sick leave of absence with accumulated seniority for the duration of the disability but not to exceed six (6) months without renewal.

22.2 A medical leave of absence for injury or illness must be substantiated, with satisfactory evidence of the employee's condition, as soon as possible but no later than time required in Section 7.30. The Company will, however, consider extenuating circumstances which prevent the timely submission of such evidence, on an individual basis.

22.3 Medical leaves of absence may be granted in accordance with the disability plan.

ARTICLE 23 - ON THE JOB INJURY

23.1 An - employee who is injured on the job for whom first aid is inadequate but a doctor's care is required will, on the initial day of medical treatment, be provided transportation to and from the doctor's office or hospital.

23.2 If the employee, in the opinion of the doctor, is able to return to work for the balance of his shift he shall do so; if the doctor or the Company excuses him for the balance of the shift he may go home.

23.3 An employee who must leave the plant for medical attention as described above, shall be compensated at his regular rate of pay, up to a maximum of the balance of the shift.

23.4 Employees who are able to return to work but need subsequent medical attention shall be paid for time actually lost as provided above if such care occurs during their regularly scheduled working hours. The question of the necessity for such re-visits shall be determined by the attending physician. The employee will make every effort to schedule such visits outside of normal working hours.

23.5 A Union Representative will be notified and may be present when a Workers' Compensation claim is discussed with an employee during regular working hours on the Company premises.

23.6 If such lost time occurs on a Saturday, Sunday or a holiday for which he is scheduled to work, the employee shall be paid on the basis of premium pay applicable for that day.

ARTICLE 24 - SAFETY AND HEALTH

34

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

24.1 The Company will conduct its plant and office in such a manner that they will meet the requirements of workplace inspection laws and other laws for protection of the health and safety of employees.

24.2 A Safety Committee shall be set up. This committee shall consist of the following Company and Bargaining Unit persons: (1) Bargaining Unit: At least one member of the Plant Committee, and at least one person from the Maintenance Department. (2) Management: The Plant Manager will Chair the Committee, and the Human Resources Manager and at least one Engineer will participate. The Committee will meet monthly.

24.3 The Safety Committee shall be paid at their regular hourly rate for such time as may be necessary to investigate and meet on safety issues. Company and Union Safety Committee representatives may accompany Government Health and Safety inspectors - on plant inspection tours.

24.4 Upon request of the Safety Committee, the Company will make available copies of reports concerning Health and Safety matters. The Company will provide copies of the OSHA "Log of Occupational Injuries and Illnesses," as it is now constituted, to the designated Union Safety Representative.

24.5 An employee who believes he is working on an unsafe machine or operation shall report such condition to his supervisor immediately. When required by OSHA, the Company will provide physical examinations and other appropriate tests for employees who are exposed to potentially toxic agents or materials, at no cost to the employees.

24.6 Any disagreement or dispute relating to safety and/or health which cannot be resolved by the Safety Committee may be treated as a grievance and processed through the regular grievance procedure. When written notice is given that a grievance based upon an alleged violation of this article, has not been satisfactorily settled in the First Level, it shall be placed immediately in the last level of the local agreement's Grievance Procedure, involving the local management, local committee and the International Union Representative.

24.7 The Company shall provide the necessary or required personal protective equipment, devices and clothing at no cost to employees in accordance with present local practice.

24.8 A Hazardous Communication Program (HCP) has been developed that adopts the OSHA Standards regarding hazardous materials in the workplace, and the employees' right to know the contents and safe handling procedures of such materials. (OSHA Standard 1910.1200 Hazard Communication.) The Safety Committee will review the HCP Program and make recommendations for necessary updates and improvement on an annual basis.

24.9 The Company will provide protective gloves at various safety stations for use when assisting injured employees, in accordance with OSHA standard.

35

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

ARTICLE 25 - INSURANCE

25.1 The Medical Insurance Options are shown below. The Company will continue to offer the traditional plan and the HMO plan with no changes in benefit levels. The Company reserves the right to change carriers and/or administrators. Employees will pay the weekly contributions shown below or the indicated percentage of the monthly premium, whichever is less (see Addendum 1 and Addendum 2).

1. HEALTH ALLIANCE PLAN (HAP) - with the following maximum weekly employee contributions:

                 YR1 (6-6-05 TO 6-4-06)   YR2 (6-5-06 TO 6-3-07)   YR3 (6-4-07 TO 6-1-08)
                 ----------------------   ----------------------   ----------------------
Single HAP:              $15.42                   $22.17                   $25.49
Couple HAP:              $35.47                   $50.98                   $58.63
Family HAP:              $40.10                   $57.64                   $66.29

2. ANTHEM BCBS HEALTH PLAN - with the following maximum weekly employee contributions:

                 YR1 (6-6-05 TO 6-4-06)   YR2 (6-5-06 TO 6-3-07)   YR3 (6-4-07 TO 6-1-08)
                 ----------------------   ----------------------   ----------------------
Single Anthem:           $17.73                   $25.49                   $29.31
Couple Anthem:           $35.47                   $50.98                   $58.63
Family Anthem:           $51.43                   $73.92                   $85.01

25.2 The schedule of benefits for each plan will be fixed for the life of the agreement, and will be made available to employees at annual open enrollment. The above plans are subject to availability from the carrier.

25.3 OPT OUT BONUS - Employees may elect to decline health care coverage, with proof of alternate coverage, and will receive fifty dollars ($50.00) per month from the Company.

25.4 The Dental Insurance options are shown below. The Company will continue to offer the current schedule of benefits under Delta Dental. The Company reserves the right to change carriers or administrators. Employees will pay the weekly contributions shown below:

                 YR1 (6-6-05 TO 6-4-06)   YR2 (6-5-06 TO 6-3-07)   YR3 (6-4-07 TO 6-1-08)
                 ----------------------   ----------------------   ----------------------
Single Dental:            $1.67                    $1.92                    $2.21
Couple Dental:            $2.83                    $3.25                    $3.74
Family Dental:            $4.83                    $5.56                    $6.39

Benefits include annual maximum of $1,000 per patient; Deductible $25 single or $75 family per year; Orthodontic lifetime maximum $1,200; preventive and diagnostic services not subject to deductible at 100% of reasonable and customary fee; Basic Restorative Services 80/20 co-pay; Crowns 50/50 co-pay; Prosthodontics 50/50 co-pay; Child Orthodontia 50/50 co-pay.

25.5 RETIREE INSURANCE

36

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

1. VEBA - The current VEBA plan and contribution level will be maintained for the life of the Agreement.

3. HEALTH AND LIFE INSURANCE - Eligible employees with pension credited service dates on or before January 1, 1991 will be eligible for retiree health and life insurance; others none. Surviving spouse pensions will include health insurance on the survivor and/or eligible children provided they were insured under the retiree group insurance plan at the time of the retiree's death. Surviving spouse insurance terminates should the eligible survivor re-marry.

4. DENTAL INSURANCE - Eligible employees with pension credited service dates on or before January 1, 1991 will be eligible for retiree dental coverage for the employee only (no dependent coverage) for a period of two years following the date of retirement.

5. CONTRIBUTION - No weekly premium contribution for eligible retirees.

6. CARRIER - retirees may participate in any plan offered to active employees, subject to availability from the carrier.

25.6 DISABILITY

1. SICKNESS AND ACCIDENT (S&A) PLAN - The Company will provide a disability plan that provides a benefit of 66-2/3% of an employee's base pay to a maximum of $450 weekly, for a maximum benefit of twenty-six (26) weeks. The weekly maximum will increase during the life of the contract as shown below:

December 6, 2004   $450
June 6, 2005       $475
June 5, 2006       $485
June 4, 2007       $500

2. LONG TERM DISABILITY PLAN - The Company will also provide a long term disability plan that provides a weekly benefit of fifty percent (50%) of an employee's weekly base pay to a maximum of $450 weekly, for a maximum benefit period of twenty-four (24) months. The weekly maximum will increase during the life of the contract as shown below:

December 6, 2004   $450
June 6, 2005       $475
June 5, 2006       $485
June 4, 2007       $500

25.7 CONTINUATION OF INSURANCE BENEFITS WHILE LAID OFF OR ON DISABILITY

1. WHILE ON LAYOFF - Life, AD&D, health, and dental insurance will continue while on layoff for the length of the layoff, or for six (6) months maximum.

37

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

2. WHILE DISABLED - Life, AD&D, health and dental insurance will continue for the length of the disability or for thirty (30) months maximum.

25.8 LIFE INSURANCE - The company will provide to eligible employees, forty thousand dollars ($40,000) of group term life insurance and forty thousand dollars ($40,000) of group accidental death and dismemberment insurance on the employee only. The life insurance and AD&D will increase during the life of the contract as shown below:

December 6, 2004   $40,000
June 6, 2005       $45,000
June 4, 2007       $50,000

25.9 OPTIONAL DEPENDENT LIFE INSURANCE - Eligible employees may purchase optional dependent life insurance for their spouse and eligible children who are at least fourteen days old, at rates determined by the carrier, in one of the following two options: (1) Ten thousand dollars ($10,000) group term life on spouse, and four thousand dollars ($4,000) group term life on each eligible dependent child, or (2) Five thousand dollars ($5,000) group term life on spouse, and two thousand dollars ($2,000) on each eligible dependent child. Premiums will be paid through payroll deduction for active employees, and employees on layoff or sick leave may continue optional dependent life insurance coverage by paying the required premiums, for as long as their benefit eligibility status continues according to the carrier.

25.10 EMPLOYEE ELIGIBILITY - New hires will become eligible for health, dental, disability, life, optional dependent life, and ad&d, provided they are a full time active employee, and provided they qualify according to plan rules, and provided they make any required employee contribution or premium payments, on the first calendar day of the month following completion of sixty (60) calendar days of employment. Should the employee be disabled or otherwise ineligible on this date all group insurance effective dates will be postponed until the employee is in active status and has returned to work. All full time hourly bargaining unit Employees are eligible for group insurance. Temporary and part time employees who do not acquire seniority are not eligible.

25.11 DEPENDENT ELIGIBILITY - Dependents are eligible for health, dental, and optional dependent life insurance, provided they qualify according to plan rules, and the employee makes any required dependent contribution or premium payments. The employee's spouse and unmarried dependent children (including adopted children and step-children in the household) until the end of the calendar year in which such children attain twenty-five (25) years of age, provided that any child over nineteen (19) years of age must legally reside with or be a member of the household of the employee (or may reside elsewhere provided a court order requires the employee to provide medical care for the child) and must be dependent upon the Employee within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code of the United States, and must be a full time student. Dependents hospitalized on the dependent health insurance effective date will not be covered in the Group until they are released from the hospital and no longer under a physician's care, and able to carry on the regular and customary activities of a healthy person of the same age and sex.

25.12 STATUS CHANGES - Employees are required to notify human resources of any eligibility status changes (i.e. divorce, marriage, birth of child, etc) immediately. Failure to do so within thirty

38

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

(30) calendar days may jeopardize eligibility for group insurance benefits, and could invalidate claims paid in error.

25.13 BENEFICIARY - Employees are required to keep an up-to-date beneficiary election on file in human resources, and to notify immediately of any change.

25.14 SUMMARY PLAN DESCRIPTIONS - Summary plan descriptions will be provided from time to time by the Company or by the carrier, as required by law.

25.15 FLEXIBLE SPENDING ACCOUNTS - The Company will make available to employees, provided it is allowable under law, a flexible spending account for (1) qualified health expenses and (2) qualified dependent care expenses. Both of these accounts are optional, and require employee pre-tax contributions which are forfeited following the calendar year if expenses submitted for reimbursement are less than the amount contributed. Details of the plans will be provided annually to employees for their consideration at open enrollment time.

ARTICLE 26 - 401(K) PLAN

26.1 The Formsprag 401(k) plan will be continued for the life of the Agreement and a Summary Plan Description will be distributed to employees.

26.2 SPECIAL 401(k) Contribution For Pension Participants - One thousand dollars ($1,000) will be deposited into the 401K account of each pension participant on November 1, 2007 to coincide with the freezing of the basic pension benefit in Article 27. This special Contribution is immediately 100% vested.

26.3 ONGOING PARTICIPATION IN 401(k) PLAN FOR PENSIONERS - Beginning November 1, 2007 each pension participant that had their basic benefit frozen as shown in Article 27 will also be given a two percent (2%) Company Contribution in their 401(k) plan each anniversary date. The first contribution will include the time period from November 1, 2007 until the first anniversary date following November 1, 2007; thereafter, the contributions will be annually on the anniversary date. All employees with three or more years of service are immediately 100% vested in these Contributions.

26.4 NEW HIRES and 401(k): All employees hired on or after December 3, 2001 will participate in the Company's 401(k) plan in lieu of participating in the pension plan. These employees will receive lump sum contributions on their anniversary date to their 401(k) accounts as follows:

1. ANNIVERSARY OF COMPLETING FIRST YEAR OF EMPLOYMENT - One percent (1%) of employee's gross earnings.

2. ANNIVERSARY OF COMPLETING SECOND YEAR OF EMPLOYMENT - One and one-half percent (1.5%) of employee's gross earnings.

3. ANNIVERSARY OF COMPLETING THIRD YEAR OF EMPLOYMENT - Two percent (2.0%) of employee's gross earnings.

39

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

4. EACH ANNIVERSARY OF COMPLETING A YEAR THEREAFTER - Two percent (2.0%) of employee's gross earnings.

5. VESTING - The above Company contributions will vest at the end of the employee's third year of continuous employment. At this time they will be 100% vested.

ARTICLE 27 - PENSION

27.1 The Pension Plan will be continued, with the following modifications, for the life of the Agreement and Summary Plan Descriptions will be distributed to employees.

27.2 BASIC BENEFIT - $32.50. Freeze additional accumulation of pension benefit service on October 31, 2007. Additional service still counts toward meeting supplement service milestones.

27.3 EARLY RETIREMENT SUPPLEMENT - maintained for all employees whose pension credited service date is January 1, 1991 or earlier. Eliminated for all other employees.

27.4 INTERIM SUPPLEMENT - maintained for all employees whose pension credited service date is January 1, 1991 or earlier. Eliminated for all other employees.

27.5 MEDICARE BENEFIT - maintained for all eligible employees on the seniority list as of the December 3, 2001.

27.6 SURVIVOR PENSION BENEFIT OPTION - maintained for all eligible employees on the seniority list as of December 3, 2001.

27.7 SPECIAL EARLY PENSION BENEFIT OPTION - maintained for all eligible employees on the seniority list as of December 3, 2001.

27.8 TEMPORARY BENEFIT SUPPLEMENT (Part of Special Early) - Eliminated.

ARTICLE 28 - WAGES

28.1 WAGES

1. FIRST YEAR OF CONTRACT - There will be a seven hundred fifty ($750) lump sum ratification bonus to be paid to all seniority employees by June 17, 2005. Employees hired before ratification date but yet on the seniority list will only receive the bonus if they complete their probationary period with the Company.

2. SECOND YEAR OF CONTRACT - There will be a lump sum wage payment equal to two percent (2%) of gross earnings for the prior fifty-two (52) week period ending June 4, 2006, to be paid to all eligible employees on the seniority list by June 26, 2006.

40

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

3. THIRD YEAR OF CONTRACT - There will be a lump sum wage payment equal to two percent (2%) of gross earnings for the prior fifty-two (52) week period ending June 3, 2007, to be paid to all eligible employees on the seniority list by June 25, 2007.

28.2 COLA

1. PAYOUT OF COLA - All accumulated COLA through June 5, 2005 will be paid out to eligible employees by June 17, 2005.

2. Further COLA is eliminated from the Contract.

28.3 RATE SCHEDULE AND CLASSIFICATIONS - The rates and classifications at Formsprag are shown on Schedule 2005. Effective June 6, 2005 the schedule will be recomputed showing four years from minimum to maximum. New rates to be effective for all work performed on or after June 6, 2005.

Article 29 - TRANSFER OF AGREEMENT

29.1 This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and/or the Union successors, assigns or transferees.

Article 30 - SEPARABILITY CLAUSE

30.1 In the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be or become invalid or unenforceable by reasons of any Federal or State Law or Executive Order now existing or hereafter enacted, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement. In addition, the parties may agree upon a replacement from the affected provision(s). Such replacement provision(s) shall become effective immediately upon agreement of the parties, without the need for further ratification by the Union membership, and shall remain in effect for the duration of this Agreement.

Article 31 - TERMINATION

31.1 The foregoing constitutes an agreement between the Company and the Union. It is to become effective June 6, 2005, the date of the Monday following ratification and to continue in effect until 12:01 a.m., June 2, 2008. If either party desires to modify, amend, or terminate the Agreement, it shall give at least sixty (60) days written notice to the other party before 12:01 a.m., June 2, 2008.

31.2 If neither party serves notice of modification, amendment, or termination, the Agreement shall continue beyond 12:01 a.m., June 2, 2008, subject to sixty
(60) days written notice of modification, amendment, or termination.

31.3 This Agreement replaces all Company agreements, supplements, and amendments.

41

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

30.4 In witness whereof, the parties have on the 6th day of June, 2005, caused this Agreement to be signed by their duly authorized representatives.

FOR THE UNION:                          FOR THE COMPANY:


-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
Bob Hecker                              David Ebling
VP - UAW Local 155                      General Manager


-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
Dennis Krol                             Tim McGowan
Plant Chairman                          VP - Human Resources


-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
Clay Farley                             Ed Novotny
Committeeman                            VP - Operations


-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
Ralph Thomas                            Gary Simpler
Committeeman                            Shawe & Rosenthal, LLP


                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Kirby Smith
                                        Mgr - Human Resources


                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Donna Packer
                                        Mgr - Human Resources


                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        David Meeker
                                        Finance Mgr.

42

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

LETTER NO. 1

June 6, 2005

To: Mr. Bob Hecker
and Formsprag Bargaining Committee

Re: Equal Opportunity Program

Dear Mr. Hecker:

All employees are encouraged to contribute and grow to the limit of their desire and ability by the use of the Company training and education programs, and tuition assistance programs which are to be administered without regard to race, religion, color, sex, age, national origin, disabled veterans, veterans of the Vietnam era, or certified physical or mental disability.

Recruitment of new employees is to be conducted in a manner to assure full equal employment opportunities, and all decisions on employment are to be based on this principle of equal employment opportunity.

As new developments take place regarding equal employment matters, the information will be communicated to all local management and union bargaining committees and our employees as rapidly as possible.

We agree to review and discuss ways and means of encouraging employees and grievance representatives to use the grievance and arbitration procedure as the exclusive contractual method to resolve claims of denial of equal application rights.

Sincerely,


Kirby H. Smith Manager of Human Resources

43

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

LETTER NO. 2

June 6, 2005

To: Mr. Bob Hecker and
Formsprag Bargaining Committee

Re: Working Hours

Dear Mr. Hecker:

The Company was asked to provide the Union, in writing, with its negotiations positions regarding starting and quitting times, break times, wash-up times, and lunch period.

The Company intends to continue the schedule shown for the life of the Agreement.

Should business conditions or Government regulations change, however, which make rearrangement of the times necessary in the Company's opinion, the Union will be advised of the change in advance of the effective date.

The amount of time permitted is as follows:

Breaks                  10 minutes - A.M.
                        10 minutes - P.M.
      Total             20 minutes

Wash-up
   (before lunch)       5 minutes - A.M.
   (before shift end)   5 minutes - P.M.
      Total             10 minutes

The present work schedule is as follows:

                       Day Shift         Afternoon Shift       Midnight Shift
                       ---------         ---------------       --------------
Starting Time     6:30 a.m.            3:00 p.m.            10:30 p.m.
Morning Break     9:20 - 9:30 a.m.     5:20 - 5:30 p.m.     1:20 - 1:30 a.m.
Unpaid Lunch      11:00 - 11:30 a.m.   7:30 - 8:00 p.m.     3:00 - 3:30 a.m.
Afternoon Break   1:20 - 1:30 p.m.     10:00 - 10:10 p.m.   5:20 - 5:30 a.m.
Quitting Time     3:00 p.m.            11:30 p.m.           7:00 a.m.

Sincerely,


Kirby H. Smith Manager of Human Resources

44

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

LETTER NO. 3

June 6, 2005

To: Mr. Bob Hecker and
Formsprag Plant Bargaining Committee

Subject: Combination or Elimination of Classifications

Dear Mr. Hecker:

It appears that efforts toward combining classifications and tasks provide benefits to both the employees and the Company. Therefore, we consider it mutually advantageous to continue these efforts and discussions during the course of the new contract period.

Specifically when classifications become vacant, we have agreed to meet with you and discuss their combination or elimination.

This agreement to discuss does not change any rights that the Company now has under the current Labor Agreement to combine or eliminate classifications.

This will confirm our mutual understanding that if classifications are combined in the future, the relative seniority positions in the new classification will reflect the actual classification seniority held by the effected employees prior to the combination.

We further agree to review with you any combinations of classifications which occurred in the preceding Labor Agreement and make appropriate adjustments to assure that classification seniority is determined in the manner described above.


Kirby H. Smith Manager of Human Resources

45

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

LETTER NO. 4

June 6, 2005

To: Mr. Bob Hecker
and Formsprag Bargaining Committee

Re: Holiday Pay and Disciplinary Suspension

Dear Mr. Hecker:

This will confirm that for the life of this Agreement, the Company will continue its policy of not affecting an employee's holiday pay entitlement as a result of a disciplinary suspension.

Sincerely,


Kirby H. Smith Manager of Human Resources

46

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

LETTER NO. 5

June 6, 2005

To: Mr. Bob Hecker and
Formsprag Bargaining Committee

Subject: Notice of Plant Closing and Severance Pay

Dear Mr. Hecker:

Should it become necessary to discontinue the Formsprag Clutch operation, the Company will give the Union a minimum of six (6) months advance notice.

In addition, the Company will provide severance pay to eligible employees affected by such a closing as follows:

1. Employees who are on the active payroll at the time notice of plant closure is given to the Union, or at any time between such notice and the date of plant closure, will receive severance benefits equal to three months (13 weeks) pay at the employee's base rate.

2. Employees hired by the Company on or after December 3, 2001 are not eligible for severance benefits.

3. In order to receive severance benefits, eligible employees must remain employed by the Company until such time as they are released by the Company due to the cessation of operations.

Sincerely,


Kirby H. Smith Manager of Human Resources

47

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

ADDENDUM NO. 1

Employee co-pay will be as shown or the indicated percentage, whichever is lower.

ANTHEM BC/BS RATES

Assumes 15.0% annual healthcare rate increase

                         YR1 -EFF. 6-6-05   YR2- EFF, 6-5-06   YR3 - EFF. 6-4-07
                         ----------------   ----------------   -----------------
SINGLE   TOTAL MO.
         PREMIUM            $  384.20          $  441.83           $  508.10

         YOUR CO-PAY
         MONTHLY            $   76.84          $  110.46           $  127.03

         YOUR CO-PAY
         WEEKLY             $   17.73          $   25.49           $   29.31

         YOUR % CO-PAY           20.0%              25.0%               25.0%

COUPLE   TOTAL MO.
         PREMIUM            $  768.42          $  883.68           $1,016.24

         YOUR CO-PAY
         MONTHLY            $  153.68          $  220.92           $  254.06

         YOUR CO-PAY
         WEEKLY             $   35.47          $   50.98           $   58.63

         YOUR % CO-PAY           20.0%              25.0%               25.0%

FAMILY   TOTAL MO.
         PREMIUM            $1,114.23          $1,281.36           $1,473.57

         YOUR CO-PAY
         MONTHLY            $  222.85          $  320.34           $  368.39

         YOUR CO-PAY
         WEEKLY             $   51.43          $   73.92           $   85.01

         YOUR % CO-PAY           20.0%              25.0%               25.0%

48

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

ADDENDUM NO. 2

Employee co-pay will be as shown or the indicated percentage, whichever is lower.

HEALTH ALLIANCE PLAN

Assumes 15.0% annual healthcare rate increase

                         Yr1 -eff. 6-6-05   Yr2- eff, 6-5-06   Yr3 - eff. 6-4-07
                         ----------------   ----------------   -----------------
SINGLE   TOTAL MO.
         PREMIUM             $334.10            $384.22            $  441.85

         YOUR CO-PAY
         MONTHLY             $ 66.82            $ 96.05            $  110.46

         YOUR CO-PAY
         WEEKLY              $ 15.42            $ 22.17            $   25.49

         YOUR % CO-PAY          20.0%              25.0%                25.0%

COUPLE   TOTAL MO.
         PREMIUM             $768.43            $883.69            $1,016.25

         YOUR CO-PAY
         MONTHLY             $153.69            $220.92            $  254.06

         YOUR CO-PAY
         WEEKLY              $ 35.47            $ 50.98            $   58.63

         YOUR % CO-PAY          20.0%              25.0%                25.0%

FAMILY   TOTAL MO.
         PREMIUM             $868.85            $999.18            $1,149.05

         YOUR CO-PAY
         MONTHLY             $173.77            $249.79            $  287.26

         YOUR CO-PAY
         WEEKLY              $ 40.10            $ 57.64            $   66.29

         YOUR % CO-PAY          20.0%              25.0%                25.0%

49

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

    JANUARY 2005                 FEBRUARY 2005                MARCH 2005
--------------------        ----------------------       --------------------
Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa        Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa         Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa
                   1               1  2  3  4  5                1  2  3  4  5
 2  3  4  5  6  7  8         6  7  8  9 10 11 12          6  7  8  9 10 11 12
 9 10 11 12 13 14 15        13 14 15 16 17 18 19         13 14 15 16 17 18 19
16 17 18 19 20 21 22        20 21 22 23 24 25 26         20 21 22 23 24 25 26
23 24 25 26 27 28 29        27 28                        27 28 29 30 31
30 31

3:graphic. 10:graphic.      2:graphic. 8:graphic.        3:graphic. 10:graphic.
17:graphic. 25:graphic.     15:graphic. 24:graphic.      17:graphic. 25:graphic.

     APRIL 2005                     MAY 2005                    JUNE 2005
--------------------        ----------------------        --------------------
Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa        Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa          Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa
                1  2         1  2  3  4  5  6  7                    1  2  3  4
 3  4  5  6  7  8  9         8  9 10 11 12 13 14           5  6  7  8  9 10 11
10 11 12 13 14 15 16        15 16 17 18 19 20 21          12 13 14 15 16 17 18
17 18 19 20 21 22 23        22 23 24 25 26 27 28          19 20 21 22 23 24 25
24 25 26 27 28 29 30        29 30 31                      26 27 28 29 30

2:graphic. 8:graphic.       1:graphic. 8:graphic.        6:graphic. 15:graphic.
16:graphic. 24:graphic.     16:graphic. 23:graphic.      22:graphic. 28:graphic.
                            30:graphic.

      JULY 2005                   AUGUST 2005               SEPTEMBER 2005
--------------------        ----------------------       --------------------
Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa        Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa         Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa
                1  2            1  2  3  4  5  6                      1  2  3
 3  4  5  6  7  8  9         7  8  9 10 11 12 13          4  5  6  7  8  9 10
10 11 12 13 14 15 16        14 15 16 17 18 19 20         11 12 13 14 15 16 17
17 18 19 20 21 22 23        21 22 23 24 25 26 27         18 19 20 21 22 23 24
24 25 26 27 28 29 30        28 29 30 31                  25 26 27 28 29 30
31

6:graphic. 14:graphic.      5:graphic. 13:graphic.       3:graphic. 11:graphic.
21:graphic. 28:graphic.     19:graphic. 26:graphic.      18:graphic. 25:graphic.

    OCTOBER 2005                 NOVEMBER 2005                  DECEMBER 2005
--------------------        ----------------------          --------------------
Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa        Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa            Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa
                   1               1  2  3  4  5                         1  2  3
 2  3  4  5  6  7  8         6  7  8  9 10 11 12             4  5  6  7  8  9 10
 9 10 11 12 13 14 15        13 14 15 16 17 18 19            11 12 13 14 15 16 17
16 17 18 19 20 21 22        20 21 22 23 24 25 26            18 19 20 21 22 23 24
23 24 25 26 27 28 29        27 28 29 30                     25 26 27 28 29 30 31
30 31

3:graphic. 10:graphic.      2:graphic. 9:graphic.           1:graphic. 8:graphic.
17:graphic. 25:graphic.     16:graphic. 23:graphic.         15:graphic. 23:graphic.
                                                            31:graphic.

50

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

    JANUARY 2006                 FEBRUARY 2006                MARCH 2006
--------------------        ----------------------       --------------------
Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa        Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa         Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa
 1  2  3  4  5  6  7                  1  2  3  4                   1  2  3  4
 8  9 10 11 12 13 14         5  6  7  8  9 10 11          5  6  7  8  9 10 11
15 16 17 18 19 20 21        12 13 14 15 16 17 18         12 13 14 15 16 17 18
22 23 24 25 26 27 28        19 20 21 22 23 24 25         19 20 21 22 23 24 25
29 30 31                    26 27 28                     26 27 28 29 30 31

6:graphic. 14:graphic.      5:graphic. 13:graphic.       6:graphic. 14:graphic.
22:graphic. 29:graphic.     21:graphic. 28:graphic.      22:graphic. 29:graphic.

     APRIL 2006                    MAY 2006                    JUNE 2006
--------------------        ----------------------       --------------------
Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa        Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa         Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa
                   1            1  2  3  4  5  6                      1  2  3
 2  3  4  5  6  7  8         7  8  9 10 11 12 13          4  5  6  7  8  9 10
 9 10 11 12 13 14 15        14 15 16 17 18 19 20         11 12 13 14 15 16 17
16 17 18 19 20 21 22        21 22 23 24 25 26 27         18 19 20 21 22 23 24
23 24 25 26 27 28 29        28 29 30 31                  25 26 27 28 29 30
30

5:graphic. 13:graphic.      5:graphic. 13:graphic.       3:graphic. 11:graphic.
21:graphic. 27:graphic.     20:graphic. 27:graphic.      18:graphic. 25:graphic.

      JULY 2006                   AUGUST 2006               SEPTEMBER 2006
--------------------        ----------------------       --------------------
Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa        Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa         Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa
                   1               1  2  3  4  5                         1  2
 2  3  4  5  6  7  8         6  7  8  9 10 11 12          3  4  5  6  7  8  9
 9 10 11 12 13 14 15        13 14 15 16 17 18 19         10 11 12 13 14 15 16
16 17 18 19 20 21 22        20 21 22 23 24 25 26         17 18 19 20 21 22 23
23 24 25 26 27 28 29        27 28 29 30 31               24 25 26 27 28 29 30
30 31

3:graphic. 11:graphic.      2:graphic. 9:graphic.        7:graphic. 14:graphic.
17:graphic. 25:graphic.     16:graphic. 23:graphic.      22:graphic. 30:graphic.
                            31:graphic.

    OCTOBER 2006                 NOVEMBER 2006               DECEMBER 2006
--------------------        ----------------------       --------------------
Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa        Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa          Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa
 1  2  3  4  5  6  7                  1  2  3  4                          1  2
 8  9 10 11 12 13 14         5  6  7  8  9 10 11           3  4  5  6  7  8  9
15 16 17 18 19 20 21        12 13 14 15 16 17 18          10 11 12 13 14 15 16
22 23 24 25 26 27 28        19 20 21 22 23 24 25          17 18 19 20 21 22 23
29 30 31                    26 27 28 29 30                24 25 26 27 28 29 30
                                                          31

7:graphic. 14:graphic.      5:graphic. 12:graphic.       5:graphic. 12:graphic.
22:graphic. 29:graphic.     20:graphic. 28:graphic.      20:graphic. 27:graphic.

51

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

    JANUARY 2007                 FEBRUARY 2007                MARCH 2007
--------------------        ----------------------       --------------------
Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa        Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa         Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa
    1  2  3  4  5  6                     1  2  3                      1  2  3
 7  8  9 10 11 12 13         4  5  6  7  8  9 10          4  5  6  7  8  9 10
14 15 16 17 18 19 20        11 12 13 14 15 16 17         11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27        18 19 20 21 22 23 24         18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30 31                 25 26 27 28                  25 26 27 28 29 30 31

3:graphic. 11:graphic.      2:graphic. 10:graphic.       3:graphic. 12:graphic.
19:graphic. 25:graphic.     17:graphic. 24:graphic.      19:graphic. 25:graphic.

     APRIL 2007                    MAY 2007                    JUNE 2007
--------------------        ----------------------       --------------------
Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa        Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa         Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa
 1  2  3  4  5  6  7               1  2  3  4  5                         1  2
 8  9 10 11 12 13 14         6  7  8  9 10 11 12          3  4  5  6  7  8  9
15 16 17 18 19 20 21        13 14 15 16 17 18 19         10 11 12 13 14 15 16
22 23 24 25 26 27 28        20 21 22 23 24 25 26         17 18 19 20 21 22 23
29 30                       27 28 29 30 31               24 25 26 27 28 29 30

2:graphic. 10:graphic.      2:graphic. 10:graphic.       1:graphic. 8:graphic.
17:graphic. 24:graphic.     16:graphic. 23:graphic.      15:graphic. 22:graphic.
                                                         30:graphic.

      JULY 2007                   AUGUST 2007               SEPTEMBER 2007
--------------------        ----------------------       --------------------
Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa        Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa         Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa
 1  2  3  4  5  6  7                  1  2  3  4                            1
 8  9 10 11 12 13 14         5  6  7  8  9 10 11          2  3  4  5  6  7  8
15 16 17 18 19 20 21        12 13 14 15 16 17 18          9 10 11 12 13 14 15
22 23 24 25 26 27 28        19 20 21 22 23 24 25         16 17 18 19 20 21 22
29 30 31                    26 27 28 29 30 31            23 24 25 26 27 28 29
                                                         30

7:graphic. 14:graphic.      5:graphic. 12:graphic.       4:graphic. 11:graphic.
22:graphic. 30:graphic.     20:graphic. 28:graphic.      19:graphic. 26:graphic.

    OCTOBER 2007                 NOVEMBER 2007               DECEMBER 2007
--------------------        ----------------------       --------------------
Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa        Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa         Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa
    1  2  3  4  5  6                     1  2  3                            1
 7  8  9 10 11 12 13         4  5  6  7  8  9 10          2  3  4  5  6  7  8
14 15 16 17 18 19 20        11 12 13 14 15 16 17          9 10 11 12 13 14 15
21 22 23 24 25 26 27        18 19 20 21 22 23 24         16 17 18 19 20 21 22
28 29 30 31                 25 26 27 28 29 30            23 24 25 26 27 28 29
                                                         30 31

3:graphic. 11:graphic.      1:graphic. 9:graphic.        1:graphic. 9:graphic.
19:graphic. 26:graphic.     17:graphic. 24:graphic.      17:graphic. 24:graphic.
                                                         31:graphic.

52

FORMSPRAG LLC AND UAW LOCAL 155-LABOR AGREEMENT EXPIRES 12:01 A.M. JUNE 2, 2008

    JANUARY 2008                 FEBRUARY 2008                MARCH 2008
--------------------        ----------------------       --------------------
Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa        Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa         Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa
       1  2  3  4  5                        1  2                            1
 6  7  8  9 10 11 12         3  4  5  6  7  8  9          2  3  4  5  6  7  8
13 14 15 16 17 18 19        10 11 12 13 14 15 16          9 10 11 12 13 14 15
20 21 22 23 24 25 26        17 18 19 20 21 22 23         16 17 18 19 20 21 22
27 28 29 30 31              24 25 26 27 28 29            23 24 25 26 27 28 29
                                                         30 31

8:graphic. 15:graphic.      7:graphic. 14:graphic.       7:graphic. 14:graphic.
22:graphic. 30:graphic.     21:graphic. 29:graphic.      21:graphic. 29:graphic.

     APRIL 2008                    MAY 2008                    JUNE 2008
--------------------        ----------------------       --------------------
Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa        Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa         Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa
       1  2  3  4  5                     1  2  3          1  2  3  4  5  6  7
 6  7  8  9 10 11 12         4  5  6  7  8  9 10          8  9 10 11 12 13 14
13 14 15 16 17 18 19        11 12 13 14 15 16 17         15 16 17 18 19 20 21
20 21 22 23 24 25 26        18 19 20 21 22 23 24         22 23 24 25 26 27 28
27 28 29 30                 25 26 27 28 29 30 31         29 30

6:graphic. 12:graphic.      5:graphic. 12:graphic.       3:graphic. 10:graphic.
20:graphic. 28:graphic.     20:graphic. 28:graphic.      18:graphic. 26:graphic.

      JULY 2008                   AUGUST 2008               SEPTEMBER 2008
--------------------        ----------------------       --------------------
Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa        Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa         Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa
       1  2  3  4  5                        1  2             1  2  3  4  5  6
 6  7  8  9 10 11 12         3  4  5  6  7  8  9          7  8  9 10 11 12 13
13 14 15 16 17 18 19        10 11 12 13 14 15 16         14 15 16 17 18 19 20
20 21 22 23 24 25 26        17 18 19 20 21 22 23         21 22 23 24 25 26 27
27 28 29 30 31              24 25 26 27 28 29 30         28 29 30
                            31

3:graphic. 10:graphic.      1:graphic. 8:graphic.        7:graphic. 15:graphic.
18:graphic. 25:graphic.     16:graphic. 24:graphic.      22:graphic. 29:graphic.
                            30:graphic.

    OCTOBER 2008                 NOVEMBER 2008               DECEMBER 2008
--------------------        ----------------------       --------------------
Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa        Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa         Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa
          1  2  3  4                           1             1  2  3  4  5  6
 5  6  7  8  9 10 11         2  3  4  5  6  7  8          7  8  9 10 11 12 13
12 13 14 15 16 17 18         9 10 11 12 13 14 15         14 15 16 17 18 19 20
19 20 21 22 23 24 25        16 17 18 19 20 21 22         21 22 23 24 25 26 27
26 27 28 29 30 31           23 24 25 26 27 28 29         28 29 30 31
                            30

7:graphic. 14:graphic.      6:graphic. 13:graphic.       5:graphic. 12:graphic.
21:graphic. 28:graphic.     19:graphic. 27:graphic.      19:graphic. 27:graphic.

53

EXHIBIT 10.14

AMENDMENT TO THE
ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.
2004 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

THIS AMENDMENT (this "Amendment") is entered into effective as of August 30, 2006, to amend that certain 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (the "Plan") of Altra Holdings, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (the "Company").

RECITALS

A. WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") desires to amend the Plan to increase the aggregate number of shares of the Company's common stock available for issuance as restricted stock awards under the Plan by 500,000 shares; and

B. WHEREAS, the Board desires to modify the definition of a Change of Control under the plan to clarify that the beneficial ownership threshold shall not apply to ownership of the Company's shares by Genstar Capital, L.P. and its affiliates;

AMENDMENT

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Amendment have the meaning given them in the Plan.

2. Amendment of the Plan. Effective upon the date hereof, the Plan is amended as follows:

2.1. Amendment of Section 5(a). Section 5(a) of the Plan is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

"(a) Maximum Shares. The aggregate number of shares of common stock of the Company par value $0.001 ("Shares") that may be issued under this Plan shall be Four Million Five Hundred Thousand (4,500,000) Shares, which may be authorized and unissued or treasury Shares, subject to Section 5(c) hereof and Section 13 hereof ("Maximum Shares"). The maximum number of shares that may be "incentive stock options", within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, is 3,500,000 shares (the "ISO Maximum"). The maximum number of shares that may be any type of stock option under the plan shall be 4,000,000 shares."

2.2. Amendment of Section 13(d)(i). Section 13(d)(i) of the Plan is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

"(i) Any person(s) acting together which would constitute a "group" for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (other than the Company or any subsidiary) shall "beneficially own" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, at least 25% of the total voting power of all classes of capital stock of the Company entitled


to vote generally in the election of the Board, other than any such ownership by Genstar Capital, L.P. or its affiliates;"

3. No Other Amendments. Except as modified by Section 2 above, the Plan shall continue in full force and effect.

4. Governing Law. This Amendment and any claims related to the subject matter hereof shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (regardless of the law that might otherwise govern under applicable Delaware principles of conflict of laws).

2

EXHIBIT 10.16

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

This Subscription Agreement (this "AGREEMENT") is made and entered into as of November 30, 2004, by and among each of the persons set forth on Schedule I hereto (collectively, the "PREFERRED PURCHASERS," and each, a "PREFERRED PURCHASER"), each of the persons set forth on Schedule II hereto (collectively, the "COMMON PURCHASERS," and each, a "COMMON PURCHASER"; collectively together with the Preferred Purchasers, the "PURCHASERS," and each, a "PURCHASER") and Altra Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation formerly known as CPT Acquisition Corp. (the "COMPANY").

RECITALS

WHEREAS, on or about the date hereof, Altra Industrial Motion, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company ("ALTRA"), is purchasing, directly and indirectly (the "ACQUISITION"), all of the issued and outstanding limited liability company interests of Power Transmission Holding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, pursuant to an LLC Purchase Agreement dated as of October 25, 2004 (the "PURCHASE AGREEMENT"), by and among the Company, Warner Electric Holding, a Delaware corporation, and Colfax Corporation, a Delaware corporation;

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Preferred Purchaser is willing to purchase, and the Company is willing to issue and sell to such Preferred Purchaser, the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (the "PREFERRED STOCK") set forth opposite the name of such Preferred Purchaser on Schedule I hereto, having the rights, preferences, powers and privileges set forth in the form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation attached hereto as Exhibit A (the "AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION");

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Common Purchaser is willing to purchase, and the Company is willing to issue and sell to such Common Purchaser, the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (the "COMMON STOCK") set forth opposite the name of such Common Purchaser on Schedule II hereto, having the rights, preferences, powers and privileges set forth in the form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

WHEREAS, such shares of Common Stock shall be issued and sold in exchange for restricted common stock of The Kilian Company, a Delaware corporation ("KILIAN"), and shall be subject to vesting restrictions corresponding to the vesting restrictions applicable to the restricted common stock of Kilian being exchanged therefor;

WHEREAS, the Company and the Purchasers intend that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be governed by Section 351 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "CODE"); and

WHEREAS, it is anticipated that on or about the date hereof, (i) the Acquisition, as contemplated in the Purchase Agreement, will be consummated and
(iii) the Company and the Purchasers will enter into a Stockholders Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as


Exhibit B (the "STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT") and a Registration Rights Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the "REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT");

AGREEMENT

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and the representations, warranties, covenants and conditions set forth below, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Purchase of Securities.

(a) Purchase of Securities. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, (i) each Preferred Purchaser hereby agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, and the Company hereby agrees to issue and sell to each Preferred Purchaser, the number of shares of the Preferred Stock set forth opposite the name of such Preferred Purchaser on Schedule I hereto at the purchase price therefor set forth on Schedule I and (ii) each Common Purchaser hereby agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, and the Company hereby agrees to issue and sell to each Common Purchaser, the number of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite the name of such Common Purchaser on Schedule II hereto at the purchase price therefor set forth on Schedule II. The shares of Preferred Stock issued and sold to the Preferred Purchasers hereunder are referred to in this Agreement as the "PREFERRED SHARES" and the shares of Common Stock issued and sold to the Common Purchasers hereunder are referred to in this Agreement as the "COMMON SHARES" (the Common Shares, together with the Preferred Shares, are collectively referred to herein as the "SECURITIES"). The purchase price for the Securities is referred to as the "PURCHASE PRICE." The shares of common stock of the Company issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Shares are referred to as the "CONVERSION SHARES."

(b) Delivery of Funds and Certificates. The closing of the purchase and sale of the Securities (the "CLOSING") shall take place at a time and place to be designated by the Company on at least 24 hours notice. At the Closing, the Company will deliver to each Purchaser a duly executed stock certificate, registered in such Purchaser's name and representing the Securities to be issued and sold to such Purchaser, against payment of the applicable Purchase Price therefor (i) to the extent set forth on Schedule I, by wire transfer of immediately available funds in the amount of the Purchase Price representing payment in full for such Preferred Shares to an account or accounts designated by the Company, (ii) to the extent set forth on Schedule I, by tendering the number of shares of preferred stock of Kilian (the "KILIAN PREFERRED STOCK") set forth opposite the name of such Purchaser on Schedule I, which shares of Kilian Preferred Stock have been deemed by the board of directors of the Company (the "BOARD") to have a fair market value on the date hereof equal to the respective amounts set forth in Schedule I or (iii) to the extent set forth on Schedule II, by tendering the number of shares of common stock of Kilian (the "KILIAN COMMON STOCK" and, together with the Kilian Preferred Stock, the "KILIAN Stock"), set forth opposite the name of such Purchaser on Schedule II, which shares of Kilian Common Stock have been deemed by the Board to have a fair market value on the date hereof equal to the respective amounts set forth in Schedule II. Any such Common Shares issued under clause (iii) shall be subject to vesting restrictions corresponding in vesting amounts and periods (but having identical vesting commencement dates) as those vesting restrictions that are applicable immediately prior to the Closing to the Kilian Common Stock

2

exchanged therefor, as determined in the reasonable good faith judgment of the
Board (the "VESTING RESTRICTIONS").

2. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to each Purchaser that:

(a) Organization and Standing. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted. The Company is duly qualified to transact business in each jurisdiction in which the character of its business makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified would not have a material adverse effect on the business operations or financial condition of the Company.

(b) Authorization. The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, the Stockholders Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder. All corporate action on the part of the Company necessary for (i) the authorization, execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the Stockholders Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement and
(ii) for the authorization, issuance and delivery by the Company of the Securities (including the Conversion Shares) being sold under this Agreement, has been taken.

(c) Binding Obligation. This Agreement has been, and on or before the Closing the Stockholders Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement will be, duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and this Agreement is, and on and after the Closing the Stockholders Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement will be, the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with the terms hereof, subject to: (i) the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer, preferential transfer or distribution laws and other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally; and (ii) the effect of (A) general principles of equity, including without limitation concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing and the possible unavailability of specific performance or injunctive relief, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law, and (B) the discretion of any court in which an action is brought.

(d) Non-Contravention. The execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement, the Stockholders Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement, the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement, the Stockholders Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not conflict with or result in any violation of or default under
(i) any provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company, each as amended and currently in effect, (ii) any provision of any agreement or other instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or any of its properties are bound, or (iii) all applicable material statutes, laws, regulations and executive orders of the United States (including, without limitation, any administrative or

3

regulatory body thereof) and all states, countries and municipalities having jurisdiction over the Company's business, properties or assets.

(e) Capitalization. The authorized capital of the Company will, immediately prior to the Closing, consist of:

(1) Preferred Stock. Forty Million (40,000,000) shares of preferred stock, consisting of Forty Million (40,000,000) shares designated Series A Preferred Stock, none of which are issued and outstanding and up to 36,000,000 of which may be sold at the Closing. The rights, preferences, powers and privileges of the Preferred Stock are as stated in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

(2) Common Stock. Fifty Million (50,000,000) shares of Common Stock, none of which are issued and outstanding.

(3) Equity Plan. The Company has reserved Four Million (4,000,000) shares of its Common Stock for issuance pursuant to the Company's 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (the "EQUITY PLAN").

(f) Validity of Securities. The Securities, when issued, sold and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free and clear of all liens and encumbrances (except, in the case of Common Shares, the Vesting Restrictions). The Conversion Shares have been duly and validly reserved for issuance and, upon issuance in accordance with the terms of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

(g) Securities Act. The sale of the Securities in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Purchasers set forth in Section 3 hereof) is, and the issuance of the Conversion Shares upon conversion of the Securities will be, exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 ACT").

(h) Liabilities. The Company is not in default under any order, writ, injunction or decree of any federal, state or local court, department or agency directed against the Company. The Company is not in breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or in default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, credit agreement, note or other evidence of indebtedness, or any lease or other agreement, or any license, permit, franchise or certificate, to which it is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its properties are subject, which breach or default would materially adversely affect the business or financial condition of the Company or impair its ability to carry out any of its obligations under this Agreement, the Stockholders Agreement or the Registration Rights Agreement.

(i) Litigation. There is no legal action, suit, arbitration or governmental proceeding pending or, to the Company's knowledge, threatened against the Company.

(j) Rights to Acquire Capital Stock or other Voting Securities. Except for (i) the conversion privileges of the Preferred Stock, (ii) the Four Million (4,000,000) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the Plan,
(iii) the Vesting Restrictions applicable

4

to the Common Shares, and (iv) the preemptive rights, rights of first refusal and co-sale rights set forth in the Stockholders Agreement, there are not authorized or outstanding any options, warrants, phantom stock, stock appreciation or similar rights (including, without limitation, conversion or preemptive rights) or agreements or arrangements for the issuance by the Company or the purchase or acquisition from or by the Company of any shares of its capital stock or other voting securities or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of the Company's capital stock or other voting securities. Except for the Stockholders Agreement, the Company is not a party to any voting trust or voting agreement with respect to the voting, redemption, sale, transfer or other disposition of the capital stock of the Company.

(k) No Breach. The Company has not received actual notice of any breach of any representation or warranty of the Seller (as that term is defined in the Purchase Agreement) contained in the Purchase Agreement.

(l) Operations. Since the date of its incorporation the Company has not engaged in any operations other than in connection with or as contemplated by this Agreement and as set forth in final offering circular, dated November 22, 2004, as amended and supplemented, delivered to investors in connection with the issuance by Altra of its 9% Senior Secured Notes due 2011 (the "OFFERING CIRCULAR").

3. Representations and Warranties of the Purchasers. Each Purchaser individually (but not on behalf of any other Purchaser) represents and warrants that:

(a) Authority and Binding Obligation. Such Purchaser has the requisite legal capacity, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, the Stockholders Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder. This Agreement has been, and on or before the Closing the Stockholders Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement will be, duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Purchaser and this Agreement is, and on and after the Closing the Stockholders Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement will be, the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Purchaser, enforceable against such Purchaser in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof, subject to (i) the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer, preferential transfer or distribution laws and other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally; and (ii) the effect of (A) general principles of equity, including without limitation concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing and the possible unavailability of specific performance or injunctive relief, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law and (B) the discretion of any court in which an action is brought.

(b) Registration. Such Purchaser has been advised that the Securities and the Conversion Shares have not been registered under the 1933 Act or any state securities laws and, therefore, cannot be resold unless they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration requirements are available. Such Purchaser is purchasing the Securities (including the Conversion Shares) to be acquired by such Purchaser hereunder for such Purchaser's own account and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act. Such Purchaser is

5

aware that the Company is under no obligation to effect any such registration with respect to the Securities or the Conversion Shares (except solely to the extent, if any, provided in the Registration Rights Agreement) or to file for or comply with any exemption from registration. Such Purchaser is purchasing the Securities (including the Conversion Shares) to be acquired by such Purchaser hereunder for its own account and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act.

(c) Experience. Such Purchaser has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that such Purchaser is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of such investment, is able to incur a complete loss of such investment and is able to bear the economic risk of such investment for an indefinite period of time. Such Purchaser has had the opportunity to ask questions of the Company with respect to the Company, the Securities, the Conversion Shares, the Acquisition and related transactions and to receive such information from the Company regarding such matters as it deems necessary in making its decision to purchase the Securities (including the Conversion Shares). Such Purchaser is an "accredited investor" as that term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

(d) Stock Consideration. To the extent such Purchaser is purchasing Securities in consideration for the exchange of Kilian Stock, such Purchaser owns such Kilian Stock of record and beneficially, free and clear of any and all lien and encumbrances (other than restrictions on transferability under securities laws). At the Closing, such Purchaser will convey and deliver all right, title and interest in and to such Kilian Stock, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances (other than restrictions on transferability under securities laws). Such Kilian Stock constitutes all shares of Kilian Stock owned directly or indirectly by such Purchaser.

(e) Compliance with Laws. To our knowledge, no governmental orders, permissions, consents, approvals, authorizations are required to be obtained and no registrations or other filings are required to be made in connection with the execution of this Agreement by the Purchasers and the delivery of the Securities.

(f) No Disposition of Securities. No Purchaser is obligated to sell any Securities purchased hereunder pursuant to a binding agreement entered into prior to the Closing and no Purchaser has any plan or intention to sell or otherwise dispose of any Securities purchased hereunder in any transaction that could be integrated with the purchase and sale of Securities contemplated by this Agreement.

4. Legends. All certificates representing Securities shall bear legends in the form required under the Stockholders Agreement (and, in the case of Common Shares, such other legends with respect to the Vesting Restrictions as the Company may reasonably require) until such time as they may be removed as provided therein.

5. Conditions to Issuance of Securities. The Company's obligation to issue and sell the Securities to any Purchaser shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

(a) All representations and warranties of such Purchaser contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct as of the Closing, and consummation of the purchases contemplated hereby shall constitute a reaffirmation by each Purchaser that all representations

6

and warranties of such Purchaser contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing.

(b) On or before the Closing, substantially contemporaneously with the issuance and sale of the Securities hereunder, each Purchaser shall have duly executed and delivered to the Company a counterpart of the Stockholders Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement and such other documents as the Company may reasonably request in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (and the execution of this Agreement constitutes the agreement of the Purchaser to so execute such documents).

6. Conditions to Purchasers' Obligation to Purchase. Each Purchaser's obligation to purchase the Securities from the Company shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

(a) Concurrently with or prior to such Purchaser's purchase, Altra shall have issued and sold at least $165,000,000 of senior notes; and

(b) all representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct as of the Closing, and consummation of the purchases contemplated hereby shall constitute a reaffirmation by the Company that all representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing.

7. Conditions to CDPQ's Obligation to Purchase. The obligation of Caisse de depot et placement du Quebec, a Quebec corporation ("CDPQ"), to purchase the Preferred Shares from the Company shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

(a) Concurrently with or prior to such purchase, the Company shall have entered into a senior credit agreement on terms reasonably satisfactory to CDPQ;

(b) Concurrently with such purchase, the Company shall have consummated the Acquisition; and

(c) Concurrently with such purchase, the Company shall sell Securities (including the Preferred Shares to be sold to CDPQ) for cash and Kilian Stock having an aggregate value of at least $34,000,000.

8. Related Party Transactions.

(a) Advisory Services Agreement. Each Purchaser acknowledges and consents that in connection with the transactions contemplated in the Purchase Agreement, Altra will enter into an advisory services agreement with Genstar Capital, L.P. ("GENSTAR") in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D which shall include, among other things, (1) the payment to Genstar of a closing fee, (2) the payment to Genstar of an annual consulting fee, (3) the payment to Genstar of advisory fees for transactions contemplated thereby and (4) the reimbursement of all of Genstar's expenses incurred in connection with the Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby.

7

(b) Indemnification. Each Purchaser acknowledges that in connection with the investment by Genstar Capital Partners III, L.P. and Stargen III, L.P. (together, the "GENSTAR FUNDS") and CDPQ in the Company, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless (i) Genstar and each Genstar Fund and all officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors and limited and general partners of Genstar or any Genstar Fund and (ii) CDPQ and all officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors and limited and general partners of such entity, in each case, from and against any liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims, costs, attorneys' fees, expenses and disbursements of any kind which may be imposed upon, incurred by or asserted against any such person or entity in any manner relating to or arising out of (A) the purchase and/or ownership by the Genstar Funds and CDPQ, respectively, of the Company's capital stock, (B) the Purchase Agreement, the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated thereby or (C) any litigation to which any of such parties is made a party in its capacity as a stockholder or beneficial owner (or an affiliate of a stockholder or beneficial owner) of the Company's capital stock (including, without limitation, the Securities and the Conversion Shares).

9. Use of Proceeds. The Company shall use the proceeds from issuance and sale of the Securities as described in the Offering Circular.

10. Section 351 Treatment. The Company, each Purchaser and their affiliates shall treat and report the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as transactions that are governed by Section 351 of the Code and shall not take any position contrary thereto on any tax return or in any proceeding relating to taxes.

11. Vesting Restrictions. Each Purchaser who acquires Common Shares in exchange for Kilian Stock hereby acknowledges that such Common Shares will be subject to the Vesting Restrictions.

12. Withholding Exemptions. Each Purchaser who is a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes shall submit a properly executed IRS Form W-9. Each Purchaser who is not a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes shall submit a properly executed IRS Form W-8 (e.g. W-8BEN, W-8EXP) establishing a complete exemption from U.S. withholding taxes on all payments made with respect to the Preferred Shares and the Conversion Shares.

13. Miscellaneous.

(a) Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given if delivered personally or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the parties to this Agreement at the following address or to such other address as a party to this Agreement shall specify by notice to the other parties hereto:

if to a Purchaser, to the address listed next to such Purchaser's name on the attached Schedule I.

8

if to the Company:

Altra Holdings, Inc.
c/o Genstar Capital Partners III, L.P.

Four Embarcadero Center, Suite 1900
San Francisco, CA 94111-4191

Attention: Jean-Pierre L. Conte Telecopy No.: (415) 834-2383

with a copy to:

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP
201 Redwood Shores Parkway
Redwood Shores, CA 94065
Attention: Curtis L. Mo, Esq.

Craig W. Adas, Esq.

Fax No.: (650) 802-3100;

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been received on the date of delivery or on the third business day after the mailing thereof.

(b) Binding Effect; No Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns; provided that neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by any Purchaser without the prior written consent of the Company (which may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of the Company) and, as a condition to any permitted assignment by any Purchaser of its rights and obligations to purchase Securities hereunder (whether a complete assignment or a partial assignment), the Company will require that the transferee sign a counterpart of this Agreement pursuant to which such transferee confirms its obligation to purchase the Securities to be purchased by it, and makes the representations, warranties and covenants of the Purchaser as set forth herein; and provided further that no such transfer or assignment will excuse the assignor from its obligation to purchase and pay for the applicable Securities in the event that the transferee does not fulfill such obligation at or prior to the Closing. In the event of any partial or entire assignment of a Purchaser's rights to purchase Securities hereunder, the parties will cause Schedule I to be amended or supplemented to reflect the amount of Securities to be purchased by each Purchaser (after giving effect to such assignment) and the purchase price to be paid therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall be assignable by any Purchaser to an affiliate of such Purchaser, provided, however, that in such case the transferee must agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement to the same extent as if the transferee were a Purchaser hereunder.

(c) Benefits. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to give any person other than the parties to this Agreement or their respective successors or assigns any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of any agreement or any provision contained herein.

9

(d) Survival. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and transfer of any Securities.

(e) Waiver. Either party hereto may by written notice to the other (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other actions of the other under this Agreement, (b) waive compliance with any of the conditions or covenants of the other contained in this Agreement, and (c) waive or modify performance of any of the obligations of the other under this Agreement. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, any investigation by or on behalf of any party, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained herein. The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach and no failure by either party to exercise any right or privilege hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of such party's rights or privileges hereunder or shall be deemed a waiver of such party's rights to exercise the same at any subsequent time or times hereunder.

(f) Amendment. This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented only by a written instrument executed by the Company, Genstar and CDPQ.

(g) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of New York, without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule that would cause the application of the domestic substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.

(h) Headings. The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

(i) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.

(j) Expenses. In connection with the Closing, the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of CDPQ with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby.

(k) Fees. Each party, severally and not jointly, hereby represents and warrants that such party neither is nor will be obligated for any finder's or broker's fees or commissions in connection with the purchase and sale of the Securities hereunder (except in the case of Genstar, as provided in the Management Agreement).

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

10

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and each Purchaser have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.

By: /s/ Michael Hurt
    ------------------------------------
Name: Michael Hurt
Title:
       ---------------------------------

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]


GENSTAR CAPITAL PARTNERS III, L.P.

By: Genstar Capital III, L.P.
Its: General Partner

By: Genstar III GP LLC
Its: General Partner

By: /s/ J.P. Conte
    ------------------------------------
Name: J.P. Conte
Title:
       ---------------------------------

Address:

Genstar Capital Partners III, L.P.
Four Embarcadero Center, Suite 1900
San Francisco, CA 94111-4191
Attention: Jean-Pierre L. Conte
Telecopy No.: (415) 834-2383

with a copy to:

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP
201 Redwood Shores Parkway
Redwood Shores, CA 94065
Attention: Curtis L. Mo, Esq.
Craig W. Adas, Esq.
Fax No.: (650) 802-3100

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]


STARGEN III, L.P.

By: Genstar Capital III, L.P.
Its: General Partner

By: Genstar III GP LLC
Its: General Partner

By: /s/ J.P. Conte
    ------------------------------------
Name: J.P. Conte
Title:
       ---------------------------------

Address:

c/o Genstar Capital Partners III, L.P.
Four Embarcadero Center, Suite 1900
San Francisco, CA 94111-4191
Attention: Jean-Pierre L. Conte
Telecopy No.: (415) 834-2383

with a copy to:

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP
201 Redwood Shores Parkway
Redwood Shores, CA 94065
Attention: Curtis L. Mo, Esq.
Craig W. Adas, Esq.
Fax No.: (650) 802-3100

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]


CAISSE DE DEPOT ET PLACEMENT DU QUEBEC

By: /s/ Luc Houle
    ------------------------------------
Name: Luc Houle
Title:
       ---------------------------------


By: /s/ Louise Lalonde
    ------------------------------------
Name: Louise Lalonde
Title:
       ---------------------------------

Address:

Caisse de depot et placement du Quebec
1000, place Jean-Paul-Riopelle
Montreal (Quebec) H2Z 2B3
Attention: Luc Houle, Senior Vice
President
Fax No.: (514) 847-2493

with a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP
Citigroup Center
153 East 53rd Street
New York, NY 10022-4675
Attention: Kimberly P. Taylor
Fax No.: (212) 446-6460

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]


/s/ Michael Hurt
----------------------------------------
Michael L. Hurt
Address: 58 Cornertown Road
Chambersburg, PA. 17201
Telephone: (717) 267-3904


/s/ William Duff
----------------------------------------
William J. Duff
Address: 4535 Limestone Dr.
Manlius NY 13104
Facsimile: (315) 432-1312
(non-secure facsimile line)


/s/ Thomas Tatarczuch
----------------------------------------
Thomas F. Tatarczuch
Address: 711 Orchard Court
Chambersburg, PA 17201
Telephone: (717) 267-3052


/s/ Donald Wierbinski
----------------------------------------
Donald S. Wierbinski
Address: 2393 Sands Rd.
Camillus NY 13031
Facsimile: (315) 432-1312
(non-secure facsimile line)

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]


SCHEDULE I

PREFERRED PURCHASERS

                                                                             Aggregate Kilian
                                          Total Number of                     Preferred Stock
                                         Preferred Shares   Aggregate Cash      Contributed
               Purchaser                     Acquired         Contributed    ($100 per Share)
               ---------                 ----------------   --------------   ----------------
Genstar Capital Partners III, L.P.          26,345,584        $18,660,984         76,846
Stargen III, L.P.                              949,416        $   673,416          2,760
Caisse de depot et placement du Quebec       7,000,000        $ 7,000,000             --
Michael L. Hurt                                500,000                 --          5,000
William J. Duff                                150,000                 --          1,500
Thomas F. Tatarczuch                           100,000                 --          1,000
Donald S. Wierbinski                            55,000                 --            550
                                            ----------        -----------         ------
TOTALS:                                     35,100,000        $26,334,400         87,656


SCHEDULE II

COMMON PURCHASERS

                                                            Aggregate Kilian
                        Total Number of                       Common Stock
                         Common Shares    Aggregate Cash      Contributed
      Purchaser            Acquired         Contributed    ($6.21 per Share)
      ---------         ---------------   --------------   -----------------
Michael L. Hurt             292,671             --               2,922
William J. Duff             243,893             --               2,435
Thomas F. Tatarczuch        170,775             --               1,705
Donald S. Wierbinski        170,775             --               1,705
TOTALS:                     878,114                              8,767

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]


.

.
.

EXHIBIT 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.

NAME OF SUBSIDIARY                                                                JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION
------------------                                                                ----------------------------
Altra Industrial Motion, Inc.                                                               Delaware

-    American Enterprises MPT Corp.                                                         Delaware

          -    Nuttall Gear L L C                                                           Delaware

-    American Enterprises MPT Holdings, L.P.                                                Delaware

          -    Ameridrives International, L.P.                                              Delaware

-    Boston Gear LLC                                                                        Delaware

-    The Kilian Company                                                                     Delaware

          -    Kilian Manufacturing Corporation                                             Delaware

                    -    3091780 Nova Scotia Company                                   Nova Scotia, Canada

                              -    Kilian Canada, ULC                                  Nova Scotia, Canada

-    Warner Electric LLC                                                                    Delaware

          -    Formsprag LLC                                                                Delaware

-    Warner Electric Technology LLC                                                         Delaware

-    Warner Electric International Holding, Inc.                                            Delaware

          -    Warner Electric (Holdings) SAS                                                France

                    -    Warner Electric Europe SAS                                          France

          -    Warner Electric Group GmbH                                                    Germany

                    -    Warner Electric Verwaltungs GmbH                                    Germany

                    -    Stieber GmbH                                                        Germany

          -    Warner Electric (Netherlands) Holding, B.V.                                 Netherlands

                    -    Warner Electric Australia Pty. Ltd.                                Australia

                    -    Warner Shui Hing Limited                                           Hong Kong

                    -    Warner Electric (Singapore) Ltd.                                   Singapore

                    -    Warner Electric (Taiwan) Ltd.                                       Taiwan

                    -    Warner Electric (Thailand) Ltd.                                    Thailand

          -    Warner Electric UK Group Ltd.                                             United Kingdom

                    -    Warner Electric UK Holding Ltd.                                 United Kingdom

                              -    Wichita Company Ltd.                                  United Kingdom

                    -    Hay Hall Holdings Limited                                       United Kingdom

                              -    The Hay Hall Group Limited                            United Kingdom

                                        -    Matrix International, Ltd.                  United Kingdom

                                        -    Matrix International GmbH                       Germany

                              -    Inertia Dynamics, LLC                                    Delaware

                              -    Bibby Group Ltd.                                      United Kingdom

                                        -    Bibby Transmissions Ltd.                    United Kingdom

                                                  -    Bibby Turboflex SA                 South Africa

                                                  -    Scandicom AB                          Sweden

                                                  -    Turboflex Ltd.                    United Kingdom

                                                            -    Torsiflex Ltd.          United Kingdom

                                                  -    Rathi Turboflex Pty Ltd                India

                                        -    Huco Power Transmission, Ltd.               United Kingdom


-    Huco Engineering Industries Ltd.            United Kingdom

          -    Dynatork Air Motors Ltd.          United Kingdom

          -    Dynatork, Ltd.                    United Kingdom

-    Twiflex Ltd.                                United Kingdom

          -    Safetek Ltd.                      United Kingdom

2

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the use of our report dated September 25, 2006, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333- ___________) and related Prospectus of Altra Holdings, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
September 25, 2006


Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement (Form S -- 1 No. 333- ) of our report dated 8 June 2006 related to Hay Hall Holdings Limited, which are contained in that Prospectus.

We also consent to the reference to us under the caption "Experts" in the Prospectus.

/s/ BDO Stoy Hayward LLP

BDO Stoy Hayward LLP
Birmingham, United Kingdom
September 27, 2006